sv11za
 
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2010
 
Registration No. 333-162889
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
Amendment No. 4
to
Form S-11
 
FOR REGISTRATION
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OF SECURITIES
OF CERTAIN REAL ESTATE COMPANIES
 
 
 
 
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
(Exact name of registrant as specified in governing instruments)
 
 
 
 
50 Cocoanut Row, Suite 200
Palm Beach, Florida 33480
(561) 802-4477
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Jeffrey H. Fisher
Chief Executive Officer
50 Cocoanut Row, Suite 200
Palm Beach, Florida 33480
(561) 802-4477
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
Copies to:
 
     
David C. Wright
Hunton & Williams LLP
Riverfront Plaza, East Tower
951 E. Byrd Street
Richmond, Virginia 23219-4074
(804) 788-8200
(804) 788-8218 (Telecopy)
  Julian T. H. Kleindorfer
Latham & Watkins LLP
355 South Grand Avenue
Los Angeles, California 90071-1560
(213) 485-1234
(213) 891-8763 (Telecopy)
 
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
If any of the Securities registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:  o
 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o
 
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer þ Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 


 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subjected to Completion, dated February 12, 2010
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
      Shares
 
(CHATHAM LODGING TRUST LOGO)
Common Shares
 
 
This is the initial public offering of the common shares of beneficial interest, or common shares, of Chatham Lodging Trust. We are offering           common shares. No public market currently exists for our common shares.
 
We expect to apply for listing of our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “          .”
 
Concurrently with the closing of this offering, in a separate private placement pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, we will sell           common shares (representing proceeds of $10 million) to our chief executive officer, Jeffrey H. Fisher, at a price per share equal to the price to the public, and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission.
 
We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be $      per share.
 
Investing in our common shares involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus for a discussion of the following and other risks that you should consider before investing in our common shares:
 
•      We were recently formed and have no operating history. We have entered into an agreement to acquire six hotels following closing of this offering, although we have not identified any other specific hotel properties to acquire or committed a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering to any other specific hotel property investment. Investors will not be able to evaluate the economic merits of investments we make with a substantial portion of the net proceeds prior to purchasing common shares in this offering. We may be unable to invest the proceeds on acceptable terms, or at all.
 
•      There can be no assurance that we will complete the acquisition of the six hotels that we currently have under contract to purchase.
 
•      Our success will depend upon the efforts and expertise of our management team. The loss of their services could have an adverse impact on our business.
 
•      Failure of lodging industry fundamentals to improve may adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy.
 
•      In order to qualify as a real estate investment trust, or REIT, we will not be able to operate our hotels, and our returns will depend on the management of our hotels by third-party hotel management companies.
 
•      Our failure to qualify as a REIT would result in higher taxes and reduced cash available for distribution to our shareholders and may have significant adverse consequences on the market price of our common shares.
 
•      Because our chief executive officer, Mr. Fisher, owns 90% of Island Hospitality Management Inc., or IHM, a hotel management company that we may engage to manage certain hotels we acquire, conflicts of interest may arise as to the terms of management agreements between us and IHM.
 
                 
   
Per Share
  Total
 
Price to the public
  $                $             
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)
  $       $    
Proceeds to us (before expenses)
  $       $  
 
 
(1) The underwriters will be entitled to receive $      per share from us at closing. The underwriters will forego the receipt of payment of the additional $      per share until we have purchased hotel properties with an aggregate purchase price equal to at least     % of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement. See “Underwriting.”
 
We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional           common shares from us, at the offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days of the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
 
Barclays Capital, on behalf of the underwriters, expects to deliver the common shares on or about          , 2010.
 
 
Barclays Capital
 
 
Prospectus dated          , 2010


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
         
    1  
    9  
    30  
    31  
    32  
    33  
    34  
    34  
    39  
    53  
    58  
    65  
    68  
    69  
    71  
    75  
    77  
    82  
    86  
    112  
    113  
    116  
    117  
    117  
    117  
    F-1  
 
 
 
 
The names of the brands under which our hotels operate are registered trademarks of the respective owners of those brands, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, agents, employees, accountants or attorneys:
 
  •      have approved any disclosure in which they or the names of their brands appear; or
 
  •      are responsible or liable for any of the content of this document.
 
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by us or information to which we have referred you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus or another date specified herein. Our business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since such dates.
 
Until          , 2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our common shares, whether or not participating in the offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


i


 

 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common shares. You should read the entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors” before making a decision to invest in our common shares. In this prospectus, references to “our company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” mean Chatham Lodging Trust and our subsidiaries and references to our “operating partnership” mean Chatham Lodging, L.P. Unless otherwise indicated, the information contained in this prospectus assumes (1) the common shares to be sold to the public in this offering will be sold at $      per share, (2) the sale in a concurrent private placement to Jeffrey H. Fisher of           common shares at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price per share and without the payment of any underwriting discount or commission by us and (3) no exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option to purchase up to           additional common shares.
 
Overview
 
We are a self-advised hotel investment company organized in October 2009 to invest in premium-branded upscale extended-stay, select-service, and full-service hotels. We expect that a significant portion of our portfolio will consist of hotels in the upscale extended-stay category, including brands such as Residence Inn by Marriott®, Homewood Suites by Hilton® and Summerfield Suites by Hyatt®.
 
We also intend to invest in premium-branded select-service hotels such as Courtyard by Marriott®, Hampton Inn® and Hampton Inn and Suites® and selectively invest in premium-branded full-service hotels. We intend to invest primarily in hotels in the 25 largest metropolitan markets in the United States. We believe that current market conditions, including deteriorating industry fundamentals, will create attractive opportunities to acquire high quality hotels at cyclically low prices that will benefit from an improving economy and our aggressive asset management.
 
Our management team, led by our chief executive officer, Jeffrey H. Fisher, has extensive experience acquiring, developing, financing, repositioning, managing and selling hotels. Prior to forming Chatham Lodging Trust, Mr. Fisher served as chairman, chief executive officer and president of Innkeepers USA Trust, or Innkeepers, a New York Stock Exchange-listed hotel real estate investment trust, or REIT, from its inception in 1994 through its sale in June 2007. Seven of the eight members of the board of trustees of Innkeepers at the time of its sale in June 2007 have agreed to serve as trustees of our company effective upon closing of this offering.
 
We have entered into an agreement to purchase six high quality, upscale all-suite extended stay hotels located in attractive markets from wholly owned subsidiaries of RLJ Development, LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $73.5 million. Each of these initial hotels, which we refer to collectively in this prospectus as the initial acquisition hotels, operates under the Homewood Suites by Hilton® brand. The initial acquisition hotels contain an aggregate of 813 suites and are located in the major metropolitan statistical areas, or MSAs, of Boston, Massachusetts; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Nashville, Tennessee; Dallas, Texas; Hartford, Connecticut and Orlando, Florida. The upscale all-suite residential style Homewood Suites by Hilton® brand caters to travelers typically seeking home-like amenities from a hotel when traveling for several days or more. Each spacious suite typically offers separate living and sleeping areas and a fully operational kitchen to satisfy guests’ needs for comfort, flexibility and convenience.
 
We believe that our senior management’s relationship and successful past transaction history while at Innkeepers with RLJ Development, LLC, the parent company of the sellers of the six initial acquisition hotels, helped facilitate this attractive off-market transaction. We believe that there are a limited number of potential buyers currently able to compete for acquisitions of portfolios such as the initial acquisition hotels since there are no current public lodging REITs primarily focused on acquiring and owning upscale extended-stay hotels and many potential private buyers may not have access to sufficient equity or debt capital to complete acquisitions of this size.


1


 

The initial acquisition hotels have a number of attractive characteristics that make them an excellent fit with our business strategy:
 
  •      Our purchase price of $90,406 per room represents a substantial discount to our estimate of replacement cost.
 
  •      The hotels are located in major MSAs.
 
  •      The hotels are attractively situated within their markets in areas with high barriers to entry, since little comparable land is available to build new competing hotels.
 
  •      The hotels are located near multiple demand generators that contribute both business and leisure guests, including major office parks, universities, airports and leading regional and international tourist attractions.
 
  •      The hotels have the opportunity for significant performance improvement when the economy recovers.
 
  •      The hotels have potential to benefit from additional capital investment at a time when we believe few competitors can afford to reinvest in their properties.
 
  •      The hotels are upscale extended-stay properties that operate under the high quality Homewood Suites by Hilton® brand.
 
We believe this acquisition demonstrates our ability to execute our business strategy of acquiring high quality upscale extended-stay and premium-branded select service hotels located in markets with strong growth potential and high barriers to entry at attractive prices. The initial acquisition hotels will provide us with a strong initial platform to faciliate the future growth of our company.
 
We will own each of the initial acquisition hotels in fee simple and will lease the hotels to subsidiaries of our taxable REIT subsidiary, or TRS, Chatham TRS Holding, Inc. We refer to our TRS and its lessee subsidiaries as our TRS lessees. Our TRS lessees will assume the existing management agreements with the current manager, Promus Hotels, Inc., a subsidiary of Hilton Hotels Corporation, or Hilton, which will continue to manage the initial acquisition hotels following our acquisition. We expect to close this acquisition shortly after completing this offering and the concurrent private placement.
 
Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement to Mr. Fisher and following our purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we expect to have approximately $      million of cash available to invest in additional hotel properties and we will have no debt.
 
We intend to elect and qualify to be treated as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.
 
Market Opportunity
 
We believe current market conditions will create attractive opportunities to acquire hotel properties at prices that represent significant discounts to replacement cost and that provide potential for significant long-term value appreciation. U.S. hotel industry operating performance has declined substantially over the last year due to the challenging economic conditions created by declining gross domestic product, or GDP, high levels of unemployment, low consumer confidence, the significant decline in home prices and a reduction in the availability of credit. In addition to facing declining operating results, hotel owners have been adversely impacted by a significant decline in the availability of debt financing. We believe that the combination of declining operating performance and reduction in the availability of debt financing have caused hotel values to decline and will lead to increased hotel loan foreclosures and distressed hotel property sales. In addition, we believe that the supply of new hotels is likely to remain low for the next several years due to weak industry operating fundamentals and limited availability of debt financing. Hotel industry operating performance historically has correlated with U.S. GDP growth, and a number of economists and government agencies currently predict that the U.S. economy will resume growth over the next several years. We believe that U.S. GDP growth, coupled with limited supply of new hotels, will lead to significant increases in lodging industry


2


 

revenue per available room, or RevPAR, a key industry operating statistic, and hotel operating profits. We believe that our management team’s significant experience in acquiring hotels, our growth oriented capital structure with no legacy issues, and our focused business strategy will position us to take advantage of hotel investment opportunities created by current market conditions.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
Experienced management team:  We believe that our senior executive officers, who have extensive lodging industry experience, will help drive our company’s growth. Our management team is led by Mr. Fisher who has over 23 years of experience in the lodging industry, including 13 years as founder and chief executive officer of Innkeepers. Mr. Fisher has longtime relationships with hotel owners (such as RLJ Development LLC, the parent company of the sellers of the initial acquisition hotels), developers, management companies, franchisors, brokers, financiers, research analysts and institutional investors.
 
Strong acquisition and growth record:  Mr. Fisher formed Innkeepers through a $46.9 million IPO in 1994 and served as its chairman and chief executive officer until it was sold in 2007.
 
Prudent capital structure with no legacy issues:  We believe that many potential buyers of hotel properties typically utilize significant levels of debt to fund acquisitions and thus may be limited in their ability to make acquisitions under current market conditions. In addition, we believe many potential buyers of hotel properties already have high leverage levels which could limit their ability to acquire additional properties. At the close of this offering and the concurrent private placement to Mr. Fisher, and following our purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we will have approximately $      million of cash available to invest in additional hotel properties and we will have no debt. We plan to maintain a prudent capital structure and intend to limit our consolidated indebtedness to not more than 35% of our investment in hotel properties at cost (defined as our initial acquisition price plus the gross amount of any subsequent capital investment and excluding any impairment charges).
 
Longtime relationships with leading lodging franchise and management companies: Mr. Fisher has longtime relationships with several leading hotel franchise and management companies, having acquired and developed a significant number of hotels operated under Marriott’s Residence Inn® and Courtyard by Marriott® brands and Hilton’s Hampton Inn® brand.
 
Strategy and Investment Criteria
 
Our primary objective is to generate attractive returns for our shareholders through investing in hotel properties at prices that provide strong returns on invested capital, paying dividends and generating long-term value appreciation. We believe we can create long-term value by pursuing the following strategies:
 
  •      Disciplined acquisition of hotel properties:  We intend to invest primarily in premium-branded upscale extended-stay, select-service and full-service hotels in the 25 largest metropolitan markets in the United States. We will focus on acquiring hotel properties at prices below replacement cost in markets that have strong demand generators and where we expect demand growth will outpace new supply. We will also seek to acquire properties that we believe are undermanaged or undercapitalized. We currently do not intend to engage in new hotel development.
 
  •      Opportunistic hotel repositioning:  We intend to employ value-added strategies, such as re-branding, renovating, or changing management, when we believe such strategies will increase the operating results and values of the hotels we acquire.
 
  •      Aggressive asset management:  Although as a REIT we cannot operate our hotels, we will proactively manage our third-party hotel managers in seeking to maximize hotel operating performance. Our asset management activities will seek to ensure that our third-party hotel managers effectively utilize franchise brands’ marketing programs, develop effective sales


3


 

  management policies and plans, operate properties efficiently, control costs, and develop operational initiatives for our hotels that increase guest satisfaction. As part of our asset management activities, we will regularly review opportunities to reinvest in our hotels to maintain quality, increase long-term value and generate attractive returns on invested capital.
 
  •      Flexible selection of hotel management companies:  We intend to be flexible in our selection of hotel management companies and select managers that we believe will maximize the performance of our hotels. We intend to utilize brand-affiliated management companies, although we also may utilize independent management companies, which may include IHM. We believe this strategy will increase the universe of potential acquisition opportunities we can consider because many hotel properties are encumbered by long-term management contracts. An affiliate of Hilton Hotels Corporation will manage the six initial acquisition hotels.
 
  •      Selective Investment in Hotel Debt:  We may consider selectively investing in debt secured by hotel property if we believe we can foreclose on or acquire ownership of the underlying hotel property in the relative near term. We do not intend to invest in any debt where we do not expect to gain ownership of the underlying property or to originate any debt financing.
 
Summary Risk Factors
 
An investment in our common shares involves various risks. You should carefully consider the matters discussed in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus before you decide whether to invest in our common shares. Some of the risks include the following:
 
  •      We were organized in October 2009 and have no operating history.
 
  •      We currently do not own any hotel properties. We have entered into an agreement to purchase the six initial acquisition hotels following closing of this offering, although we have not identified any other specific hotel properties to acquire or committed a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering to any other specific hotel property investment. Accordingly, you will not be able to evaluate the merits of investments we make with a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering. We may be unable to invest the net proceeds on acceptable terms, or at all.
 
  •      The closing of our purchase of the initial acquisition hotels is subject to customary closing conditions and there can be no assurance that we will complete such purchase.
 
  •      Our success will depend upon the efforts and expertise of our management team. The loss of their services, and our inability to find suitable replacements, could have an adverse impact on our business.
 
  •      A substantial part of our business strategy is based on our belief that lodging industry fundamentals will improve. If these fundamentals do not improve when or as we expect, or deteriorate, our ability to execute our business strategy and our financial condition, operating results and cash flow may be adversely affected.
 
  •      We will rely on third-party hotel management companies to operate our hotel properties under the terms of hotel management agreements. Even if we believe our hotel properties are being operated inefficiently or in a manner that does not result in satisfactory RevPAR or profits, we may not be able to force the hotel management company to change its method of operating our hotels.
 
  •      Our hotel management agreements will require us to bear the operating risks of our hotel properties. Any increases in operating expenses or decreases in revenues may have a significant adverse impact on our operating results and cash flow.


4


 

 
  •      Because our chief executive officer, Mr. Fisher, owns 90% of IHM, a hotel management company that we may engage to manage certain hotels we acquire, conflicts of interest may arise as to the terms of management agreements between us and IHM.
 
  •      To qualify for taxation as a REIT, we generally will be required to distribute at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain, each year to our shareholders and we will be subject to regular corporate income taxes to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income each year. As a result, our ability to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and hotel redevelopment through retained earnings will be very limited. We may not be able to fund capital improvements or acquisitions solely from cash provided from our operating activities. Consequently, after investing the net proceeds of this offering, we will rely upon the availability of debt or equity capital to fund investments in hotel properties and capital improvements. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such financing on favorable terms or at all. We also may not generate sufficient cash flow to fund distributions required to maintain our qualification as a REIT.
 
  •      Funding distributions to shareholders from the net proceeds of this offering could be dilutive to our financial results.
 
  •      If we fail to qualify, or lose our qualification, as a REIT, we will be subject to federal income tax on our taxable income. Our hotel properties leased by our TRS lessees must be operated by “eligible independent contractors,” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, in order for our TRS lessees to qualify as such and for the rental income from our TRS leases to qualify as rents from real property under the applicable REIT income tests. Complex constructive ownership rules under the Code apply in determining whether a person qualifies as an eligible independent contractor.
 
  •      We will incur a 100% excise tax on transactions with our TRSs, including our TRS lessees, that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.
 
  •      Subject to certain exceptions, our declaration of trust provides that no person may beneficially own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our shares of beneficial interest. In addition, our declaration of trust and bylaws contain other provisions that may delay, defer or prevent an acquisition of control of our company by a third party without our board of trustees’ approval, even if our shareholders believe the change of control is in their best interests.
 
  •      Because real estate investments are relatively illiquid, our ability to promptly sell one or more hotel properties for reasonable prices in response to changing economic, financial and investment conditions will be limited. In addition, because some of our hotel management agreements may be long-term and may not terminate in the event of a sale, our ability to sell hotel properties may be further limited.
 
Our Organizational Structure
 
We were formed as a Maryland real estate investment trust in October 2009. We are the sole general partner of Chatham Lodging, L.P., the subsidiary through which we will conduct substantially all of our operations and make substantially all of our investments and which we refer to as our operating partnership. Upon completion of this offering, we will contribute to our operating partnership the net proceeds of this offering as our initial capital contribution in exchange for substantially all of the limited partnership interests in our operating partnership. In the future we may issue limited partnership interests in our operating partnership as consideration for the purchase of hotel properties or in connection with our Equity Incentive Plan.
 
In order for the income from our hotel operations to constitute “rents from real property” for purposes of the gross income tests required for REIT qualification under the Code, we cannot directly


5


 

operate any of our hotel properties. Instead, we must lease our hotel properties. Accordingly, we will lease each of our hotel properties to one of our TRS lessees, which will be wholly owned by our operating partnership. Our TRS lessees will pay rent to us that can qualify as “rents from real property,” provided that the TRS lessees engage “eligible independent contractors” to manage our hotels. A TRS is a corporate subsidiary of a REIT that jointly elects with the REIT to be treated as a TRS of the REIT and that pays federal income tax at regular corporate rates on its taxable income. We expect that all of our hotel properties will be leased to one of our wholly owned TRS lessees, which will be able to pay us rent out of the revenue of the hotels and will engage multiple eligible independent contractors to manage our hotels.
 
The following chart shows our structure following completion of this offering:
 
(CHART)
 
 
(1) Includes grants of           common shares to our initial independent trustees.
 
(2) Upon completion of this offering, we will issue an aggregate of           long-term incentive plan, or LTIP, units in our operating partnership to certain officers. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis — Equity Incentive Plan.”
 
(3) May include IHM.
 
Tax Status
 
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending on December 31, 2010. Our qualification as a REIT will depend upon our ability to meet, on a continuing basis, through actual investment and operating results, various complex requirements under the Code relating to, among other things, the sources of our gross income, the composition and values of our assets, our distribution levels and the diversity of ownership of our shares of beneficial interest. We believe that we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code and that our intended manner of operation will enable us to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010 and continuing thereafter.
 
As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on our REIT taxable income that we distribute currently to our shareholders. Under the Code, REITs are subject to numerous organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that they distribute each year at


6


 

least 90% of their taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains. If we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT in any taxable year and do not qualify for certain statutory relief provisions, our income for that year will be taxed at regular corporate rates, and we will be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to qualify as a REIT. Even if we qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we may still be subject to state and local taxes on our income and assets and to federal income and excise taxes on our undistributed income. Additionally, any income earned by our TRS lessees will be fully subject to federal, state and local corporate income tax.
 
Distribution Policy
 
We intend over time to make regular quarterly distributions to our common shareholders. However, until we invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering in hotel properties, we expect our quarterly distributions will be nominal. In order to qualify for taxation as a REIT, we intend to make annual distributions to our shareholders of at least 90% of our taxable income, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains. We cannot assure you as to when we will begin to generate sufficient cash flow to make distributions to our shareholders or our ability to sustain those distributions. Distributions will be authorized by our board of trustees and declared by us based upon a variety of factors deemed relevant by our board of trustees. Distributions to our shareholders generally will be taxable to our shareholders as ordinary income; however, because a significant portion of our investments will be ownership of equity interests in hotel properties, which will generate depreciation and other non-cash charges against our income, a portion of our distributions may constitute a tax-free return of capital. To the extent not inconsistent with maintaining our qualification as a REIT, we may retain any earnings that accumulate in our TRSs.
 
Restrictions on Ownership of Our Common Shares
 
In order to help us qualify as a REIT, among other reasons, our declaration of trust, subject to certain exceptions, restricts the amount of our shares of beneficial interest that a person may beneficially or constructively own. Our declaration of trust provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our shares of beneficial interest. Our declaration of trust also prohibits any person from (i) beneficially owning shares of beneficial interest to the extent that such beneficial ownership would result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of the taxable year), (ii) transferring our shares of beneficial interest to the extent that such transfer would result in our shares of beneficial interest being beneficially owned by less than 100 persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code), (iii) beneficially or constructively owning our shares of beneficial interest to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would cause us to constructively own ten percent or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of our real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code or (iv) beneficially or constructively owning or transferring our shares of beneficial interest if such ownership or transfer would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any hotel management companies failing to qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” under the REIT rules. Our board of trustees, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt a person from certain of these limits and may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit for such person. The person seeking an exemption must provide to our board of trustees such representations, covenants and undertakings as our board of trustees may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption will not cause us to lose our status as a REIT.


7


 

 
The Offering
 
Common shares offered           common shares (plus up          to           additional common shares that we may issue and sell upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option).
 
Common shares outstanding upon completion of this offering           common shares (1)
 
Use of proceeds We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent $10 million private placement to Mr. Fisher to our operating partnership. Our operating partnership will use approximately $73.5 million of the net proceeds to purchase the six initial acquisition hotels. We intend to invest approximately $      million over the next      years to enhance the quality of the six initial acquisition hotels. This capital will be used to upgrade guest rooms and common areas and includes our estimate of the amounts Hilton will require us to spend as part of a property improvement plan, or PIP, for the hotels. Our operating partnership will use the remaining net proceeds to invest in additional hotel properties in accordance with our investment strategy described in this prospectus and for general business purposes. Prior to the full investment of the net offering proceeds in hotel properties, we intend to invest in interest-bearing short-term securities or money-market accounts that are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT. These initial investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from investments in hotel properties. We will use approximately $      of the net proceeds to reimburse Mr. Fisher for out-of-pocket expenses he incurred in connection with our formation and this offering, including up to $2.5 million Mr. Fisher funded as earnest money deposits, as required by the purchase agreement for the initial acquisition hotels. We will also use $10,000 to repurchase the shares Mr. Fisher acquired in connection with our formation and initial capitalization. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol “          ”
 
Ownership and transfer restrictions Our declaration of trust, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits any person from directly or indirectly owning more than 9.8% by value or number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our shares of beneficial interest. See “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest — Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.”
 
Risk Factors Investing in our common shares involves risks. You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under “Risk Factors” and all other information in this prospectus before investing in our common shares.
 
 
(1) Includes           shares we will issue to Mr. Fisher in a private placement concurrent with the closing of this offering. Also includes restricted common shares that will be issued to our independent trustees upon completion of this offering under our Equity Incentive Plan. Excludes (i)          common shares underlying long-term incentive plan, or LTIP, units in our operating partnership that will be issued to Mr. Fisher and certain other officers upon completion of this offering, (ii)          common shares reserved for issuance under our Equity Incentive Plan and (iii)          common shares issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option. If the size of this offering changes, the aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to Messrs. Fisher and Willis will change so as to equal     % of the common shares issued in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) and in the concurrent private placement.
 
Our Information
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 50 Cocoanut Row, Suite 200, Palm Beach, Florida 33480. Our telephone number is (561) 802-4477.


8


 

 
RISK FACTORS
 
An investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including in “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” If any of the risks discussed in this prospectus occurs, our business, prospects, financial condition, cash flows, results of operations and ability to make distributions to our shareholders could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the price of our common shares could decline significantly and you could lose all or a part of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
Risks Related to Our Business
 
We have no operating history, which may affect our ability to generate sufficient operating cash flows to make or sustain distributions to our shareholders.
 
We were organized in October 2009 and have no operating history. We currently own no properties and will only commence operations upon completion of this offering. Our ability to make or sustain distributions to our shareholders will depend on many factors, including the availability of acquisition opportunities that satisfy our investment strategies and our success in identifying and consummating them on favorable terms, readily accessible short-term and long-term financing on favorable terms and conditions in the financial markets, the real estate market, the hotel industry and the economy. We cannot assure you that we will be able to acquire properties with attractive returns or will not seek properties with greater risk to obtain the same level of returns or that the value of our properties in the future will not decline substantially.
 
We may not be able to successfully operate our business, which may affect our ability to generate sufficient operating cash flows to make or sustain distributions to our shareholders.
 
We may not be able to successfully operate our business or implement our operating policies and strategies successfully, which may affect our ability to make or sustain distributions to our shareholders. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to generate sufficient operating cash flows to pay our operating expenses and make distributions to our shareholders.
 
Other than the initial acquisition hotels, we have not yet identified any specific hotel properties to acquire or committed a substantial portion of the net proceeds from this offering to any specific hotel property and, therefore, you will be unable to evaluate the allocation of a substantial amount of the net proceeds from the offering and the concurrent private placement or the economic merits of some of our acquisitions prior to making an investment decision.
 
We currently do not own any properties. We have entered into an agreement to purchase the six initial acquisition hotels upon closing of this offering, although we have not yet identified any other specific hotel properties to acquire nor committed a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering and concurrent private placement to any other specific hotel property investment, and you will be unable to evaluate the economic merits of investments we make with a substantial portion of the net proceeds before making an investment decision to purchase our common shares. As a result, we will have broad authority to invest the net proceeds of this offering in any real estate investments that we may identify in the future, and we may use those proceeds to make investments with which you may not agree. In addition, our investment policies may be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our board of trustees, without a vote of our shareholders. These factors will increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our common shares. Our failure to apply the net proceeds of this offering effectively or find suitable hotel properties to acquire in a timely manner or on acceptable terms could result in returns that are substantially below expectations or result in losses.


9


 

Until appropriate investments are identified, we may be unable to invest the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement in investments that will generate net returns to our shareholders that are comparable to the net returns we seek to achieve from investments in our target properties.
 
Until appropriate investments can be identified, we may invest the net proceeds of the offering and concurrent private placement in interest-bearing short-term securities or money-market accounts that are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT. These investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from acquisitions of our target properties. We may be unable to invest the net proceeds on acceptable terms, or at all, which could delay shareholders receiving an appropriate return on their investment. We cannot assure you that we will be able to identify properties that meet our investment criteria, that we will successfully consummate any investment opportunities we identify, or that investments we may make will generate income or cash flow.
 
If we are unable to timely complete the purchase of the initial acquisition hotels or at all, we will have no designated use for substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering, which would result in a reduction of the amount of cash available to our shareholders.
 
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to purchase the initial acquisition hotels. However, we cannot assure you that we will acquire any of these hotel properties because the acquisitions are subject to a variety of factors, such as the satisfaction of closing conditions, including receipt of third-party consents and approvals (including the consent of Hilton as franchisor and manager, through its affiliate, of the six hotels). If we acquire any of the initial acquisition hotels, we must acquire all six hotels. As a result, we cannot terminate the purchase of a particular hotel property, even if there is a problem with that hotel, without jeopardizing our ability to acquire the other hotels. If we are unable to complete the purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we will have no specific designated use for the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be unable to evaluate in advance the manner in which we invest, or the economic merits of the properties we may ultimately acquire with, the net proceeds.
 
If we are unable to timely complete the purchase of the initial acquisition hotels or at all, we may experience delays in locating and securing attractive alternative investments, which could adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
If we do not complete the purchase within our anticipated time frame or at all, we may experience delays in locating and securing attractive alternative investments. These delays could result in our future operating results not meeting expectations and adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
If we do not complete the purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we will have incurred substantial expenses without our shareholders realizing the expected benefits.
 
If we are unable to complete the purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we may forfeit a deposit of $2.5 million provided to the sellers by Mr. Fisher on our behalf under the terms of the purchase agreement. We have agreed to reimburse Mr. Fisher for this deposit. If we do not complete the purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we will forfeit the deposit, unless the failure to close is a result of the failure of the seller to satisfy its obligations or fulfill certain conditions precedent to closing under the applicable purchase and sale agreements. We also have incurred or expect to incur approximately $815,000 in due diligence, legal and accounting expenses in connection with this acquisition and may incur additional due diligence, legal and accounting expenses prior to such acquisition.


10


 

Our remedies will be limited if the sellers default and fail to perform their contractual obligations under the contracts for the purchase of the initial acquisition hotels.
 
In the event that the sellers of the initial acquisition hotels fail to perform their contractual obligations, we will have limited remedies. For example, if the sellers default, we would have the right to seek specific performance or, alternatively, in certain specified circumstances, liquidated damages equal to our out-of-pocket expenses, not to exceed $200,000. However, in seeking specific performance, we would face considerable delays and expense in completing this acquisition, if at all. Pursuing specific performance may also prevent or delay us from seeking attractive alternative investments in which to invest the net proceeds from this offering. Even if we were successful in an action to recover liquidated damages, we cannot assure you that the sellers would have sufficient funds to pay these damages. If we were to elect to terminate the agreement in lieu of pursuing a lawsuit, our remedies would likely be limited to the return of the deposits, and the payment, in each case, of our reasonable, third-party costs and expenses incurred in connection with the agreements, not to exceed $200,000 in the aggregate, but we cannot assure you that the sellers will return our deposits or have sufficient funds to pay such costs and expenses.
 
Because our senior executive officers will have broad discretion to invest the proceeds of the offering, they may make investments where the returns are substantially below expectations or which result in net operating losses.
 
Our senior executive officers will have broad discretion, within the general investment criteria established by our board of trustees, to invest the net proceeds of the offering and to determine the timing of such investment. Our senior executive officers may therefore make investments where the returns are substantially below expectations or which result in net losses.
 
Our investment policies are subject to revision from time to time in our board’s discretion, which could diminish shareholder returns below expectations.
 
Our investment policies may be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our board of trustees, without a vote of our shareholders. Such discretion could result in investments that may not yield returns consistent with investors’ expectations.
 
We will depend on the efforts and expertise of our key executive officers whose continued service is not guaranteed.
 
We will depend on the efforts and expertise of our chief executive officer, as well as our other senior executives, to execute our business strategy. The loss of their services, and our inability to find suitable replacements, could have an adverse effect on our business.
 
If we are unable to successfully manage our growth, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
Our ability to grow our business will depend upon our senior executive officers’ business contacts and their ability to successfully hire, train, supervise and manage additional personnel. We may not be able to hire and train sufficient personnel or develop management, information and operating systems suitable for our expected growth. If we are unable to manage any future growth effectively, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
 
Our future growth is dependent on obtaining new financing and if we cannot secure financing in the future, our growth will be limited.
 
The success of our growth strategy will depend on access to capital through use of excess cash flow, borrowings or subsequent issuances of common shares or other securities. Acquisitions of new hotel properties will require significant additional capital and existing hotels will require periodic capital improvement initiatives to remain competitive. We may not be able to fund acquisitions or capital improvements solely from cash provided from our operating activities because we must


11


 

distribute at least 90% of our taxable income (determined before the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains) each year to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes. As a result, our ability to fund capital expenditures for acquisitions through retained earnings is very limited. Our ability to grow through acquisitions of hotels will be limited if we cannot obtain satisfactory debt or equity financing, which will depend on capital markets conditions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional equity or debt financing or that we will be able to obtain such financing on favorable terms. Specifically, while we intend to seek to arrange a credit facility to fund investments and operating activities following the investment of the net proceeds of this offering, we have no commitment from any lender at the current time and there can be no assurance that we will be able to arrange a credit facility in the future on acceptable terms, or at all.
 
We must rely on third-party management companies to operate our hotels in order to qualify as a REIT under the Code and, as a result, we will have less control than if we were operating the hotels directly.
 
In order for us to qualify as a REIT, third parties must operate our hotels. We will lease each of our hotels to our TRS lessees. The TRS lessees, in turn, will enter into management agreements with third party management companies to operate our hotels. While we expect to have some input into operating decisions for those hotels leased by our TRS lessees and operated under management agreements, we will have less control than if we were managing the hotels ourselves. Even if we believe that our hotels are not being operated efficiently, we may not be able to require an operator to change the way it operates our hotels. Jeffrey H. Fisher, our chief executive officer, controls IHM, a hotel management company that may manage certain of the hotels we acquire. See “— Conflicts of interest could result in future business transactions between us and affiliates owned by our Chief Executive Officer” below.
 
Our management agreements could adversely affect the sale or financing of hotel properties and, as a result, our operating results and ability to make distributions to our shareholders could suffer.
 
While we would prefer to enter into flexible management contracts that will provide us with the ability to replace hotel managers on relatively short notice and with limited cost, we may enter into management contracts that contain more restrictive covenants. For example, the terms of some management agreements may restrict our ability to sell a property unless the purchaser is not a competitor of the manager and assumes the related management agreement and meets specified other conditions. Also, the terms of a long term management agreement encumbering our properties may reduce the value of the property. If we enter into any such management agreements, we may be precluded from taking actions that would otherwise be in our best interest or could cause us to incur substantial expense, which could adversely affect our operating results and our ability to make distributions to shareholders.
 
Our franchisors could cause us to expend additional funds on upgraded operating standards, which may reduce cash available for distribution to shareholders.
 
Our hotels will operate under franchise agreements, and we may become subject to the risks that are found in concentrating our hotel properties in one or several franchise brands. Our hotel operators must comply with operating standards and terms and conditions imposed by the franchisors of the hotel brands under which our hotels operate. A franchisor may impose upgraded or new brand standards, such as substantially upgrading the bedding, enhancing the complimentary breakfast or increasing the value of guest awards under its ‘frequent guest’ program, which can add substantial expense for the hotel. The franchisors also may require us to make certain capital improvements to maintain the hotel in accordance with system standards, the cost of which can be substantial and may reduce cash available for distribution to our shareholders.


12


 

Our franchisors may cancel or fail to renew our existing franchise licenses, which could adversely affect our operating results and our ability to make distributions to shareholders.
 
Our franchisors periodically inspect our hotels to confirm adherence to the franchisors’ operating standards. The failure of a hotel to maintain standards could result in the loss or cancellation of a franchise license. We will rely on our operators to conform to operational standards. In addition, when the term of a franchise expires, the franchisor has no obligation to issue a new franchise. The loss of a franchise could have a material adverse effect on the operations or the underlying value of the affected hotel because of the loss of associated name recognition, marketing support and centralized reservation systems provided by the franchisor. The loss of a franchise or adverse developments with respect to a franchise brand under which our hotels operate could also have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash available for distribution to shareholders.
 
Fluctuations in our financial performance, capital expenditure requirements and excess cash flow could adversely affect our ability to make and maintain distributions to our shareholders.
 
As a REIT, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our taxable income each year to our shareholders (determined before the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gains). In the event of downturns in our operating results and financial performance or unanticipated capital improvements to our hotels (including captial improvements that may be required by franchisors), we may be unable to declare or pay distributions to our shareholders, or maintain our then-current dividend rate. The timing and amount of distributions are in the sole discretion of our board of trustees, which will consider, among other factors, our financial performance, debt service obligations and applicable debt covenants (if any), and capital expenditure requirements. We cannot assure you we will generate sufficient cash in order to fund distributions.
 
Among the factors which could adversely affect our results of operations and distributions to shareholders are reductions in hotel revenues; increases in operating expenses at the hotels leased to our TRSs; increased debt service requirements, including those resulting from higher interest rates on variable rate indebtedness; and capital expenditures at our hotels, including capital expenditures required by the franchisors of our hotels. Hotel revenue can decrease for a number of reasons, including increased competition from new hotels and decreased demand for hotel rooms. These factors can reduce both occupancy and room rates at hotels and could directly affect us negatively by:
 
  •      reducing the hotel revenue that we recognize with respect to hotels leased to our TRS lessees; and
 
  •      correspondingly reducing the profits (or increasing the loss) of hotels leased to our TRS lessees. We may be unable to reduce many of our expenses in tandem with revenue declines, (or we may choose not to reduce them for competitive reasons), and certain expenses may increase while our revenue declines.
 
Future debt service obligations could adversely affect our overall operating results and may require us to liquidate our properties, which could adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our shareholders and our share price.
 
We intend to use secured and unsecured debt to finance long-term growth. While we intend to target overall debt levels of not more than 35% of our investment in hotel properties at cost (defined as our initial acquisition price plus the gross amount of any subsequent capital investment and excluding any impairment charges) our board of trustees may change this financing policy at any time without shareholder approval. As a result, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt, including secured debt, in the future. Incurring debt could subject us to many risks, including the risks that:
 
  •      operating cash flow will be insufficient to make required payments of principal and interest;
 
  •      our leverage may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;


13


 

 
  •      we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing cash available for distribution to our shareholders, funds available for operations and capital expenditures, future business opportunities or other purposes;
 
  •      terms of any refinancing will not be as favorable as the terms of the debt being refinanced; and
 
  •      the terms of our debt may limit our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
If we violate covenants in our debt agreements, we could be required to repay all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity at a time when we might be unable to arrange financing for such repayment on attractive terms, if at all.
 
If we are unable to repay our debt obligations in the future, we may be forced to refinance debt or dispose of or encumber our assets, which could adversely affect distributions to shareholders.
 
If we incur debt in the future and do not have sufficient funds to repay such debt at maturity, or before maturity in the event we breach our debt agreements and our lenders exercise their right to accelerate repayment, it may be necessary to refinance the debt through additional debt or additional equity financings. Covenants applicable to any future debt could impair our planned investment strategy and, if violated, result in a default. If we are unable to refinance our debt on acceptable terms, we may be forced to dispose of hotel properties on disadvantageous terms, potentially resulting in losses. We may place mortgages on hotel properties that we acquire to secure a revolving credit facility or other debt. To the extent we cannot meet any future debt service obligations, we will risk losing some or all of our hotel properties that may be pledged to secure our obligations to foreclosure.
 
Interest expense on our debt may limit our cash available to fund our growth strategies and shareholder distributions.
 
Higher interest rates could increase debt service requirements on any floating rate debt that we incur and could reduce the amounts available for distribution to our shareholders, as well as reduce funds available for our operations, future business opportunities, or other purposes.
 
Failure to hedge effectively against interest rate changes may adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to make shareholder distributions.
 
We may obtain in the future one or more forms of interest rate protection — in the form of swap agreements, interest rate cap contracts or similar agreements — to hedge against the possible negative effects of interest rate fluctuations. However, such hedging implies costs and we cannot assure you that any hedging will adequately relieve the adverse effects of interest rate increases or that counterparties under these agreement will honor their obligations thereunder.
 
Joint venture investments that we make could be adversely affected by our lack of sole decision-making authority, our reliance on joint venture partners’ financial condition and disputes between us and our joint venture partners.
 
We may co-invest in the future with third parties through partnerships, joint ventures or other entities, acquiring non-controlling interests in or sharing responsibility for managing the affairs of a property, partnership, joint venture or other entity. In such event, we would not be in a position to exercise sole decision-making authority regarding the property, partnership, joint venture or other entity. Investments in partnerships, joint ventures or other entities may, under certain circumstances, involve risks not present were a third party not involved, including the possibility that joint venture partners might become bankrupt or fail to fund their share of required capital contributions. Joint venture partners may have economic or other business interests or goals which are inconsistent with our business interests or goals, and may be in a position to take actions contrary to our policies or objectives. Such investments may also have the potential risk of impasses on decisions, such as a sale,


14


 

because neither we nor the partner would have full control over the partnership or joint venture. Disputes between us and partners may result in litigation or arbitration that would increase our expenses and prevent our officers and/or trustees from focusing their time and effort on our business. Consequently, actions by, or disputes with, partners might result in subjecting properties owned by the partnership or joint venture to additional risk. In addition, we may in certain circumstances be liable for the actions of our third-party partners or co-venturers.
 
We may from time to time make distributions to our shareholders in the form of our common shares, which could result in shareholders incurring tax liability without receiving sufficient cash to pay such tax.
 
Although we have no current intention to do so, we may in the future distribute taxable dividends that are payable in cash and common shares at the election of each shareholder. Taxable shareholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend as ordinary income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for federal income tax purposes. As a result, shareholders may be required to pay income taxes with respect to such dividends in excess of the cash dividends received. If a U.S. shareholder sells the common shares that it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market price of our shares at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to certain non-U.S. shareholders, we may be required to withhold federal income tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in common shares. In addition, if a significant number of our shareholders determine to sell common shares in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of our common shares.
 
Conflicts of interest could result in future business transactions between us and affiliates owned by our Chief Executive Officer.
 
Our chief executive officer, Jeffrey H. Fisher, owns 90% of IHM, a hotel management company that may manage certain of the hotels we acquire. Because Mr. Fisher is our Chief Executive Officer and controls IHM, conflicts of interest may arise between us and Mr. Fisher as to whether and on what terms new management contracts will be awarded to IHM, whether and on what terms management agreements will be renewed upon expiration of their terms, enforcement of the terms of the management agreements, whether hotels managed by IHM will be sold and any termination fees payable to IHM. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”.
 
Risks Related to the Lodging Industry
 
The lodging industry has experienced recent significant declines and failure of the lodging industry to exhibit improvement may adversely affect our ability to execute our business strategy.
 
The performance of the lodging industry has historically been closely linked to the performance of the general economy and, specifically, growth in U.S. GDP. It is also sensitive to business and personal discretionary spending levels. Declines in corporate budgets and consumer demand due to adverse general economic conditions, risks affecting or reducing travel patterns, lower consumer confidence or adverse political conditions can lower the revenues and profitability of our future hotel properties and therefore the net operating profits of our TRSs. The current global economic downturn has led to a significant decline in demand for products and services provided by the lodging industry, lower occupancy levels and significantly reduced room rates.
 
A substantial part of our business strategy is based on the belief that the lodging markets in which we intend to invest will experience improving economic fundamentals in the future. We anticipate that recovery will lag an improvement in economic conditions. However, we cannot predict how severe or prolonged the global economic downturn will be or whether, or when, lodging industry fundamentals will in fact improve or to what extent they will improve. In the event conditions in the industry do not improve when and as we expect, or deteriorate, our ability to execute our business


15


 

strategy would be adversely affected, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common shares and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
Our ability to make distributions to our shareholders may be affected by various operating risks common in the lodging industry.
 
Hotel properties are subject to various operating risks common to the hotel industry, many of which are beyond our control, including:
 
  •      competition from other hotel properties in our prospective markets, some of which may have greater marketing and financial resources;
 
  •      an over-supply or over-building of hotel properties in our prospective markets, which could adversely affect occupancy rates and revenues;
 
  •      dependence on business and commercial travelers and tourism;
 
  •      increases in energy costs and other expenses affecting travel, which may affect travel patterns and reduce the number of business and commercial travelers and tourists;
 
  •      increases in operating costs due to inflation and other factors that may not be offset by increased room rates;
 
  •      necessity for periodic capital reinvestment to repair and upgrade hotel properties;
 
  •      changes in interest rates and in the availability, cost and terms of debt financing;
 
  •      changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies and zoning ordinances and the related costs of compliance with laws and regulations, fiscal policies and ordinances;
 
  •      unforeseen events beyond our control, such as terrorist attacks, travel related health concerns including pandemics and epidemics such as H1N1 influenza (swine flu), avian bird flu and SARS, political instability, regional hostilities, imposition of taxes or surcharges by regulatory authorities, travel related accidents and unusual weather patterns, including natural disasters such as hurricanes, tsunamis or earthquakes;
 
  •      adverse effects of a downturn in the economy or in the hotel industry; and
 
  •      risk generally associated with the ownership of hotel properties and real estate, as we discuss in detail below.
 
These factors could reduce the net operating profits of our TRSs and the rental income we receive from our TRSs, which in turn could adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
Competition for acquisitions may reduce the number of properties we can acquire.
 
We will compete for hotel investment opportunities with competitors that may have a different tolerance for risk or have substantially greater financial resources than are available to us. This competition may generally limit the number of hotel properties that we are able to acquire and may also increase the bargaining power of hotel owners seeking to sell, making it more difficult for us to acquire hotel properties on attractive terms, or at all.
 
Competition for guests may lower our hotels’ revenues and profitability.
 
The upscale extended-stay and mid-price segments of the hotel business are highly competitive. Hotels we acquire will compete on the basis of location, room rates and quality, service levels, reputation, and reservation systems, among many other factors. Many competitors will have substantially greater marketing and financial resources than our operators or us. New hotels create new competitors, in some cases without corresponding increases in demand for hotel rooms. The


16


 

result in some cases may be lower revenue, which would result in lower cash available for distribution to shareholders.
 
The seasonality of the hotel industry may cause fluctuations in our quarterly revenues that cause us to borrow money to fund distributions to shareholders.
 
Some hotel properties have business that is seasonal in nature. This seasonality can be expected to cause quarterly fluctuations in revenues. Quarterly earnings may be adversely affected by factors outside our control, including weather conditions and poor economic factors. As a result, we may have to enter into short-term borrowings in order to offset these fluctuations in revenue and to make distributions to shareholders.
 
The cyclical nature of the lodging industry may cause the return on our investments to be substantially less than we expect.
 
The lodging industry is highly cyclical in nature. Fluctuations in lodging demand and, therefore, operating performance, are caused largely by general economic and local market conditions, which subsequently affects levels of business and leisure travel. In addition to general economic conditions, new hotel room supply is an important factor that can affect the lodging industry’s performance and overbuilding has the potential to further exacerbate the negative impact of an economic recession. Room rates and occupancy, and thus RevPAR, tend to increase when demand growth exceeds supply growth. The continued decline in lodging demand beyond late 2010 to early 2011, or a continued growth in lodging supply, could result in returns that are substantially below expectations or result in losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
Due to our concentration in hotel investments, a continued downturn in the lodging industry would adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
 
Our entire business will be related to the hotel industry. Therefore, a continued downturn in the hotel industry, in general, will have a material adverse effect on our revenues, net operating profits and cash available to distribute to shareholders.
 
The ongoing need for capital expenditures at our hotel properties may adversely affect our financial condition and limit our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
Hotel properties have an ongoing need for renovations and other capital improvements, including replacements, from time to time, of furniture, fixtures and equipment. The franchisors of our hotels also will require periodic capital improvements as a condition of keeping the franchise licenses. In addition, our lenders will likely require that we set aside annual amounts for capital improvements to our hotel properties. These capital improvements may give rise to the following risks:
 
  •      possible environmental problems;
 
  •      construction cost overruns and delays;
 
  •      possibility that revenues will be reduced temporarily while rooms or restaurants offered are out of service due to capital improvement projects;
 
  •      a possible shortage of available cash to fund capital improvements and the related possibility that financing for these capital improvements may not be available on affordable terms;
 
  •      uncertainties as to market demand or a loss of market demand after capital improvements have begun; and
 
  •      disputes with franchisors/managers regarding compliance with relevant management/franchise agreements


17


 

 
The costs of all these capital improvements could adversely affect our financial condition and amounts available for distribution to our shareholders.
 
The increasing use of Internet travel intermediaries by consumers may adversely affect our profitability.
 
Some of our future hotel rooms will be booked through Internet travel intermediaries, including, but not limited to, Travelocity.com, Expedia.com and Priceline.com. As these Internet bookings increase, these intermediaries may be able to obtain higher commissions, reduced room rates or other significant contract concessions from us and our management companies. Moreover, some of these Internet travel intermediaries are attempting to offer hotel rooms as a commodity, by increasing the importance of price and general indicators of quality (such as “three-star downtown hotel”) at the expense of brand identification. These agencies hope that consumers will eventually develop brand loyalties to their reservations system rather than to the brands under which our properties will be franchised. Although most of the business for our hotels is expected to be derived from traditional channels, if the amount of sales made through Internet intermediaries increases significantly, room revenues may flatten or decrease and our profitability may be adversely affected.
 
Future terrorist attacks or changes in terror alert levels could adversely affect travel and hotel demand.
 
Previous terrorist attacks and subsequent terrorist alerts have adversely affected the U.S. travel and hospitality industries over the past several years, often disproportionately to the effect on the overall economy. The impact that terrorist attacks in the U.S. or elsewhere could have on domestic and international travel and our business in particular cannot be determined but any such attacks or the threat of such attacks could have a material adverse effect on our business, our ability to finance our business, our ability to insure our properties and our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Potential future outbreaks of contagious diseases, such as H1N1, could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations due to decreased travel, especially in areas significantly affected by the disease.
 
The widespread outbreak of infectious or contagious disease in the U.S., such as the H1N1 influenza, could reduce travel and adversely affect the hotel industry generally and our business in particular.
 
Uninsured and underinsured losses could adversely affect our operating results and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
We intend to maintain comprehensive insurance on each of our hotel properties, including liability, terrorism, fire and extended coverage, of the type and amount customarily obtained for or by hotel property owners. There can be no assurance that such coverage will be available at reasonable rates. Various types of catastrophic losses, like earthquakes and floods and losses from foreign terrorist activities such as those on September 11, 2001 or losses from domestic terrorist activities such as the Oklahoma City bombing may not be insurable or may not be insurable on reasonable economic terms. Lenders may require such insurance and failure to obtain such insurance could constitute a default under loan agreements. Depending on our access to capital, liquidity and the value of the properties securing the affected loan in relation to the balance of the loan, a default could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to obtain future financing.
 
In the event of a substantial loss, insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover the full current market value or replacement cost of the lost investment. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, we could lose all or a portion of the capital we invested in a hotel property, as well as the anticipated future revenue from that particular hotel. In that event, we might nevertheless remain obligated for any mortgage debt or other financial obligations related to the property. Inflation, changes in building codes and ordinances, environmental considerations and other


18


 

factors might also keep us from using insurance proceeds to replace or renovate a hotel after it has been damaged or destroyed. Under those circumstances, the insurance proceeds we receive might be inadequate to restore our economic position on the damaged or destroyed property.
 
Noncompliance with environmental laws and governmental regulations could adversely affect our operating results and our ability to make distributions to shareholders.
 
Under various federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, an owner of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of certain hazardous or toxic substances on or in such property. Such laws often impose such liability without regard to whether the owner knew of or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. The cost of any required remediation and the owner’s liability therefore as to any property are generally not limited under such laws and could exceed the value of the property and/or the aggregate assets of the owner. The presence of such substances, or the failure to properly remediate contamination from such substances, may adversely affect the owner’s ability to sell the real estate or to borrow funds using such property as collateral, which could have an adverse effect on our return from such investment.
 
Furthermore, various court decisions have established that third parties may recover damages for injury caused by release of hazardous substances and for property contamination. For instance, a person exposed to asbestos while working at or staying in a hotel may seek to recover damages if he or she suffers injury from the asbestos. Lastly, some of these environmental issues restrict the use of a property or place conditions on various activities. One example is laws that require a business using chemicals to manage them carefully and to notify local officials if regulated spills occurs.
 
Although it is our policy to require an acceptable Phase I environmental survey for all real property in which we invest, such surveys are limited in scope and there can be no assurance that there are no hazardous or toxic substances on such property that we would purchase. We cannot assure you:
 
  •      that future laws, ordinances or regulations will not impose material environmental liability; or
 
  •      that the current environmental condition of a hotel will not be affected by the condition of properties in the vicinity of the hotel (such as the presence of leaking underground storage tanks) or by third parties unrelated to us.
 
Compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and other changes in governmental rules and regulations could substantially increase our cost of doing business and adversely affect our operating results and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
Our future hotel properties also will be subject to the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, or the ADA. Under the ADA, all places of public accommodation are required to meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. Although we intend to acquire assets that are substantially in compliance with the ADA, we may incur additional costs of complying with the ADA at the time of acquisition and from time-to-time in the future to stay in compliance with any changes in the ADA. A number of additional federal, state and local laws exist that also may require modifications to our investments, or restrict certain further renovations thereof, with respect to access thereto by disabled persons. Additional legislation may impose further burdens or restrictions on owners with respect to access by disabled persons. If we were required to make substantial modifications at our properties to comply with the ADA or other changes in governmental rules and regulations, our ability to make expected distributions to our shareholders could be adversely affected.
 
The Employee Free Choice Act could substantially increase our cost of doing business and adversely affect our operating results and our ability to make distributions to shareholders.
 
A number of members of the U.S. Congress and President Obama have stated that they support the Employee Free Choice Act, which, if enacted, would discontinue the current practice of


19


 

having an open process where both the union and the employer are permitted to educate employees regarding the pros and cons of joining a union before having an election by secret ballot. Under the Employee Free Choice Act, the employees would only hear the union’s side of the argument before making a commitment to join the union. The Employee Free Choice Act would permit unions to quietly collect employee signatures supporting the union without notifying the employer and permitting the employer to explain its views before a final decision is made by the employees. Once a union has collected signatures from a majority of the employees, the employer would have to recognize, and bargain with, the union. If the employer and the union fail to reach agreement on a collective bargaining contract within a certain number of days, both sides would be forced to submit their respective proposals to binding arbitration and a federal arbitrator would be permitted to create an employment contract binding on the employer. If the Employee Free Choice Act is enacted, a number of the hotel properties we will own or seek to acquire could become unionized.
 
Generally, unionized hotel employees are subject to a number of work rules which could decrease operating margins at the unionized hotels. If that is the case, we believe that the unionization of hotel employees at hotels that we acquire may result in a significant decline in hotel profitability and value, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common shares and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
General Risks Related to Real Estate Industry
 
Illiquidity of real estate investments could significantly impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of our hotel properties and adversely affect our financial condition.
 
Because real estate investments are relatively illiquid, our ability to promptly sell one or more hotel properties in our portfolio in response to changing economic, financial and investment conditions may be limited. The real estate market is affected by many factors that are beyond our control, including:
 
  •      adverse changes in international, national, regional and local economic and market conditions;
 
  •      changes in interest rates and in the availability, cost and terms of debt financing;
 
  •      changes in governmental laws and regulations, fiscal policies and zoning ordinances and the related costs of compliance with laws and regulations, fiscal policies and ordinances;
 
  •      the ongoing need for capital improvements, particularly in older structures;
 
  •      changes in operating expenses; and
 
  •      civil unrest, acts of God, including earthquakes, floods and other natural disasters, which may result in uninsured losses, and acts of war or terrorism, such as those that occurred on September 11, 2001.
 
We may seek to sell hotel properties in the future. There can be no assurance that we will be able to sell any hotel property on acceptable terms.
 
Currently, little credit is available to purchasers of hotel properties and financing structures such as CMBS, which have been used to finance many hotel acquisitions in recent years, have been reduced. If financing for hotel properties is not available or is not available on attractive terms, it will adversely impact the ability of third parties to buy our hotels. As a result, we may hold our hotel properties for a longer period than we would otherwise desire and may sell hotels at a loss.
 
We may be required to expend funds to correct defects or to make improvements before a hotel property can be sold. We cannot assure you that we will have funds available to correct those defects or to make those improvements. In acquiring a hotel property, we may agree to lock-out provisions that materially restrict us from selling that property for a period of time or impose other


20


 

restrictions, such as a limitation on the amount of debt that can be placed or repaid on that property. These factors and any others that would impede our ability to respond to adverse changes in the performance of our properties could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition, as well as our ability to pay distributions to shareholders.
 
Increases in our property taxes would adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
Hotel properties are subject to real and personal property taxes. These taxes may increase as tax rates change and as the properties are assessed or reassessed by taxing authorities. In particular, our property taxes could increase following our purchase of the initial acquisition hotels as the acquired hotels are reassessed. If property taxes increase, our financial condition, results of operations and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders could be materially and adversely affected and the market price of our common shares could decline.
 
Our hotel properties may contain or develop harmful mold, which could lead to liability for adverse health effects and costs of remediating the problem.
 
When excessive moisture accumulates in buildings or on building materials, mold growth may occur, particularly if the moisture problem remains undiscovered or is not addressed over a period of time. Some molds may produce airborne toxins or irritants. Concern about indoor exposure to mold has been increasing, as exposure to mold may cause a variety of adverse health effects and symptoms, including allergic or other reactions. As a result, the presence of mold to which hotel guests or employees could be exposed at any of our properties could require us to undertake a costly remediation program to contain or remove the mold from the affected property, which could be costly. In addition, exposure to mold by guests or employees, management company employees or others could expose us to liability if property damage or health concerns arise.
 
Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure
 
Our rights and the rights of our shareholders to take action against our trustees and officers are limited, which could limit your recourse in the event of actions not in your best interests.
 
Under Maryland law generally, a trustee is required to perform his or her duties in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in our best interests and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. Under Maryland law, trustees are presumed to have acted with this standard of care. In addition, our declaration of trust limits the liability of our trustees and officers to us and our shareholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:
 
  •      actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services; or
 
  •      active and deliberate dishonesty by the trustee or officer that was established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action adjudicated
 
Our bylaws obligate us to indemnify our trustees and officers for actions taken by them in those capacities to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. Our bylaws require us to indemnify each trustee or officer, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made, or threatened to be made, a party by reason of his or her service to us. In addition, we may be obligated to advance the defense costs incurred by our trustees and officers. As a result, we and our shareholders may have more limited rights against our trustees and officers than might otherwise exist absent the current provisions in our declaration of trust and bylaws or that might exist with other companies.


21


 

Provisions of Maryland law may limit the ability of a third party to acquire control of our Company and may result in entrenchment of management and diminish the value of our common shares.
 
Certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”) applicable to Maryland real estate investment trusts may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change of control under circumstances that otherwise could provide our common shareholders with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of such shares, including:
 
  •      “Business combination” provisions that, subject to limitations, prohibit certain business combinations between us and an “interested shareholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of our shares) or an affiliate of any interested shareholder for five years after the most recent date on which the shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, and thereafter imposes special appraisal rights and special shareholder voting requirements on these combinations; and
 
  •      “Control share” provisions that provide that our “control shares” (defined as shares which, when aggregated with other shares controlled by the shareholder, entitle the shareholder to exercise one of three increasing ranges of voting power in electing trustees) acquired in a “control share acquisition” (defined as the direct or indirect acquisition of ownership or control of “control shares”) have no voting rights except to the extent approved by our shareholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding all interested shares.
 
Additionally, Title 8, Subtitle 3 of the MGCL permits our board of trustees, without shareholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our declaration of trust or bylaws, to implement certain takeover defenses, such as a classified board, some of which we do not yet have. These provisions may have the effect of inhibiting a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us or of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us under the circumstances that otherwise could provide our common shareholders with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then current market price.
 
Provisions of our declaration of trust may limit the ability of a third party to acquire control of our Company and may result in entrenchment of management and diminish the value of our common shares.
 
Our declaration of trust authorizes our board of trustees to issue up to           common shares and up to           preferred shares. In addition, our board of trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend our declaration of trust to increase the aggregate number of our shares or the number of shares of any class or series that we have the authority to issue and to classify or reclassify any unissued common shares or preferred shares and to set the preferences, rights and other terms of the classified or reclassified shares. As a result, our board of trustees may authorize the issuance of additional shares or establish a series of common or preferred shares that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company, including transactions at a premium over the market price of our shares, even if shareholders believe that a change of control is in their interest.
 
Failure to make required distributions would subject us to tax.
 
In order for federal corporate income tax not to apply to earnings that we distribute, each year we must distribute to our shareholders at least 90% of our REIT taxable income, determined before the deductions for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain. To the extent that we satisfy this distribution requirement, but distribute less than 100% of our taxable income, we will be subject to federal corporate income tax on our undistributed REIT taxable income. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount that we pay out to our shareholders in a


22


 

calendar year is less than a minimum amount specified under the Code. Our only source of funds to make these distributions comes from distributions that we will receive from our operating partnership. Accordingly, we may be required to borrow money or sell assets, or make taxable distributions of our capital shares or debt securities, to enable us to pay out enough of our taxable income to satisfy the distribution requirement and to avoid federal corporate income tax and the 4% nondeductible excise tax in a particular year.
 
Failure to qualify as a REIT, or failure to remain qualified as a REIT, would subject us to federal income tax and potentially to state and local taxes.
 
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, commencing with our short taxable year beginning on the business day prior to the closing of this offering and ending December 31, 2010. However, qualification as a REIT involves the application of highly technical and complex provisions of the Code, for which only a limited number of judicial and administrative interpretations exist. Even an inadvertent or technical mistake could jeopardize our REIT qualification. Our qualification as a REIT will depend on our satisfaction of certain asset, income, organizational, distribution, shareholder ownership and other requirements on a continuing basis.
 
Moreover, new tax legislation, administrative guidance or court decisions, in each instance potentially applicable with retroactive effect, could make it more difficult or impossible for us to qualify as a REIT. If we were to fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we would be subject to federal income tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on our taxable income at regular corporate rates, and distributions to shareholders would not be deductible by us in computing our taxable income. Any such corporate tax liability could be substantial and would reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our shareholders, which in turn could have an adverse impact on the value of our shares of beneficial interest. If, for any reason, we failed to qualify as a REIT and we were not entitled to relief under certain Code provisions, we would be unable to elect REIT status for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to so qualify which would negatively impact the value of our common shares.
 
Our TRS lessee structure subjects us to the risk of increased hotel operating expenses that could adversely affect our operating results and our ability to make distributions to shareholders.
 
Our leases with our TRS lessees will require our TRS lessees to pay us rent based in part on revenues from our hotels. Our operating risks include decreases in hotel revenues and increases in hotel operating expenses, which would adversely affect our TRS lessees’ ability to pay us rent due under the leases, including but not limited to the increases in wage and benefit costs, repair and maintenance expenses, energy costs, property taxes, insurance costs and other operating expenses.
 
Increases in these operating expenses can have a significant adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common shares and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
The formation of our TRS lessees increases our overall tax liability.
 
Our TRS lessees will be subject to federal, state and local income tax on their taxable income, which will consist of the revenues from the hotel properties leased by our TRS lessees, net of the operating expenses for such hotel properties and rent payments to us. Accordingly, although our ownership of our TRS lessees will allow us to participate in the operating income from our hotel properties in addition to receiving rent, that operating income will be fully subject to income tax. The after-tax net income of our TRS lessees is available for distribution to us.


23


 

Our ownership of TRSs will be limited and our transactions with our TRSs will cause us to be subject to a 100% penalty tax on certain income or deductions if those transactions are not conducted on arm’s-length terms.
 
A REIT may own up to 100% of the stock of one or more TRSs. A TRS may hold assets and earn income that would not be qualifying assets or income if held or earned directly by a REIT, including gross operating income from hotels that are operated by eligible independent contractors pursuant to hotel management agreements. Both the subsidiary and the REIT must jointly elect to treat the subsidiary as a TRS. A corporation of which a TRS directly or indirectly owns more than 35% of the voting power or value of the stock will automatically be treated as a TRS. Overall, no more than 25% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of stock or securities of one or more TRSs. In addition, the TRS rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. The rules also impose a 100% excise tax on certain transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.
 
Our TRSs will pay federal, foreign, state and local income tax on their taxable income, and their after-tax net income will be available for distribution to us but is not required to be distributed to us. We anticipate that the aggregate value of the stock and securities of our TRSs will be less than 25% of the value of our total assets (including our TRS stock and securities). Furthermore, we will monitor the value of our respective investments in our TRSs for the purpose of ensuring compliance with TRS ownership limitations. In addition, we will scrutinize all of our transactions with our TRSs to ensure that they are entered into on arm’s-length terms to avoid incurring the 100% excise tax described above. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to comply with the 25% limitation discussed above or to avoid application of the 100% excise tax discussed above.
 
If our leases to our TRS lessees are not respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes, we would fail to qualify as a REIT.
 
To qualify as a REIT, we will be required to satisfy two gross income tests, pursuant to which specified percentages of our gross income must be passive income, such as rent. For the rent paid pursuant to the hotel leases with our TRS lessees, which we anticipate will constitute substantially all of our gross income, to qualify for purposes of the gross income tests, the leases must be respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes and must not be treated as service contracts, joint ventures or some other type of arrangement. We intend to structure our leases so that the leases will be respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes, but there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with this characterization. If the leases were not respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes, we would not be able to satisfy either of the two gross income tests applicable to REITs and likely would fail to qualify as a REIT status.
 
Dividends payable by REITs do not qualify for the reduced tax rates available for some dividends.
 
The maximum tax rate applicable to income from “qualified dividends” payable to U.S. shareholders that are individuals, trusts and estates has been reduced by legislation to 15% (through 2010). Dividends payable by REITs, however, generally are not eligible for the reduced rates. The more favorable rates applicable to regular corporate qualified dividends could cause investors who are individuals, trusts and estates to perceive investments in REITs to be relatively less attractive than investments in the stocks of non-REIT corporations that pay dividends, which could adversely affect the value of the shares of REITs, including our common shares.
 
If our hotel managers do not qualify as “eligible independent contractors,” we would fail to qualify as a REIT.
 
Rent paid by a lessee that is a “related party tenant” of ours will not be qualifying income for purposes of the two gross income tests applicable to REITs. We expect to lease substantially all of our


24


 

hotels to our TRSs. A TRS lessee will not be treated as a “related party tenant,” and will not be treated as directly operating a lodging facility, which is prohibited, to the extent the TRS lessee leases properties from us that are managed by an “eligible independent contractor.”
 
We believe that the rent paid by our TRS lessee will be qualifying income for purposes of the REIT gross income tests and that our TRSs will qualify to be treated for federal income tax purposes, but there can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge this treatement or that a court would not sustain such a challenge. If the IRS were successful in challenging this treatment, it is possible that we would fail to meet the asset tests applicable to REITs and substantially all of our income would fail to qualify for the gross income tests. If we failed to meet either the asset or gross income tests, we would likely lose our REIT qualification for federal income tax purposes, unless certain relief provisions applied.
 
If our hotel managers do not qualify as “eligible independent contractors,” we would fail to qualify as a REIT. Each of the hotel management companies that enters into a management contract with our TRS lessees must qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” under the REIT rules in order for the rent paid to us by our TRS lessees to be qualifying income for our REIT income test requirements. Among other requirements, in order to qualify as an eligible independent contractor a manager must not own more than 35% of our outstanding shares (by value) and no person or group of persons can own more than 35% of our outstanding shares and the ownership interests of the manager, taking into account only owners of more than 5% of our shares and, with respect to ownership interests in such managers that are publicly traded, only holders of more than 5% of such ownership interests. Complex ownership attribution rules apply for purposes of these 35% thresholds. Although we intend to monitor ownership of our shares by our property managers and their owners, there can be no assurance that these ownership levels will not be exceeded.
 
Our ownership limitations may restrict or prevent you from engaging in certain transfers of our common shares.
 
In order to satisfy the requirements for REIT qualification, no more than 50% in value of our outstanding shares may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include certain entities) at any time during the last half of each taxable year following our first taxable year. To assist us to satisfy the requirements for our REIT qualification, our declaration of trust contains an ownership limit on each class and series of our shares. Under applicable constructive ownership rules, any common shares owned by certain affiliated owners generally will be added together for purposes of the common share ownership limit, and any shares of a given class or series of preferred shares owned by certain affiliated owners generally will be added together for purposes of the ownership limit on such class or series.
 
If anyone transfers shares in a way that would violate the ownership limit, or prevent us from qualifying as a REIT under the federal income tax laws, those shares instead will be transferred to a trust for the benefit of a charitable beneficiary and will be either redeemed by us or sold to a person whose ownership of the shares will not violate the ownership limit. If this transfer to a trust fails to prevent such a violation or our continued qualification as a REIT, then the initial intended transfer shall be null and void from the outset. The intended transferee of those shares will be deemed never to have owned the shares. Anyone who acquires shares in violation of the ownership limit or the other restrictions on transfer in our declaration of trust bears the risk of suffering a financial loss when the shares are redeemed or sold if the market price of our shares falls between the date of purchase and the date of redemption or sale.
 
Complying with REIT requirements may limit our ability to hedge effectively and may cause us to incur tax liabilities.
 
The REIT provisions of the Code substantially limit our ability to hedge our liabilities. Any income from a hedging transaction we enter into to manage risk of interest rate changes with respect to borrowings made or to be made to acquire or carry real estate assets does not constitute “gross


25


 

income” for purposes of the 75% or 95% gross income tests. To the extent that we enter into other types of hedging transactions, the income from those transactions is likely to be treated as non-qualifying income for purposes of both of the gross income tests. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.” As a result of these rules, we intend to limit our use of advantageous hedging techniques or implement those hedges through a TRS. This could increase the cost of our hedging activities because our TRS would be subject to tax on gains or expose us to greater risks associated with changes in interest rates than we would otherwise want to bear. In addition, losses in our TRSs will generally not provide any tax benefit, except for being carried forward against future taxable income in the TRSs.
 
The ability of our board of trustees to revoke our REIT qualification without shareholder approval may cause adverse consequences to our shareholders.
 
Our declaration of trust provides that our board of trustees may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without the approval of our shareholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT. If we cease to qualify as a REIT, we would become subject to U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income and would no longer be required to distribute most of our taxable income to our shareholders, which may have adverse consequences on our total return to our shareholders.
 
The ability of our board of trustees to change our major policies may not be in your interest.
 
Our board of trustees determines our major policies, including policies and guidelines relating to our acquisitions, leverage, financing, growth, operations and distributions to shareholders and our continued qualification as a REIT. Our board may amend or revise these and other policies and guidelines from time to time without the vote or consent of our shareholders. Accordingly, our shareholders will have limited control over changes in our policies and those changes could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, the market price of our common shares and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders.
 
If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately determine our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, our investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could harm our business and the market value of our common shares.
 
Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and effectively prevent fraud. We may in the future discover areas of our internal controls that need improvement. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require us to evaluate and report on our internal controls over financial reporting and have our independent auditors annually attest to our evaluation, as well as issue their opinion on our internal control over financial reporting. While we intend to undertake substantial work to prepare for compliance with Section 404, we cannot be certain that we will be successful in implementing or maintaining adequate control over our financial reporting and financial processes. Furthermore, as we rapidly grow our business and acquire new hotel properties with existing internal controls that may not be consistent with our own, our internal controls will become more complex, and we will require significantly more resources to ensure our internal controls remain effective. If we or our independent auditors discover a material weakness, the disclosure of that fact, even if quickly remedied, could reduce the market value of our common shares. In particular, we will need to establish, or cause our third party hotel managers to establish, controls and procedures to ensure that hotel revenues and expenses are properly recorded at our hotels. The existence of any material weakness or significant deficiency would require management to devote significant time and incur significant expense to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies and management may not be able to remediate any such material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in a timely manner. Any such failure could cause investors to lose confidence in


26


 

our reported financial information and adversely affect the market value of our common shares or limit our access to the capital markets and other sources of liquidity.
 
Complying with REIT requirements may cause us to forego otherwise attractive opportunities or liquidate otherwise attractive investments.
 
To qualify as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the sources of our income, the nature and diversification of our assets, the amounts we distribute to our shareholders and the ownership of our shares of beneficial interest. In order to meet these tests, we may be required to forego investments we might otherwise make. Thus, compliance with the REIT requirements may hinder our performance.
 
In particular, we must ensure that at the end of each calendar quarter, at least 75% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash items, government securities and qualified real estate assets. The remainder of our investment in securities (other than government securities, qualified real estate assets and securities of our TRSs) generally cannot include more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any one issuer or more than 10% of the total value of the outstanding securities of any one issuer. In addition, in general, no more than 5% of the value of our assets (other than government securities, securities that constitute qualified real estate assets and securities of our TRSs) can consist of the securities of any one issuer, and no more than 25% of the value of our total assets can be represented by the securities of one or more TRSs. If we fail to comply with these requirements at the end of any calendar quarter, we must correct the failure within 30 days after the end of the calendar quarter or qualify for certain statutory relief provisions to avoid losing our REIT qualification and suffering adverse tax consequences. As a result, we may be required to liquidate otherwise attractive investments. These actions could have the effect of reducing our income and amounts available for distribution to our shareholders.
 
We have not established a minimum distribution payment level and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flows from our operations to make distributions to our shareholders at any time in the future.
 
We are generally required to distribute to our shareholders at least 90% of our taxable income each year for us to qualify as a REIT under the Code, which requirement we currently intend to satisfy. To the extent we satisfy the 90% distribution requirement but distribute less than 100% of our taxable income, we will be subject to federal corporate income tax on our undistributed taxable income. We have not established a minimum distribution payment level, and our ability to make distributions to our shareholders may be adversely affected by the risk factors described in this prospectus. Because we currently have no assets and will commence operations only upon completion of this offering, we may not have a portfolio of assets that generate sufficient income to be distributed to our shareholders. We currently do not expect to use the proceeds from this offering or the concurrent private placement to make distributions to our shareholders. Subject to satisfying the requirements for REIT qualification, we intend over time to make regular quarterly distributions to our shareholders. Our board of trustees has the sole discretion to determine the timing, form and amount of any distributions to our shareholders. The amount of such distributions may be limited until we have a portfolio of income-generating assets. Our board of trustees will make determinations regarding distributions based upon, among other factors, our historical and projected results of operations, financial condition, cash flows and liquidity, satisfaction of the requirements for REIT qualification and other tax considerations, capital expenditure and other expense obligations, debt covenants, contractual prohibitions or other limitations and applicable law and such other matters as our board of trustees may deem relevant from time to time. Among the factors that could impair our ability to make distributions to our shareholders are:
 
  •      our inability to invest the proceeds of the offering;
 
  •      our inability to realize attractive returns on our investments;
 
  •      unanticipated expenses that reduce our cash flow or non-cash earnings;


27


 

 
  •      defaults in our investment portfolio or decreases in the value of the underlying assets; and
 
  •      the fact that anticipated operating expense levels may not prove accurate, as actual results may vary from estimates.
 
As a result, no assurance can be given that we will be able to make distributions to our shareholders at any time in the future or that the level of any distributions we do make to our shareholders will achieve a market yield or increase or even be maintained over time, any of which could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common shares. In addition, prior to the time we have fully invested the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we may fund our quarterly distributions out of such net proceeds. The use of our net proceeds for distributions could be dilutive to our financial results and may constitute a return of capital to our investors, which would have the effect of reducing each shareholder’s basis in its common shares.
 
In addition, distributions that we make to our shareholders will generally be taxable to our shareholders as ordinary income. However, a portion of our distributions may be designated by us as long-term capital gains to the extent that they are attributable to capital gain income recognized by us or may constitute a return of capital to the extent that they exceed our earnings and profits as determined for tax purposes. A return of capital is not taxable, but has the effect of reducing the basis of a shareholder’s investment in our common shares.
 
We cannot assure you that a public market for our common shares will develop.
 
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares, and we cannot assure you that a regular trading market for the common shares offered hereby will develop or, if developed, that any such market will be sustained. In the absence of a public trading market, an investor may be unable to liquidate an investment in our common shares. The initial public offering price has been determined by us and the underwriters. We cannot assure you that the price at which the common shares will sell in the public market after the closing of the offering will not be lower than the price at which they are sold by the underwriters.
 
The market price of our equity securities may vary substantially, which may limit your ability to liquidate your investment.
 
The trading prices of equity securities issued by REITs have historically been affected by changes in market interest rates. One of the factors that may influence the price of our shares in public trading markets is the annual yield from distributions on our common or preferred shares as compared to yields on other financial instruments. An increase in market interest rates, or a decrease in our distributions to shareholders, may lead prospective purchasers of our shares to demand a higher annual yield, which could reduce the market price of our equity securities.
 
Other factors that could affect the market price of our equity securities include the following:
 
  •      actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations;
 
  •      changes in market valuations of companies in the hotel or real estate industries;
 
  •      changes in expectations of future financial performance or changes in estimates of securities analysts;
 
  •      fluctuations in stock market prices and volumes;
 
  •      issuances of common shares or other securities in the future;
 
  •      the addition or departure of key personnel;
 
  •      announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances; and


28


 

 
  •      unforeseen events beyond our control, such as terrorist attacks, travel related health concerns including pandemics and epidemics such as H1N1 influenza, avian bird flu and SARS, political instability, regional hostilities, increases in fuel prices, imposition of taxes or surcharges by regulatory authorities, travel related accidents and unusual weather patterns, including natural disasters such as hurricanes, tsunamis or earthquakes.
 
The number of shares available for future sale could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
 
We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future sales of common shares, or the availability of common shares for future sale, on the market price of our common shares. Sales of substantial amounts of common shares (including shares issued to our trustees and officers), or the perception that these sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common shares.
 
We also may issue from time to time additional common shares or limited partnership interests in our operating partnership in connection with the acquisition of properties and we may grant demand or piggyback registration rights in connection with these issuances. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares or the perception that these sales could occur may adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common shares or may impair our ability to raise capital through a sale of additional equity securities. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to have          common shares outstanding, including the common shares sold in this offering, common shares sold in the concurrent private placement,          restricted common shares granted to our trustees and           shares underlying LTIP units to be granted to our officers under our Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering, or an aggregate of          common shares if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full. Our Equity Incentive Plan provides for grants of equity based awards up to an aggregate of common shares.
 
Future offerings of debt or equity securities ranking senior to our common shares may adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
 
If we decide to issue debt or equity securities in the future ranking senior to our common shares or otherwise incur indebtedness, it is possible that these securities or indebtedness will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility and limiting our ability to make distributions to our shareholders. Additionally, any convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges, including with respect to distributions, more favorable than those of our common shares and may result in dilution to owners of our common shares. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities in any future offering or otherwise incur indebtedness will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings or financings, any of which could reduce the market price of our common shares and dilute the value of our common shares.


29


 

 
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
We make forward-looking statements in this prospectus that are subject to risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements include information about possible or assumed future results of our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, cash flow and plans and objectives. When we use the words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “plan,” “continue,” “intend,” “should,” “may” or similar expressions, we intend to identify forward-looking statements. Statements regarding the following subjects, among others, may be forward-looking:
 
  •      use of the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement;
 
  •      market trends in our industry, interest rates, real estate values, the debt financing markets or the general economy or the demand for commercial real estate loans;
 
  •      our business and investment strategy;
 
  •      our projected operating results;
 
  •      actions and initiatives of the U.S. government and changes to U.S. government policies and the execution and impact of these actions, initiatives and policies;
 
  •      the state of the U.S. economy generally or in specific geographic regions;
 
  •      economic trends and economic recoveries;
 
  •      our ability to obtain and maintain financing arrangements;
 
  •      changes in the value of our properties;
 
  •      our expected portfolio of properties;
 
  •      the degree to which our hedging strategies may or may not protect us from interest rate volatility;
 
  •      impact of and changes in governmental regulations, tax law and rates, accounting guidance and similar matters;
 
  •      our ability to satisfy the requirements for REIT qualification under the Code;
 
  •      availability of qualified personnel;
 
  •      estimates relating to our ability to make distributions to our shareholders in the future;
 
  •      general volatility of the capital markets and the market price of our common shares; and
 
  •      degree and nature of our competition.
 
The forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance, taking into account all information currently available to us. Forward-looking statements are not predictions of future events. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us. Some of these factors are described in this prospectus under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” If a change occurs, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made. New risks and uncertainties arise over time, and it is not possible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us. Except as required by law, we are not obligated to, and do not intend to, update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.


30


 

 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering will be approximately $      million after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses. If the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, our net proceeds will be approximately $      million.
 
The underwriters will forego the receipt of payment of $      per share until we have purchased hotel properties with an aggregate purchase price (including the aggregate purchase price of the initial acquisition hotels) equal to at least     % of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement (after deducting the full underwriting discount and other estimated offering expenses payable by us). See “Underwriting.”
 
Concurrently with this offering, in a separate private placement pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, we will sell           common shares (representing $10 million in proceeds) to our chief executive officer, Jeffrey H. Fisher, at a price per share equal to the price to the public, and without payment by us of any underwriting discount or commission.
 
We will contribute the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to our operating partnership. Our operating partnership will use approximately $73.5 million, or     %, of the net proceeds to purchase the initial acquisition hotels.
 
We intend to invest approximately $      million over the next   years to enhance the quality of the six initial acquisition hotels. This capital will be used to upgrade guest rooms and common areas and includes our estimate of the amounts Hilton will require us to spend as part of a property improvement plan, or PIP, for the hotels. We believe that this investment will improve the quality of the initial acquisition hotels, further differentiate them from their primary competitors, and enhance their performance. We believe that the current market environment, with depressed hotel operating performance, provides an attractive time to complete the planned renovations of the initial acquisition hotels because there will be less displacement of guests and lost revenues due to current low occupancy rates and room rates than in a more robust economic environment. We believe that investing in our properties in the current environment will also better position them to outperform competing properties as economic conditions improve.
 
Our operating partnership will use the remaining net proceeds to invest in hotel properties in accordance with our investment strategy described in this prospectus and for general business purposes. We generally intend to invest the remaining net proceeds as promptly as we can identify hotel acquisition opportunities that are consistent with our investment strategy, with a general goal of seeking to invest the remaining net proceeds within 12 to 15 months following completion of this offering, depending on the amount of time necessary to evaluate a target property’s suitability based on our acquisition criteria. However, we cannot predict if or when we will identify and acquire hotels that meet our acquisition criteria so as to permit us to invest the net proceeds of this offering. Prior to the full investment of the offering proceeds in hotel properties, we intend to invest in interest-bearing short-term securities or money-market accounts that are consistent with our intention to qualify as a REIT. Such investments may include, for example, government and government agency certificates, certificates of deposit, interest-bearing bank deposits and mortgage loan participations. These initial investments are expected to provide a lower net return than we will seek to achieve from investments in hotel properties.
 
We will use approximately $      of the net proceeds to reimburse Mr. Fisher for out-of-pocket expenses Mr. Fisher incurred in connection with our formation and this offering, including up to $2.5 million Mr. Fisher funded as earnest money deposits, as required by the purchase agreement for the initial acquisition hotels. We will also use $10,000 to repurchase the shares he acquired in connection with our formation and initial capitalization.


31


 

 
CAPITALIZATION
 
The following table sets forth:
 
  •      our actual capitalization as of October 30, 2009; and
 
  •      our capitalization as of October 30, 2009, as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our common shares in this offering and the concurrent private placement, at an offering price of $      per share, not including shares subject to the underwriters’ overallotment option, and net of the underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering.
 
The following table should be read in conjunction with the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
                 
    As of October 30, 2009  
          Pro Forma
 
    Actual     As Adjusted(1)  
          (Unaudited)  
 
Cash
  $ 10,000     $  
                 
Total liabilities
  $     $        
                 
Shareholders’ equity
               
Common shares, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual;          shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted(1)
    10          
Additional paid-in capital
    9,990          
Total shareholders’ equity
    10,000          
                 
Total capitalization
  $ 10,000     $  
                 
 
 
(1) Includes           shares we will issue to Mr. Fisher in a private placement concurrent with the closing of this offering. Also includes an aggregate of           restricted common shares that will be issued to our independent trustees upon completion of this offering under our Equity Incentive Plan. Excludes (i)          common shares underlying long-term incentive plan, or LTIP, units in our operating partnership that will be issued to Mr. Fisher and certain other officers upon completion of this offering, (ii)          common shares reserved for issuance under our Equity Incentive Plan and (iii)          common shares issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option. If the size of this offering changes, the aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to Messrs. Fisher, Willis and          will change so as to equal     % of the common shares issued in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) and in the concurrent private placement.


32


 

 
DISTRIBUTION POLICY
 
We intend over time to make regular quarterly distributions to holders of our common shares. However, until we invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering in hotel properties, we expect our quarterly distributions will be nominal, if any. In order to qualify for taxation as a REIT, we intend to make annual distributions to our shareholders of an amount at least equal to:
 
  •      90% of our REIT taxable income (determined before the deduction for dividends paid and excluding any net capital gain); plus
 
  •      90% of the excess of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property over the tax imposed on such income by the Code; less
 
  •      the sum of certain items of non-cash income (as determined under Sections 857 of the Code).
 
Generally, we expect to distribute 100% of our REIT taxable income so as to avoid the excise tax on undistributed REIT taxable income. However, we cannot assure you as to when we will begin to generate sufficient cash flow to make distributions to our shareholders or our ability to sustain those distributions.
 
See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
 
Distributions will be authorized and declared by our board of trustees based upon a variety of factors, including:
 
  •      actual results of operations;
 
  •      the timing of the investment of the net proceeds of this offering;
 
  •      any debt service requirements;
 
  •      capital expenditure requirements for our properties;
 
  •      our taxable income;
 
  •      the annual distribution requirement under the REIT provisions of the Code;
 
  •      our operating expenses; and
 
  •      other factors that our board of trustees may deem relevant.
 
Our ability to pay distributions to our shareholders will depend, in part, upon our receipt of distributions from our operating partnership, which will depend upon receipt of rent payments from our TRS lessees and the management of our hotels by the third-party hotel management companies that our TRS lessees will engage to operate our hotels. Distributions to our shareholders generally will be taxable to our shareholders as ordinary income; however, because a significant portion of our investments will be ownership of equity interests in hotel properties, which will generate depreciation and other non-cash charges against our income, a portion of our distributions may constitute a tax-free return of capital. To the extent not inconsistent with maintaining our qualification as a REIT, we may retain any earnings that accumulate in our TRSs.
 
In addition, prior to the time we have fully invested the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we may fund our quarterly distributions out of such net proceeds. The use of our net proceeds for distributions could be dilutive to our financial results and may constitute a return of capital to our investors, which would have the effect of reducing each shareholder’s basis in its common shares.


33


 

 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
We are a newly formed entity without any operating history. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
 
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the information provided under the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements,” and “Our Business” and our audited balance sheet and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those contained in these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Overview
 
We are a self-advised hotel investment company organized in October 2009 to invest in premium-branded upscale extended-stay, select-service, and full-service hotels. We expect that a significant portion of our portfolio will consist of hotels in the upscale extended-stay category, including brands such as Homewood Suites by Hilton®, Residence Inn by Marriott® and Summerfield Suites by Hyatt®. Upscale extended-stay hotels typically have the following characteristics:
 
  •      their principal customer base includes business travelers who are on extended assignments and corporate relocations;
 
  •      their services and amenities include complimentary breakfast and evening hospitality hour, high-speed internet access, in-room movie channels, limited meeting space, daily linen and room cleaning service, 24-hour front desk, guest grocery services, and an on-site maintenance staff; and
 
  •      their physical facilities include large suites, quality construction, full separate kitchens in each guest suite, quality room furnishings, pool, and exercise facilities.
 
We also intend to invest in premium-branded select-service hotels such as Courtyard by Marriott®, Hampton Inn® and Hampton Inn and Suites®. The service and amenity offerings of these hotels typically include complimentary breakfast, high-speed internet access, local calls, in-room movie channels, and daily linen and room cleaning service. In addition, we intend to selectively invest in premium-branded full-service hotels. The service and amenity offerings of these hotels often include full-service restaurants, lounges, room service, meeting rooms, banquet and catering services, as well as high-speed internet access, local calls, in-room movie channels, and daily linen and room cleaning service. We intend to invest primarily in hotels in the 25 largest metropolitan markets in the United States. We believe that current market conditions will create attractive opportunities to acquire high quality hotels at cyclically low prices that will benefit from an improving economy and our aggressive asset management. As a newly formed company with no business activity to date, we have no operating history and only nominal assets, consisting of only cash contributed in connection with our formation. See “Capitalization.”
 
We currently do not own any properties but have entered into an agreement to purchase the six initial acquisition hotels following completion of this offering for an aggregate purchase price of $73.5 million. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement to Mr. Fisher, and following the purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we expect to have approximately $      million of cash available to invest in additional hotel properties and we will have no debt.
 
We intend to elect and qualify to be treated as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.


34


 

For us to qualify as a REIT under the Code, we cannot operate the hotels that we acquire. Therefore, our operating partnership and its subsidiaries will lease our hotel properties to our TRS lessees, who will in turn engage eligible independent contractors to manage our hotels. Each of these lessees will be treated as a TRS for federal income tax purposes and will be consolidated into our financial statements for accounting purposes. However, since both our operating partnership and our TRS lessees will be controlled by us, our principal source of funds on a consolidated basis will be from the operations of our hotels. The earnings of our TRS lessees will be subject to taxation as regular C corporations, reducing such lessees’ ability to pay dividends, our funds from operations and the cash available for distribution to our shareholders.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
We intend to limit the outstanding principal amount of our consolidated indebtedness to not more than 35% of the investment in our hotel properties at cost (defined as our initial acquisition price plus the gross amount of any subsequent capital investment and excluding any impairment charges) measured at the time we incur debt, and a subsequent decrease in hotel property values will not necessarily cause us to repay debt to comply with this limitation. Our board of trustees may modify or eliminate this policy at any time without the approval of our shareholders. Upon completion of this offering and concurrent private placement and following our purchase of the the initial acquisition hotels, we expect to have approximately $      million in cash available to fund additional investments in hotel properties. There can be no assurance that we will make any investments in any properties that meet our investment criteria.
 
We expect to meet our short-term liquidity requirements generally through net cash provided by operations, existing cash balances and, if necessary, short-term borrowings under an anticipated revolving credit facility. We believe that our net cash provided by operations will be adequate to fund operating requirements, pay interest on any borrowings and fund dividends in accordance with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code. We expect to meet our long-term liquidity requirements, such as hotel property acquisitions, through the cash we will have available upon completion of this offering and subsequent borrowings and expect to fund other investments in hotel properties and scheduled debt maturities through long-term secured and unsecured borrowings and the issuance of additional equity or debt securities.
 
We plan to arrange and utilize a revolving credit facility that we anticipate will be in place following the investment of the net proceeds of this offering. This facility, which we expect will be secured by hotel properties we acquire and other assets, will be used for general corporate purposes. We intend to repay indebtedness incurred under our credit facility from time to time out of cash flow and from the net proceeds of issuances of additional equity and debt securities. No assurances can be given that we will obtain such credit facility or, if we do, what the amount and terms will be. Our failure to obtain such a facility on favorable terms could adversely impact our ability to execute our business strategy. In the future, we may seek to increase the amount of our credit facility, negotiate additional credit facilities or issue corporate debt instruments. Any debt incurred or issued by us may be secured or unsecured, long-term or short-term, fixed or variable interest rate and may be subject to such other terms as we deem prudent.
 
We intend to invest in hotel properties only as suitable opportunities arise. In the near-term, we intend to fund future investments in properties with the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement. Longer term, we intend to finance our investments with the net proceeds from additional issuances of common and preferred shares, issuances of units of limited partnership interest in our operating partnership or other securities or borrowings. The success of our acquisition strategy may depend, in part, on our ability to access additional capital through issuances of equity securities. There can be no assurance that we will make any investments in any properties that meet our investment criteria.


35


 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk
 
Inflation
 
Operators of hotels, in general, possess the ability to adjust room rates daily to reflect the effects of inflation. However, competitive pressures may limit the ability of our management companies to raise room rates.
 
Seasonality
 
Depending on a hotel’s location and market, operations for the hotel may be seasonal in nature. This seasonality can be expected to cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating profits. To the extent that cash flow from operations is insufficient during any quarter, due to temporary or seasonal fluctuations in revenue, we expect to utilize cash on hand or borrowings under our anticipated revolving credit facility to make distributions to our equity holders.
 
Critical Accounting Policies
 
Below is a discussion of the accounting policies that we believe will be critical once we commence operations. We consider these policies critical because they require estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain, involve various assumptions and require significant management judgment, and because they are important for understanding and evaluating our reported financial results. These judgments will affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and our disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Applying different estimates or assumptions may result in materially different amounts reported in our financial statements.
 
Hotel Properties
 
Acquisitions and Property Improvements
 
Upon acquisition, we will allocate the purchase price based on the fair value of the acquired land, building, furniture, fixtures and equipment, identifiable intangible assets, other assets and assumed liabilities. Identifiable intangible assets typically arise from contractual arrangements. We will determine the acquisition-date fair values of all assets and assumed liabilities using methods similar to those used by independent appraisers (e.g., discounted cash flow analysis) and that utilize appropriate discount and/or capitalization rates and available market information. Estimates of future cash flows are based on a number of factors, including historical operating results, known and anticipated trends, and market and economic conditions. Acquisition costs will be expensed as incurred.
 
Hotel renovations and/or replacements of assets that improve or extend the life of the asset are capitalized and depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Furniture, fixtures and equipment under capital leases are carried at the present value of the minimum lease payments.
 
Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred.
 
Depreciation and Amortization
 
Hotel properties are carried at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of 25 to 40 years for buildings and one to 10 years for furniture, fixtures and equipment. Intangible assets arising from contractual arrangements are typically amortized over the life of the contract.
 
We will be required to make subjective assessments as to the useful lives and classification of its properties for purposes of determining the amount of depreciation expense to reflect each year with respect to the assets. These assessments may impact our results of operations.


36


 

Impairment
 
We will monitor events and changes in circumstances for indicators that the carrying value of the hotel and related assets may be impaired. We will prepare an estimate of the undiscounted future cash flows, without interest charges, of the specific hotel and determine if the investment in such hotel is recoverable based on the undiscounted future cash flows. If impairment is indicated, an adjustment will be made to the carrying value of the hotel to reflect the hotel at fair value. These assessments may impact the results of our operations.
 
A hotel is considered held-for-sale when a contract for sale is entered into, a substantial, non-refundable deposit has been committed by the purchaser, and sale is expected to close.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Revenue consists of amounts derived from hotel operations, including the sales of rooms, food and beverage, and other ancillary amenities. Revenue is recognized when rooms are occupied and services have been rendered. These revenue sources are affected by conditions impacting the travel and hospitality industry as well as competition from other hotels and businesses in similar markets.
 
Share-Based Compensation
 
Prior to completion of this offering, we will adopt an Equity Incentive Plan that provides for the grant of common share options, share awards, share appreciation rights, performance units and other equity-based awards. Equity-based compensation will be recognized as an expense in the financial statements and measured at the fair value of the award on the date of grant. The amount of the expense may be subject to adjustment in future periods depending on the specific characteristics of the equity-based award and the application of the accounting guidance.
 
Income Taxes
 
We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT under the Code and intend to operate as such beginning with our short taxable year ending December 31, 2010. We expect to have little or no taxable income prior to electing REIT status. To qualify as a REIT, we must meet certain organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to distribute at least 90% of our annual REIT taxable income to our shareholders (which is computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction or net capital gain and which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP). As a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax to the extent we distribute our taxable income to our shareholders. If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, we will be subject to federal income tax on our taxable income at regular corporate income tax rates and generally will not be permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT for federal income tax purposes for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification is lost unless the IRS grants us relief under certain statutory provisions. Such an event could materially adversely affect our net income and net cash available for distribution to shareholders. However, we intend to organize and operate in such a manner as to qualify for treatment as a REIT.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
In May 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued an accounting standard that establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. It requires the disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and the basis for that date. It also requires public entities to evaluate subsequent events through the date that the financial statements are issued.


37


 

In June 2009, the FASB issued an accounting standard that requires enterprises to perform a more qualitative approach to determining whether or not a variable interest entity will need to be consolidated. This evaluation will be based on an enterprise’s ability to direct and influence the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact its economic performance. It requires ongoing reassessments of whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. This accounting standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. Early adoption is not permitted. We are evaluating the effect of this accounting standard on future acquisitions.
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued an accounting standard that made the FASB Accounting Standards Codification, or the Codification, the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The Codification has superseded all then-existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification became non-authoritative. This accounting standard is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. Following the issuance of this accounting standard, the FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions, or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue Accounting Standards Updates. FASB will not consider Accounting Standards Updates as authoritative in their own right. Accounting Standards Updates will serve only to update the Codification, provide background information about the guidance, and provide the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the Codification. While we are evaluating the effect of this accounting standard, we currently believe that the adoption of this standard will not have a material impact on our financial statements.
 
Results of Operations
 
As of the date of this prospectus, we have not commenced any operations and will not commence any operations until we have completed the offering and the concurrent private placement.
 
Off-balance Sheet Arrangements
 
As of the date of this prospectus, we have no off-balance sheet arrangements.


38


 

 
BUSINESS
 
Overview
 
We are a self-advised hotel investment company organized in October 2009 to invest in premium-branded upscale extended-stay, select-service, and full-service hotels. We expect that a significant portion of our portfolio will consist of hotels in the upscale extended-stay market, including brands such as Residence Inn by Marriott®, Homewood Suites by Hilton® and Summerfield Suites by Hyatt®. Upscale extended-stay hotels typically have the following characteristics:
 
  •      their principal customer base includes business travelers who are on extended assignments and corporate relocations;
 
  •      their services and amenities include complimentary breakfast and evening hospitality hour, high-speed internet access, in-room movie channels, limited meeting space, daily linen and room cleaning service, 24-hour front desk, guest grocery services, and an on-site maintenance staff; and
 
  •      their physical facilities include large suites, quality construction, full separate kitchens in each guest suite, quality room furnishings, pool, and exercise facilities.
 
We also intend to invest in premium-branded select-service hotels such as Courtyard by Marriott®, Hampton Inn® and Hampton Inn and Suites®. The service and amenity offerings of these hotels typically include complimentary breakfast, high-speed internet access, local calls, in-room movie channels, and daily linen and room cleaning service. In addition, we intend to selectively invest in premium-branded full-service hotels. The service and amenity offerings of these hotels often include full-service restaurants, lounges, room service, meeting rooms, banquet and catering services, as well as high-speed internet access, local calls, in-room movie channels, and daily linen and room cleaning service. We intend to invest primarily in hotels in the 25 largest metropolitan markets in the United States. We believe that current market conditions, including deteriorating industry fundamentals, will create attractive opportunities to acquire high quality hotels at cyclically low prices that will benefit from an improving economy and our aggressive asset management.
 
Our management team, led by our chief executive officer, Jeffrey H. Fisher, has extensive experience acquiring, developing, financing, repositioning, managing and selling hotels. Prior to forming Chatham Lodging Trust, Mr. Fisher served as chairman and chief executive officer of Innkeepers from its inception in 1994 through its sale in June 2007. Mr. Fisher successfully grew Innkeepers from a portfolio of seven hotels at the time of its IPO in 1994 to 74 hotels at the time of its sale. An investment in Innkeepers’ common shares from the date of its IPO through the date of its sale generated a total return of approximately 318% for each share purchased at the IPO price of $10.00 per share (assuming reinvestment of all cash dividends paid by Innkeepers on its common shares for all periods following its IPO in additional common shares, as calculated by Factset Research Systems). Seven of the eight members of the board of trustees of Innkeepers at the time of its sale in June 2007 have agreed to serve as trustees of our company effective upon closing of this offering.
 
We have entered into an agreement to purchase the six initial acquisition hotels from wholly owned subsidiaries of RLJ Development, LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $73.5 million. We expect to close the acquisition shortly after completing this offering and the concurrent private placement. Each initial acquisition hotel operates under the Homewood Suites by Hilton® brand. The initial acquisition hotels are located in Billerica, Massachusetts; Bloomington, Minnesota; Brentwood, Tennessee; Dallas, Texas; Farmington, Connecticut and Maitland, Florida. We believe that these are high quality hotels with strong locations which are well positioned to benefit from an economic recovery. We will own each of the initial acquisition hotels in fee simple and will lease the hotels to our TRS lessees, who will assume existing management agreements with the current hotel manager, Promus Hotels, Inc., a subsidiary of Hilton, which will continue to manage the hotels following our acquisition.


39


 

Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement to Mr. Fisher, and following our purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we expect to have approximately $      million of cash available to invest in additional hotel properties and we will have no debt.
 
We intend to elect and qualify to be treated as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.
 
Market Opportunity
 
We believe current market conditions will create attractive opportunities to acquire hotel properties at prices that represent significant discounts to our estimate of replacement cost and that provide potential for significant long-term value appreciation. U.S. hotel industry operating performance has declined substantially over the last year due to the challenging economic conditions created by declining GDP, high levels of unemployment, low consumer confidence, the significant decline in home prices and a reduction in the availability of credit. In addition to facing declining operating results, hotel owners have been adversely impacted by a significant decline in the availability of debt financing. The CMBS market historically provided a significant amount of debt financing to the hotel industry, especially from 2004 to 2007, but effectively has been closed since July 2008. Banks and insurance companies, traditionally significant sources of debt financing for the hotel industry, have been significantly impacted by losses in their loan portfolios, causing them to reduce their lending to the hotel industry. We believe that the combination of declining operating performance and reduction in the availability of debt financing have caused hotel values to decline and will lead to increased hotel loan foreclosures and distressed hotel property sales. In addition, we believe that the supply of new hotels is likely to remain low for the next several years due to weak industry operating fundamentals and limited availability of debt financing. Hotel industry operating performance historically has correlated with U.S. GDP growth, and a number of economists and government agencies currently predict that the U.S. economy will resume growth over the next several years. We believe that U.S. GDP growth, coupled with limited supply of new hotels, will lead to significant increases in lodging industry revenue per available room, or RevPAR, a key industry operating statistic, and hotel operating profits. We believe that our management team’s significant experience in acquiring hotels, our growth oriented capital structure with no legacy issues, and our focused business strategy will position us to take advantage of hotel investment opportunities created by current market conditions.
 
As shown in the table below, RevPAR for U.S. hotels has shown significant monthly declines since July 2008.
 
(LINE GRAPH)
 
 
Source: Smith Travel Research.


40


 

In addition to facing declining operating results, hotel owners have been adversely impacted by a significant decline in the availability of debt financing. As shown in the table below, the CMBS market historically provided a significant amount of debt financing to the real estate industry, especially from 2004 through 2007, but effectively has been closed since July 2008.
 
(FLOW CHART)
 
 
Source: Commercial Mortgage Alert.
 
Note: Includes U.S. agency and non-agency issuance.
 
Banks and insurance companies, traditionally significant sources of debt financing, have been significantly impacted by losses in their loan portfolios, causing them to reduce their lending to the hotel industry. We believe that the combination of declining operating performance and reduction in the availability of debt financing have caused the prices of hotels to decline and will lead to increased hotel loan foreclosures and distressed hotel property sales.
 
As shown in the charts below, distressed hotel loan volumes have risen dramatically since late summer 2008.
 
(FLOW CHART)
 
 
Source: Real Capital Analytics.
 
Note: Distressed loans include loans in foreclosure, in bankruptcy and in restructured/modified status.


41


 

Given weak current operating conditions in the lodging sector and limited availability of debt to fund new development projects, we believe that growth in new hotel room supply is likely to remain low for the next several years as shown in the chart below.
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
 
Source: Smith Travel Research (1988 -2008), PKF September — November 2009 Edition of “Hotel Horizons® Econometric Forecasts of U.S. Hotel Markets,” (2009E-2013E).
 
Hotel industry operating performance historically has correlated with overall GDP growth. As shown below, U.S. real GDP growth is projected to resume over the next several years.
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
 
Source: U.S. Real GDP from Bureau of Economic Analysis (1988-2008) and IMF World Economic and Financial Surveys (2009E to 2014E).


42


 

We believe that a recovery in U.S. GDP growth, coupled with limited growth in new hotel room supply, will lead to significant increases in lodging industry RevPAR and operating profit.
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
 
Source: Smith Travel Research (1988 -2008), PKF “Hotel Horizons Econometric Forecasts of U.S. Hotel Markets,” (2009E-2013E).
 
We believe our management team’s significant experience acquiring hotels, our growth oriented capital structure with no legacy issues and our focused business strategy, will position us to take advantage of acquisition opportunities created by current market conditions.
 
Competitive Strengths
 
Experienced management team:  We believe that our senior executive officers, who have extensive lodging industry experience, will help drive our company’s growth. Our management team is led by Mr. Fisher who has over 23 years of experience in the lodging industry, including 13 years as founder and chief executive officer of Innkeepers. Mr. Fisher has longtime relationships with hotel owners (such as RLJ Development, LLC, the parent company of the sellers of the six initial acquisition hotels), developers, management companies, franchisors, hotel brokers, financiers, research analysts and institutional investors.
 
Strong acquisition and growth record:  Mr. Fisher formed Innkeepers through a $46.9 million IPO in 1994 and served as its chairman and chief executive officer until it was sold in 2007. Mr. Fisher successfully grew Innkeepers from a portfolio of seven hotels at the time of its IPO in 1994 to 74 hotels at the time of its sale. Measuring its sale from a market capitalization standpoint, Innkeepers was sold for a total enterprise value of approximately $1.5 billion, calculated as Innkeepers’ net debt prior to its sale (total debt less cash and cash equivalents, each as reported in Innkeepers’ March 31, 2007 10-Q filing), plus the aggregate liquidation value of its preferred equity (consisting solely of           Series C preferred shares, each with a liquidation value of $      per share), plus its total common equity market capitalization at May 1, 2007, calculated as the total number of common shares and units outstanding on that date multiplied by the acquisition price of $17.75 per share. Measuring the Innkeepers sale from a shareholder return standpoint, an investment in Innkeepers’ common shares from the date of its IPO through the date of its sale would have generated a compound total return of approximately 318% for each share purchased at the IPO price of $10.00 and held through the date of sale, according to Factset Research Systems. Compound total return assumes all cash dividends were reinvested to purchase additional common shares of Innkeepers at the closing


43


 

share price on the record date that a shareholder was entitled to receive that dividend. The total return percentage is the percentage change in Innkeepers’ share price from its IPO price to its acquisition price, multiplied by the percentage return of each cash distribution per share paid between Innkeepers’ IPO date and its acquisition date. The percentage return of each cash distribution per share was calculated by dividing the cash dividend per share by the closing share price on the record date that a shareholder was entitled to receive that dividend. Over the period beginning in the same month as the Innkeepers IPO and ending in June 2007, the month that Innkeepers was sold, the FTSE NAREIT Equity Lodging/Resorts Index, an index comprised of all U.S. public lodging REITs with portfolios and investment strategies ranging from premium full-service hotels to economy lodging, including those in the upscale extended-stay category, increased by approximately 209%. This index includes companies within a wider range of hotel categories and investment strategies than those on which Innkeepers focused, including some categories that may have performed poorly during this period. Information regarding Innkeepers and the FTSE NAREIT Equity Lodging/Resorts Index reflects past performance, may have been due in part to external factors beyond the control of Innkeepers’ management, including superior general economic conditions than those existing now, and is not a guarantee or prediction of our future operating results or the returns that our shareholders should expect to achieve in the future. Furthermore, Innkeepers experienced considerable challenges resulting from severe downturns in the lodging industry, such as the period following the attacks of September 11, 2001, during which Innkeepers reduced its distributions to shareholders and its capital investments due to substantial declines in its revenues and earnings. The geographical distribution of Innkeepers’ hotels in key market areas also negatively affected its earnings and distributions to shareholders, especially in the case of the downturn in the technology-related business sector, which had a substantial negative impact on Innkeepers’ hotels located in Northern California and Boston. If our management team is unable to predict or effectively adapt to future economic downturns or other adverse business developments, our business may also experience declines.
 
Prudent capital structure with no legacy issues:  We believe that many potential buyers of hotel properties typically utilize significant levels of debt to fund acquisitions and thus may be limited in their ability to make acquisitions under current market conditions. In addition, we believe many potential buyers of hotel properties already have high leverage levels which could limit their ability to acquire additional properties. At the close of this offering and the concurrent private placement to Mr. Fisher, and following the purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we will have approximately $      million of cash available to invest in additional hotel properties and we will have no debt. We plan to maintain a prudent capital structure and intend to limit our consolidated indebtedness to not more than 35% of our investment in hotel properties at cost (defined as our initial acquisition price plus the gross amount of any subsequent capital investment and excluding any impairment charges).
 
Longtime relationships with leading lodging franchise and management companies:  Mr. Fisher has longtime relationships with several leading hotel franchise and management companies, having acquired and developed a significant number of hotels operated under Marriott’s Residence Inn® and Courtyard by Marriott® brands and Hilton’s Hampton Inn® brand. Prior to its sale in 2007, Innkeepers owned 44 Residence Inns, making it one of the world’s largest owners of Residence Inn hotels. Mr. Fisher has been a member of Marriott’s Residence Inn Advisory Board since 1998. Mr. Fisher was one of the early franchisees of Hampton Inn hotels and Innkeepers owned twelve Hampton Inns at the time of its sale.
 
Our Strategy and Investment Criteria
 
Our primary objective is to generate attractive returns for our shareholders through investing in hotel properties at prices that provide strong returns on invested capital, paying dividends and generating long-term value appreciation. We believe we can create long-term value by pursuing the following strategies:
 
  •      Disciplined acquisition of hotel properties:  We intend to invest primarily in premium-branded upscale extended-stay, select-service and full-service hotels in the 25 largest


44


 

  metropolitan markets in the United States. We will focus on acquiring hotel properties at prices below our estimate of replacement cost in markets that have strong demand generators and where we expect demand growth will outpace new supply. We will also seek to acquire properties that we believe are undermanaged or undercapitalized. We currently do not intend to engage in new hotel development.
 
  •      Opportunistic hotel repositioning:  We intend to employ value-added strategies, such as re-branding, renovating, or changing management, when we believe such strategies will increase the operating results and values of the hotels we acquire.
 
  •      Aggressive asset management:  Although as a REIT we cannot operate our hotels, we will proactively manage our third-party hotel managers in seeking to maximize hotel operating performance. Our asset management activities will seek to ensure that our third-party hotel managers effectively utilize franchise brands’ marketing programs, develop effective sales management policies and plans, operate properties efficiently, control costs, and develop operational initiatives for our hotels that increase guest satisfaction. As part of our asset management activities, we will regularly review opportunities to reinvest in our hotels to maintain quality, increase long-term value and generate attractive returns on invested capital.
 
  •      Flexible selection of hotel management companies:  We intend to be flexible in our selection of hotel management companies and select managers that we believe will maximize the performance of our hotels. We intend to utilize brand-affiliated management companies such as Marriott International, Inc., Hilton Worldwide, Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc., Hyatt Hotels Corporation and InterContinental Hotels Group, although we may also utilize independent management companies such as IHM. We believe this strategy will increase the universe of potential acquisition opportunities we can consider because many hotel properties are encumbered by long-term management contracts. We believe that our willingness to utilize brand-affiliated management companies may lead to these companies bringing “off-market” transactions to our attention that may not be available to other hotel investors. An affiliate of Hilton Hotels Corporation will manage our six initial hotels.
 
  •      Selective investment in hotel debt:  We may consider selectively investing in debt secured by hotel property if we believe we can foreclose on or acquire ownership of the underlying hotel property in the relative near term. We do not intend to invest in any debt where we do not expect to gain ownership of the underlying property or to originate any debt financing.
 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
We have entered into an agreement to purchase the initial acquisition hotels from wholly owned subsidiaries of RLJ Development, LLC for an aggregate purchase price of $73.5 million. Each of the initial acquisition hotels operates under the Homewood Suites by Hilton® brand. The six initial acquisition hotels contain an aggregate of 813 suites and are located in the major MSAs of Boston, Massachusetts; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Nashville, Tennessee; Dallas, Texas; Hartford, Connecticut and Orlando, Florida. The upscale all-suite residential style Homewood Suites by Hilton® brand caters to travelers typically seeking home-like amenities from a hotel when traveling for several days or more. Each spacious suite typically offers separate living and sleeping areas and a fully operational kitchen to satisfy guests’ needs for comfort, flexibility and convenience.
 
We believe that our senior management’s relationship and successful past transaction history while at Innkeepers with RLJ Development, LLC, the parent company of the sellers of the initial acquisition hotels, helped facilitate this attractive off-market transaction. We believe that there are a limited number of potential buyers currently able to compete for acquisitions of portfolios such as the initial acquisition hotels since there are no current public lodging REITs primarily focused on acquiring and owning upscale extended-stay hotels and many potential private buyers may not have access to sufficient equity or debt capital to complete acquisitions of this size.


45


 

The initial acquisition hotels have a number of attractive characteristics that make them an excellent fit with our business strategy:
 
  •      Our purchase price of $90,406 per room represents a substantial discount to our estimate of replacement cost.
 
  •      The hotels are located in major MSAs.
 
  •      The hotels are attractively situated within their markets in areas with high barriers to entry, since little comparable land is available to build competing hotels.
 
  •      The hotels are located near multiple demand generators that contribute both business and leisure guests, including major office parks, universities, airports and leading regional and international tourist attractions.
 
  •      The hotels have the opportunity for significant performance improvement when the economy recovers.
 
  •      The hotels have potential to benefit from additional capital investment at a time when we believe few competitors can afford to reinvest in their properties.
 
  •      The hotels are upscale extended-stay properties that operate under the high quality Homewood Suites by Hilton® brand.
 
We believe this acquisition demonstrates our ability to execute our business strategy of acquiring high quality premium-branded upscale extended-stay and select service hotels located in markets with strong growth potential and high barriers to entry at attractive prices. The initial acquisition hotels will provide us with a strong initial platform to faciliate the future growth of our company.
 
We will own each of the initial acquisition hotels in fee simple and will lease the hotels to our TRS lessees. Our TRS lessees will assume the existing management agreements with the current manager, Promus Hotels, Inc., a subsidiary of Hilton, which will continue to manage the hotels following our acquisition. We expect to close this acquisition shortly after completing this offering and the concurrent private placement.
 
We intend to invest approximately $     million over the next     years to enhance the quality of the six initial acquisition hotels. This capital will be used to upgrade guest rooms and common areas and includes our estimate of the amounts Hilton will require us to spend as part of a PIP for the hotels. We believe that this investment will improve the quality of the initial acquisition hotels, further differentiate them from their primary competitors and enhance their performance. We believe that the current market environment, with depressed hotel operating performance, provides an attractive time to complete the planned renovations of the initial acquisition hotels because there will be less displacement of guests and lost revenues due to current low occupancy rates and room rates than in a more robust economic environment. We believe that investing in our properties in the current environment will also better position them to outperform competing properties as economic conditions improve.


46


 

Below is certain information regarding the initial acquisition hotels:
 
                                                             
                    Nine Months Ended
       
                    September 30, 2009     Purchase Price  
Property
 
Location
  Year Opened     Hotel Rooms     Occupancy     ADR     RevPAR     Total     Per Room  
 
Homewood Suites Billerica
  Billerica (Boston), MA     1999       147       61.9 %   $ 112.45     $ 69.63     $ 12,550,000     $ 85,374  
Homewood Suites Bloomington
  Bloomington (Minneapolis), MN     1998       144       80.6 %   $ 109.52     $ 88.32       18,000,000       125,000  
Homewood Suites Brentwood
  Brentwood (Nashville), TN     1998       121       66.1 %   $ 101.14     $ 66.89       11,250,000       92,975  
Homewood Suites Dallas Market Center
  Dallas, TX     1998       137       60.9 %   $ 107.82     $ 65.64       10,700,000       78,102  
Homewood Suites Farmington
  Farmington (Hartford), CT     1999       121       68.0 %   $ 118.64     $ 80.71       11,500,000       95,041  
Homewood Suites Maitland
  Maitland (Orlando), FL     2000       143       65.1 %   $ 101.89     $ 66.33       9,500,000       66,434  
Total Portfolio
                813       67.2 %   $ 108.59     $ 72.93     $ 73,500,000     $ 90,406  
 
                                         
    Nine Months Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    September 30,     December 31,  
Total portfolio operating statistics
  2009     2008     2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)  
 
Total Revenue
  $ 16,601     $ 19,342     $ 24,964     $ 24,939     $ 23,360  
Total Property EBITDA(1)
  $ 5,283     $ 6,683     $ 8,222     $ 8,445     $ 7,527  
Occupancy
    67.2 %     74.9 %     72.8 %     75.8 %     74.4 %
ADR(2)
  $ 108.59     $ 111.95     $ 111.27     $ 106.97     $ 101.90  
RevPAR(3)
  $ 72.93     $ 83.84     $ 81.01     $ 81.13     $ 75.84  
 
 
(1) Total property EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) (calculated in accordance with GAAP) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and is presented here based on historical financial information for the six initial acquisition hotels only prior to their acquisition by us. We believe that the presentation of historical EBITDA for the initial acquisition hotels provides useful supplemental information to investors regarding the financial condition of the hotels. EBITDA is also a factor in our evaluation of hotel-level operating performance and is one measure in determining the value of acquisitions. However, EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income, net cash provided by operating activities or any other financial and operating performance measure prescribed by GAAP. and should only be used in accordance with GAAP measures. EBITDA is reconciled with net income (loss) determined in accordance with GAAP in the schedule below.
 
                                         
    Nine Months Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in thousands)  
 
Net Income
  $ 644     $ 2,082     $ 2,069     $ 2,404     $ 1,652  
Interest Expense
    2,683       2,758       3,672       3,747       3,825  
Income Tax Expense
    0       0       0       0       0  
Depreciation
    1,956       1,843       2,481       2,294       2,050  
                                         
Total Property EBITDA
  $ 5,283     $ 6,683     $ 8,222     $ 8,445     $ 7,527  
                                         
 
 
Total property EBITDA does not reflect any corporate general and administrative expense. See “Pro forma financial information of Chatham Lodging Trust.”
 
(2) ADR represents average daily rate.
 
(3) RevPAR represents revenue per available room, calculated as total revenue divided by available room nights.


47


 

Homewood Suites Billerica
 
The 147-room Homewood Suites Billerica is centrally located in Boston’s high-tech corridor within minutes from Routes 3 and 128 and I-495, the main thoroughfares for Northeast Massachusetts’ technology based businesses. The hotel offers easy access to the area’s businesses and cultural attractions and is only a short drive to numerous corporate headquarters and downtown Boston. Primary demand generators include the many high technology companies located in the area, Hanscom Air Force Base, the University of Massachusetts Billerica and the Lahey Clinic.
 
                                         
    Nine Months Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)  
 
Total Revenue
  $ 2,872     $ 3,459     $ 4,476     $ 4,387     $ 4,097  
Occupancy
    61.9 %     68.4 %     66.7 %     70.7 %     73.1 %
ADR
  $ 112.45     $ 120.89     $ 120.48     $ 112.54     $ 101.55  
RevPAR
  $ 69.63     $ 82.71     $ 80.31     $ 79.52     $ 74.18  
 
Homewood Suites Bloomington
 
The 144-room Homewood Suites Bloomington is located in Bloomington, Minnesota directly across the street from the Mall of America, the largest indoor shopping complex in the U.S. The hotel is located three miles from the Minneapolis/St. Paul International Airport and offers easy access to downtown Minneapolis, the Metrodome and Como Park Zoo and Conservatory. Primary demand generators include the Mall of America, which has approximately 40 million annual visitors, the Minneapolis/St. Paul International Airport, and several publicly traded Fortune 1000 companies headquartered in the city of Bloomington, including Toro, Donaldson Corporation and Ceridian Corp.
 
                                         
    Nine Months Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)  
 
Total Revenue
  $ 3,589     $ 3,995     $ 5,200     $ 4,961     $ 4,795  
Occupancy
    80.6 %     80.5 %     80.5 %     82.3 %     81.3 %
ADR
  $ 109.52     $ 121.33     $ 117.63     $ 110.67     $ 107.77  
RevPAR
  $ 88.32     $ 97.70     $ 94.65     $ 91.10     $ 87.61  
 
Homewood Suites Brentwood
 
The 121-room Homewood Suites Brentwood is located in Maryland Farms, Nashville’s largest office park, and is approximately nine miles south of downtown Nashville. Primary demand generators include AT&T, Gulfstream Aircraft, IASIS Healthcare and other Fortune 500 companies located in and proximate to the Maryland Farms office park, the Nashville Convention Center and tourist attractions in the Nashville area, including the Grand Ole Opry.
 
                                         
    Nine Months Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)  
 
Total Revenue
  $ 2,258     $ 2,692     $ 3,450     $ 3,520     $ 3,054  
Occupancy
    66.1 %     75.6 %     72.6 %     79.2 %     77.4 %
ADR
  $ 101.14     $ 103.90     $ 103.96     $ 96.71     $ 85.94  
RevPAR
  $ 66.89     $ 78.57     $ 75.50     $ 76.58     $ 66.56  


48


 

Homewood Suites Dallas Market Center
 
The 137-room Homewood Suites Dallas Market Center is located across the Stemmons Freeway from the Dallas Market Center, which is the world’s largest wholesale merchandise mart and is visited by approximately 400,000 retail buyers each year. Additional demand is generated from the Dallas Convention Center, only three miles from the hotel, as well as from Methodist Hospital, FDIC, 7-11, Southwest Airlines, AT&T, Comerica and many other corporate and medical businesses in the area.
 
                                         
    Nine Months Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)  
 
Total Revenue
  $ 2,514     $ 2,900     $ 3,718     $ 3,793     $ 3,455  
Occupancy
    60.9 %     76.9 %     73.2 %     73.7 %     71.2 %
ADR
  $ 107.82     $ 97.27     $ 98.27     $ 98.91     $ 93.60  
RevPAR
  $ 65.64     $ 74.82     $ 71.89     $ 72.94     $ 66.65  
 
Homewood Suites Farmington
 
The 121-room Homewood Suites Farmington is located in Connecticut’s Farmington Valley off of I-84 and is eight miles from downtown Hartford. Primary demand generators include the University of Connecticut Health Center, a major research hospital located less than 0.25 miles from the hotel, businesses in an office park located approximately two miles from the hotel, including corporate headquarters for Otis Elevators and Carrier Corporation, Stanley and CSC and the Hill-Stead museum, as well as numerous companies and attractions located in downtown Hartford.
 
                                         
    Nine Months Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)  
 
Total Revenue
  $ 2,730     $ 3,229     $ 4,232     $ 4,111     $ 3,837  
Occupancy
    68.0 %     77.0 %     75.6 %     75.6 %     71.1 %
ADR
  $ 118.64     $ 120.86     $ 121.18     $ 118.33     $ 117.32  
RevPAR
  $ 80.71     $ 93.06     $ 91.60     $ 89.49     $ 83.43  
 
Homewood Suites Maitland
 
The 143-room Homewood Suites Maitland is located in the heart of the Maitland Business Center, one of the largest office parks in the Orlando area, approximately six miles north of downtown Orlando. The hotel offers convenient access to attractions at Lake Lucien and is a short driving distance from Walt Disney World, Universal Studios and numerous championship golf courses. Maitland and the surrounding area are also home to a number of high technology firms and corporate training centers for Lucent, Avaya, New Horizons, Northrop Grumman, Darden Restaurants, CAN, Fidelity and Federal Express, as well as government employers.
 
                                         
    Nine Months Ended
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    September 30,     December 31,  
    2009     2008     2008     2007     2006  
    ($ in thousands, except ADR and RevPAR data)  
 
Total Revenue
  $ 2,638     $ 3,067     $ 3,888     $ 4,167     $ 4,122  
Occupancy
    65.1 %     71.5 %     68.9 %     74.0 %     72.3 %
ADR
  $ 101.89     $ 106.71     $ 105.16     $ 104.52     $ 105.08  
RevPAR
  $ 66.33     $ 76.32     $ 72.43     $ 77.34     $ 75.93  


49


 

 
The following is a summary of the terms of agreements we expect to enter into in connection with our purchase of the initial acquisition hotels.
 
Initial Acquisition Hotels Management Agreements
 
Upon completion of our purchase of the initial acquisition hotels following completion of this offering and concurrent private placement, we expect our TRS lessees will assume each of the existing hotel management agreements for the hotels with Promus Hotels, Inc., a subsidiary of Hilton, as manager of the hotels. Each of these hotel management agreements became effective on December 20, 2000, has an initial term of 15 years and may be renewed for an additional five-year period at the manager’s option by written notice to us no later than 120 days prior to the expiration of the initial term.
 
Under the current hotel management agreements in place for each of the initial acquisition hotels, the manager receives a base management fee equal to 2% of the hotel’s gross room revenue and, if certain financial thresholds are met or exceeded, an incentive management fee equal to 10% of the hotel’s net operating income, less fixed costs, base management fees, agreed-upon return on the owner’s original investment and debt service payments. In addition to the management fee, a franchise royalty fee equal to 4% of the hotel’s gross room revenue and program fees equal to 4% of the hotel’s gross room revenue are also payable to Hilton. See “Initial Acquisition Hotels Franchise Agreements”.
 
We may terminate the hotel management agreements covering the initial acquisition hotels on or after the third anniversary of our TRS lessees’ assumption of them. Additionally, the hotel management agreements may be terminated as described below.
 
Early Termination:  Subject to certain limitations, the hotel management agreements are generally terminable upon (i) casualty or condemnation of the hotel or (ii) the occurrence of certain events of default. If an event of default occurs and continues beyond the grace period set forth in the hotel management agreement, the non-defaulting party generally has, among other remedies, the option of terminating the applicable hotel management agreement upon notice to the other party. Beginning on the third anniversary of the closing of our purchase of the initial acquisition hotels, we may terminate the management agreements upon six months’ notice to the manager.
 
Performance Termination:  All of the hotel management agreements are generally terminable by the owner earlier than the stated term, subject to certain limitations, as a result of the failure of the hotel to meet certain market and financial performance thresholds over a period of two consecutive years. In the event a performance termination is issued, the manager may avoid termination of the agreement by making a cure payment to the owner.
 
Sale or Lease of a Hotel:  Upon a change of control, the manager has the right to terminate the management agreement if the new owner does not receive a Homewood Suites License Agreement for the operation of the hotel. Upon a change of control, the owner may terminate the management agreement with a termination payment to the manager calculated as follows:
 
  •      if the change in control occurs in years 1 to 7 of the term of the agreement, the discounted present value of management fees the manager would have received through the remaining term of the agreement;
 
  •      if the change in control occurs in year 8, 200% of management fee earned over the prior 12 months;


50


 

  •      if the change in control occurs in year 9 to 10, 100% of management fee earned over the past 12 months; and
 
  •      if the change in control occurs in year 11 and thereafter, no termination fee.
 
Upon a change in control in which the new owner assumes the existing management agreement and obtains a Homewood Suites franchise agreement for the operation of the hotel, the owner may terminate the management agreement without payment of any termination fee to the manager.
 
Initial Acquisition Hotels Franchise Agreements
 
Upon acquisition of the initial acquisition hotels following the completion of this offering and concurrent private placement, our TRS lessees will enter into new hotel franchise agreements with Promus Hotels, Inc., a subsidiary of Hilton Hotels Corporation, as manager for the initial acquisition hotels. Each of the new hotel franchise agreements will have an initial term of 15 years.
 
The hotel franchise agreements for each of the initial acquisition hotels provide for a franchise royalty fee equal to 4% of the hotel’s gross room revenue and a program fee equal to 4% of the hotel’s gross room revenue.
 
The franchise agreements generally have no termination rights unless the franchisee fails to cure an event of default in accordance with the franchise agreements.
 
Our TRS Leases
 
In order for us to qualify as a REIT, we cannot operate the hotels we own. Our operating partnership, or subsidiaries of our operating partnership, as lessors, will lease our hotels to our TRS lessees and our TRS lessees will assume or enter into hotel management agreements with third-party managers to manage the hotels.
 
Financing Strategies
 
We plan to maintain a prudent capital structure and intend to limit our consolidated indebtedness to not more than 35% of our investment in hotel properties at cost (defined as our initial acquisition price plus the gross amount of any subsequent capital investment and excluding any impairment charges). As a result, we do not believe that a subsequent decrease in property values will not require us to repay debt. Over time, we intend to finance our growth with issuances of common and preferred securities and debt. Our debt may include mortgage debt secured by our hotel properties and unsecured debt. We plan to arrange and utilize a revolving credit facility that we anticipate will be in place following the investment of the net proceeds of this offering. This facility, which we expect will be secured by hotel properties we acquire and other assets, will be used for general corporate purposes.
 
When purchasing hotel properties, we may issue limited partnership interests in our operating partnership as full or partial consideration to sellers who may desire to take advantage of tax deferral on the sale of a hotel or participate in the potential appreciation in value of our common shares.
 
Competition
 
We face competition for the acquisition and investment in hotel properties from institutional pension funds, private equity investors, REITs, hotel companies and others who are engaged in the acquisition of hotels. Some of these entities have substantially greater financial and operational


51


 

resources than we have. This competition may increase the bargaining power of property owners seeking to sell, reduce the number of suitable investment opportunities available to us and increase the cost of acquiring our targeted hotel properties.
 
The lodging industry is highly competitive. The hotels we acquire will compete with other hotels for guests in each market in which our hotels will operate. Competitive advantage is based on a number of factors, including location, convenience, brand affiliation, room rates, range of services and guest amenities or accommodations offered and quality of customer service. Competition will often be specific to the individual markets in which our hotels will be located and includes competition from existing and new hotels. Competition could adversely affect our occupancy rates and RevPAR, and may require us to provide additional amenities or make capital improvements that we otherwise would not have to make, which may reduce our profitability.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
We are not currently involved in any material litigation nor, to our knowledge, is any material litigation pending or threatened against us.


52


 

 
MANAGEMENT
 
Trustees and Executive Officers
 
Currently our board of trustees consists of one trustee, Mr. Fisher. Upon completion of this offering, our board of trustees will consist of seven trustees, each of whom has agreed to serve as a trustee upon completion of this offering. Our board of trustees will be elected annually by our shareholders in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of the entire board of trustees may establish, increase or decrease the number of trustees, provided that the number of trustees shall never be less than one nor more than fifteen. All of our executive officers will serve at the discretion of our board of trustees. Our board of trustees will determine whether our trustees satisfy the New York Stock Exchange’s, or NYSE’s, independence standards.
 
The following table sets forth the names and ages of our executive officers, trustee and each person who has agreed to become a trustee upon completion of this offering and the descriptions below set forth information about each such person.
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Position
 
Jeffrey H. Fisher
    54     Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
Peter Willis
    42     Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer
          
          Chief Financial Officer
Miles Berger*
    79     Trustee
Thomas J. Crocker*
    56     Trustee
Jack P. DeBoer*
    78     Trustee
Glen R. Gilbert*
    65     Trustee
C. Gerald Goldsmith*
    81     Trustee
Rolf E. Ruhfus*
    65     Trustee
Joel F. Zemans*
    68     Trustee
 
 
* Has agreed to become a trustee upon completion of this offering.
 
Jeffrey H. Fisher — Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer
 
Mr. Fisher is our chairman of the board, chief executive officer and president. Mr. Fisher is also the chairman, president and majority shareholder of IHM, a firm he founded in 2007 that currently manages 77 hotels for unaffiliated hotel owners. From 1994 to 2007, Mr. Fisher was chairman, chief executive officer and president of Innkeepers USA Trust, a lodging REIT he founded and took public in 1994 and was also chairman and majority shareholder of Innkeepers Hospitality, a privately owned hotel management company. Mr. Fisher grew Innkeepers’ portfolio from seven hotels at the time of its initial public offering to 74 hotels at the time of its sale. In June of 2007, Innkeepers was sold to an institutional investor at a total enterprise value of $1.5 billion. Between 1986 and 1994, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of JF Hotel Management, Inc.
 
Mr. Fisher received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from Syracuse University in 1977, a Doctor of Jurisprudence degree from Nova Southeastern University in 1980, and a Masters of Law in Taxation from the University of Miami in 1981. He is a licensed attorney and practiced at Jones & Foster P.A. and Jeffrey H. Fisher P.A. for a total of five years prior to starting his career in the hospitality industry. Additionally, Mr. Fisher currently serves as a Board Member of Marriott’s The Residence Inn Association (TRIA).
 
Peter Willis — Executive Vice President & Chief Investment Officer
 
Mr. Willis is our Executive Vice President & Chief Investment Officer. Mr. Willis has over 20 years of hotel acquisition experience. From 2001 to 2006, he served as Vice President of


53


 

Acquisitions & Business Development for Innkeepers and oversaw over $500 million of investments in 18 hotels. From June 2006 to January 2009, Mr. Willis served as Senior Vice President at The Kor Group, a privately held, fully integrated real estate investment firm with a portfolio of over $2 billion in upscale hotel and resort investments, where he focused on U.S. and Caribbean acquisitions and third-party management contracts. While evaluating, negotiating and underwriting specific hotel investments and obtaining and negotiating management contract prospects, Mr. Willis also supported strategic acquisition and corporate planning efforts.
 
Mr. Willis also held positions with an industry-leading firm supporting the opening of luxury hotels. Establishing the organization’s first international operation in the Asia/Pacific region in 1994, he directed the repositioning and opening of properties throughout the region and in the United States. By 2001, Mr. Willis led overall strategic planning, business development and investor relations, as well as integrating acquisitions among the firm’s operating entities. Mr. Willis began as an analyst and asset manager of hotel, residential and commercial properties for Japanese investment firm JDC America in Tokyo and in the United States.
 
Mr. Willis received a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the University of Florida in 1989 and has completed professional programs at Cornell University’s Hotel School and Obirin University in Tokyo.
 
We expect to hire a chief financial officer prior to the completion of this offering.
 
In addition to Mr. Fisher, the following persons have agreed to become trustees upon completion of this offering:
 
Miles Berger
 
Mr. Berger has been engaged in real estate, banking and financial services since 1950. In 1998, Mr. Berger became Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Berger Management Services LLC, a real estate and financial consulting and advisory services company. From 1969 to 1998, he served as Vice Chairman of the Board of Heitman Financial Ltd., a real estate investment management firm. Mr. Berger served for more than thirty years, until 2001, as Chairman of the Board of MidTown Bank and Trust Company of Chicago, served as Vice Chairman of Columbia National Bank Corp. from 1965-1995 and was Chairman of the Board of Berger Financial Services, a full-service real estate advisory and financial services company from 1950 to 2006. Mr. Berger also serves on the Board of Directors of Medallion Bank and serves as Trustee for Universal Health Trust and is on the boards of numerous philanthropic organizations. Mr. Berger previously served on the Board of Trustees of Innkeepers from September 1994 until Innkeepers’ sale in June 2007.
 
Thomas J. Crocker
 
Mr. Crocker is Chief Executive Officer and principal investor of Crocker Partners, LLC, a privately-held real estate investment company, which is the general partner of a real estate private equity fund, Crocker Partners IV, L.P. Mr. Crocker was previously the Chief Executive Officer of CRT Properties, Inc. (formerly known as Koger Equity, Inc.), until its sale in September 2005. CRT Properties, Inc. was a publicly-held real estate investment trust, which owned or had interests in more than 137 office buildings, containing 11.7 million rentable square feet, primarily located in 25 suburban and urban office projects in 12 metropolitan areas in the Southeastern United States, Maryland and Texas. Prior to joining Koger Equity, Inc. in March 2000, Mr. Crocker was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Crocker Realty Trust, Inc., a privately-held REIT, which owned and operated approximately 6.2 million square feet in 133 office buildings located in six states in the Southeast, plus more than 125 acres of developable land. Previously, Mr. Crocker was Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Crocker Realty Trust, Inc., which was an office-based publicly-held REIT in the southeast U.S., from that company’s inception until June 1996, when it merged with Highwoods Properties, a publicly-held REIT. Prior to forming Crocker Realty Trust, Inc., Mr. Crocker headed


54


 

Crocker & Co., a privately-held firm responsible for development, leasing and property management services to approximately 1.7 million square feet of commercial property and 272 residential units. Prior to 1984, Mr. Crocker was a real estate lending officer at Chemical Bank. Mr. Crocker previously served on the Board Trustees of Innkeepers from February 1997 until Innkeepers’ sale in June 2007.
 
Jack P. DeBoer
 
Mr. DeBoer is Chairman of Consolidated Holdings, Inc., a private investment company focusing on real estate development and management. Mr. DeBoer is also the Chairman of the Board and majority owner of Value Place LLC, owner of the franchise rights to the Value Place brand of hotels, which provides affordable extended-stay lodging. Mr. DeBoer served as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Candlewood Hotel Company, Inc. from its inception in 1995 until it was acquired in December 2003. From October 1993 to September 1995, Mr. DeBoer was self-employed and engaged in the development of the Candlewood extended-stay hotel concept. From 1988 to 1993, Mr. DeBoer co-founded and developed Summerfield Hotel Corporation, an upscale extended-stay hotel chain. Previously, Mr. DeBoer founded and developed the Residence Inn franchise prior to selling the franchise to Marriott in 1987. Mr. DeBoer previously served on the Board of Trustees of Innkeepers from November 1996 until Innkeepers’ sale in June 2007.
 
Glen R. Gilbert
 
Mr. Gilbert has been employed by BFC Financial Corporation, a publicly-traded savings bank and real estate holding company, since November 1980. During that period, Mr. Gilbert served in several senior management positions, including as Chief Financial Officer from May 1987 to April 2007 and as Executive Vice President from July 1997 to April 2007. Mr. Gilbert also served as Senior Executive Vice President for Levitt Corporation (now known as Woodbridge Holdings Corp.), a publicly-traded home builder and real estate developer, from August 2004 to December 2005, after serving as its Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President from April 1997 to August 2004. Mr. Gilbert has also held various executive and chief financial officer positions for other entities related to BFC Financial Corporation. Mr. Gilbert was a certified public accountant from 1970 through 2008 and graduated from the University of Florida with a B.S.B.A. degree in accounting. Mr. Gilbert began his accounting career with KPMG LLP in 1970.
 
C. Gerald Goldsmith
 
Mr. Goldsmith has been an independent investor and financial advisor since 1976. He is currently Chairman of the Board of First Bank of the Palm Beaches, a community bank in Palm Beach County, Florida, and Chairman of Property Corp. International, a private real estate investment company. He has served as a director of several banks and NYSE-listed companies and various philanthropic organizations. He holds an A.B. from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Goldsmith previously served on the Board of Trustees of Innkeepers from September 1994 until Innkeepers’ sale in June 2007.
 
Rolf E. Ruhfus
 
Mr. Ruhfus is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of LodgeWorks Corporation, a hotel development and management company, which owns the Hotel Sierra and AVIA hotel brands. Mr. Ruhfus also serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Wichita Consulting Company, L.P., a consulting services company. Previously, Mr. Ruhfus served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Summerfield Hotel Corporation, an upscale extended-stay hotel chain, from its founding in 1988 until its sale to Wyndham International, Inc. in 1998. Mr. Ruhfus served as President of the Residence Inn Company from February 1983 though July 1987 (when it was acquired by Marriott International, Inc.). Mr. Ruhfus joined the Residence Inn Company after spending four years as Director of Marketing for VARTA Battery, Europe’s largest battery manufacturer. Prior to this position, he was a management consultant for McKinsey and Company in its Dusseldorf, Germany office. Mr. Ruhfus was a German Air


55


 

Force Lieutenant and received a bachelor’s degree from Western Michigan University in 1968. His graduate degrees include an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania in 1971 and a Ph.D. in marketing from the University of Meunster in 1974. Mr. Ruhfus is a member of the international chapter of The Young Presidents Organization and serves on the board of several European companies. Mr. Ruhfus previously served on the Board of Trustees of Innkeepers from July 1997 until Innkeepers’ sale in June 2007.
 
Joel F. Zemans
 
Mr. Zemans has been active in the ownership and operation of real estate and banks since 1969. From 1971 through 1976, he served as Executive Vice President (and through 1984 as a Director) of Chicago Properties Corporation, a real estate development company specializing in the rehabilitation of multi-unit residential properties in Chicago. Between 1976 and 1991, Mr. Zemans served as President and Chief Executive Officer of de novo Mid Town Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary, Mid Town Bank and Trust Company of Chicago, and as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Mid Town Development Corporation and Equitable Finance Corporation. He currently serves as a consultant to businesses and individuals for real estate financing, investing and strategic planning. Mr. Zemans also serves on the Board of Directors of Bright Electric Supply and MBA Building Supplies, and he provides pro-bono consulting to a number of not-for-profit organizations. Mr. Zemans holds both a B.A. and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago. Mr. Zemans previously served on the Board of Trustees of Innkeepers from November 2001 until Innkeepers’ sale in June 2007.
 
Promoter
 
We consider Mr. Fisher, our chairman, president and chief executive officer, to be our promoter, in that he has taken initiative in funding and organizing our company. Mr. Fisher is the only person whom we consider to be our promoter.
 
Board Committees
 
Upon completion of this offering, our board of trustees will appoint an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and will adopt charters for each of these committees. Under these charters, the composition of each committee will be required to comply with the listing standards and other rules and regulations of the NYSE, as amended or modified from time to time. Initially, each of these committees will have three trustees and will be composed exclusively of independent trustees, as defined by the listing standards of the NYSE then in effect.
 
Audit Committee
 
Our board of trustees will establish an Audit Committee, which will consist of Messrs. Gilbert (Chair), Berger and Zemans. The Audit Committee will make recommendations concerning the engagement of independent public accountants, review with the independent public accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approve professional services provided by the independent public accountants, review the independence of the independent public accountants, consider the range of audit and non-audit fees and review the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. Mr.          , an independent trustee, will chair our Audit Committee and will be our audit committee financial expert as that term is defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.
 
Compensation Committee
 
Our board of trustees will establish a Compensation Committee, which will consist of Messrs. Goldsmith (Chair), Berger and Zemans. The Compensation Committee will determine compensation for our executive officers, administer our share plan, produce an annual report on executive compensation for inclusion in our annual meeting proxy statement and publish an annual committee report for our


56


 

shareholders. All members of our Compensation Committee are expected to be independent under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, the NYSE and the Code.
 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
 
Our board of trustees will establish a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which will consist of Messrs. Crocker (Chair) and Goldsmith. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible for seeking, considering and recommending to the board qualified candidates for election as trustees and recommending a slate of nominees for election as trustees at the annual meeting. It also will periodically prepare and submit to the board for adoption the committee’s selection criteria for trustee nominees. It will review and make recommendations on matters involving general operation of the board and our corporate governance, and it annually recommends to the board nominees for each committee of the board. In addition, the committee will annually facilitate the assessment of the board of trustees’ performance as a whole and of the committees and individual trustees and reports thereon to the board.
 
Code of Ethics
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have adopted a corporate code of ethics relating to the conduct of our business by our employees, officers and trustees. We intend to maintain the highest standards of ethical business practices and compliance with all laws and regulations applicable to our business, including those relating to doing business outside the U.S. Specifically, our code of ethics prohibits payments, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official seeking to influence such official or otherwise obtain an improper advantage for our business.
 
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 
None of the trustees expected to serve on our Compensation Committee is one of our officers or employees. No member of our board of trustees and no trustee expected to serve on our Compensation Committee serves as a member of the board of trustees (or board of directors) or Compensation Committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a trustees of our board of trustees.
 
Indemnification of Trustees and Executive Officers and Limitations on Liability
 
For information concerning limitations of liability and indemnification applicable to our trustees, executive officers and, in certain circumstances, employees, see “Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Declaration of Trust and Bylaws” located elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Trustee Compensation
 
Each of our independent trustees who does not serve as the chairman of one of our committees will be paid a trustee’s fee of $75,000 per year. The trustees who serve as our Audit Committee chairman, Compensation Committee chairman and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee chairman will be paid an additional cash fee of $10,000, $7,500 and $5,000, respectively. Trustees’ fees will be paid one-half in cash and one-half in our common shares although each trustee may elect to receive up to all of his trustee fees in the form of our common shares. Trustees who are employees will receive no additional compensation as trustees. In addition, we will reimburse all trustees for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their services on the board of trustees.
 
Each of our trustees who is not an employee will receive an initial grant of restricted common shares with an aggregate value of $100,000 concurrent with completion of this offering.


57


 

 
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
 
We expect to pay base salaries and annual bonuses and make grants of awards under our Equity Incentive Plan to certain of our officers, effective upon completion of this offering. The initial awards under our Equity Incentive Plan will be granted to provide performance and retention incentives to these individuals and to recognize such individuals’ efforts on our behalf in connection with our formation and this offering. Our board of trustees and our Compensation Committee have not yet adopted compensation policies with respect to, among other things, setting base salaries, awarding bonuses or making future grants of equity awards to our executive officers. We anticipate that such determinations will be made by our Compensation Committee based on factors such as the desire to retain such officer’s services over the long-term, aligning such officer’s interest with those of our shareholders, incentivizing such officer over the near-, medium- and long-term, and rewarding such officer for exceptional performance. In addition, our Compensation Committee may determine to make awards to new executive officers to help attract them to our company.
 
Executive Compensation
 
Set forth below are the initial annual cash compensation and equity awards to be granted to our President and Chief Executive Officer and our other most highly compensated executive officer commencing upon completion of this offering:
 
Summary Compensation Table
 
                                                                         
                                        Change in Pension
             
                                        Value and
             
                                  Non-Equity
    Nonqualified Deferred
             
Name and
                    Share
    Option
    Incentive Plan
    Compensation
    All Other
       
principal position
  Year     Base Salary(1)     Bonus(2)     Awards(3)(4)     Awards     Compensation     Earnings     Compensation     Total  
 
Jeffrey H. Fisher
    2010     $ 450,000           $ 955,000                             $ 1,405,000  
Chairman, President & Chief Executive Officer
                                                                       
Peter Willis
    2010       285,000             231,000                               516,000  
Executive Vice President & Chief Investment Officer
                                                                       
          
    2010                                                          
Chief Financial Officer
                                                                       
 
 
(1) Each executive will receive a pro rata portion of his 2010 base salary for the period from the completion of this offering through December 31, 2010.
 
(2) Any bonus awards will be determined at the sole discretion of our Compensation Committee and our board of trustees based on our implementation of our business plan, including investment of the net proceeds of this offering, and such other factors as the Compensation Committee and the board of trustees may deem appropriate.
 
(3) Reflects restricted share awards to Messrs. Fisher, Willis and          pursuant to our Equity Incentive Plan that are expected to be approved at the first meeting of our board of trustees following the completion of this offering as part of our 2010 compensation program. The aggregate estimated values of the restricted share awards are $450,000 for Mr. Fisher, $300,000 for Mr. Willis and $      for Mr.           . All restricted share awards will vest ratably over the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.
 
If the size of this offering changes, the aggregate number of restricted shares to be awarded to Messrs. Fisher, Willis and           will change so as to equal     % of the common shares issued in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) and in the concurrent private placement.
 
(4) Amounts also account for the grant of LTIP units to Messrs. Fisher, Willis and          under our Equity Incentive Plan. Upon completion of this offering, Messrs. Fisher, Willis and          will be awarded LTIP units with an aggregate undiscounted value of $5,296,000, $867,000 and           respectively. All LTIP unit awards will vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. For purposes of this table and the pro forma financial information of Chatham Lodging Trust beginning on page F-7, we estimated, under the principles of GAAP, that the discounted values of the LTIP unit awards are $4,024,000 to Mr. Fisher, $658,000 to Mr. Willis and $      for Mr.           . The compensation reported in the table related to the LTIP grants is equal to the aggregate discounted value of the LTIP unit awards divided by five. To determine the discounted value of the LTIP unit awards, we considered the inherent uncertainty that the LTIP units will reach parity with the other common partnership units, appropriateness of discounts for illiquidity, expectations for future dividends and various other data available to us as of the date of this prospectus.
 
We will apply the share-based payment accounting guidance contained in GAAP to calculate the fair value of the LTIP units when preparing our financial statements for the period from commencement of operations through December 31, 2010, and we will disclose the aggregate fair value of these LTIP units in the notes to our 2010 financial statements. We anticipate that the fair value calculation on the date of grant will consider, in part, the various factors and conditions described in the paragraph above and other data that we deem relevant. However, the calculation of the fair value of our LTIP units for the purpose of preparing our 2010 financial statements may result in a different amount of compensation expense for 2010 than the approximate compensation amount estimated for 2010 and disclosed in the table above.


58


 

 
If the size of this offering changes, the aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to Messrs. Fisher, Willis and          will change so as to equal     % of the common shares issued in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) and in the concurrent private placement.
 
Equity Incentive Plan
 
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of trustees will have adopted, and our sole shareholder will have approved, our Equity Incentive Plan to attract and retain independent trustees, executive officers and other key employees and service providers, including officers and employees of our affiliates. The Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of options to purchase common shares, share awards, share appreciation rights, performance units and other equity-based awards.
 
Administration of the Equity Incentive Plan
 
The Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our Compensation Committee and the Compensation Committee will approve all terms of awards under the Equity Incentive Plan. Our Compensation Committee will also approve who will receive grants under the Equity Incentive Plan and the number of common shares subject to the grant.
 
Eligibility
 
All of our employees and employees of our subsidiaries and affiliates, including our operating partnership, are eligible to receive grants under the Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, our independent trustees and individuals who perform services for us and our subsidiaries and affiliates, including employees of our operating partnership, may receive grants under the Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Share Authorization
 
The number of common shares that may be issued under the Equity Incentive Plan will be equal to     % of the aggregate number of our common shares outstanding immediately following completion of this offering, which will include the shares issued in the concurrent private placement but will exclude any shares issued pursuant to exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.
 
In connection with share splits, dividends, recapitalizations and certain other events, our board will make adjustments that it deems appropriate in the aggregate number of common shares that may be issued under the Equity Incentive Plan and the terms of outstanding awards.
 
If any options or share appreciation rights terminate, expire or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered without having been exercised or paid or if any share awards, performance units or other equity-based awards are forfeited, the common shares subject to such awards will again be available for purposes of the Equity Incentive Plan.
 
No awards under the Equity Incentive Plan were outstanding prior to completion of this offering. The initial grants described above will become effective upon completion of this offering.
 
Options
 
The Equity Incentive Plan authorizes our Compensation Committee to grant incentive stock options (under Section 422 of the Code) and options that do not qualify as incentive share options. The exercise price of each option will be determined by the Compensation Committee, provided that the price cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common shares on the date on which the option is granted (or 110% of the shares’ fair market value on the grant date in the case of an incentive share option granted to an individual who is a “ten percent shareholder” under Sections 422 and 424 of the Code). The exercise price for any option is generally payable (i) in cash, (ii) by certified check, (iii) by the surrender of common shares (or attestation of ownership of common shares) with an aggregate fair market value on the date on which the option is exercised, equal to the exercise price, or (iv) by payment through a broker in accordance with procedures established by the Federal Reserve Board. The term of an option cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an incentive share option granted to a “ten percent shareholder”).


59


 

Share Awards
 
The Equity Incentive Plan also provides for the grant of share awards. A share award is an award of common shares that may be subject to restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as our Compensation Committee determines in its sole discretion on the date of grant. The restrictions, if any, may lapse over a specified period of time or through the satisfaction of conditions, in installments or otherwise, as our Compensation Committee may determine. A participant who receives a share award will have all of the rights of a shareholder as to those shares, including, without limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive dividends or distributions on the shares. During the period, if any, when share awards are non-transferable or forfeitable, (i) a participant is prohibited from selling, transferring, pledging, exchanging, hypothecating or otherwise disposing of his or her share award shares, (ii) the company will retain custody of the certificates and (iii) a participant must deliver a share power to the company for each share award.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will issue an aggregate of           restricted common shares to persons who will become trustees upon completion of this offering. These grants to trustees will vest ratably over the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.
 
At the first meeting of our board of trustees following the completion of this offering, we expect to approve the issuance of restricted share awards to Mr. Fisher, Mr. Willis and Mr.          . These restricted share awards would vest ratably on the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.
 
Share Appreciation Rights
 
The Equity Incentive Plan authorizes our Compensation Committee to grant share appreciation rights that provide the recipient with the right to receive, upon exercise of the share appreciation right, cash, common shares or a combination of the two. The amount that the recipient will receive upon exercise of the share appreciation right generally will equal the excess of the fair market value of the common shares on the date of exercise over the shares’ fair market value on the date of grant. Share appreciation rights will become exercisable in accordance with terms determined by our Compensation Committee. Share appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with an option grant or as independents grants. The term of a share appreciation right cannot exceed ten years from the date of grant or five years in the case of a share appreciation right granted in tandem with an incentive share option awarded to a “ten percent shareholder.”
 
Performance Units
 
The Equity Incentive Plan also authorizes our Compensation Committee to grant performance units. Performance units represent the participant’s right to receive an amount, based on the value of the common shares, if performance goals established by the Compensation Committee are met. Our Compensation Committee will determine the applicable performance period, the performance goals and such other conditions that apply to the performance unit. Performance goals may relate to our financial performance or the financial performance of our operating partnership, the participant’s performance or such other criteria determined by the Compensation Committee. If the performance goals are met, performance units will be paid in cash, our common shares or a combination thereof.
 
Other Equity-Based Awards
 
Our Compensation Committee may grant other types of share-based awards as other equity-based awards under the Equity Incentive Plan, including Long-Term Incentive Plan, or LTIP, units. Other equity-based awards are payable in cash, our common shares or other equity, or a combination thereof, determined by the Compensation Committee. The terms and conditions of other equity-based awards are determined by the Compensation Committee.
 
LTIP units are a special class of partnership interests in our operating partnership. Each LTIP unit awarded will be deemed equivalent to an award of one common share under the Equity Incentive Plan, reducing availability for other equity awards on a one-for-one basis. We will not receive a tax deduction for the value of any LTIP units granted to our employees. The vesting period for any LTIP units, if any, will be determined at the time of issuance. LTIP units, whether vested or not, will receive


60


 

the same quarterly per unit profit distributions as units of our operating partnership, which profit distribution will generally equal per share dividends on our common shares. This treatment with respect to quarterly distributions is similar to the expected treatment of our restricted share awards, which will generally receive full dividends whether vested or not. Initially, LTIP units will not have full parity with operating partnership units with respect to liquidating distributions. Under the terms of the LTIP units, our operating partnership will revalue its assets upon the occurrence of certain specified events, and any increase in valuation from the time of grant until such event will be allocated first to the holders of LTIP units to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of operating partnership unit holders. Upon equalization of the capital accounts of the holders of LTIP units with the other holders of operating partnership units, the LTIP units will achieve full parity with operating partnership units for all purposes, including with respect to liquidating distributions. If such parity is reached, vested LTIP units may be converted into an equal number of operating partnership units at any time, and thereafter enjoy all the rights of operating partnership units, including exchange rights. However, there are circumstances under which such parity would not be reached. Until and unless such parity is reached, the value that an executive officer will realize for a given number of vested LTIP units will be less than the value of an equal number of our common shares.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will cause our operating partnership to issue an aggregate of          LTIP units to certain of our officers. If the size of this offering changes, the aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to Messrs. Fisher, Willis and           will change so as to equal     % of the common shares issued in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) and in the concurrent private placement. These LTIP units will vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. See “Our Operating Partnership and the Partnership Agreement” for a further description of the rights of limited partners in our operating partnership.
 
Dividend Equivalents
 
Our Compensation Committee may grant dividend equivalents in connection with the grant of performance units and other equity-based awards. Dividend equivalents may be paid currently or accrued as contingent cash obligations (in which case they will be deemed to have been invested in common shares) and may be payable in cash, common shares or a combination of the two. Our Compensation Committee will determine the terms of any dividend equivalents.
 
Change in Control
 
If we experience a change in control, the Compensation Committee may, at its discretion, provide that all outstanding options, share appreciation rights, share awards, performance units, or other equity based awards that are not exercised prior to the change in control will be assumed by the surviving entity, or will be replaced by a comparable substitute award of substantially equal value granted by the surviving entity. The Compensation Committee may also provide that (i) all outstanding options and share appreciation rights will be fully exercisable on the change in control, (ii) restrictions and conditions on outstanding share awards will lapse upon the change in control and (iii) performance units or other equity-based awards will become earned in their entirety. The Compensation Committee may also provide that participants must surrender their outstanding options and share appreciation rights, share awards, performance units, and other equity based awards in exchange for a payment, in cash or our common shares or other securities or consideration received by shareholders in the change in control transaction, equal to the value received by shareholders in the change in control transaction (or, in the case of options and share appreciation rights, the amount by which that transaction value exceeds the exercise price).
 
In summary, a change of control under the Equity Incentive Plan occurs if:
 
  •      a person, entity or affiliated group (with certain exceptions) acquires, in a transaction or series of transactions, more than 50% of the total combined voting power of our outstanding securities or common shares;


61


 

  •      we merge into another entity unless the holders of our voting shares immediately prior to the merger have more than 50% of the combined voting power of the securities in the merged entity or its parent;
 
  •      we sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
 
  •      we are liquidated or dissolved; or
 
  •      during any period of two consecutive years individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute our board of trustees together with any new trustees (other than individuals who become trustees in connection with certain transactions or election contests) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of our board of trustees.
 
Amendment; Termination
 
Our board of trustees may amend or terminate the Equity Incentive Plan at any time, provided that no amendment may adversely impair the benefits of participants with outstanding awards. Our shareholders must approve any amendment if such approval is required under applicable law or stock exchange requirements. Our shareholders also must approve any amendment that materially increases the benefits accruing to participants under the Equity Incentive Plan, materially increases the aggregate number of common shares that may be issued under the Equity Incentive Plan or materially modifies the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Equity Incentive Plan. Unless terminated sooner by our board of trustees or extended with shareholder approval, the Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the date our board of trustees adopted the Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Employment Arrangements
 
Jeffrey H. Fisher. Effective upon completion of this offering, we will enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Fisher, which will continue until          , 20   and renew for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated by written notice delivered at least 30 days before the end of the then-current term. The employment agreement provides for an annual base salary to Mr. Fisher of          , subject to increase in the discretion of the Board or its Compensation Committee.
 
Under his employment agreement, Mr. Fisher is eligible to earn an annual cash bonus at the discretion of the Compensation Committee or to the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved.
 
Mr. Fisher’s employment agreement entitles him to customary fringe benefits, including vacation and the right to participate in any other benefits or plans in which other executive-level employees participate (including but not limited to retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance (including life insurance) or hospital plans).
 
Mr. Fisher’s employment agreement provides for certain payments in the event that his employment ends upon termination by us for “cause,” his resignation without “good reason” (as defined below), his death or disability or any reason other than a termination by us without “cause” or his resignation with “good reason.” The agreement defines “cause” as (1) a failure to perform a material duty or a material breach of an obligation set forth in Mr. Fisher’s employment agreement or a breach of a material and written policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (2) a breach of Mr. Fisher’s fiduciary duties, (3) conduct that demonstrably and materially injures us monetarily or otherwise or (4) a conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving our assets, and that in each case is not cured, to the Board’s reasonable satisfaction, within 30 days after written notice. In any such event, Mr. Fisher’s employment agreement provides for the payment to him of any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of his termination and any benefits due to him under the terms of any of our employee benefit plans.
 
Mr. Fisher’s employment agreement provides for certain severance payments in the event that his employment ends upon termination by us without “cause” or his resignation for “good reason.” The agreement defines “good reason” as (1) our material breach of the terms of Mr. Fisher’s employment agreement or a direction from the Board that he act or refrain from acting in a manner unlawful or contrary to a material and written policy, (2) a material diminution in Mr. Fisher’s duties, functions and


62


 

responsibilities without his consent or our preventing him from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities without his consent, (3) a material reduction in Mr. Fisher’s base salary or annual bonus opportunity or (4) a requirement that Mr. Fisher relocate more than 50 miles from the current location of his principal office without his consent, in each case provided that Mr. Fisher has given written notice to the Board within 30 days after he knows of the circumstances constituting “good reason,” the circumstances constituting “good reason” are not cured within 30 days of such notice and Mr. Fisher resigns within 30 days after the expiration of the cure period. In any such event, Mr. Fisher is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of his termination and any benefits due to him under the terms of our employee benefit plans, except that any outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if Mr. Fisher’s employment had not terminated. Mr. Fisher shall also be entitled to receive, subject to Mr. Fisher signing a general release of claims, an amount equal to three times his base salary in effect at the time of termination, an amount equal to three times the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of termination, a pro-rated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination and an amount equal to three times the annual premium or cost paid by us for Mr. Fisher’s health, dental, vision, disability and life insurance coverage in effect on his termination date.
 
Mr. Fisher owns IHM, a hotel management company that we may engage to manage certain hotels we acquire pursuant to management agreements with our TRS Lessees. In order to permit IHM to qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” as required by applicable tax law, Mr. Fisher’s employment agreement permits him to be the principal owner and serve as a director of entities engaged in the hotel management business, and to devote business time to those companies, so long as (1) such activities do not interfere with the performance of his duties to us and (2) he does not serve as an officer or employee of, or receive compensation for service as a director of, any such entity providing hotel management services to us or our affiliates.
 
Peter Willis. We have entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Willis, which will continue until          , 20   and renew for one-year terms thereafter unless terminated by written notice delivered at least 30 days before the end of the then-current term. The employment agreement provides for an annual base salary to Mr. Willis of          , subject to increase in the discretion of the Board or its Compensation Committee. Mr. Willis’s employment agreement entitles him to fringe benefits substantially similar to those afforded to Mr. Fisher, as described above.
 
Under his employment agreement, Mr. Willis is eligible to earn an annual cash bonus at the discretion of the Compensation Committee or to the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved.
 
Mr. Willis’s employment agreement provides for certain payments in the event that his employment ends upon termination by us for “cause,” his resignation without “good reason,” his death or disability or any reason other than a termination by us without “cause” or his resignation with “good reason.” The definitions of “cause” and “good reason” in Mr. Willis’s employment agreement are the same as those in Mr. Fisher’s employment agreement, as described above. In any such event, Mr. Willis’s employment agreement provides for the payment to him of any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of his termination and any benefits due to him under the terms of any of our employee benefit plans.
 
Mr. Willis’s employment agreement provides for certain severance payments in the event that his employment ends upon termination by us without “cause” or his resignation for “good reason.” In any such event, Mr. Willis is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of his termination and any benefits due to him under the terms of our employee benefit plans, except that any outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if Mr. Willis’s employment had not terminated. Mr. Willis shall also be entitled to receive, subject to Mr. Willis signing a general release of claims, an amount equal to his base salary at


63


 

the time of termination, an amount equal to the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of termination, a pro-rated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination and an amount equal to the annual premium or cost paid by us for Mr. Willis’s health, dental, vision, disability and life insurance coverage in effect on his termination date.
 
Mr. Willis’s employment agreement provides for higher severance payments in the event his employment ends upon termination by us without “cause” no more than ninety days before a change in control or on or after a change in control or upon his resignation for “good reason” on or after a change in control. The agreement defines “change in control” as (1) a person becoming the beneficial owner of 50% or more of our voting shares, (2) a transfer of 50% or more of our total assets, (3) our merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange, except where our shareholders immediately before the transaction own more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity, (4) the date members of the Board on           (or members of the Board whose nomination or election to the Board was approved by a majority of such members) cease to constitute a majority of the Board or (5) our complete liquidation or dissolution. In any such event, Mr. Willis is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid compensation up to the date of his termination and any benefits due to him under the terms of our employee benefit plans, except that all outstanding options, restricted shares and other equity awards shall be vested and exercisable as of the date of termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if Mr. Willis’s employment had not terminated. Mr. Willis shall also be entitled to receive, subject to Mr. Willis signing a general release of claims, an amount equal to two times his base salary at the time of termination, an amount equal to two times the highest annual bonus paid to him for the three fiscal years ended immediately before the date of termination, a pro-rated bonus for the then-current fiscal year based on his annual bonus for the fiscal year ended prior to his termination and an amount equal to two times the annual premium or cost paid by us for Mr. Willis’s health, dental, vision, disability and life insurance coverage in effect on his termination date.
 
401(k) Plan
 
We may establish and maintain a retirement savings plan under section 401(k) of the Code to cover our eligible employees. The Code allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. We may match employees’ annual contributions, within prescribed limits.


64


 

 
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND POLICIES WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ACTIVITIES
 
The following is a discussion of our investment policies and our policies with respect to certain other activities, including financing matters and conflicts of interest. These policies may be amended or revised from time to time at the discretion of our board of trustees, without a vote of our shareholders. Any change to any of these policies by our board of trustees, however, would be made only after a thorough review and analysis of that change, in light of then-existing business and other circumstances, and then only if, in the exercise of its business judgment, our board of trustees believes that it is advisable to do so in our and our shareholders’ best interests. Any such change will be disclosed in our periodic or other filings with the SEC. We cannot assure you that our investment objectives will be attained.
 
Investments in Real Estate or Interests in Real Estate
 
We plan to invest principally in hotel properties. We have entered into an agreement to acquire six hotels following closing of this offering, although we have not yet identified any other specific hotel properties to acquire or committed a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering to any other specific hotel property investment. Our senior executive officers will identify and negotiate acquisition opportunities. For information concerning the investing experience of these individuals, please see the section entitled “Management.”
 
We intend to conduct substantially all of our investment activities through our operating partnership and its subsidiaries. Our primary investment objectives are to enhance shareholder value over time by generating strong returns on invested capital, paying distributions to our shareholders and achieving long-term appreciation in the value of our hotel properties.
 
There are no limitations on the amount or percentage of our total assets that may be invested in any one property. Additionally, no limits have been set on the concentration of investments in any one location or facility type.
 
Investments in Securities of or Interests in Persons Primarily Engaged in Real Estate Activities and Other Issuers
 
Generally speaking, we do not expect to engage in any significant investment activities with other entities, although we may consider joint venture investments with other investors. We may also invest in the securities of other issuers in connection with acquisitions of indirect interests in properties. We may in the future acquire some, all or substantially all of the securities or assets of other REITs or similar entities where that investment would be consistent with our investment policies and the REIT qualification requirements. There are no limitations on the amount or percentage of our total assets that may be invested in any one issuer, other than those imposed by the gross income and asset tests that we must satisfy to qualify as a REIT. However, we do not anticipate investing in other issuers of securities for the purpose of exercising control or acquiring any investments primarily for sale in the ordinary course of business or holding any investments with a view to making short-term profits from their sale. In any event, we do not intend that our investments in securities will cause us or any of our subsidiaries to become an “investment company” within the meaning of that term under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Therefore we will not be required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and we intend to divest securities before becoming an investment company, and thus before any registration would be required.
 
We do not intend to engage in trading, underwriting, agency distribution or sales of securities of other issuers.
 
Disposition Policy
 
Although we have no current plans to dispose of any of the hotel properties we acquire, we will consider doing so, subject to REIT qualification and prohibited transaction rules under the Code, if our management determines that a sale of a property would be in our interests based on the price being offered for the hotel, the operating performance of the hotel, the tax consequences of the sale and other factors and circumstances surrounding the proposed sale. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business.”


65


 

Financing Policies
 
We plan to maintain a prudent capital structure and intend to limit our consolidated indebtedness to not more than 35% of our investment in hotel properties at cost (defined as our initial acquisition price plus the gross amount of any subsequent capital investment and excluding any impairment charges). However, this policy does not constitute a limit on the amount of debt that we may incur and we are not subject to any such limitations in our governing documents or existing agreements. Our board of trustees will periodically review this policy and may modify or eliminate it without the approval of our shareholders. We intend to obtain a revolving credit facility for general business purposes, which may include the following:
 
  •      funding of investments (following investment of the net proceeds of this offering);
 
  •      payment of declared distributions to shareholders;
 
  •      working capital needs;
 
  •      payment of corporate taxes by our TRS lessees; or
 
  •      any other payments deemed necessary or desirable by senior management and approved by the lender.
 
We intend to have discussions with several lending institutions and negotiate a revolving credit facility. In seeking to obtain such a facility, we will consider factors as we deem relevant, including interest rate pricing, recurring fees, flexibility of funding, security required, maturity, restrictions on prepayment and refinancing, and restrictions impacting our daily operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such a facility on favorable terms or at all.
 
Going forward, we will consider a number of factors when evaluating our level of indebtedness and making financial decisions, including, among others, the following:
 
  •      the interest rate of the proposed financing;
 
  •      the extent to which the financing impacts the flexibility with which we asset manage our properties;
 
  •      prepayment penalties and restrictions on refinancing;
 
  •      the purchase price of properties we acquire with debt financing;
 
  •      our long-term objectives with respect to the financing;
 
  •      our target investment returns;
 
  •      the ability of particular properties, and our company as a whole, to generate cash flow sufficient to cover expected debt service payments;
 
  •      overall level of consolidated indebtedness;
 
  •      timing of debt and lease maturities;
 
  •      provisions that require recourse and cross-collateralization;
 
  •      corporate credit ratios, including debt service or fixed charge coverage, debt to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, debt to total market capitalization and debt to undepreciated assets; and
 
  •      the overall ratio of fixed- and variable-rate debt.
 
Equity Capital Policies
 
Subject to applicable law and the requirements for listed companies on the NYSE, our board of trustees has the authority, without further shareholder approval, to issue additional authorized common shares and preferred shares or otherwise raise capital, including through the issuance of


66


 

senior securities, in any manner and on the terms and for the consideration it deems appropriate, including in exchange for property. Existing shareholders will have no preemptive right to additional shares issued in any offering, and any offering might cause a dilution of investment. We may in the future issue common shares in connection with acquisitions. We also may issue limited partnership interests in our operating partnership in connection with acquisitions of property.
 
Our board of trustees may authorize the issuance of preferred shares with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of our common shares or otherwise might be in their best interests. Additionally, preferred shares could have distribution, voting, liquidation and other rights and preferences that are senior to those of our common shares.
 
We may, under certain circumstances, purchase common or preferred shares in the open market or in private transactions with our shareholders, if those purchases are approved by our board of trustees. Our board of trustees has no present intention of causing us to repurchase any shares, and any action would only be taken in conformity with applicable federal and state laws and the applicable requirements for qualifying as a REIT.
 
In the future, we may institute a dividend reinvestment plan, or DRIP, which would allow our shareholders to acquire additional common shares by automatically reinvesting their cash dividends. Shares would be acquired pursuant to the plan at a price equal to the then prevailing market price, without payment of brokerage commissions or service charges. Shareholders who do not participate in the plan will continue to receive cash distributions as declared.
 
Conflict of Interest Policy
 
Our current board of trustees consists solely of Mr. Fisher, and, as a result, the transactions and agreements entered into in connection with our formation prior to this offering have not been approved by any independent trustees.
 
Effective upon closing of this offering, we intend to adopt a policy that any transaction, agreement or relationship in which any of our trustees, officers or employees has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest must be approved by a majority of our disinterested trustees. The policy will not contain any further restrictions and procedures related to the ability of our trustees, officers, shareholders and affiliates to (i) retain a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in assets which we are proposing to acquire or dispose of and (ii) engage for their own account in business activities similar to ours. Mr. Fisher’s employment agreement with us provides that he may continue to own an interest in and serve as a director on hotel management companies that may manage our hotels, so long as he does not serve as an executive officer, or receive any compensation for serving as a director, of any of the companies, and so long as his involvement with these companies does not interfere with his duties as our chairman, president and chief executive officer. However, we cannot assure you that these policies will be successful in eliminating the influence of these conflicts. See “Risk Factors.”
 
Reporting Policies
 
Generally, we intend to make available to our shareholders audited annual financial statements and annual reports. After the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Pursuant to these requirements, we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information, including audited financial statements, with the SEC.


67


 

 
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
 
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of common shares by (i) each of our trustees and persons who have agreed to become trustees upon completion of this offering, (ii) each of our executive officers, (iii) each holder of 5% or more of each class of our shares and (iv) all of our trustees and executive officers as a group upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement. Unless otherwise indicated, all shares are owned directly and the indicated person has sole voting and investment power. In accordance with SEC rules, each listed person’s beneficial ownership includes:
 
  •  all shares the person actually owns beneficially or of record;
 
  •  all shares over which the person has or shares voting or dispositive control (such as in the capacity as a general partner of an investment fund); and
 
  •  all shares the person has the right to acquire within 60 days (such as restricted common shares that are currently vested or which are scheduled to vest within 60 days).
 
Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each named person is 50 Cocoanut Row, Suite 200, Palm Beach, Florida 33480. No shares beneficially owned by any executive officer or trustee have been pledged as security.
 
                 
    Common Shares
       
Name of beneficial owner
  Beneficially Owned     Percent of Class  
 
Jeffrey H. Fisher
               (1)             %
Peter Willis
    (2)        
     
               
Miles Berger
    (3)        
Thomas J. Crocker
    (3)        
Jack P. DeBoer
    (3)        
Glen R. Gilbert
    (3)        
C. Gerald Goldsmith
    (3)        
Rolf E. Ruhfus
    (3)        
Joel F. Zemans
    (3)        
All executive officers and trustees as a group
    (1)(4)     %
 
 
(1) Represents shares purchased by Mr. Fisher in a private placement concurrent with the closing of this offering. Mr. Fisher acquired 1,000 common shares in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of the company, which shares we will repurchase at his cost of $10,000 upon completion of this offering. Does not reflect 1,000 common shares acquired by Mr. Fisher in connection with our formation and does not include           common shares underlying          LTIP units to be granted to Mr. Fisher upon completion of this offering pursuant to our Equity Incentive Plan.
 
(2) Does not include           common shares underlying           LTIP units to be granted to Mr. Willis upon completion of this offering pursuant to our Equity Incentive Plan. The LTIP units will vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of the grant.
 
(3) Represents           restricted common shares to be granted to each independent trustee upon completion of this offering, which shares will vest ratably over the first three anniversaries of the date of grant.
 
(4) Includes an aggregate of           restricted common shares to be granted to each independent trustee upon completion of this offering, which shares will vest ratably over the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. We currently have outstanding 1,000 common shares, all of which are owned by our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Fisher. Upon completion of this offering, we will repurchase all 1,000 common shares from Mr. Fisher at his cost of $10 per share. Does not include an aggregate of           shares underlying LTIP units granted to our officers pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan.


68


 

 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
Concurrently with this offering, in a separate private placement, we will sell an aggregate of           common shares (representing     % of the common shares to be outstanding following this offering, excluding common shares that may be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) to Mr. Fisher, our chairman, chief executive officer and president, at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price per share and without payment of any underwriting discount or commission by us. We will use approximately $      of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement to reimburse Mr. Fisher for out-of-pocket expenses he incurred in connection with our formation and this offering, including up to $2.5 million Mr. Fisher funded as earnest money deposits, as required by the purchase agreement for the initial acquisition hotels. We will also use $10,000 to repurchase the shares Mr. Fisher acquired in connection with the formation and our initial capitalization.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will cause our operating partnership to issue an aggregate of           LTIP units to certain of our officers, including          LTIP units to Mr. Fisher,           LTIP units to Mr. Willis and          LTIP units to Mr.          . If the size of this offering changes, the aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to Messrs. Fisher, Willis and           will change so as to equal     % of the common shares issued in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) and in the concurrent private placement. These LTIP units will vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant.
 
We also expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our trustees and our executive officers providing for procedures for indemnification by us to the fullest extent permitted by law and advancements by us of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from their service to us.
 
Certain of the hotels we expect to acquire in the future may be managed by IHM, which is 90% owned by Mr. Fisher. Any management agreements with IHM will have an initial term of five years and could be renewed for two five-year periods at the option of IHM by written notice to us no later than 90 days prior to the termination date. The IHM management agreements will provide for early termination upon sale of any IHM managed hotel for no termination fee, with six months advance notice. The IHM management agreements can also be terminated for cause. Additionally, if hotel operating performance does not meet specified levels we will be able to terminate any IHM management agreements at no cost. Management agreements with IHM will provide for a base management fee of 3% of the hotel’s gross revenues, an accounting fee of $1,000 per month per hotel and, if certain financial thresholds are met or exceeded, an incentive management fee equal to 10% of the hotel’s net operating income less fixed costs, base management fees and a specified return threshold. The incentive management fee will be capped at 1% of gross hotel revenues.
 
Because Mr. Fisher is our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and controls IHM, conflicts of interest will exist between Mr. Fisher and us regarding:
 
  •      enforcement of the terms of any management agreements between us and IHM;
 
  •      whether and on what terms these management agreements will be renewed upon the expiration;
 
  •      whether and on what terms management contracts will be awarded to IHM; and
 
  •      whether hotel properties will be sold.
 
Under the hotel management agreements, IHM generally will be responsible for complying with our various franchise agreements, subject to us making sufficient funding available. Conflicts of interest will exist between us and Mr. Fisher regarding IHM’s compliance with franchise agreements, which could result in:
 
  •      the termination of those agreements and related substantial penalties; or


69


 

  •      other actions or failures to act by IHM that could result in liability to us or our TRS lessees.
 
We will share our corporate information technology infrastructure with IHM. We and IHM will agree to a cost sharing arrangement under which each of us bears     % of the total costs of operating and maintaining the IT function (including depreciation taken by us on the IT infrastructure).
 
IHM will be required to obtain an employment practices liability insurance policy that covers our employees. In addition, IHM will be required to maintain a health benefit plan in which our employees will participate. Our reimbursement of IHM will be based on the number of our employees participating in the plan and the coverage and benefit levels selected by those employees.
 
Conflicts may arise between us and IHM with respect to whether certain expenditures are classified as capital expenditures, which are capitalized by us and do not immediately affect earnings, or repairs and maintenance, which are expensed as incurred and therefore reduce the amount available to be earned by IHM as incentive management fees.
 
Other than the compensation arrangements described in this prospectus and Mr. Fisher’s investment in our common shares pursuant to the concurrent private placement, Mr. Fisher has not received any compensation or other consideration as promoter or otherwise in connection with the formation of our company and this offering.
 
From time to time in connection with certain acquisitions and dispositions or other transactions, we may engage a brokerage firm with which Mr. Fisher’s daughter is employed.


70


 

 
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST
 
Although the following summary describes the material terms of our shares of beneficial interest, it is not a complete description of the Maryland REIT Law, or the MRL, the Maryland General Corporate Law, or the MGCL, provisions applicable to a Maryland real estate investment trust or our declaration of trust and bylaws as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
General
 
Our declaration of trust provides that we may issue up to 500,000,000 common shares, $0.01 par value per share, and 100,000,000 preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share, or preferred shares. We issued 1,000 common shares in connection with our initial capitalization. Upon completion of this offering, we will repurchase these shares. Our declaration of trust authorizes our board of trustees to amend our declaration of trust to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares or the number of shares of any class or series without shareholder approval. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement,          common shares will be issued and outstanding on a fully diluted basis, including          restricted common shares to be granted to our trustees under our Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering, or           common shares if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, and no preferred shares will be issued and outstanding. Our Equity Incentive Plan provides for grants of equity based awards up to an aggregate of     % of our issued and outstanding common shares (on a fully diluted basis and excluding shares to be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise of their overallotment option) at the time of the award. If the size of this offering changes, the aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to Messrs. Fisher, Willis and          will change so as to equal     % of the common shares issued in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) and in the concurrent private placement.
 
Under Maryland law, shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of a REIT solely as a result of their status as shareholders.
 
Common Shares
 
All of the common shares offered in this offering will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. Subject to the preferential rights, if any, of holders of any other class or series of shares of beneficial interest and to the provisions of our declaration of trust regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of shares of beneficial interest, holders of our common shares are entitled to receive distributions on such shares of beneficial interest out of assets legally available therefore if, as and when authorized by our board of trustees and declared by us, and the holders of our common shares are entitled to share ratably in our assets legally available for distribution to our shareholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up after payment of or adequate provision for all of our known debts and liabilities.
 
Subject to the provisions of our declaration of trust regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of common shares of beneficial interest and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of common shares, each outstanding common share entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, including the election of trustees, and, except as provided with respect to any other class or series of shares of beneficial interest, the holders of such common shares will possess the exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our trustees, which means that the shareholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of trustees can elect all of the trustees then standing for election, and the remaining shareholders will not be able to elect any trustees.
 
Holders of common shares have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund, redemption or appraisal rights and have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any of our securities.


71


 

Subject to the restrictions on ownership and transfer of shares contained in our declaration of trust and the terms of any other class or series of common shares, all of our common shares will have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.
 
Power to Reclassify Our Unissued Shares of Beneficial Interest
 
Our declaration of trust authorizes our board of trustees to classify and reclassify any unissued common or preferred shares into other classes or series of shares of beneficial interest. Prior to the issuance of shares of each class or series, our board of trustees is required by Maryland law and by our declaration of trust to set, subject to the provisions of our declaration of trust regarding the restrictions on ownership and transfer of shares of beneficial interest, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Therefore, our board of trustees could authorize the issuance of common shares or preferred shares that have priority over our common shares as to voting rights, dividends or upon liquidation or with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control or other transaction that might involve a premium price for our common shares or otherwise be in the best interests of our shareholders. No preferred shares are presently outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any preferred shares.
 
Power to Increase or Decrease Authorized Shares of Beneficial Interest and Issue Additional Common Shares and Preferred Shares
 
We believe that the power of our board of trustees to amend our declaration of trust to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of beneficial interest, to authorize us to issue additional authorized but unissued common shares or preferred shares and to classify or reclassify unissued common shares or preferred shares and thereafter to issue such classified or reclassified shares of beneficial interest will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs that might arise. The additional classes or series, as well as the common shares, will be available for issuance without further action by our shareholders, unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded. Although our board of trustees does not intend to do so, it could authorize us to issue a class or series that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a change in control or other transaction that might involve a premium price for our common shares or otherwise be in the best interests of our shareholders.
 
Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer
 
For us to qualify as a REIT under the Code, our shares of beneficial interest must be beneficially owned by 100 or more persons during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made) or during a proportionate part of a shorter taxable year. Also, not more than 50% of the value of our outstanding shares of beneficial interest may be owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals (as defined in the Code to include certain entities) during the last half of a taxable year (other than the first year for which an election to be a REIT has been made).
 
Because our board of trustees believes it is essential for us to qualify as a REIT, our declaration of trust, subject to certain exceptions, restricts the amount of our shares of beneficial interest that a person may beneficially or constructively own. Our declaration of trust provides that, subject to certain exceptions, no person may beneficially or constructively own more than 9.8% in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of our shares of beneficial interest.
 
Our declaration of trust also prohibits any person from (i) beneficially owning shares of beneficial interest to the extent that such beneficial ownership would result in our being “closely held”


72


 

within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of the taxable year), (ii) transferring our shares of beneficial interest to the extent that such transfer would result in our shares of beneficial interest being beneficially owned by less than 100 persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code), (iii) beneficially or constructively owning our shares of beneficial interest to the extent such beneficial or constructive ownership would cause us to constructively own ten percent or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of our real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code or (iv) beneficially or constructively owning or transferring our shares of beneficial interest if such ownership or transfer would otherwise cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any hotel management companies failing to qualify as “eligible independent contractors” under the REIT rules. Any person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire beneficial or constructive ownership of our shares of beneficial interest that will or may violate any of the foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership, or any person who would have owned our shares of beneficial interest that resulted in a transfer of shares to a charitable trust, is required to give written notice immediately to us, or in the case of a proposed or attempted transaction, to give at least 15 days’ prior written notice, and provide us with such other information as we may request in order to determine the effect of such transfer on our status as a REIT. The foregoing restrictions on transferability and ownership will not apply if our board of trustees determines that it is no longer in our best interests to attempt to qualify, or to continue to qualify, as a REIT.
 
Our board of trustees, in its sole discretion, may prospectively or retroactively exempt a person from certain of the limits described in the paragraph above and may establish or increase an excepted holder percentage limit for such person. The person seeking an exemption must provide to our board of trustees any such representations, covenants and undertakings as our board of trustees may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption will not cause us to lose our status as a REIT. Our board of trustees may not grant such an exemption to any person if such exemption would result in our failing to qualify as a REIT. Our board of trustees may require a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to our board of trustees, in its sole discretion, in order to determine or ensure our status as a REIT.
 
Any attempted transfer of our shares of beneficial interest which, if effective, would violate any of the restrictions described above will result in the number of shares causing the violation (rounded up to the nearest whole share) to be automatically transferred to a trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more charitable beneficiaries, except that any transfer that results in the violation of the restriction relating to our shares of beneficial interest being beneficially owned by fewer than 100 persons will be void ab initio. In either case, the proposed transferee will not acquire any rights in such shares. The automatic transfer will be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the business day prior to the date of the purported transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the trust. Shares held in the trust will be issued and outstanding shares. The proposed transferee will not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in the trust, will have no rights to dividends or other distributions and will have no rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the trust. The trustee of the trust will have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to shares held in the trust. These rights will be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the charitable beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to our discovery that shares have been transferred to the trust will be paid by the recipient to the trustee upon demand. Any distribution authorized but unpaid will be paid when due to the trustee. Any dividend or other distribution paid to the trustee will be held in trust for the charitable beneficiary. Subject to Maryland law, the trustee will have the authority (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by the proposed transferee prior to our discovery that the shares have been transferred to the trust and (ii) to recast the vote in accordance with the desires of the trustee acting for the benefit of the charitable beneficiary. However, if we have already taken irreversible corporate action, then the trustee will not have the authority to rescind and recast the vote.


73


 

Within 20 days of receiving notice from us that shares of beneficial interest have been transferred to the trust, the trustee will sell the shares to a person designated by the trustee, whose ownership of the shares will not violate the above ownership and transfer limitations. Upon the sale, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee and to the charitable beneficiary as follows. The proposed transferee will receive the lesser of (i) the price paid by the proposed transferee for the shares or, if the proposed transferee did not give value for the shares in connection with the event causing the shares to be held in the trust (e.g., a gift, devise or other similar transaction), the market price (as defined in our declaration of trust) of the shares on the day of the event causing the shares to be held in the trust and (ii) the price received by the trustee (net of any commission and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the shares. The trustee may reduce the amount payable to the proposed transferee by the amount of dividends or other distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee. Any net sale proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the proposed transferee will be paid immediately to the charitable beneficiary. If, prior to our discovery that our shares have been transferred to the trust, the shares are sold by the proposed transferee, then (i) the shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of the trust and (ii) to the extent that the proposed transferee received an amount for the shares that exceeds the amount he or she was entitled to receive, the excess shall be paid to the trustee upon demand.
 
In addition, shares of beneficial interest held in the trust will be deemed to have been offered for sale to us, or our designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in the transfer to the trust (or, in the case of a devise or gift, the market price at the time of the devise or gift) and (ii) the market price on the date we, or our designee, accept the offer, which we may reduce by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the proposed transferee and owed by the proposed transferee to the trustee. We will have the right to accept the offer until the trustee has sold the shares. Upon a sale to us, the interest of the charitable beneficiary in the shares sold will terminate and the trustee will distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the proposed transferee.
 
If a transfer to a charitable trust, as described above, would be ineffective for any reason to prevent a violation of a restriction, the transfer that would have resulted in such violation will be void ab initio, and the proposed transferee shall acquire no rights in such shares.
 
Every owner of more than 5% (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder) of our shares of beneficial interest, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, is required to give us written notice, stating his or her name and address, the number of shares of each class and series of our shares of beneficial interest that he or she beneficially owns and a description of the manner in which the shares are held. Each such owner will provide us with such additional information as we may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of his or her beneficial ownership on our status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with the ownership limits. In addition, each shareholder will upon demand be required to provide us with such information as we may request in good faith in order to determine our status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance.
 
These ownership limitations could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common shares or otherwise be in the best interest of our shareholders.
 
Stock Exchange Listing
 
We expect to apply for listing of our common shares on the NYSE under the symbol “          .”
 
Transfer Agent and Registrar
 
We expect the transfer agent and registrar for our common shares to be          .


74


 

 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales of common shares or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common shares prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common shares.
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will have          common shares outstanding, including the common shares sold in this offering, the common shares sold to Mr. Fisher in a private placement concurrent with the closing of this offering, and          restricted common shares to be granted to our trustees under our Equity Incentive Plan, or an aggregate of           common shares outstanding if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full. Our Equity Incentive Plan provides for grants of equity based awards up to an aggregate of     % of our issued and outstanding common shares (on a fully diluted basis and excluding shares to be sold pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise of their overallotment option). If the size of this offering changes, the aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to Messrs. Fisher, Willis and           will change so as to equal     % of the common shares issued in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) and in the concurrent private placement.
 
No assurance can be given as to the likelihood that an active trading market for our common shares will develop or be maintained, that any such market will be liquid, that shareholders will be able to sell the common shares when issued or at all or the prices that shareholders may obtain for any of the common shares. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future issuances of common shares or the availability of common shares for future issuances will have on the market price of our common shares prevailing from time to time, issuances of substantial amounts of common shares, or the perception that such issuances could occur, may affect adversely the prevailing market price of our common shares. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering.”
 
The common shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As defined in Rule 144, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the issuer.
 
Rule 144
 
The shares issued to Mr. Fisher will be restricted shares as defined in Rule 144.
 
In general, Rule 144 provides that if (i) one year has elapsed since the date of acquisition of common shares from us or any of our affiliates and (ii) the holder is not, and has not been, an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such holder may sell such common shares in the public market under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information requirements or notice requirements under such rule. In general, Rule 144 also provides that if (i) six months have elapsed since the date of acquisition of common shares from us or any of our affiliates, (ii) we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days and (iii) the holder is not, and has not been, an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such holder may sell such common shares in the public market under Rule 144(b)(1) subject to satisfaction of Rule 144’s public information requirements, but without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions or notice requirements under such rule.
 
In addition, under Rule 144, if (i) one year (or, subject to us being a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least the preceding 90 days, six months) has elapsed since the date of acquisition of common shares from us or any of our affiliates and (ii) the holder is, or has been, an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding the proposed sale, such holder may sell


75


 

such common shares in the public market under Rule 144(b)(1) subject to satisfaction of Rule 144’s volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information requirements and notice requirements.
 
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, that number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
 
  •      1% of the common shares outstanding, which will equal approximately           common shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •      the average weekly trading volume of our common shares on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.
 
Following completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 to register the total number of common shares that may be issued under our Equity Incentive Plan.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
In addition to the limitations placed on the sale of our common shares by operation of the
Securities Act, we and all of our trustees and executive officers have agreed with the
underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise transfer their shares, or any
securities convertible into our common shares, for a period of 180 days after the date of this
prospectus without Barclays Capital Inc.’s prior written consent. The lock-up agreements signed by us, our trustees and executive officers cover approximately           common shares.


76


 

 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OF OUR DECLARATION OF TRUST AND BYLAWS
 
Although the following summary describes certain provisions of Maryland law and of our declaration of trust and bylaws as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, it is not a complete description of Maryland law and our declaration of trust and bylaws, copies of which are available from us upon request. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
Number of Trustees; Vacancies
 
Our declaration of trust and bylaws provide that the number of our trustees may be established by our board of trustees but may not be more than 15. Our declaration of trust also provides that, at such time as we have at least three independent trustees and a class of our common shares or preferred shares is registered under the Exchange Act, we elect to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL regarding the filling of vacancies on our board of trustees. Accordingly, at such time, except as may be provided by our board of trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of shares, any and all vacancies on our board of trustees may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining trustees in office, even if the remaining trustees do not constitute a quorum, and any individual elected to fill such vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term of the class in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies.
 
Each of our trustees will be elected by our shareholders to serve for a one-year term and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. A plurality of all votes cast on the matter at a meeting of shareholders at which a quorum is present is sufficient to elect a trustee. The presence in person or by proxy of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting constitutes a quorum.
 
Removal of Trustees
 
Our declaration of trust provides that, subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred shares, a trustee may be removed only for “cause,” and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of trustees. For this purpose, “cause” means, with respect to any particular trustee, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such trustee caused demonstrable, material harm to us through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty. These provisions, when coupled with the exclusive power of our board of trustees to fill vacancies on our board of trustees, generally precludes shareholders from removing incumbent trustees except for “cause” and with a substantial affirmative vote and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees.
 
Policy on Majority Voting
 
Our board of trustees will adopt a policy regarding the election of trustees in uncontested elections. Pursuant to such policy, in an uncontested election of trustees, any nominee who receives a greater number of votes affirmatively withheld from his or her election than votes for his or her election will, within two weeks following certification of the shareholder vote by our company, submit a written resignation offer to our board of trustees for consideration by our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider the resignation offer and, within 60 days following certification by our company of the shareholder vote with respect to such election, will make a recommendation to our board of trustees concerning the acceptance or rejection of the resignation offer. Our board of trustees will take formal action on the recommendation no later than 90 days following certification of the shareholder vote by our company. We will publicly disclose the decision of our board of trustees. Our board of trustees will also provide an explanation of the process by which the decision was made and, if applicable, its reason or reasons for rejecting the tendered resignation.
 
Business Combinations
 
Under certain provisions of the MGCL applicable to Maryland real estate investment trusts, certain “business combinations,” including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in certain


77


 

circumstances, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities, between a Maryland real estate investment trust and an “interested shareholder” or, generally, any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of the trust’s outstanding voting shares or an affiliate or associate of the trust who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting shares of beneficial interest of the trust, or an affiliate of such an interested shareholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. Thereafter, any such business combination must be recommended by the board of trustees of such real estate investment trust and approved by the affirmative vote of at least (a) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding voting shares of beneficial interest of the trust and (b) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting shares of beneficial interest of the trust other than shares held by the interested shareholder with whom (or with whose affiliate) the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder, unless, among other conditions, the trust’s shareholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested shareholder for its shares. Under the MGCL, a person is not an “interested shareholder” if the board of trustees approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested shareholder. A real estate investment trust’s board of trustees may provide that its approval is subject to compliance with any terms and conditions determined by it.
 
These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business combinations that are approved or exempted by a board of trustees prior to the time that the interested shareholder becomes an interested shareholder. Pursuant to the statute, our board of trustees has by resolution exempted business combinations between us and any other person from these provisions of the MGCL, provided that the business combination is first approved by our board of trustees, including a majority of trustees who are not affiliates or associates of such person, and, consequently, the five year prohibition and the supermajority vote requirements will not apply to such business combinations. As a result, any person may be able to enter into business combinations with us that may not be in the best interests of our shareholders without compliance by us with the supermajority vote requirements and other provisions of the statute. This resolution, however, may be altered or repealed in whole or in part at any time. If this resolution is repealed, or our board of trustees does not otherwise approve a business combination, the statute may discourage others from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating any offer.
 
Control Share Acquisitions
 
The MGCL provides that “control shares” of a Maryland real estate investment trust acquired in a “control share acquisition” have no voting rights except to the extent approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding shares of beneficial interest in a real estate investment trust in respect of which any of the following persons is entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting power of such shares in the election of trustees: (1) a person who makes or proposes to make a control share acquisition, (2) an officer of the trust or (3) an employee of the trust who is also a trustee of the trust. “Control shares” are voting shares which, if aggregated with all other such shares owned by the acquirer, or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing trustees within one of the following ranges of voting power: (A) one-tenth or more but less than one-third, (B) one-third or more but less than a majority or (C) a majority or more of all voting power. Control shares do not include shares that the acquirer is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained shareholder approval. A “control share acquisition” means the acquisition of control shares, subject to certain exceptions.
 
A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses), may compel our board of trustees to call a special meeting of shareholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting


78


 

rights of the shares. If no request for a meeting is made, the real estate investment trust may itself present the question at any shareholders’ meeting.
 
If voting rights are not approved at the meeting or if the acquirer does not deliver an acquiring person statement as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the trust may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of shareholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a shareholders’ meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other shareholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.
 
The control share acquisition statute does not apply to (a) shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if the trust is a party to the transaction or (b) acquisitions approved or exempted by the declaration of trust or bylaws of the trust.
 
Our bylaws contain a provision exempting from the control share acquisition statute any and all acquisitions by any person of our shares. There is no assurance that such provision will not be amended or eliminated at any time in the future.
 
Subtitle 8
 
Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland real estate investment trust with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent trustees to elect to be subject, by provision in its declaration of trust or bylaws or a resolution of its board of trustees and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the declaration of trust or bylaws, to any or all of five provisions:
 
  •      a classified board;
 
  •      a two-thirds vote requirement for removing a trustee;
 
  •      a requirement that the number of trustees be fixed only by vote of the trustees;
 
  •      a requirement that a vacancy on the board be filled only by the remaining trustees and for the remainder of the full term of the class of trustees in which the vacancy occurred; and
 
  •      a majority requirement for the calling of a special meeting of shareholders.
 
Our declaration of trust provides that, at such time as we are eligible to make a Subtitle 8 election, we elect to be subject to the provision of Subtitle 8 that requires that vacancies on our board may be filled only by the remaining trustees and for the remainder of the full term of the trusteeship in which the vacancy occurred. Through provisions in our declaration of trust and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, we already (1) require the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter for the removal of any trustee from the board, which removal will be allowed only for cause, (2) vest in the board the exclusive power to fix the number of trusteeships and (3) require that a vacancy on the board be filled only by a majority of the remaining trustees.
 
Meetings of Shareholders
 
Pursuant to our declaration of trust and bylaws, a meeting of our shareholders for the purpose of the election of trustees and the transaction of any business will be held annually on a date and at the time and place set by our board of trustees. In addition, our chairman, chief executive officer, president or board of trustees may call a special meeting of our shareholders.


79


 

Mergers; Extraordinary Transactions
 
Under the MRL, a Maryland real estate investment trust generally cannot merge with another entity unless advised by its board of trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders holding at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust. Our declaration of trust provides that these mergers may be approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Our declaration of trust also provides that we may sell or transfer all or substantially all of our assets if advised by our board of trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. However, many of our operating assets will be held by our subsidiaries, and these subsidiaries may be able to sell all or substantially all of their assets or merge with another entity without the approval of our shareholders.
 
Amendment to Our Declaration of Trust and Bylaws
 
Under the MRL, a Maryland real estate investment trust generally cannot amend its declaration of trust unless advised by its board of trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of shareholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a different percentage (but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust.
 
Except for amendments to the provisions of our declaration of trust related to the removal of trustees and the vote required to amend the provision regarding amendments to the removal provisions itself (each of which require the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) and certain amendments described in our declaration of trust that require only approval by our board of trustees, our declaration of trust may be amended only if advised by our board of trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
 
Our board of trustees has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and to make new bylaws.
 
Our Termination
 
Our declaration of trust provides for us to have a perpetual existence. Our termination must be approved by a majority of our entire board of trustees and the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
 
Advance Notice of Trustee Nominations and New Business
 
Our bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of shareholders, nominations of individuals for election to our board of trustees at an annual meeting and the proposal of business to be considered by shareholders may be made only (1) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (2) by or at the direction of our board of trustees or (3) by a shareholder of record both at the time of giving notice and at the time of the annual meeting who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in our bylaws. Our bylaws currently require the shareholder generally to provide notice to the secretary containing the information required by our bylaws not less than 120 days nor more than 150 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of our proxy statement for the solicitation of proxies for election of trustees at the preceding year’s annual meeting, or with respect to our first annual meeting as a public company, April 30, 2011.
 
With respect to special meetings of shareholders, only the business specified in our notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to our board of trustees at a special meeting may be made only (1) by or at the direction of our board of trustees or (2) provided that our board of trustees has determined that trustees will be elected at such meeting, by a shareholder of record at the time of giving notice and who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated and has complied with the advance notice provisions set forth in our bylaws. Such shareholder may nominate one or more individuals, as the case may be, for


80


 

election as a trustee if the shareholder’s notice containing the information required by our bylaws is delivered to the secretary not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., eastern time, on the later of (1) the 90th day prior to such special meeting or (2) the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and the proposed nominees of our board of trustees to be elected at the meeting.
 
Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Declaration of Trust and Bylaws
 
If the applicable exemption in our bylaws is repealed and the applicable resolution of our board of trustees is repealed, the control share acquisition provisions and the business combination provisions of the MGCL, respectively, as well as the provisions in our declaration of trust and bylaws, as applicable, on removal of trustees and the filling of trustee vacancies and the restrictions on ownership and transfer of shares of beneficial interest, together with the advance notice and shareholder-requested special meeting provisions of our bylaws, alone or in combination, could serve to delay, deter or prevent a transaction or a change in our control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common shares or otherwise be in their best interests.
 
Indemnification and Limitation of Trustees’ and Officers’ Liability
 
Maryland law permits a Maryland real estate investment trust to include in its declaration of trust a provision limiting the liability of its trustees and officers to the trust and its shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting from:
 
  •      actual receipt of an improper benefit in money, property or services, or
 
  •      active or deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action.
 
Our declaration of trust contains a provision which limits the liability of our trustees and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.
 
Our declaration of trust also authorizes us, and our bylaws require us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify (i) any present or former trustee or officer or (ii) any individual who, while serving as our trustee or officer and at our request, serves or has served as a trustee, director, officer, partner, member, manager, employee or agent of another real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in such capacity or capacities, and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of such a proceeding. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our trustees and executive officers that provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law and advancements by us of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from their service to us.
 
REIT Qualification
 
Our declaration of trust provides that our board of trustees may revoke or otherwise terminate our REIT election, without approval of our shareholders, if it determines that it is no longer in our best interest to continue to qualify as a REIT.


81


 

 
OUR OPERATING PARTNERSHIP AND THE PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
 
The following summary of the terms of the agreement of limited partnership of our operating partnership that will be in effect upon completion of this offering does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Chatham Lodging, L.P., a copy of which is an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”
 
Management
 
We will be the sole general partner of our operating partnership, which we will organize as a Delaware limited partnership. We will conduct substantially all of our operations and make substantially all of our investments through the operating partnership. Pursuant to the partnership agreement, we will have full, exclusive and complete responsibility and discretion in the management and control of the operating partnership, including the ability to cause the operating partnership to enter into certain major transactions including acquisitions, dispositions, refinancings and selection of lessees, make distributions to partners, and to cause changes in the operating partnership’s business activities.
 
Transferability of Interests
 
We may not voluntarily withdraw from the operating partnership or transfer or assign our interest in the operating partnership or engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets in a transaction which results in a change of control of our company unless:
 
  •      we receive the consent of limited partners holding more than 50% of the partnership interests of the limited partners (other than those held by our company or its subsidiaries);
 
  •      as a result of such transaction, all limited partners will receive for each partnership unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal in value to the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid in the transaction to a holder of one of our common shares, provided that if, in connection with the transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding common shares, each holder of partnership units shall be given the option to exchange its partnership units for the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that a limited partner would have received had it (A) exercised its redemption right (described below) and (B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the offer common shares received upon exercise of the redemption right immediately prior to the expiration of the offer; or
 
  •      we are the surviving entity in the transaction and either (A) our shareholders do not receive cash, securities or other property in the transaction or (B) all limited partners (other than our company or our subsidiaries) receive for each partnership unit an amount of cash, securities or other property having a value that is no less than the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property received in the transaction by our shareholders.
 
We also may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity, other than partnership units held by us, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to the partnership as a capital contribution in exchange for partnership units with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the survivor in good faith and (ii) the survivor expressly agrees to assume all of our obligations under the partnership agreement and the partnership agreement shall be amended after any such merger or consolidation so as to arrive at a new method of calculating the amounts payable upon exercise of the redemption right that approximates the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible.


82


 

We also may (i) transfer all or any portion of our general partnership interest to (A) a wholly owned subsidiary or (B) a parent company, and following such transfer may withdraw as the general partner and (ii) engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of any national securities exchange on which our common shares are listed.
 
Capital Contribution
 
We will contribute, directly, to our operating partnership substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering as our initial capital contribution in exchange for substantially all of the limited partnership interests in our operating partnership. The partnership agreement provides that if the operating partnership requires additional funds at any time in excess of funds available to the operating partnership from borrowing or capital contributions, we may borrow such funds from a financial institution or other lender and lend such funds to the operating partnership on the same terms and conditions as are applicable to our borrowing of such funds. Under the partnership agreement, we are obligated to contribute the net proceeds of any future offering of shares as additional capital to the operating partnership. If we contribute additional capital to the operating partnership, we will receive additional partnership units and our percentage interest will be increased on a proportionate basis based upon the amount of such additional capital contributions and the value of the operating partnership at the time of such contributions. Conversely, the percentage interests of the limited partners will be decreased on a proportionate basis in the event of additional capital contributions by us. In addition, if we contribute additional capital to the operating partnership, we will revalue the property of the operating partnership to its fair market value (as determined by us) and the capital accounts of the partners will be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized gain or loss inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the capital accounts previously) would be allocated among the partners under the terms of the partnership agreement if there were a taxable disposition of such property for its fair market value (as determined by us) on the date of the revaluation. The operating partnership may issue preferred partnership interests, in connection with acquisitions of property or otherwise, which could have priority over common partnership interests with respect to distributions from the operating partnership, including the partnership interests we own as the general partner.
 
Redemption Rights
 
Pursuant to the partnership agreement, any future limited partners, other than us, will receive redemption rights, which will enable them to cause the operating partnership to redeem their limited partnership interests in exchange for cash or, at our option, common shares on a one-for-one basis. The cash redemption amount per unit is based on the market price of our common shares at the time of redemption. The number of common shares issuable upon redemption of limited partnership interests held by limited partners may be adjusted upon the occurrence of certain events such as share dividends, share subdivisions or combinations. We expect to fund any cash redemptions out of available cash or borrowings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a limited partner will not be entitled to exercise its redemption rights if the delivery of common shares to the redeeming limited partner would:
 
  •      result in any person owning, directly or indirectly, common shares in excess of the share ownership limit in our declaration of trust;
 
  •      result in our common shares being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution);
 
  •      result in our being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code;
 
  •      cause us to own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of ours, the operating partnership’s or a subsidiary partnership’s real property, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code;
 
  •      cause us to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any hotel management company failing to qualify as an eligible independent contractor under the Code; or


83


 

  •      cause the acquisition of common shares by such redeeming limited partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of common shares for purposes of complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act.
 
We may, in our sole and absolute discretion, waive any of these restrictions.
 
The partnership agreement will require that the operating partnership be operated in a manner that enables us to satisfy the requirements for being classified as a REIT, to avoid any federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code (other than any federal income tax liability associated with our retained capital gains) and to ensure that the partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code.
 
In addition to the administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by the operating partnership, the operating partnership generally will pay all of our administrative costs and expenses, including:
 
  •      all expenses relating to our continuity of existence and our subsidiaries’ operations;
 
  •      all expenses relating to offerings and registration of securities;
 
  •      all expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any of our periodic or other reports and communications under federal, state or local laws or regulations;
 
  •      all expenses associated with our compliance with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body; and
 
  •      all of our other operating or administrative costs incurred in the ordinary course of business on behalf of the operating partnership.
 
These expenses, however, do not include any of our administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred that are attributable to hotel properties that are owned by us directly rather than by the operating partnership or its subsidiaries.
 
Fiduciary Responsibilities
 
Our trustees and officers have duties under applicable Maryland law to manage us in a manner consistent with the best interests of our shareholders. At the same time, we, as the general partner of our operating partnership, will have fiduciary duties to manage our operating partnership in a manner beneficial to our operating partnership and its partners. Our duties, as general partner to our operating partnership and its limited partners, therefore, may come into conflict with the duties of our trustees and officers to our shareholders. We will be under no obligation to give priority to the separate interests of the limited partners of our operating partnership or our shareholders in deciding whether to cause the operating partnership to take or decline to take any actions.
 
The limited partners of our operating partnership expressly will acknowledge that as the general partner of our operating partnership, we are acting for the benefit of the operating partnership, the limited partners and our shareholders collectively.
 
Distributions
 
The partnership agreement will provide that the operating partnership will distribute cash from operations (including net sale or refinancing proceeds, but excluding net proceeds from the sale of the operating partnership’s property in connection with the liquidation of the operating partnership) at such time and in such amounts as determined by us in our sole discretion, to us and the limited partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in the operating partnership.
 
Upon liquidation of the operating partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of the partnership, including any partner loans, any remaining assets of the partnership will be distributed to us and the limited partners with positive capital accounts in accordance with their respective positive capital account balances.


84


 

LTIP Units
 
Upon completion of this offering, we will cause our operating partnership to issue an aggregate of LTIP units to certain of our officers. If the size of this offering changes, the aggregate number of LTIP units to be granted to Messrs. Fisher, Willis and           will change so as to equal     % of the common shares issued in this offering (including any shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ overallotment option) and in the concurrent private placement. These LTIP units will vest ratably over the first five anniversaries of the date of grant. In general, LTIP units are a class of partnership units in our operating partnership and will receive the same quarterly per unit profit distributions as the other outstanding units in our operating partnership. Initially, LTIP units will not have full parity with other outstanding units with respect to liquidating distributions. We expect that under the terms of the LTIP units, our operating partnership will revalue its assets upon the occurrence of certain specified events, and any increase in valuation from the time of grant until such event will be allocated first to the LTIP unit holders to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of holders of our other outstanding partnership units. Upon equalization of the capital accounts of the LTIP unit holders with the capital accounts of the other holders of our operating partnership units, the LTIP units will achieve full parity with our other operating partnership units for all purposes, including with respect to liquidating distributions. If such parity is reached, vested LTIP units may be converted into an equal number of operating partnership units at any time, and thereafter enjoy all the rights of such units, including redemption rights. However, there are circumstances under which such parity would not be reached. Until and unless such parity is reached, the value for a given number of vested LTIP units will be less than the value of an equal number of our common shares.
 
Allocations
 
Profits and losses of the partnership (including depreciation and amortization deductions) for each fiscal year generally will be allocated to us and the other limited partners in accordance with the respective percentage interests in the partnership. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of certain specified events, our operating partnership will allocate gain on the disposition of its assets first to holders of LTIP units, and will revalue its assets with any net increase in valuation allocated first to the LTIP units, in each case to equalize the capital accounts of such holders with the capital accounts of the holders of the other outstanding units in our operating partnership. All of the foregoing allocations are subject to compliance with the provisions of Sections 704(b) and 704(c) of the Code and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent Treasury regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 704(c) of the Code permit, we, as the general partner, shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by the operating partnership for allocating items with respect to contributed property acquired in connection with this offering for which fair market value differs from the adjusted tax basis at the time of contribution, and such election shall be binding on all partners.
 
Term
 
The operating partnership will continue indefinitely, or until sooner dissolved upon:
 
  •      our bankruptcy, dissolution, removal or withdrawal (unless the limited partners elect to continue the partnership);
 
  •      the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the partnership;
 
  •      the redemption of all partnership units (other than those held by us, if any); or
 
  •      an election by us in our capacity as the general partner.
 
Tax Matters
 
Our partnership agreement will provide that we, as the sole general partner of the operating partnership, will be the tax matters partner of the operating partnership and, as such, will have authority to handle tax audits and to make tax elections under the Code on behalf of the operating partnership.


85


 

 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
 
This section summarizes the material federal income tax considerations that you, as a shareholder, may consider relevant. Hunton & Williams LLP has acted as our counsel, has reviewed this summary, and is of the opinion that the discussion contained herein is accurate in all material respects. Because this section is a summary, it does not address all aspects of taxation that may be relevant to particular shareholders in light of their personal investment or tax circumstances, or to certain types of shareholders that are subject to special treatment under the federal income tax laws, such as:
 
  •      insurance companies;
 
  •      tax-exempt organizations (except to the limited extent discussed in “— Taxation of Tax-Exempt Shareholders” below);
 
  •      financial institutions or broker-dealers;
 
  •      non-U.S. individuals and foreign corporations (except to the limited extent discussed in “— Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders” below);
 
  •      U.S. expatriates;
 
  •      persons who mark-to-market our common shares;
 
  •      subchapter S corporations;
 
  •      U.S. shareholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;
 
  •      regulated investment companies and REITs;
 
  •      trusts and estates;
 
  •      holders who receive our common shares through the exercise of employee share options or otherwise as compensation;
 
  •      persons holding our common shares as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment;
 
  •      persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code; and
 
  •      persons holding our common shares through a partnership or similar pass-through entity.
 
This summary assumes that shareholders hold shares as capital assets for federal income tax purposes, which generally means property held for investment.
 
The statements in this section are based on the current federal income tax laws, are for general information purposes only and are not tax advice. We cannot assure you that new laws, interpretations of law, or court decisions, any of which may take effect retroactively, will not cause any statement in this section to be inaccurate.
 
WE URGE YOU TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND SALE OF OUR COMMON SHARES AND OF OUR ELECTION TO BE TAXED AS A REIT. SPECIFICALLY, YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN, AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, SALE AND ELECTION, AND REGARDING POTENTIAL CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
 
Taxation of Our Company
 
We currently have in effect an election to be taxed as a pass-through entity under subchapter S of the Code, but intend to revoke our S election on the business day prior to the closing date of this offering. We intend to elect to be taxed as a REIT for federal income tax purposes commencing with our short taxable year beginning on the business day prior to the closing of this offering and ending December 31,


86


 

2010. We believe that, commencing with such short taxable year, we will be organized and will operate in such a manner as to qualify for taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws, and we intend to continue to operate in such a manner, but no assurances can be given that we will operate in a manner so as to qualify or remain qualified as a REIT. This section discusses the laws governing the federal income tax treatment of a REIT and its shareholders. These laws are highly technical and complex.
 
In connection with this offering, Hunton & Williams LLP is rendering an opinion that, commencing with our short taxable year beginning on the business day prior to the closing of this offering and ending on December 31, 2010, we will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws, and our proposed method of operations will enable us to satisfy the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the federal income tax laws. Investors should be aware that Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion is based upon customary assumptions, will be conditioned upon certain representations made by us as to factual matters, including representations regarding the nature of our assets and the conduct of our business, is not binding upon the IRS, or any court, and speaks as of the date issued. In addition, Hunton & Williams LLP’s opinion will be based on existing federal income tax law governing qualification as a REIT, which is subject to change either prospectively or retroactively. Moreover, our qualification and taxation as a REIT depend upon our ability to meet on a continuing basis, through actual annual operating results, certain qualification tests set forth in the federal tax laws. Those qualification tests involve the percentage of income that we earn from specified sources, the percentage of our assets that falls within specified categories, the diversity of ownership of our shares of beneficial interest, and the percentage of our earnings that we distribute. Hunton & Williams LLP will not review our compliance with those tests on a continuing basis. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that our actual results of operations for any particular taxable year will satisfy such requirements. For a discussion of the tax consequences of our failure to qualify as a REIT, see “— Failure to Qualify.”
 
If we qualify as a REIT, we generally will not be subject to federal income tax on the taxable income that we distribute to our shareholders. The benefit of that tax treatment is that it avoids the “double taxation,” or taxation at both the corporate and shareholder levels, that generally results from owning stock in a corporation. However, we will be subject to federal tax in the following circumstances:
 
  •      We will pay federal income tax on any taxable income, including undistributed net capital gain, that we do not distribute to shareholders during, or within a specified time period after, the calendar year in which the income is earned.
 
  •      We may be subject to the “alternative minimum tax” on any items of tax preference including any deductions of net operating losses.
 
  •      We will pay income tax at the highest corporate rate on:
 
  •      net income from the sale or other disposition of property acquired through foreclosure or after a default on a lease of the property (“foreclosure property”) that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business, and
 
  •      other non-qualifying income from foreclosure property.
 
  •      We will pay a 100% tax on net income from sales or other dispositions of property, other than foreclosure property, that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business.
 
  •      If we fail to satisfy one or both of the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, as described below under “— Gross Income Tests,” and nonetheless continue to qualify as a REIT because we meet other requirements, we will pay a 100% tax on:
 
  •      the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test, in either case, multiplied by
 
  •      a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.


87


 

 
  •      If we fail to distribute during a calendar year at least the sum of (1) 85% of our REIT ordinary income for the year, (2) 95% of our REIT capital gain net income for the year, and (3) any undistributed taxable income required to be distributed from earlier periods, we will pay a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of the required distribution over the amount we actually distributed.
 
  •      We may elect to retain and pay income tax on our net long-term capital gain. In that case, a U.S. shareholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain (to the extent that we made a timely designation of such gain to the shareholders) and would receive a credit or refund for its proportionate share of the tax we paid.
 
  •      We will be subject to a 100% excise tax on transactions with a TRS that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis.
 
  •      In the event of a failure of any of the asset tests, other than a de minimis failure of the 5% asset test or the 10% vote or value test, as described below under “— Asset Tests,” as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we file a description of each asset that caused such failure with the IRS, and we dispose of the assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure, we will pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest federal income tax rate then applicable to U.S. corporations (currently 35%) on the net income from the nonqualifying assets during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.
 
  •      In the event we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset tests, and such failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will be required to pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure.
 
  •      If we acquire any asset from a C corporation, or a corporation that generally is subject to full corporate-level tax, in a merger or other transaction in which we acquire a basis in the asset that is determined by reference either to the C corporation’s basis in the asset or to another asset, we will pay tax at the highest regular corporate rate applicable if we recognize gain on the sale or disposition of the asset during the 10-year period after we acquire the asset provided no election is made for the transaction to be taxable on a current basis. The amount of gain on which we will pay tax is the lesser of:
 
  •      the amount of gain that we recognize at the time of the sale or disposition, and
 
  •      the amount of gain that we would have recognized if we had sold the asset at the time we acquired it.
 
  •      We may be required to pay monetary penalties to the IRS in certain circumstances, including if we fail to meet record-keeping requirements intended to monitor our compliance with rules relating to the composition of a REIT’s shareholders, as described below in “— Recordkeeping Requirements.”
 
  •      The earnings of our lower-tier entities that are subchapter C corporations, including TRSs, will be subject to federal corporate income tax.
 
In addition, notwithstanding our status as a REIT, we may also have to pay certain state and local income taxes, because not all states and localities treat REITs in the same manner that they are treated for federal income tax purposes. Moreover, as further described below, TRSs will be subject to federal, state and local corporate income tax on their taxable income.


88


 

Requirements for Qualification
 
A REIT is a corporation, trust, or association that meets each of the following requirements:
 
  1.  It is managed by one or more directors or trustees.
 
  2.  Its beneficial ownership is evidenced by transferable shares, or by transferable certificates of beneficial interest.
 
  3.  It would be taxable as a domestic corporation, but for the REIT provisions of the federal income tax laws.
 
  4.  It is neither a financial institution nor an insurance company subject to special provisions of the federal income tax laws.
 
  5.  At least 100 persons are beneficial owners of its shares or ownership certificates.
 
  6.  Not more than 50% in value of its outstanding shares or ownership certificates is owned, directly or indirectly, by five or fewer individuals, which the Code defines to include certain entities, during the last half of any taxable year.
 
  7.  It elects to be a REIT, or has made such election for a previous taxable year, and satisfies all relevant filing and other administrative requirements established by the IRS that must be met to elect and maintain REIT status.
 
  8.  It meets certain other qualification tests, described below, regarding the nature of its income and assets and the amount of its distributions to shareholders.
 
  9.  It uses a calendar year for federal income tax purposes and complies with the recordkeeping requirements of the federal income tax laws.
 
We must meet requirements 1 through 4, 7, 8 and 9 during our entire taxable year and must meet requirement 5 during at least 335 days of a taxable year of 12 months, or during a proportionate part of a taxable year of less than 12 months. Requirements 5 and 6 will apply to us beginning with our 2011 taxable year. If we comply with all the requirements for ascertaining the ownership of our outstanding shares in a taxable year and have no reason to know that we violated requirement 6, we will be deemed to have satisfied requirement 6 for that taxable year. For purposes of determining share ownership under requirement 6, an “individual” generally includes a supplemental unemployment compensation benefits plan, a private foundation, or a portion of a trust permanently set aside or used exclusively for charitable purposes. An “individual,” however, generally does not include a trust that is a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust under the Code, and beneficiaries of such a trust will be treated as holding our shares in proportion to their actuarial interests in the trust for purposes of requirement 6.
 
Our declaration of trust provides restrictions regarding the transfer and ownership of our shares of beneficial interest. See “Description of Shares of Beneficial Interest — Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer.” We believe that we will issue sufficient shares of beneficial interest with sufficient diversity of ownership to allow us to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 above. The restrictions in our declaration of trust are intended (among other things) to assist us in continuing to satisfy requirements 5 and 6 described above. These restrictions, however, may not ensure that we will, in all cases, be able to satisfy such share ownership requirements. If we fail to satisfy these share ownership requirements, our qualification as a REIT may terminate.
 
In addition, we must satisfy all relevant filing and other administrative requirements established by the IRS that must be met to elect and maintain REIT status and comply with the record-keeping requirements of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
Qualified REIT Subsidiaries.  A corporation that is a “qualified REIT subsidiary” is not treated as a corporation separate from its parent REIT. All assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of a “qualified REIT subsidiary” are treated as assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction,


89


 

and credit of the REIT. A “qualified REIT subsidiary” is a corporation, other than a TRS, all of the stock of which is owned by the REIT. Thus, in applying the requirements described herein, any “qualified REIT subsidiary” that we own will be ignored, and all assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit of such subsidiary will be treated as our assets, liabilities, and items of income, deduction, and credit.
 
Other Disregarded Entities and Partnerships.  An unincorporated domestic entity, such as a partnership or limited liability company that has a single owner, generally is not treated as an entity separate from its parent for federal income tax purposes. An unincorporated domestic entity with two or more owners is generally treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. In the case of a REIT that is a partner in a partnership that has other partners, the REIT is treated as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the partnership and as earning its allocable share of the gross income of the partnership for purposes of the applicable REIT qualification tests. Our proportionate share for purposes of the 10% value test (see “— Asset Tests”) will be based on our proportionate interest in the equity interests and certain debt securities issued by the partnership. For all of the other asset and income tests, our proportionate share will be based on our proportionate interest in the capital interests in the partnership. Our proportionate share of the assets, liabilities, and items of income of any partnership, joint venture, or limited liability company that is treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes in which we acquire an equity interest, directly or indirectly, will be treated as our assets and gross income for purposes of applying the various REIT qualification requirements.
 
Taxable REIT Subsidiaries.  A REIT may own up to 100% of the capital stock of one or more TRSs. A TRS is a fully taxable corporation that may earn income that would not be qualifying income if earned directly by the parent REIT. The subsidiary and the REIT must jointly elect to treat the subsidiary as a TRS. A corporation of which a TRS directly or indirectly owns more than 35% of the voting power or value of the stock will automatically be treated as a TRS. However, an entity will not qualify as a TRS if it directly or indirectly operates or manages a lodging or health care facility or, generally, provides to another person under a franchise, license, or otherwise, rights to any brand name under which any lodging facility or health care facility is operated, unless such rights are provided to an “eligible independent contractor” (as defined below under “— Gross Income Tests — Rents from Real Property”) to operate or manage a lodging facility or health care facility and such lodging facility or health care facility is either owned by the TRS or leased to the TRS by its parent REIT. Additionally, a TRS that employs individuals working at a qualified lodging facility located outside the United States will not be considered to operate or manage a qualified lodging facility as long as an “eligible independent contractor” is responsible for the daily supervision and direction of such individuals on behalf of the TRS pursuant to a management agreement or similar service contract.
 
We are not treated as holding the assets of a TRS or as receiving any income that the subsidiary earns. Rather, the stock issued by a TRS to us is an asset in our hands, and we treat the distributions paid to us from such taxable subsidiary, if any, as dividend income. This treatment can affect our compliance with the gross income and asset tests. Because we do not include the assets and income of TRSs in determining our compliance with the REIT requirements, we may use such entities to undertake indirectly activities that the REIT rules might otherwise preclude us from doing directly or through pass-through subsidiaries. Overall, no more than 25% of the value of a REIT’s assets may consist of stock or securities of one or more TRSs.
 
A TRS will pay income tax at regular corporate rates on any income that it earns. In addition, the TRS rules limit the deductibility of interest paid or accrued by a TRS to its parent REIT to assure that the TRS is subject to an appropriate level of corporate taxation. Further, the rules impose a 100% excise tax on transactions between a TRS and its parent REIT or the REIT’s tenants that are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis. We have formed Chatham TRS Holding, Inc., whose wholly owned subsidiaries will be the lessees of our hotel properties. See “— Taxable REIT Subsidiaries.”


90


 

Gross Income Tests
 
We must satisfy two gross income tests annually to maintain our qualification as a REIT. First, at least 75% of our gross income for each taxable year must consist of defined types of income that we derive, directly or indirectly, from investments relating to real property or mortgages on real property or qualified temporary investment income. Qualifying income for purposes of that 75% gross income test generally includes:
 
  •      rents from real property;
 
  •      interest on debt secured by mortgages on real property, or on interests in real property;
 
  •      dividends or other distributions on, and gain from the sale of, shares in other REITs;
 
  •      gain from the sale of real estate assets; and
 
  •      income derived from the temporary investment in stock and debt investments purchased with the proceeds from the issuance of our shares of beneficial interest or a public offering of our debt with a maturity date of at least five years and that we receive during the one-year period beginning on the date on which we received such new capital.
 
Second, in general, at least 95% of our gross income for each taxable year must consist of income that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, other types of interest and dividends, gain from the sale or disposition of shares or securities, or any combination of these. Gross income from our sale of property that we hold primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of business is excluded from both the numerator and the denominator in both gross income tests. In addition, income and gain from “hedging transactions” that we enter into to hedge indebtedness incurred or to be incurred to acquire or carry real estate assets and that are clearly and timely identified as such will be excluded from both the numerator and the denominator for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests. In addition, certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. See “— Foreign Currency Gain” below. The following paragraphs discuss the specific application of the gross income tests to us.
 
Rents from Real Property.  Rent that we receive from our real property will qualify as “rents from real property,” which is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% and 95% gross income tests, only if the following conditions are met:
 
  •      First, the rent must not be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits of any person, but may be based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales.
 
  •      Second, neither we nor a direct or indirect owner of 10% or more of our shares of beneficial interest may own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of a tenant from whom we receive rent, other than a TRS. If the tenant is a TRS and the property is a “qualified lodging facility,” such TRS may not directly or indirectly operate or manage such property. Instead, the property must be operated on behalf of the TRS by a person who qualifies as an “independent contractor” and who is, or is related to a person who is, actively engaged in the trade or business of operating lodging facilities for any person unrelated to us and the TRS. See “— Taxable REIT Subsidiaries.”
 
  •      Third, if the rent attributable to personal property leased in connection with a lease of real property is 15% or less of the total rent received under the lease, then the rent attributable to personal property will qualify as rents from real property. However, if the 15% threshold is exceeded, the rent attributable to personal property will not qualify as rents from real property.
 
  •      Fourth, we generally must not operate or manage our real property or furnish or render services to our tenants, other than certain customary services provided to tenants through an “independent contractor” who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive revenue. Furthermore, we may own up to 100% of the stock of a TRS


91


 

  which may provide customary and noncustomary services to our tenants without tainting our rental income for the related properties. We need not provide services through an “independent contractor” or a TRS, but instead may provide services directly to our tenants, if the services are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not considered to be provided for the tenants’ convenience. In addition, we may provide a minimal amount of services not described in the prior sentence to the tenants of a property, other than through an independent contractor or a TRS, as long as our income from the services (valued at not less than 150% of our direct cost of performing such services) does not exceed 1% of our income from the related property. See “— Taxable REIT Subsidiaries.”
 
Our TRS lessees will lease from our operating partnership and its subsidiaries the land, buildings, improvements, furnishings and equipment comprising our hotel properties. In order for the rent paid under the leases to constitute “rents from real property,” the leases must be respected as true leases for federal income tax purposes and not treated as service contracts, joint ventures or some other type of arrangement. The determination of whether our leases are true leases depends on an analysis of all the surrounding facts and circumstances. In making such a determination, courts have considered a variety of factors, including the following:
 
  •      the intent of the parties;
 
  •      the form of the agreement;
 
  •      the degree of control over the property that is retained by the property owner (for example, whether the lessee has substantial control over the operation of the property or whether the lessee was required simply to use its best efforts to perform its obligations under the agreement); and
 
  •      the extent to which the property owner retains the risk of loss with respect to the property (for example, whether the lessee bears the risk of increases in operating expenses or the risk of damage to the property) or the potential for economic gain with respect to the property.
 
In addition, the federal income tax law provides that a contract that purports to be a service contract or a partnership agreement is treated instead as a lease of property if the contract is properly treated as such, taking into account all relevant factors. Since the determination of whether a service contract should be treated as a lease is inherently factual, the presence or absence of any single factor may not be dispositive in every case.
 
We currently intend to structure our leases so that they qualify as true leases for federal income tax purposes. For example, with respect to each lease, we generally expect that:
 
  •      our operating partnership and the lessee will intend for their relationship to be that of a lessor and lessee, and such relationship will be documented by a lease agreement;
 
  •      the lessee will have the right to exclusive possession and use and quiet enjoyment of the hotels covered by the lease during the term of the lease;
 
  •      the lessee will bear the cost of, and will be responsible for, day-to-day maintenance and repair of the hotels other than the cost of certain capital expenditures, and will dictate through hotel managers that are eligible independent contractors, who will work for the lessee during the terms of the lease, and generally will dictate how the hotels will be operated and maintained;
 
  •      the lessee will bear all of the costs and expenses of operating the hotels, including the cost of any inventory used in their operation, during the term of the lease, other than real estate and personal property taxes and the cost of certain furniture, fixtures and equipment, and certain capital expenditures;


92


 

 
  •      the lessee will benefit from any savings and will bear the burdens of any increases in the costs of operating the hotels during the term of the lease;
 
  •      in the event of damage or destruction to a hotel, the lessee will be at economic risk because it will bear the economic burden of the loss in income from operation of the hotels subject to the right, in certain circumstances, to terminate the lease if the lessor does not restore the hotel to its prior condition;
 
  •      the lessee will generally indemnify the lessor against all liabilities imposed on the lessor during the term of the lease by reason of (A) injury to persons or damage to property occurring at the hotels or (B) the lessee’s use, management, maintenance or repair of the hotels;
 
  •      the lessee will be obligated to pay, at a minimum, substantial base rent for the period of use of the hotels under the lease;
 
  •      the lessee will stand to incur substantial losses or reap substantial gains depending on how successfully it, through the hotel managers, who work for the lessees during the terms of the leases, operates the hotels;
 
  •      we expect that each lease that we enter into, at the time we enter into it (or at any time that any such lease is subsequently renewed or extended) will enable the tenant to derive a meaningful profit, after expenses and taking into account the risks associated with the lease, from the operation of the hotels during the term of its leases; and
 
  •      upon termination of each lease, the applicable hotel will be expected to have a substantial remaining useful life and substantial remaining fair market value.
 
Investors should be aware that there are no controlling Treasury regulations, published rulings or judicial decisions involving leases with terms substantially the same as our leases that discuss whether such leases constitute true leases for federal income tax purposes. If our leases are characterized as service contracts or partnership agreements, rather than as true leases, part or all of the payments that our operating partnership and its subsidiaries receive from the TRS lessees may not be considered rent or may not otherwise satisfy the various requirements for qualification as “rents from real property.” In that case, we likely would not be able to satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test and, as a result, would lose our REIT status unless we qualify for relief, as described below under “— Failure to Satisfy Gross Income Tests.”
 
As described above, in order for the rent that we receive to constitute “rents from real property,” several other requirements must be satisfied. One requirement is that percentage rent must not be based in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. Percentage rent, however, will qualify as “rents from real property” if it is based on percentages of receipts or sales and the percentages:
 
  •      are fixed at the time the percentage leases are entered into;
 
  •      are not renegotiated during the term of the percentage leases in a manner that has the effect of basing percentage rent on income or profits; and
 
  •      conform with normal business practice.
 
More generally, percentage rent will not qualify as “rents from real property” if, considering the leases and all the surrounding circumstances, the arrangement does not conform with normal business practice, but is in reality used as a means of basing the percentage rent on income or profits.
 
Second, we must not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the shares or the assets or net profits of any lessee (a “related party tenant”), other than a TRS. The constructive ownership rules generally provide that, if 10% or more in value of our shares of beneficial interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by or for any person, we are considered as owning the shares owned, directly or


93


 

indirectly, by or for such person. We anticipate that all of our hotels will be leased to TRSs. In addition, our declaration of trust prohibits transfers of our shares of beneficial interest that would cause us to own actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in any non-TRS lessee. Based on the foregoing, we should never own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of any lessee other than a TRS. However, because the constructive ownership rules are broad and it is not possible to monitor continually direct and indirect transfers of our shares of beneficial interest, no absolute assurance can be given that such transfers or other events of which we have no knowledge will not cause us to own constructively 10% or more of a lessee (or a subtenant, in which case only rent attributable to the subtenant is disqualified) other than a TRS at some future date.
 
As described above, we may own up to 100% of the capital stock of one or more TRSs. A TRS is a fully taxable corporation that generally may engage in any business, including the provision of customary or noncustomary services to tenants of its parent REIT, except that a TRS may not directly or indirectly operate or manage any lodging facilities or health care facilities or provide rights to any brand name under which any lodging or health care facility is operated, unless such rights are provided to an “eligible independent contractor” to operate or manage a lodging or health care facility if such rights are held by the TRS as a franchisee, licensee, or in a similar capacity and such hotel is either owned by the TRS or leased to the TRS by its parent REIT. A TRS will not be considered to operate or manage a qualified lodging facility solely because the TRS directly or indirectly possesses a license, permit, or similar instrument enabling it to do so. Additionally, a TRS that employs individuals working at a qualified lodging facility outside the United States will not be considered to operate or manage a qualified lodging facility located outside of the United States, as long as an “eligible independent contractor” is responsible for the daily supervision and direction of such individuals on behalf of the TRS pursuant to a management agreement or similar service contract. However, rent that we receive from a TRS with respect to any property will qualify as “rents from real property” as long as the property is a “qualified lodging facility” and such property is operated on behalf of the TRS by a person from whom we derive no income who is adequately compensated, who does not, directly or through its shareholders, own more than 35% of our shares, taking into account certain ownership attribution rules, and who is, or is related to a person who is, actively engaged in the trade or business of operating “qualified lodging facilities” for any person unrelated to us and the TRS lessee (an “eligible independent contractor”). A “qualified lodging facility” is a hotel, motel, or other establishment more than one-half of the dwelling units in which are used on a transient basis, unless wagering activities are conducted at or in connection with such facility by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such facility. A “qualified lodging facility” includes customary amenities and facilities operated as part of, or associated with, the lodging facility as long as such amenities and facilities are customary for other properties of a comparable size and class owned by other unrelated owners. See “— Taxable REIT Subsidiaries.”
 
Our TRS lessees will lease our hotel properties, which we believe will constitute qualified lodging facilities. Our TRS lessees will engage independent third-party hotel managers, such as IHM and Hilton Hotels Corporation and its affiliates, that qualify as “eligible independent contractors” to operate the related hotels on behalf of such TRS lessees.
 
Third, the rent attributable to the personal property leased in connection with the lease of a hotel must not be greater than 15% of the total rent received under the lease. The rent attributable to the personal property contained in a hotel is the amount that bears the same ratio to total rent for the taxable year as the average of the fair market values of the personal property at the beginning and at the end of the taxable year bears to the average of the aggregate fair market values of both the real and personal property contained in the hotel at the beginning and at the end of such taxable year (the “personal property ratio”). To comply with this limitation, a TRS lessee may acquire furnishings, equipment and other personal property. With respect to each hotel in which the TRS lessee does not own the personal property, we believe either that the personal property ratio will be less than 15% or that any rent attributable to excess personal property will not jeopardize our ability to qualify as a REIT.


94


 

There can be no assurance, however, that the IRS would not challenge our calculation of a personal property ratio, or that a court would not uphold such assertion. If such a challenge were successfully asserted, we could fail to satisfy the 75% or 95% gross income test and thus potentially lose our REIT status.
 
Fourth, we generally cannot furnish or render services to the tenants of our hotels, or manage or operate our properties, other than through an independent contractor who is adequately compensated and from whom we do not derive or receive any income. Furthermore, our TRSs may provide customary and noncustomary services to our tenants without tainting our rental income from such properties. However, we need not provide services through an “independent contractor” or TRS but instead may provide services directly to our tenants, if the services are “usually or customarily rendered” in connection with the rental of space for occupancy only and are not considered to be provided for the tenants’ convenience. In addition, we may provide a minimal amount of “noncustomary” services to the tenants of a property, other than through an independent contractor or a TRS, as long as our income from the services does not exceed 1% of our income from the related property. We will not perform any services other than customary ones for our lessees, unless such services are provided through independent contractors or TRSs or would not otherwise jeopardize our tax status as a REIT.
 
If a portion of the rent that we receive from a hotel does not qualify as “rents from real property” because the rent attributable to personal property exceeds 15% of the total rent for a taxable year, the portion of the rent that is attributable to personal property will not be qualifying income for purposes of either the 75% or 95% gross income test. Thus, if such rent attributable to personal property, plus any other income that is nonqualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test, during a taxable year exceeds 5% of our gross income during the year, we would lose our REIT qualification. If, however, the rent from a particular hotel does not qualify as “rents from real property” because either (1) the percentage rent is considered based on the income or profits of the related lessee, (2) the lessee either is a related party tenant or fails to qualify for the exception to the related party tenant rule for qualifying TRSs or (3) we furnish noncustomary services to the tenants of the hotel, or manage or operate the hotel, other than through a qualifying independent contractor or a TRS, none of the rent from that hotel would qualify as “rents from real property.” In that case, we might lose our REIT qualification because we might be unable to satisfy either the 75% or 95% gross income test. In addition to the rent, the lessees will be required to pay certain additional charges. To the extent that such additional charges represent either (1) reimbursements of amounts that we are obligated to pay to third parties, such as a lessee’s proportionate share of a property’s operational or capital expenses, or (2) penalties for nonpayment or late payment of such amounts, such charges should qualify as “rents from real property.” However, to the extent that such charges do not qualify as “rents from real property,” they instead may be treated as interest that qualifies for the 95% gross income test, but not the 75% gross income test, or they may be treated as nonqualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests. We intend to structure our leases in a manner that will enable us to satisfy the REIT gross income tests.
 
Interest.  The term “interest” generally does not include any amount received or accrued, directly or indirectly, if the determination of such amount depends in whole or in part on the income or profits of any person. However, interest generally includes the following:
 
  •      an amount that is based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales; and
 
  •      an amount that is based on the income or profits of a debtor, as long as the debtor derives substantially all of its income from the real property securing the debt from leasing substantially all of its interest in the property, and only to the extent that the amounts received by the debtor would be qualifying “rents from real property” if received directly by a REIT.
 
If a loan contains a provision that entitles a REIT to a percentage of the borrower’s gain upon the sale of the real property securing the loan or a percentage of the appreciation in the property’s


95


 

value as of a specific date, income attributable to that loan provision will be treated as gain from the sale of the property securing the loan, which generally is qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.
 
We may invest opportunistically from time to time in mortgage debt and mezzanine loans when we believe our investment will allow us to acquire control of the related real estate. Interest on debt secured by a mortgage on real property or on interests in real property, including, for this purpose, discount points, prepayment penalties, loan assumption fees, and late payment charges that are not compensation for services, generally is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test. However, if a loan is secured by real property and other property and the highest principal amount of a loan outstanding during a taxable year exceeds the fair market value of the real property securing the loan as of the date the REIT agreed to acquire the loan, a portion of the interest income from such loan will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, but will be qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. The portion of the interest income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test will be equal to the portion of the principal amount of the loan that is not secured by real property — that is, the amount by which the loan exceeds the value of the real estate that is security for the loan.
 
Mezzanine loans are loans secured by equity interests in an entity that directly or indirectly owns real property, rather than by a direct mortgage of the real property. IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-65 provides a safe harbor pursuant to which a mezzanine loan, if it meets each of the requirements contained in the Revenue Procedure, will be treated by the IRS as a real estate asset for purposes of the REIT asset tests described below, and interest derived from it will be treated as qualifying mortgage interest for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Although the Revenue Procedure provides a safe harbor on which taxpayers may rely, it does not prescribe rules of substantive tax law. Moreover, we anticipate that the mezzanine loans we will acquire typically will not meet all of the requirements for reliance on this safe harbor. We intend to invest in mezzanine loans in manner that will enable us to continue to satisfy the gross income and asset tests.
 
Dividends.  Our share of any dividends received from any corporation (including any TRS, but excluding any REIT) in which we own an equity interest will qualify for purposes of the 95% gross income test but not for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Our share of any dividends received from any other REIT in which we own an equity interest, if any, will be qualifying income for purposes of both gross income tests.
 
Prohibited Transactions.  A REIT will incur a 100% tax on the net income (including foreign currency gain) derived from any sale or other disposition of property, other than foreclosure property, that the REIT holds primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business. We believe that none of our assets will be held primarily for sale to customers and that a sale of any of our assets will not be in the ordinary course of our business. Whether a REIT holds an asset “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business” depends, however, on the facts and circumstances in effect from time to time, including those related to a particular asset. A safe harbor to the characterization of the sale of property by a REIT as a prohibited transaction and the 100% prohibited transaction tax is available if the following requirements are met:
 
  •      the REIT has held the property for not less than two years;
 
  •      the aggregate expenditures made by the REIT, or any partner of the REIT, during the two-year period preceding the date of the sale that are includable in the basis of the property do not exceed 30% of the selling prince of the property;
 
  •      either (1) during the year in question, the REIT did not make more than seven sales of property other than foreclosure property or sales to which Section 1033 of the Code applies, (2) the aggregate adjusted bases of all such properties sold by the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate bases of all of the assets of the REIT at the beginning of the year or (3) the aggregate fair market value of all such properties sold by


96


 

  the REIT during the year did not exceed 10% of the aggregate fair market value of all of the assets of the REIT at the beginning of the year;
 
  •      in the case of property not acquired through foreclosure or lease termination, the REIT has held the property for at least two years for the production of rental income; and
 
  •      if the REIT has made more than seven sales of non-foreclosure property during the taxable year, substantially all of the marketing and development expenditures with respect to the property were made through an independent contractor from whom the REIT derives no income.
 
We will attempt to comply with the terms of safe-harbor provision in the federal income tax laws prescribing when an asset sale will not be characterized as a prohibited transaction. We cannot assure you, however, that we can comply with the safe-harbor provision or that we will avoid owning property that may be characterized as property that we hold “primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of a trade or business.” The 100% tax will not apply to gains from the sale of property that is held through a TRS or other taxable corporation, although such income will be taxed to the corporation at regular corporate income tax rates.
 
Foreclosure Property.  We will be subject to tax at the maximum corporate rate on any income from foreclosure property, which includes certain foreign currency gains and related deductions, other than income that otherwise would be qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, less expenses directly connected with the production of that income. However, gross income from foreclosure property will qualify under the 75% and 95% gross income tests. Foreclosure property is any real property, including interests in real property, and any personal property incident to such real property:
 
  •      that is acquired by a REIT as the result of the REIT having bid on such property at foreclosure, or having otherwise reduced such property to ownership or possession by agreement or process of law, after there was a default or default was imminent on a lease of such property or on indebtedness that such property secured;
 
  •      for which the related loan was acquired by the REIT at a time when the default was not imminent or anticipated; and
 
  •      for which the REIT makes a proper election to treat the property as foreclosure property.
 
A REIT will not be considered to have foreclosed on a property where the REIT takes control of the property as a mortgagee-in-possession and cannot receive any profit or sustain any loss except as a creditor of the mortgagor. Property generally ceases to be foreclosure property at the end of the third taxable year following the taxable year in which the REIT acquired the property, or longer if an extension is granted by the Secretary of the Treasury. However, this grace period terminates and foreclosure property ceases to be foreclosure property on the first day:
 
  •      on which a lease is entered into for the property that, by its terms, will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test, or any amount is received or accrued, directly or indirectly, pursuant to a lease entered into on or after such day that will give rise to income that does not qualify for purposes of the 75% gross income test;
 
  •      on which any construction takes place on the property, other than completion of a building or any other improvement, where more than 10% of the construction was completed before default became imminent; or
 
  •      which is more than 90 days after the day on which the REIT acquired the property and the property is used in a trade or business which is conducted by the REIT, other than through an independent contractor from whom the REIT itself does not derive or receive any income.


97


 

 
Hedging Transactions.  From time to time, we or our operating partnership may enter into hedging transactions with respect to one or more of our assets or liabilities. Our hedging activities may include entering into interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, options to purchase such items, and futures and forward contracts. Income and gain from “hedging transactions” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests. A “hedging transaction” means either (1) any transaction entered into in the normal course of our or our operating partnership’s trade or business primarily to manage the risk of interest rate changes, price changes, or currency fluctuations with respect to borrowings made or to be made, or ordinary obligations incurred or to be incurred, to acquire or carry real estate assets and (2) any transaction entered into primarily to manage the risk of currency fluctuations with respect to any item of income or gain that would be qualifying income under the 75% or 95% gross income test (or any property which generates such income or gain). We are required to clearly identify any such hedging transaction before the close of the day on which it was acquired or entered into and to satisfy other identification requirements. We intend to structure any hedging transactions in a manner that does not jeopardize our qualification as a REIT.
 
Foreign Currency Gain.  Certain foreign currency gains will be excluded from gross income for purposes of one or both of the gross income tests. “Real estate foreign exchange gain” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 75% gross income test. Real estate foreign exchange gain generally includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test, foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real property and certain foreign currency gain attributable to certain “qualified business units” of a REIT. “Passive foreign exchange gain” will be excluded from gross income for purposes of the 95% gross income test. Passive foreign exchange gain generally includes real estate foreign exchange gain as described above, and also includes foreign currency gain attributable to any item of income or gain that is qualifying income for purposes of the 95% gross income test and foreign currency gain attributable to the acquisition or ownership of (or becoming or being the obligor under) obligations. Because passive foreign exchange gain includes real estate foreign exchange gain, real estate foreign exchange gain is excluded from gross income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests. These exclusions for real estate foreign exchange gain and passive foreign exchange gain do not apply to any certain foreign currency gain derived from dealing, or engaging in substantial and regular trading, in securities. Such gain is treated as nonqualifying income for purposes of both the 75% and 95% gross income tests.
 
Failure to Satisfy Gross Income Tests.  If we fail to satisfy one or both of the gross income tests for any taxable year, we nevertheless may qualify as a REIT for that year if we qualify for relief under certain provisions of the federal income tax laws. Those relief provisions are available if:
 
  •      our failure to meet those tests is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect; and
 
  •      following such failure for any taxable year, we file a schedule of the sources of our income in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the U.S. Treasury.
 
We cannot predict, however, whether in all circumstances we would qualify for the relief provisions. In addition, as discussed above in “— Taxation of Our Company,” even if the relief provisions apply, we would incur a 100% tax on the gross income attributable to the greater of the amount by which we fail the 75% gross income test or the 95% gross income test multiplied, in either case, by a fraction intended to reflect our profitability.


98


 

Asset Tests
 
To qualify as a REIT, we also must satisfy the following asset tests at the end of each quarter of each taxable year.
 
First, at least 75% of the value of our total assets must consist of:
 
  •      cash or cash items, including certain receivables and, in certain circumstances, foreign currencies;
 
  •      government securities;
 
  •      interests in real property, including leaseholds and options to acquire real property and leaseholds;
 
  •      interests in mortgages loans secured by real property;
 
  •      stock in other REITs; and
 
  •      investments in stock or debt instruments during the one-year period following our receipt of new capital that we raise through equity offerings or public offerings of debt with at least a five-year term.
 
Second, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, the value of our interest in any one issuer’s securities may not exceed 5% of the value of our total assets, or the 5% asset test.
 
Third, of our investments not included in the 75% asset class, we may not own more than 10% of the voting power or value of any one issuer’s outstanding securities, or the 10% vote or value test.
 
Fourth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of the securities of one or more TRSs.
 
Fifth, no more than 25% of the value of our total assets may consist of the securities of TRSs and other non-TRS taxable subsidiaries and other assets that are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 75% asset test, or the 25% securities test.
 
For purposes of the 5% asset test and the 10% vote or value test, the term “securities” does not include shares in another REIT, equity or debt securities of a qualified REIT subsidiary or TRS, mortgage loans that constitute real estate assets, or equity interests in a partnership. The term “securities,” however, generally includes debt securities issued by a partnership or another REIT, except that for purposes of the 10% value test, the term “securities” does not include:
 
  •      “Straight debt” securities, which is defined as a written unconditional promise to pay on demand or on a specified date a sum certain in money if (i) the debt is not convertible, directly or indirectly, into equity, and (ii) the interest rate and interest payment dates are not contingent on profits, the borrower’s discretion, or similar factors. “Straight debt” securities do not include any securities issued by a partnership or a corporation in which we or any controlled TRS (i.e., a TRS in which we own directly or indirectly more than 50% of the voting power or value of the stock) hold non-“straight debt” securities that have an aggregate value of more than 1% of the issuer’s outstanding securities. However, “straight debt” securities include debt subject to the following contingencies:
 
  •      a contingency relating to the time of payment of interest or principal, as long as either (i) there is no change to the effective yield of the debt obligation, other than a change to the annual yield that does not exceed the greater of 0.25% or 5% of the annual yield, or (ii) neither the aggregate issue price nor the aggregate face amount of the issuer’s debt obligations held by us exceeds $1 million and no more than 12 months of unaccrued interest on the debt obligations can be required to be prepaid; and


99


 

 
  •      a contingency relating to the time or amount of payment upon a default or prepayment of a debt obligation, as long as the contingency is consistent with customary commercial practice;
 
  •      Any loan to an individual or an estate;
 
  •      Any “section 467 rental agreement,” other than an agreement with a related party tenant;
 
  •      Any obligation to pay “rents from real property”;
 
  •      Certain securities issued by governmental entities;
 
  •      Any security issued by a REIT;
 
  •      Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes in which we are a partner to the extent of our proportionate interest in the equity and debt securities of the partnership; and
 
  •      Any debt instrument issued by an entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes not described in the preceding bullet points if at least 75% of the partnership’s gross income, excluding income from prohibited transactions, is qualifying income for purposes of the 75% gross income test described above in “— Gross Income Tests.”
 
For purposes of the 10% value test, our proportionate share of the assets of a partnership is our proportionate interest in any securities issued by the partnership, without regard to the securities described in the last two bullet points above.
 
As described above, we may, on a select basis, invest in mezzanine loans. Although we expect that our investments in mezzanine loans will generally be treated as real estate assets, we anticipate that the mezzanine loans in which we invest will not meet all the requirements of the safe harbor in IRS Revenue Procedure 2003-65. Thus no assurance can be provided that the IRS will not challenge our treatment of mezzanine loans as real estate assets. We intend to invest in mezzanine loans in a manner that will enable us to continue to satisfy the asset and gross income test requirements.
 
We will monitor the status of our assets for purposes of the various asset tests and will manage our portfolio in order to comply at all times with such tests. If we fail to satisfy the asset tests at the end of a calendar quarter, we will not lose our REIT qualification if:
 
  •      we satisfied the asset tests at the end of the preceding calendar quarter; and
 
  •      the discrepancy between the value of our assets and the asset test requirements arose from changes in the market values of our assets and was not wholly or partly caused by the acquisition of one or more non-qualifying assets.
 
If we did not satisfy the condition described in the second item, above, we still could avoid disqualification by eliminating any discrepancy within 30 days after the close of the calendar quarter in which it arose.
 
In the event that we violate the 5% asset test or the 10% vote or value test described above, we will not lose our REIT qualification if (1) the failure is de minimis (up to the lesser of 1% of our assets or $10 million) and (2) we dispose of assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify such failure. In the event of a failure of any of the asset tests (other than de minimis failures described in the preceding sentence), as long as the failure was due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect, we will not lose our REIT status if we (1) dispose of assets or otherwise comply with the asset tests within six months after the last day of the quarter in which we identify the failure, (2) we file a description of each asset causing the failure with the IRS and (3) pay a tax equal to the greater of $50,000 or the highest corporate tax rate multiplied by the net income from the nonqualifying assets during the period in which we failed to satisfy the asset tests.


100


 

We believe that the assets that we will hold will satisfy the foregoing asset test requirements. However, we will not obtain independent appraisals to support our conclusions as to the value of our assets and securities, or the real estate collateral for the mortgage or mezzanine loans that support our investments. Moreover, the values of some assets may not be susceptible to a precise determination. As a result, there can be no assurance that the IRS will not contend that our ownership of securities and other assets violates one or more of the asset tests applicable to REITs.
 
Distribution Requirements
 
Each taxable year, we must distribute dividends, other than capital gain dividends and deemed distributions of retained capital gain, to our shareholders in an aggregate amount at least equal to:
 
  •      the sum of
 
  •      90% of our “REIT taxable income,” computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction and our net capital gain or loss; and
 
  •      90% of our after-tax net income, if any, from foreclosure property, minus
 
  •      the excess of the sum of certain items of non-cash income over 5% of our “REIT taxable income.”
 
We must pay such distributions in the taxable year to which they relate, or in the following taxable year if either (a) we declare the distribution before we timely file our federal income tax return for the year and pay the distribution on or before the first regular dividend payment date after such declaration or (b) we declare the distribution in October, November or December of the taxable year, payable to shareholders of record on a specified day in any such month, and we actually pay the dividend before the end of January of the following year. The distributions under clause (a) are taxable to the shareholders in the year in which paid, and the distributions in clause (b) are treated as paid on December 31st of the prior taxable year. In both instances, these distributions relate to our prior taxable year for purposes of the 90% distribution requirement.
 
We will pay federal income tax on taxable income, including net capital gain, that we do not distribute to shareholders. Furthermore, if we fail to distribute during a calendar year, or by the end of January following the calendar year in the case of distributions with declaration and record dates falling in the last three months of the calendar year, at least the sum of:
 
  •      85% of our REIT ordinary income for such year,
 
  •      95% of our REIT capital gain income for such year, and
 
  •      any undistributed taxable income from prior periods,
 
we will incur a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the excess of such required distribution over the amounts we actually distribute.
 
We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain we receive in a taxable year. If we so elect, we will be treated as having distributed any such retained amount for purposes of the 4% nondeductible excise tax described above. We intend to make timely distributions sufficient to satisfy the annual distribution requirements and to avoid corporate income tax and the 4% nondeductible excise tax.
 
It is possible that, from time to time, we may experience timing differences between the actual receipt of income and actual payment of deductible expenses and the inclusion of that income and deduction of such expenses in arriving at our REIT taxable income. For example, we may not deduct recognized capital losses from our “REIT taxable income.” Further, it is possible that, from time to time, we may be allocated a share of net capital gain attributable to the sale of depreciated property that exceeds our allocable share of cash attributable to that sale. As a result of the foregoing, we may have less cash than is necessary to distribute taxable income sufficient to avoid corporate income tax and


101


 

the excise tax imposed on certain undistributed income or even to meet the 90% distribution requirement. In such a situation, we may need to borrow funds or, if possible, pay taxable dividends of our shares of beneficial interest or debt securities.
 
Under certain circumstances, we may be able to correct a failure to meet the distribution requirement for a year by paying “deficiency dividends” to our shareholders in a later year. We may include such deficiency dividends in our deduction for dividends paid for the earlier year. Although we may be able to avoid income tax on amounts distributed as deficiency dividends, we will be required to pay interest to the IRS based upon the amount of any deduction we take for deficiency dividends.
 
Recordkeeping Requirements
 
We must maintain certain records in order to qualify as a REIT. In addition, to avoid a monetary penalty, we must request on an annual basis information from our shareholders designed to disclose the actual ownership of our outstanding shares of beneficial interest. We intend to comply with these requirements.
 
Failure to Qualify
 
If we fail to satisfy one or more requirements for REIT qualification, other than the gross income tests and the asset tests (for which the cure provisions are described above), we could avoid disqualification if our failure is due to reasonable cause and not to willful neglect and we pay a penalty of $50,000 for each such failure. In addition, there are relief provisions for a failure of the gross income tests and asset tests, as described in “— Gross Income Tests” and “— Asset Tests.”
 
If we fail to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, and no relief provision applies, we would be subject to federal income tax and any applicable alternative minimum tax on our taxable income at regular corporate rates. In calculating our taxable income in a year in which we fail to qualify as a REIT, we would not be able to deduct amounts paid out to shareholders. In fact, we would not be required to distribute any amounts to shareholders in that year. In such event, to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, all distributions to shareholders would be taxable as dividend income. Subject to certain limitations, corporate shareholders might be eligible for the dividends received deduction and shareholders taxed at individual rates may be eligible for the reduced federal income tax rate of 15% through 2010 on such dividends. Unless we qualified for relief under specific statutory provisions, we also would be disqualified from taxation as a REIT for the four taxable years following the year during which we ceased to qualify as a REIT. We cannot predict whether in all circumstances we would qualify for such statutory relief.
 
Taxation of Taxable U.S. Shareholders
 
As used herein, the term “U.S. shareholder” means a holder of our common shares that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:
 
  •      a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •      a corporation (including an entity treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any of its states or the District of Columbia;
 
  •      an estate whose income is subject to federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •      any trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) it has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person.
 
If a partnership, entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes holds our common shares, the federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner


102


 

in a partnership holding our common shares, you are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common shares by the partnership.
 
As long as we qualify as a REIT, a taxable U.S. shareholder must generally take into account as ordinary income distributions made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits that we do not designate as capital gain dividends or retained long-term capital gain. A U.S. shareholder will not qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations. In addition, dividends paid to a U.S. shareholder generally will not qualify for the 15% tax rate for “qualified dividend income.” The maximum tax rate for qualified dividend income received by U.S. shareholders taxed at individual rates is 15% through 2010. The maximum tax rate on qualified dividend income is lower than the maximum tax rate on ordinary income, which is currently 35%. Qualified dividend income generally includes dividends paid to U.S. shareholders taxed at individual rates by domestic C corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations. Because we are not generally subject to federal income tax on the portion of our REIT taxable income distributed to our shareholders (see “— Taxation of Our Company” above), our dividends generally will not be eligible for the 15% rate on qualified dividend income. As a result, our ordinary REIT dividends will be taxed at the higher tax rate applicable to ordinary income. However, the 15% tax rate for qualified dividend income will apply to our ordinary REIT dividends (i) attributable to dividends received by us from non-REIT corporations, such as our TRS, and (ii) to the extent attributable to income upon which we have paid corporate income tax (e.g., to the extent that we distribute less than 100% of our taxable income). In general, to qualify for the reduced tax rate on qualified dividend income, a shareholder must hold our common shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the date on which our common shares becomes ex-dividend.
 
A U.S. shareholder generally will take into account as long-term capital gain any distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends without regard to the period for which the U.S. shareholder has held our common shares. We generally will designate our capital gain dividends as either 15% or 25% rate distributions. See “— Capital Gains and Losses.” A corporate U.S. shareholder, however, may be required to treat up to 20% of certain capital gain dividends as ordinary income.
 
We may elect to retain and pay income tax on the net long-term capital gain that we receive in a taxable year. In that case, to the extent that we designate such amount in a timely notice to such shareholder, a U.S. shareholder would be taxed on its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain. The U.S. shareholder would receive a credit for its proportionate share of the tax we paid. The U.S. shareholder would increase the basis in its shares of beneficial interest by the amount of its proportionate share of our undistributed long-term capital gain, minus its share of the tax we paid.
 
A U.S. shareholder will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if the distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of the U.S. shareholder’s common shares. Instead, the distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of such shares of beneficial interest. A U.S. shareholder will recognize a distribution in excess of both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the U.S. shareholder’s adjusted basis in his or her shares of beneficial interest as long-term capital gain, or short-term capital gain if the shares of beneficial interest have been held for one year or less, assuming the shares of beneficial interest are a capital asset in the hands of the U.S. shareholder. In addition, if we declare a distribution in October, November, or December of any year that is payable to a U.S. shareholder of record on a specified date in any such month, such distribution shall be treated as both paid by us and received by the U.S. shareholder on December 31 of such year, provided that we actually pay the distribution during January of the following calendar year.
 
Shareholders may not include in their individual income tax returns any of our net operating losses or capital losses. Instead, these losses are generally carried over by us for potential offset against our future income. Taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common shares will not be treated as passive activity income and, therefore, shareholders generally will not be able to apply any “passive activity losses,” such as losses from certain types of limited partnerships in which the shareholder is a limited partner, against such income. In addition, taxable distributions from us and gain from the disposition of our common shares generally will be treated as investment income for


103


 

purposes of the investment interest limitations. We will notify shareholders after the close of our taxable year as to the portions of the distributions attributable to that year that constitute ordinary income, return of capital and capital gain.
 
Taxation of U.S. Shareholders on the Disposition of Common Shares
 
A U.S. shareholder who is not a dealer in securities must generally treat any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of our common shares as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. shareholder has held our common shares for more than one year and otherwise as short-term capital gain or loss. In general, a U.S. shareholder will realize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the sum of the fair market value of any property and the amount of cash received in such disposition and the U.S. shareholder’s adjusted tax basis. A shareholder’s adjusted tax basis generally will equal the U.S. shareholder’s acquisition cost, increased by the excess of net capital gains deemed distributed to the U.S. shareholder (discussed above) less tax deemed paid on such gains and reduced by any returns of capital. However, a U.S. shareholder must treat any loss upon a sale or exchange of common shares held by such shareholder for six months or less as a long-term capital loss to the extent of capital gain dividends and any other actual or deemed distributions from us that such U.S. shareholder treats as long-term capital gain. All or a portion of any loss that a U.S. shareholder realizes upon a taxable disposition of our common shares may be disallowed if the U.S. shareholder purchases other common shares within 30 days before or after the disposition.
 
Capital Gains and Losses
 
A taxpayer generally must hold a capital asset for more than one year for gain or loss derived from its sale or exchange to be treated as long-term capital gain or loss. The highest marginal individual income tax rate currently is 35% (which rate, absent additional congressional action, will apply until December 31, 2010). The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gain applicable to taxpayers taxed at individual rates is 15% for sales and exchanges of assets held for more than one year occurring through December 31, 2010. The maximum tax rate on long-term capital gain from the sale or exchange of “Section 1250 property,” or depreciable real property, is 25%, which applies to the lesser of the total amount of the gain or the accumulated depreciation on the Section 1250 property.
 
With respect to distributions that we designate as capital gain dividends and any retained capital gain that we are deemed to distribute, we generally may designate whether such a distribution is taxable to our shareholders taxed at individual rates at a 15% or 25% rate. Thus, the tax rate differential between capital gain and ordinary income for those taxpayers may be significant. In addition, the characterization of income as capital gain or ordinary income may affect the deductibility of capital losses. A non-corporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses not offset by capital gains against its ordinary income only up to a maximum annual amount of $3,000. A non-corporate taxpayer may carry forward unused capital losses indefinitely. A corporate taxpayer must pay tax on its net capital gain at ordinary corporate rates. A corporate taxpayer may deduct capital losses only to the extent of capital gains, with unused losses being carried back three years and forward five years.
 
Taxation of Tax-Exempt Shareholders
 
Tax-exempt entities, including qualified employee pension and profit sharing trusts and individual retirement accounts, generally are exempt from federal income taxation. However, they are subject to taxation on their unrelated business taxable income, or UBTI. Although many investments in real estate generate UBTI, the IRS has issued a ruling that dividend distributions from a REIT to an exempt employee pension trust do not constitute UBTI so long as the exempt employee pension trust does not otherwise use the shares of beneficial interest in the REIT in an unrelated trade or business of the pension trust. Based on that ruling, amounts that we distribute to tax-exempt shareholders generally should not constitute UBTI. However, if a tax-exempt shareholder were to finance its acquisition of common shares with debt, a portion of the income that it receives from us would constitute UBTI pursuant to the “debt-financed property” rules. Moreover, social clubs, voluntary employee benefit associations, supplemental unemployment benefit trusts and qualified group legal services plans that are exempt from taxation under special provisions of the federal income tax laws


104


 

are subject to different UBTI rules, which generally will require them to characterize distributions that they receive from us as UBTI. Finally, in certain circumstances, a qualified employee pension or profit sharing trust that owns more than 10% of our shares of beneficial interest must treat a percentage of the dividends that it receives from us as UBTI. Such percentage is equal to the gross income we derive from an unrelated trade or business, determined as if we were a pension trust, divided by our total gross income for the year in which we pay the dividends. That rule applies to a pension trust holding more than 10% of our shares of beneficial interest only if:
 
  •      the percentage of our dividends that the tax-exempt trust must treat as UBTI is at least 5%;
 
  •      we qualify as a REIT by reason of the modification of the rule requiring that no more than 50% of our shares of beneficial interest be owned by five or fewer individuals that allows the beneficiaries of the pension trust to be treated as holding our shares of beneficial interest in proportion to their actuarial interests in the pension trust; and
 
  •      either:
 
  •      one pension trust owns more than 25% of the value of our shares of beneficial interest; or
 
  •      a group of pension trusts individually holding more than 10% of the value of our shares of beneficial interest collectively owns more than 50% of the value of our shares of beneficial interest.
 
Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders
 
The term “non-U.S. shareholder” means a holder of our common shares that is not a U.S. shareholder or a partnership (or entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes). The rules governing federal income taxation of nonresident alien individuals, foreign corporations, foreign partnerships, and other foreign shareholders are complex. This section is only a summary of such rules. We urge non-U.S. shareholders to consult their own tax advisors to determine the impact of federal, state, and local income tax laws on the purchase, ownership and sale of our common shares, including any reporting requirements.
 
A non-U.S. shareholder that receives a distribution that is not attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a “United States real property interest,” or USRPI, as defined below, and that we do not designate as a capital gain dividend or retained capital gain will recognize ordinary income to the extent that we pay such distribution out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits. A withholding tax equal to 30% of the gross amount of the distribution ordinarily will apply to such distribution unless an applicable tax treaty reduces or eliminates the tax. However, if a distribution is treated as effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (conducted through a United States permanent establishment, where applicable), the non-U.S. shareholder generally will be subject to federal income tax on the distribution at graduated rates, in the same manner as U.S. shareholders are taxed with respect to such distribution, and a non-U.S. shareholder that is a corporation also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax with respect to that distribution. Except with respect to certain distributions attributable to the sale of USRPIs described below, we plan to withhold U.S. income tax at the rate of 30% on the gross amount of any such distribution paid to a non-U.S. shareholder unless either:
 
  •      a lower treaty rate applies and the non-U.S. shareholder files an IRS Form W-8BEN evidencing eligibility for that reduced rate with us; or
 
  •      the non-U.S. shareholder files an IRS Form W-8ECI with us claiming that the distribution is effectively connected income.
 
A non-U.S. shareholder will not incur tax on a distribution in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits if the excess portion of such distribution does not exceed the adjusted basis of its common shares. Instead, the excess portion of such distribution will reduce the adjusted basis of such shares of beneficial interest. A non-U.S. shareholder will be subject to tax on a


105


 

distribution that exceeds both our current and accumulated earnings and profits and the adjusted basis of its common shares, if the non-U.S. shareholder otherwise would be subject to tax on gain from the sale or disposition of its common shares, as described below. Because we generally cannot determine at the time we make a distribution whether the distribution will exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, we normally will withhold tax on the entire amount of any distribution at the same rate as we would withhold on a dividend. However, a non-U.S. shareholder may claim a refund of amounts that we withhold if we later determine that a distribution in fact exceeded our current and accumulated earnings and profits. We must withhold 10% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Consequently, although we intend to withhold at a rate of 30% on the entire amount of any distribution, to the extent that we do not do so, we will withhold at a rate of 10% on any portion of a distribution not subject to withholding at a rate of 30%.
 
For any year in which we qualify as a REIT, a non-U.S. shareholder will incur tax on distributions that are attributable to gain from our sale or exchange of a USRPI under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Act of 1980, or FIRPTA. A USRPI includes certain interests in real property and stock in certain corporations at least 50% of whose assets consist of USRPIs. Under FIRPTA, a non-U.S. shareholder is taxed on distributions attributable to gain from sales of USRPIs as if such gain were effectively connected with a U.S. business of the non-U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. shareholder thus would be taxed on such a distribution at the normal capital gains rates applicable to U.S. shareholders, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of a nonresident alien individual. A non-U.S. corporate shareholder not entitled to treaty relief or exemption also may be subject to the 30% branch profits tax on such a distribution. We would be required to withhold 35% of any distribution that we could designate as a capital gain dividend. A non-U.S. shareholder may receive a credit against its tax liability for the amount we withhold.
 
However, if our common shares are regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States, capital gain distributions on our common shares that are attributable to our sale of real property will be treated as ordinary dividends rather than as gain from the sale of a USRPI, as long as the non-U.S. shareholder did not own more than 5% of our common shares at any time during the one-year period preceding the distribution. As a result, non-U.S. shareholders generally will be subject to withholding tax on such capital gain distributions in the same manner as they are subject to withholding tax on ordinary dividends. We anticipate that our common shares will be regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States following this offering. If our common shares are not regularly traded on an established securities market in the United States or the non-U.S. shareholder owned more than 5% of our common shares at any time during the one-year period preceding the distribution, capital gain distributions that are attributable to our sale of real property would be subject to tax under FIRPTA, as described in the preceding paragraph. Moreover, if a non-U.S. shareholder disposes of our common shares during the 30-day period preceding the ex-dividend date of a dividend, and such non-U.S. shareholder (or a person related to such non-U.S. shareholder) acquires or enters into a contract or option to acquire our common shares within 61 days of the first day of the 30-day period described above, and any portion of such dividend payment would, but for the disposition, be treated as a USRPI capital gain to such non-U.S. shareholder, then such non-U.S. shareholder shall be treated as having USRPI capital gain in an amount that, but for the disposition, would have been treated as USRPI capital gain.
 
Although the law is not clear on the matter, it appears that amounts we designate as retained capital gains in respect of the common shares held by U.S. shareholders generally should be treated with respect to non-U.S. shareholders in the same manner as actual distributions by us of capital gain dividends. Under this approach, a non-U.S. shareholder would be able to offset as a credit against its United States federal income tax liability resulting from its proportionate share of the tax paid by us on such retained capital gains, and to receive from the IRS a refund to the extent of the non-U.S. shareholder’s proportionate share of such tax paid by us exceeds its actual United States federal income tax liability, provided that the non-U.S. shareholder furnishes required information to the IRS on a timely basis.


106


 

Non-U.S. shareholders could incur tax under FIRPTA with respect to gain realized upon a disposition of our common shares if we are a United States real property holding corporation during a specified testing period. If at least 50% of a REIT’s assets are USRPIs, then the REIT will be a United States real property holding corporation. We anticipate that we will be a United States real property holding corporation based on our investment strategy. However, if we are a United States real property holding corporation, a non-U.S. shareholder generally would not incur tax under FIRPTA on gain from the sale of our common shares if we are a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity.” A domestically controlled qualified investment entity includes a REIT in which, at all times during a specified testing period, less than 50% in value of its shares are held directly or indirectly by non-U.S. shareholders. We cannot assure you that this test will be met. If our common shares are regularly traded on an established securities market, an additional exception to the tax under FIRPTA will be available with respect to our common shares, even if we do not qualify as a domestically controlled qualified investment entity at the time the non-U.S. shareholder sells our common shares. Under that exception, the gain from such a sale by such a non-U.S. shareholder will not be subject to tax under FIRPTA if:
 
  •      our common shares are treated as being regularly traded under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations on an established securities market; and
 
  •      the non-U.S. shareholder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of our common shares at all times during a specified testing period.
 
As noted above, we anticipate that our common shares will be regularly traded on an established securities market following this offering.
 
If the gain on the sale of our common shares were taxed under FIRPTA, a non-U.S. shareholder would be taxed on that gain in the same manner as U.S. shareholders, subject to applicable alternative minimum tax and a special alternative minimum tax in the case of nonresident alien individuals. Furthermore, a non-U.S. shareholder generally will incur tax on gain not subject to FIRPTA if:
 
  •      the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s U.S. trade or business, in which case the non-U.S. shareholder will be subject to the same treatment as U.S. shareholders with respect to such gain; or
 
  •      the non-U.S. shareholder is a nonresident alien individual who was present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year and has a “tax home” in the United States, in which case the non-U.S. shareholder will incur a 30% tax on his or her capital gains.
 
Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding
 
We will report to our shareholders and to the IRS the amount of distributions we pay during each calendar year, and the amount of tax we withhold, if any. Under the backup withholding rules, a shareholder may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% with respect to distributions unless the holder:
 
  •      is a corporation or qualifies for certain other exempt categories and, when required, demonstrates this fact; or
 
  •      provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding, and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.
 
A shareholder who does not provide us with its correct taxpayer identification number also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount paid as backup withholding will be creditable against the shareholder’s income tax liability. In addition, we may be required to withhold a portion of capital gain distributions to any shareholders who fail to certify their non-foreign status to us.
 
Backup withholding will generally not apply to payments of dividends made by us or our paying agents, in their capacities as such, to a non-U.S. shareholder provided that the non-U.S. shareholder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its


107


 

non-U.S. status, such as providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient. Payments of the net proceeds from a disposition or a redemption effected outside the U.S. by a non-U.S. shareholder made by or through a foreign office of a broker generally will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding. However, information reporting (but not backup withholding) generally will apply to such a payment if the broker has certain connections with the U.S. unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. shareholder and specified conditions are met or an exemption is otherwise established. Payment of the net proceeds from a disposition by a non-U.S. shareholder of common shares made by or through the U.S. office of a broker is generally subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the non-U.S. shareholder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.
 
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against the shareholder’s federal income tax liability if certain required information is furnished to the IRS. Shareholders are urged consult their own tax advisors regarding application of backup withholding to them and the availability of, and procedure for obtaining an exemption from, backup withholding.
 
Other Tax Consequences
 
Tax Aspects of Our Investments in Our Operating Partnership and Subsidiary Partnerships
 
The following discussion summarizes certain federal income tax considerations applicable to our direct or indirect investments in our operating partnership and any subsidiary partnerships or limited liability companies that we form or acquire (each individually a “Partnership” and, collectively, the “Partnerships”). The discussion does not cover state or local tax laws or any federal tax laws other than income tax laws.
 
Classification as Partnerships.  We will be entitled to include in our income our distributive share of each Partnership’s income and to deduct our distributive share of each Partnership’s losses only if such Partnership is classified for federal income tax purposes as a partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for federal income tax purposes if the entity has only one owner or member) rather than as a corporation or an association taxable as a corporation. An unincorporated entity with at least two owners or members will be classified as a partnership, rather than as a corporation, for federal income tax purposes if it:
 
  •      is treated as a partnership under the Treasury regulations relating to entity classification (the “check-the-box regulations”); and
 
  •      is not a “publicly traded” partnership.
 
Under the check-the-box regulations, an unincorporated entity with at least two owners or members may elect to be classified either as an association taxable as a corporation or as a partnership. If such an entity fails to make an election, it generally will be treated as a partnership (or an entity that is disregarded for federal income tax purposes if the entity has only one owner or member) for federal income tax purposes. Each Partnership intends to be classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and no Partnership will elect to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation under the check-the-box regulations.
 
A publicly traded partnership is a partnership whose interests are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof. A publicly traded partnership will not, however, be treated as a corporation for any taxable year if, for each taxable year beginning after December 31, 1987 in which it was classified as a publicly traded partnership, 90% or more of the partnership’s gross income for such year consists of certain passive-type income, including real property rents, gains from the sale or other disposition of real property, interest, and dividends (the “90% passive income exception”). Treasury regulations (the “PTP regulations”) provide


108


 

limited safe harbors from the definition of a publicly traded partnership. Pursuant to one of those safe harbors (the “private placement exclusion”), interests in a partnership will not be treated as readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof if (1) all interests in the partnership were issued in a transaction or transactions that were not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (2) the partnership does not have more than 100 partners at any time during the partnership’s taxable year. In determining the number of partners in a partnership, a person owning an interest in a partnership, grantor trust, or S corporation that owns an interest in the partnership is treated as a partner in such partnership only if (1) substantially all of the value of the owner’s interest in the entity is attributable to the entity’s direct or indirect interest in the partnership and (2) a principal purpose of the use of the entity is to permit the partnership to satisfy the 100-partner limitation. Each Partnership is expected to qualify for the private placement exclusion in the foreseeable future. Additionally, if our operating partnership were a publicly traded partnership, we believe that our operating partnership would have sufficient qualifying income to satisfy the 90% passive income exception and thus would continue to be taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
 
We have not requested, and do not intend to request, a ruling from the IRS that the Partnerships will be classified as partnerships for federal income tax purposes. If for any reason a Partnership were taxable as a corporation, rather than as a partnership, for federal income tax purposes, we likely would not be able to qualify as a REIT unless we qualified for certain relief provisions. See “— Gross Income Tests” and “— Asset Tests.” In addition, any change in a Partnership’s status for tax purposes might be treated as a taxable event, in which case we might incur tax liability without any related cash distribution. See “— Distribution Requirements.” Further, items of income and deduction of such Partnership would not pass through to its partners, and its partners would be treated as shareholders for tax purposes. Consequently, such Partnership would be required to pay income tax at corporate rates on its net income, and distributions to its partners would constitute dividends that would not be deductible in computing such Partnership’s taxable income.
 
Income Taxation of the Partnerships and their Partners
 
Partners, Not the Partnerships, Subject to Tax.  A partnership is not a taxable entity for federal income tax purposes. Rather, we are required to take into account our allocable share of each Partnership’s income, gains, losses, deductions, and credits for any taxable year of such Partnership ending within or with our taxable year, without regard to whether we have received or will receive any distribution from such Partnership.
 
Partnership Allocations.  Although a partnership agreement generally will determine the allocation of income and losses among partners, such allocations will be disregarded for tax purposes if they do not comply with the provisions of the federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations. If an allocation is not recognized for federal income tax purposes, the item subject to the allocation will be reallocated in accordance with the partners’ interests in the partnership, which will be determined by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances relating to the economic arrangement of the partners with respect to such item. Each Partnership’s allocations of taxable income, gain, and loss are intended to comply with the requirements of the federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations.
 
Tax Allocations With Respect to Our Properties.  Income, gain, loss, and deduction attributable to appreciated or depreciated property that is contributed to a partnership in exchange for an interest in the partnership must be allocated in a manner such that the contributing partner is charged with, or benefits from, respectively, the unrealized gain or unrealized loss associated with the property at the time of the contribution. The amount of such unrealized gain or unrealized loss (“built-in gain” or “built-in loss”) is generally equal to the difference between the fair market value of the contributed property at the time of contribution and the adjusted tax basis of such property at the time of contribution (a “book-tax difference”). Any property purchased by our operating partnership for cash initially will have an adjusted tax basis equal to its fair market value, resulting in no book-tax difference. In the future, however, our operating partnership may admit partners in exchange for a contribution of appreciated or depreciated property, resulting in book-tax differences. Such allocations are solely for federal income tax purposes and do not affect the book capital accounts or other economic or legal


109


 

arrangements among the partners. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued regulations requiring partnerships to use a “reasonable method” for allocating items with respect to which there is a book-tax difference and outlining several reasonable allocation methods. Under certain available methods, the carryover basis of contributed properties in the hands of our operating partnership (i) could cause us to be allocated lower amounts of depreciation deductions for tax purposes than would be allocated to us if all contributed properties were to have a tax basis equal to their fair market value at the time of the contribution and (ii) in the event of a sale of such properties, could cause us to be allocated taxable gain in excess of the economic or book gain allocated to us as a result of such sale, with a corresponding benefit to the contributing partners. An allocation described in (ii) above might cause us to recognize taxable income in excess of cash proceeds in the event of a sale or other disposition of property, which might adversely affect our ability to comply with the REIT distribution requirements and may result in a greater portion of our distributions being taxed as dividends. We have not yet decided what method will be used to account for book-tax differences for properties that may be acquired by our operating partnership in the future.
 
Basis in Partnership Interest.  Our adjusted tax basis in our partnership interest in our operating partnership generally is equal to:
 
  •      the amount of cash and the basis of any other property contributed by us to our operating partnership;
 
  •      increased by our allocable share of our operating partnership’s income and our allocable share of indebtedness of our operating partnership; and
 
  •      reduced, but not below zero, by our allocable share of our operating partnership’s loss and the amount of cash distributed to us, and by constructive distributions resulting from a reduction in our share of indebtedness of our operating partnership.
 
If the allocation of our distributive share of our operating partnership’s loss would reduce the adjusted tax basis of our partnership interest below zero, the recognition of such loss will be deferred until such time as the recognition of such loss would not reduce our adjusted tax basis below zero. To the extent that our operating partnership’s distributions, or any decrease in our share of the indebtedness of our operating partnership, which is considered a constructive cash distribution to the partners, reduce our adjusted tax basis below zero, such distributions will constitute taxable income to us. Such distributions and constructive distributions normally will be characterized as long-term capital gain.
 
Depreciation Deductions Available to Our Operating Partnership.  To the extent that our operating partnership acquires its hotels in exchange for cash, its initial basis in such hotels for federal income tax purposes generally was or will be equal to the purchase price paid by our operating partnership. Our operating partnership’s initial basis in hotels acquired in exchange for units in our operating partnership should be the same as the transferor’s basis in such hotels on the date of acquisition by our operating partnership. Although the law is not entirely clear, our operating partnership generally will depreciate such depreciable hotel property for federal income tax purposes over the same remaining useful lives and under the same methods used by the transferors. Our operating partnership’s tax depreciation deductions will be allocated among the partners in accordance with their respective interests in our operating partnership, except to the extent that our operating partnership is required under the federal income tax laws governing partnership allocations to use a method for allocating tax depreciation deductions attributable to contributed properties that results in our receiving a disproportionate share of such deductions.
 
Sale of a Partnership’s Property
 
Generally, any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of property held by the Partnership for more than one year will be long-term capital gain, except for any portion of such gain that is treated as depreciation or cost recovery recapture. Any gain or loss recognized by a Partnership on the disposition of contributed properties will be allocated first to the partners of the Partnership who contributed such properties to the extent of their built-in gain or loss on those properties for federal income tax purposes. The partners’ built-in gain or loss on such contributed properties will equal the difference between the


110


 

partners’ proportionate share of the book value of those properties and the partners’ tax basis allocable to those properties at the time of the contribution, subject to certain adjustments. Any remaining gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of the contributed properties, and any gain or loss recognized by the Partnership on the disposition of the other properties, will be allocated among the partners in accordance with their respective percentage interests in the Partnership.
 
Our share of any gain realized by a Partnership on the sale of any property held by the Partnership as inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of the Partnership’s trade or business will be treated as income from a prohibited transaction that is subject to a 100% penalty tax. Such prohibited transaction income also may have an adverse effect upon our ability to satisfy the income tests for REIT status. See “— Gross Income Tests.” We do not presently intend to acquire or hold or to allow any Partnership to acquire or hold any property that represents inventory or other property held primarily for sale to customers in the ordinary course of our or such Partnership’s trade or business.
 
Sunset of Reduced Tax Rate Provisions
 
Several of the tax considerations described herein are subject to a sunset provision. The sunset provisions generally provide that for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2010, certain provisions that are currently in the Code will revert back to a prior version of those provisions. These provisions include provisions related to the reduced maximum income tax rate for long-term capital gains of 15% (rather than 20%) for taxpayers taxed at individual rates, the application of the 15% tax rate to qualified dividend income, and certain other tax rate provisions described herein. The impact of this reversion is not discussed herein. Consequently, prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect of sunset provisions on an investment in our common shares.
 
State, Local and Foreign Taxes
 
We and/or you may be subject to taxation by various states, localities and foreign jurisdictions, including those in which we or a shareholder transacts business, owns property or resides. The state, local and foreign tax treatment may differ from the federal income tax treatment described above. Consequently, you are urged to consult your own tax advisors regarding the effect of state, local and foreign tax laws upon an investment in our common shares.


111


 

 
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
A fiduciary of a pension, profit sharing, retirement or other employee benefit plan, or plan, subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, should consider the fiduciary standards under ERISA in the context of the plan’s particular circumstances before authorizing an investment of a portion of such plan’s assets in the common shares. Accordingly, such fiduciary should consider (i) whether the investment satisfies the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA, (ii) whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the plan as required by Section 404(a)(1)(D) of ERISA, and (iii) whether the investment is prudent under ERISA. In addition to the imposition of general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification, ERISA, and the corresponding provisions of the Code, prohibit a wide range of transactions involving the assets of the plan and persons who have certain specified relationships to the plan (“parties in interest” within the meaning of ERISA, “disqualified persons” within the meaning of the Code). Thus, a plan fiduciary considering an investment in our common shares also should consider whether the acquisition or the continued holding of the shares might constitute or give rise to a direct or indirect prohibited transaction that is not subject to an exemption issued by the Department of Labor, or the DOL. Similar restrictions apply to many governmental and foreign plans which are not subject to ERISA. Thus, those considering investing in the shares on behalf of such a plan should consider whether the acquisition or the continued holding of the shares might violate any such similar restrictions.
 
The DOL has issued final regulations, or the DOL Regulations, as to what constitutes assets of an employee benefit plan under ERISA. Under the DOL Regulations, if a plan acquires an equity interest in an entity, which interest is neither a “publicly offered security” nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the plan’s assets would include, for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA, both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the entity’s underlying assets unless certain specified exceptions apply. The DOL Regulations define a publicly offered security as a security that is “widely held,” “freely transferable,” and either part of a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act, or sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (provided the securities are registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which the public offering occurred). The shares are being sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act and will be registered under the Exchange Act.
 
The DOL Regulations provide that a security is “widely held” only if it is part of a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another. A security will not fail to be “widely held” because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial public offering as a result of events beyond the issuer’s control. We expect our common shares to be “widely held” upon completion of this offering.
 
The DOL Regulations provide that whether a security is “freely transferable” is a factual question to be determined on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances. The DOL Regulations further provide that when a security is part of an offering in which the minimum investment is $10,000 or less, as is the case with this offering, certain restrictions ordinarily will not, alone or in combination, affect the finding that such securities are “freely transferable.” We believe that the restrictions imposed under our declaration of trust on the transfer of our shares are limited to the restrictions on transfer generally permitted under the DOL Regulations and are not likely to result in the failure of the common shares to be “freely transferable.” The DOL Regulations only establish a presumption in favor of the finding of free transferability, and, therefore, no assurance can be given that the DOL will not reach a contrary conclusion.
 
Assuming that the common shares will be “widely held” and “freely transferable,” we believe that our common shares will be publicly offered securities for purposes of the DOL Regulations and that our assets will not be deemed to be “plan assets” of any plan that invests in our common shares.
 
Each holder of our common shares will be deemed to have represented and agreed that its purchase and holding of such common shares (or any interest therein) will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.


112


 

 
UNDERWRITING
 
Barclays Capital Inc. is acting as the sole representative of the underwriters and the sole book-running manager of this offering. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us the respective number of common shares shown opposite its name below:
 
     
Underwriters
 
Number of Shares
 
Barclays Capital Inc.
            
     
Total
   
     
 
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligation to purchase common shares depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:
 
  •      the obligation to purchase all of the common shares offered hereby (other than those common shares covered by their option to purchase additional shares as described below), if any of the shares are purchased;
 
  •      the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true;
 
  •      there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and
 
  •      we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.
 
Commissions and Expenses
 
The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us for the shares.
 
         
    No Exercise   Full Exercise
 
Per Share(1)
       
Total
       
 
 
(1) At the closing of this offering, the underwriters will be entitled to receive $      (or     % of the total underwriting discount) from us for each share sold in this offering. The underwriters will forego the receipt of payment of $      per share (or     % of the total underwriting discount) until we purchase hotel properties with an aggregate purchase price (including the aggregate purchase price of the initial acquisition hotels) equal to at least     % of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement (after deducting the full underwriting discount and other estimated offering expenses payable by us). The following table presents information about the underwriting discount in scenarios in which the payment condition described above is satisfied and in which it is not satisfied.
 
                 
Payment condition is satisfied
  Per Share     Total  
 
Public offering price
               
Underwriting discount paid by us at closing (     %)
               
Total underwriting discount paid by us (     %)
               
 
                 
Payment condition is not satisfied
  Per Share     Total  
 
Public offering price
               
Underwriting discount paid by us at closing (     %)
               
Additional underwriting discount paid by us when met (     %)
               
Total underwriting discount paid by us when met (     %)
               
 
Deferral by the underwriters of a portion of the underwriting discount reduces the underwriting discount immediately payable by us at closing. However, once we purchase hotel properties with an aggregate purchase price at least equal to     % of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement, as described above, we will pay the underwriters a cash amount equal to the deferred amount. By deferring a portion of the underwriting discount, full


113


 

payment will only occur if and when we have purchased hotel properties with the specified aggregate purchase price, instead of at the closing when we have not yet invested all of the net proceeds raised in this offering.
 
The representative of the underwriters has advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $      per share. After the offering, the representative may change the offering price and other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
 
The expenses of the offering that are payable by us are estimated to be $      (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions).
 
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
 
We have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of          common shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than shares in connection with this offering. To          the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional shares based on the underwriter’s underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting Section.
 
Lock-Up Agreements
 
We and our trustees and executive officers have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Barclays Capital Inc., we and they will not directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any common shares (including, without limitation, common shares that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and common shares that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common shares, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common shares, (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any common shares or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into common shares or any of our other securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
 
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:
 
  •      during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or
 
  •      prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or occurrence of material event unless such extension is waived in writing by Barclays Capital, Inc.
 
Barclays Capital Inc., in its sole discretion, may release the common shares and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common shares and other securities from lock-up agreements, Barclays Capital Inc. will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting


114


 

the release, the number of common shares and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.
 
Offering Price Determination
 
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common shares, the representatives will consider:
 
  •      the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;
 
  •      our financial information;
 
  •      the ability of our management and our business potential and earning prospects;
 
  •      the prevailing securities markets at the time of this offering; and
 
  •      the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded shares of generally comparable companies.
 
Indemnification
 
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.
 
Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
 
The representative may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our common shares, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:
 
  •      Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
  •      A short position involves a sale by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase in the offering, which creates the syndicate short position. This short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales made by the underwriters in excess of the number of shares they are obligated to purchase is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  •      Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions.
 
  •      Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common shares originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.
 
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common shares or preventing or retarding a


115


 

decline in the market price of the common shares. As a result, the price of the common shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
 
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common shares. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make representation that the representative will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
Electronic Distribution
 
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representative on the same basis as other allocations.
 
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.
 
The New York Stock Exchange
 
We expect to apply for the listing of our common shares for quotation on the NYSE under the symbol “ .” The underwriters have undertaken to sell the common shares in this offering to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial owners in round lots of 100 or more units to meet NYSE distribution requirements for trading.
 
Discretionary Sales
 
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.
 
Stamp Taxes
 
If you purchase common shares offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
 
Relationships
 
Barclays Capital and certain of the underwriters and/or their affiliates may in the future engage in commercial and investment banking transactions with us in the ordinary course of their business. They expect to receive, customary compensation and expense reimbursement for these commercial and investment banking transactions. The underwriters may in the future perform investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they expect to receive customary fees and expense reimbursement.
 
EXPERTS
 
The balance sheet of Chatham Lodging Trust, a development stage company, as of October 30, 2009 included in this Prospectus has been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered certified public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


116


 

The combined financial statements of RLJ Billerica Hotel, LLC, RLJ Brentwood Hotel, LLC, RLJ Bloomington Hotel, LLC, RLJ Dallas Hotel Limited Partnership, RLJ Farmington Hotel, LLC, and RLJ Maitland Hotel, LLC (collectively the “Initial Acquisition Hotels”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Hunton & Williams LLP. Venable LLP will issue an opinion to us regarding certain matters of Maryland law, including the validity of the common shares offered by this prospectus. The underwriters have been represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Los Angeles, California.
 
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
 
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-11, including exhibits and schedules filed with this registration statement, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to our common shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to our company and our common shares to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract is an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the exhibit to which the reference relates. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0300. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement can be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’s website www.sec.gov.
 
As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will file periodic reports and proxy statements and will make available to our shareholders quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.
 
REPORTS TO SHAREHOLDERS
 
We will furnish our shareholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent registered certified public accounting firm.


117


 

 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
         
   
Page
 
    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4-6  
    F-7  
Audited Financial Statements for Initial Acquisition Hotels
       
    F-15  
    F-16  
    F-17  
    F-18  
    F-19  
    F-20-25  
Unaudited Financial Statements for Initial Acquisition Hotels
       
    F-26  
    F-27  
    F-28  
    F-29  
    F-30-31  


F-1


 

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Trustees and Shareholder
Chatham Lodging Trust:
 
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Chatham Lodging Trust (a development stage company) at October 30, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We conducted our audit of this statement in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statement is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statement, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
Fort Lauderdale, Florida
November 4, 2009


F-2


 

CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)
 
BALANCE SHEET
October 30, 2009
 
         
ASSETS:
Cash
  $ 10,000  
         
Total assets
  $ 10,000  
         
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
Liabilities:
       
Total liabilities
  $  
         
Shareholder’s Equity:
       
Common shares, $0.01 par value per share; 1,000 shares authorized; 1,000 shares issued and outstanding
    10  
Additional paid-in capital
    9,990  
         
Total shareholder’s equity
    10,000  
         
Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity
  $ 10,000  
         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.


F-3


 

 
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT
October 30, 2009
 
1.  Organization
 
Chatham Lodging Trust (the “Company”) was formed as a Maryland real estate investment trust on October 26, 2009, and intends to qualify as a real estate investment trust for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes. The Company plans to be internally-managed and was organized to invest primarily in premium-branded upscale extended-stay, select-service, and full-service hotels. The Company expects that a significant portion of its portfolio will consist of hotels in the upscale extended-stay category, including brands such as Homewood Suites by Hilton®, Residence Inn by Marriott® and Summerfield Suites by Hyatt®.
 
The Company is in the development stage, has no assets other than cash and has not yet commenced operations. The Company has not entered into any contracts to acquire hotel properties or other assets. The Company is in the process of forming a subsidiary, Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the “Operating Partnership”). The Company will be the sole general partner of the Operating Partnership and plans to conduct substantially all of its business through the Operating Partnership following its formation.
 
The Company intends to offer for sale up to $230 million in common shares through the filing of a registration statement on Form S-11. Concurrently with the closing of its initial public offering, in a separate private placement pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, the Company will sell common shares for an aggregate purchase price of $10 million to its chief executive officer, Jeffrey H. Fisher, at a price per share equal to the price to the public in the initial public offering, and without payment by the Company of any underwriting discount or commission.
 
2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Below is a discussion of significant accounting policies as the Company prepares to commence operations and acquire hotel assets:
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The balance sheet includes all of the accounts of the Company as of October 30, 2009, presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of the financial statement in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company intends to elect to be taxed as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) for federal income tax purposes. To qualify as a REIT, the Company must meet certain organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement to distribute at least 90% of the Company’s annual REIT taxable income to its shareholders (which is computed without regard to the dividends paid deduction or net capital gain and which does not necessarily equal net income as calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles). As a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal income tax to the extent it distributes qualifying dividends to its shareholders.


F-4


 

 
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT — (Continued)
 
If the Company fails to qualify as a REIT in any taxable year, it will be subject to federal income tax on its taxable income at regular corporate income tax rates and generally will not be permitted to qualify for treatment as a REIT for federal income tax purposes for the four taxable years following the year during which qualification is lost unless the Internal Revenue Service grants the Company relief under certain statutory provisions. Such an event could materially adversely affect the Company’s net income and net cash available for distribution to shareholders. However, the Company intends to organize and operate in such a manner as to qualify for treatment as a REIT.
 
The Company plans to lease its hotels to subsidiaries of its taxable REIT subsidiary, or TRS, Chatham TRS Holding, Inc. The TRS would be subject to federal and state income taxes and the Company would account for them, where applicable, using the asset and liability method which recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities arising from differences between financial statement carrying amounts and income tax bases.
 
Organizational and Offering Costs
 
The Company expenses organization costs as incurred and offering costs, which include selling commissions, will be deferred and charged to shareholders’ equity.
 
The Company will reimburse its sole shareholder for any out-of-pocket expenses to be incurred in connection with the organization of the Company and the proposed offering of common shares to the public. If the proposed offering is terminated, the Company will have no obligation to reimburse the shareholder for any organizational or offering costs.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued an accounting standard that made the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (the “Codification”) the source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The Codification has superseded all then-existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification became non-authoritative. This accounting standard is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. Following the issuance of this accounting standard, the FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions, or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue Accounting Standards Updates. The Board will not consider Accounting Standards Updates as authoritative in their own right. Accounting Standards Updates will serve only to update the Codification, provide background information about the guidance, and provide the bases for conclusions on the change(s) in the Codification. The adoption of this accounting standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.
 
In June 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance related to the consolidation of variable-interest entities, which requires enterprises to qualitatively assess the determination of the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) based on whether the entity (1) has the power to direct matters that most significantly impact the activities of the VIE, and (2) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The amendments change the consideration of kick-out rights in determining if an entity is a VIE which may cause certain additional entities to now be considered VIEs. Additionally, they require an ongoing reconsideration of the primary beneficiary and provide a framework for the events that trigger a reassessment of whether an entity is a VIE. This guidance will be effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard.


F-5


 

 
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
(A DEVELOPMENT STAGE COMPANY)

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT — (Continued)
 
 
3.  Shareholders’ Equity
 
Under the Declaration of Trust of the Company, the total number of shares initially authorized for issuance is 1,000 common shares. The Board of Trustees may amend the Declaration of Trust to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares.
 
On October 30, 2009, the Company issued the sole shareholder of the Company 1,000 common shares at $10 per share.
 
4.  Related Party Transactions
 
Jeffrey H. Fisher, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, President and Chairman of the Board of Trustees, owns 90% of Island Hospitality Management, Inc. (“IHM”), a hotel management company. The Company may enter into hotel management agreements with IHM for certain acquired hotels.
 
5.  Subsequent Events
 
The Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through November 4, 2009, which is the date the financial statement was issued. This evaluation did not result in any subsequent events that necessitated disclosures and/or adjustments.
 
6.  Subsequent Events (unaudited)
 
The Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through February 12, 2010, which is the date the financial statement was reissued. This evaluation did not result in any subsequent events that necessitated disclosures and/or adjustments.


F-6


 

 
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
 
Chatham Lodging Trust was formed on October 26, 2009. In November 2009, Chatham Lodging Trust signed an agreement to acquire six hotels for $73.5 million from wholly owned subsidiaries of RLJ Development, LLC (“RLJ”). Hotels to be acquired include the following:
 
         
Property
  Rooms  
 
Homewood Suites Billerica, Massachusetts
    147  
Homewood Suites Bloomington, Minnesota
    144  
Homewood Suites Brentwood, Tennessee
    121  
Homewood Suites Dallas, Texas
    137  
Homewood Suites Farmington, Connecticut
    121  
Homewood Suites Maitland, Florida
    143  
         
Total rooms
    813  
 
The acquisition will be funded from proceeds of the Company’s planned underwritten common share offering of up to $230 million and a concurrent $10 million private placement to Jeffrey H. Fisher. The $200 million common share offering assumes that the underwriter’s option to purchase up to $30 million of additional common shares to cover any over-allotments is not exercised. The proceeds of the common share offering and the private placement will be contributed to Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the “Partnership”), in exchange for limited partnership interests in the Partnership. Together these transactions are referred to as the “Offering”. Chatham Lodging Trust and the Partnership are herein referred to as the “Company”. No debt will be issued or assumed in connection with the acquisition of the hotels. The hotels will be managed by Promus Hotels, Inc. (“Promus”), an affiliate of Hilton Hotels Corporation, and are subject to franchise agreements with Promus. The hotels are collectively referred to as the “Initial Acquisition Hotels”.
 
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information of the Company includes the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2009 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet assumes that the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels and the Offering occurred on September 30, 2009 and is based on the Company’s audited balance sheet as of October 30, 2009 and the Initial Acquisition Hotels’ unaudited combined statement of financial position as of September 30, 2009. The purchase price allocation is preliminary since the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels is probable but not certain and the Company is in the process of obtaining certain information to support the allocations. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the year ended December 31, 2008 assumes that the closing of the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels, the Offering and the formation of the Company (the “Company Formation”) occurred on January 1, 2008 and is based on the unaudited combined statement of operations for the Initial Acquisition Hotels for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and the audited combined statement of operations for the Initial Acquisition Hotels for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
In management’s opinion, all material adjustments necessary to reflect the effects of the Offering, the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels and the Company Formation have been made. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not purport to represent what the Company’s results of operations or financial condition would actually have been if these transactions had in fact occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, or to project the Company’s results of operations or financial condition for any future period. In addition, the unaudited pro forma financial information is based upon available information and upon assumptions and estimates, some of which are set forth in the notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information and which the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma financial information and accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited balance sheet as of October 30, 2009 included in its Form S-11 as well as the Initial Acquisition Hotels’ combined financial statements and notes thereto.


F-7


 

CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
 
                                         
                            Pro Forma
 
    Chatham
          Initial
          Chatham
 
    Lodging
          Acquisition
    Pro Forma
    Lodging
 
    Trust     Offering     Hotels     Adjustments     Trust  
    (Note a)     (Note b)     (Note c)     (Note d)        
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
ASSETS
Investment in hotels, net
  $     $     $ 73,500     $     $ 73,500  
Cash and cash equivalents
    10       193,990       (73,472 )     (815 )     119,713  
Prepaid and other
                49             49  
Deferred and other
                360             360  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 10     $ 193,990     $ 437     $ (815 )   $ 193,622  
                                         
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $     $     $ 437     $     $ 437  
Debt
                             
                                         
Total liabilities
                437             437  
Shareholders’ equity:
                                       
Common shares, $0.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 1,000 shares issued and outstanding, respectively
                             
Additional paid-in capital
    10       193,990                   194,000  
Distributions in excess of earnings
                      (815 )     (815 )
                                         
Total shareholders’ equity
    10       193,990             (815 )     193,185  
                                         
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 10     $ 193,990     $ 437     $ (815 )   $ 193,622  
                                         
 
See Notes to Unaudited ProForma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations


F-8


 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(in thousands, except share data)
 
The accompanying Pro Forma Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2009 is based on the Historical Balance Sheet of the Company as of October 30, 2009, adjusted to reflect the initial public offering of common shares by the Company, the concurrent private placement to Mr. Fisher, the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels and application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds.”
 
The Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet assumes the following occurred on September 30, 2009:
 
  •      Company Formation
 
  •      Completion of the Offering
 
  •      Completion of the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
  •      Payment of costs and expenses of approximately $815 related to the Initial Acquisition Hotels.
 
Notes and Management Assumptions:
 
a) Represents the Company’s audited historical balance sheet as of October 30, 2009.
 
b) Represents cash proceeds of $200,000 from the sale of common shares registered under this registration statement excluding shares issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option and $10,000 from the sale of common shares to Mr. Fisher in the concurrent private placement, net of estimated underwriters’ fees of $14,000 and other transaction costs of $2,000 associated with the common share offering and the $10 repurchase of 1,000 common shares issued to Jeffrey H. Fisher upon the Company Formation.
 
c) Pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement for the Initial Acquisition Hotels, there will be a proration of operating results on the date of closing between the Company and RLJ and this proration is not reflected in the pro forma adjustments. Other than the assets and liabilities described in notes 2 and 4 below, no other assets and liabilities will be acquired pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement between the Company and RLJ. The following represents the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired in the Initial Acquisition Hotels based on the unaudited combined statement of financial position of the Initial Acquisition Hotels at September 30, 2009:
 
1. Investment in hotels of $73,500 is recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets (5 years for furniture and equipment, 15 years for land improvements and 40 years for buildings and improvements). No intangible assets are expected to be recognized in connection with the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels based on the estimated values of the identifiable assets acquired. The allocation of the purchase price to each individual Initial Acquisition Hotel is as follows:
 
                                 
    Purchase
                   
    Price
                Furniture &
 
Property
  Allocation     Land     Building     Equipment  
 
Homewood Suites Billerica, Massachusetts
  $ 12,550     $ 1,757     $ 10,291     $ 502  
Homewood Suites Bloomington, Minnesota
    18,000       2,520       14,760       720  
Homewood Suites Brentwood, Tennessee
    11,250       1,575       9,225       450  
Homewood Suites Dallas, Texas
    10,700       1,498       8,774       428  
Homewood Suites Farmington, Connecticut
    11,500       1,610       9,430       460  
Homewood Suites Maitland, Florida
    9,500       1,330       7,790       380  
                                 
Total purchase price
  $ 73,500     $ 10,290     $ 60,270     $ 2,940  


F-9


 

2. Prepaid and other assets consisting of prepaid real estate taxes and property taxes of $49.
 
3. Deferred franchise costs of $360. The deferred franchise fees will be amortized over the term of the new franchise agreements, which is 15 years from the closing of the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels.
 
4. Accounts payable and accrued expenses of $437, comprised of accrued real estate and personal property taxes of $412 and $25 in advance deposits.
 
d) Represents the costs expected to be incurred by the Company to complete the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels:
 
1. Costs associated with due diligence involving the Initial Acquisition Hotels of $415.
 
2. Legal costs of $225.
 
3. Accounting fees of $175 for services related to the audit and review of the Initial Acquisition Hotels.


F-10


 

CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
 
                                 
    Chatham
    Initial
          Pro Forma
 
    Lodging
    Acquisition
    Pro Forma
    Chatham
 
    Trust     Hotels     Adjustments     Lodging Trust  
    (Note a)     (Note b)              
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Revenue:
                               
Hotel operating:
                               
Rooms
  $     $ 16,187     $     $ 16,187  
Other
          414               414  
                                 
Total revenue
          16,601             16,601  
                                 
Expenses:
                               
Operating Expenses:
                               
Rooms
          3,153               3,153  
Other
          1,238               1,238  
General and administrative
          3,445               3,445  
Sales and marketing fees
          1,522               1,522  
Franchise fees
          647       18  c     665  
Management fees
          357               357  
Depreciation
          1,956       807  d     2,763  
Property taxes
          956               956  
Corporate general and administrative
                2,346  e     2,346  
                                 
Total expenses
          13,274       3,171       16,445  
                                 
Operating income
          3,327       (3,171 )     156  
Interest expense
          (2,683 )     2,683  f      
                                 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
          644       (488 )     156  
Income taxes
                       
                                 
Income from continuing operations
  $     $ 644     $ (488 )   $ 156  
                                 
 
See Notes to Unaudited ProForma Consolidated Statements of Operations


F-11


 

CHATHAM LODGING TRUST

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2009
(in thousands)
 
a) The Company was formed on October 26, 2009. As a result, there were no results of operations for the Company for the nine months ended September 30, 2009.
 
b) Represents the combined unaudited historical results of operations of the Initial Acquisition Hotels for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The historical unaudited combined financial statements of the Initial Acquisition Hotels are included herein.
 
c) Reflects the adjustment to amortization of franchise fees based on the franchise application fees paid of $360 and the remaining terms of the new franchise agreements, which is 15 years from the closing of the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels.
 
d) Reflects the net increase in depreciation expense based on the Company’s cost basis in the Initial Acquisition Hotels and its accounting policy for depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, 5 years for furniture and equipment, 15 years for land improvements and 40 years for buildings and improvements.
 
e) The Company was formed on October 26, 2009 and thus there was no corporate general and administrative expense related to the Company for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. Reflects the adjustment to include corporate general and administrative expenses that the Company expects to be contractually obligated to pay, including:
 
1. Salaries and benefits of $645 to be paid to the executive officers of the Company, who are currently Jeffrey H. Fisher, the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Peter Willis, the Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of the Company, and          , Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
 
2. Amortization of restricted share awards of $188 to Mr. Fisher, Mr. Willis and Mr.          based on a three-year vesting period. The aggregate estimated value of the restricted share awards are $450 to Mr. Fisher, $300 to Mr. Willis and $     to Mr.          .
 
3. Amortization of LTIP unit awards of $702 to Mr. Fisher, Mr. Willis and Mr.           based on a five-year vesting period. The aggregate undiscounted estimated value of the LTIP unit awards are $5,296 for Mr. Fisher, $867 for Mr. Willis and $     for Mr.          . After applying the share-based payment accounting guidance, the estimated discounted values of the LTIP unit awards are $4,024 for Mr. Fisher, $658 for Mr. Willis and $     for Mr.          . The discounted value is used for purposes of determining the amortization.
 
4. Cash compensation of $214 and restricted share compensation of $372 to the Trustees.
 
5. Directors and officers insurance of $225.
 
There are certain costs which have not been included in this adjustment as they are not currently a contractual obligation or factually supportable. This adjustment does not include certain items that the Company anticipates it will incur after the Offering, such items include but are not limited to salaries and benefits for any other employee, incentive compensation for any other employee, office rent, public company related expenses and other administrative costs associated with operating the Company.
 
f) Reflects the decrease to interest expense associated with RLJ defeasing the existing loans upon the Initial Acquisition Hotels. RLJ is required under the terms of the purchase and sale agreement to cause the defeasance to occur on or before the closing of the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels. The purchase price for the Initial Acquisition Hotels will be fully funded from equity proceeds of the Offering.


F-12


 

CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
 
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
 
                                 
    Chatham
    Initial
          Pro Forma
 
    Lodging
    Acquisition
    Pro Forma
    Chatham
 
    Trust     Hotels     Adjustments     Lodging Trust  
    (Note a)     (Note b)              
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Revenue:
                               
Hotel operating:
                               
Rooms
  $     $ 24,105     $     $ 24,105  
Other
          859               859  
                                 
Total revenue
          24,964             24,964  
                                 
Expenses:
                               
Operating Expenses:
                               
Rooms
          4,656               4,656  
Other
          1,780               1,780  
General and administrative
          5,171               5,171  
Sales and marketing fees
          2,374               2,374  
Franchise fees
          964       24  c     988  
Management fees
          570               570  
Depreciation
          2,481       551  d     3,032  
Property taxes
          1,227               1,227  
Corporate general and administrative
                3,128  e     3,128  
                                 
Total expenses
          19,223       3,703       22,926  
                                 
Operating income
          5,741       (3,703 )     2,038  
Interest expense
          (3,672 )     3,672  f      
                                 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
          2,069       (31 )     2,038  
Income taxes
                       
                                 
Income from continuing operations
  $     $ 2,069     $ (31 )   $ 2,038  
                                 
 
See Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations


F-13


 

CHATHAM LODGING TRUST

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
(in thousands, except share data)
 
a) The Company was formed on October 26, 2009. As a result , there were no results of operations for the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
b) Represents the combined audited historical results of operations of the Initial Acquisition Hotels for the year ended December 31, 2008. The historical unaudited combined financial statements of the Initial Acquisition Hotels are included herein.
 
c) Reflects the adjustment to amortization of franchise fees based on the franchise application fees paid of $360 and the remaining terms of the new franchise applications, which is 15 years from the closing of the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels.
 
d) Reflects the net increase in depreciation expense based on the Company’s cost basis in the Initial Acquisition Hotels and its accounting policy for depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, 5 years for furniture and equipment, 15 years for land improvements and 40 years for buildings and improvements.
 
e) The Company was formed on October 26, 2009 and thus there was no corporate general and administrative expense related to the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008. Reflects the adjustment to include corporate general and administrative expenses that the Company expects to be contractually obligated to pay, including:
 
1. Salaries and benefits of $860 to be paid to the executive officers of the Company, who are currently Jeffrey H. Fisher, the Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Peter Willis, the Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of the Company and          , Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
 
2. Amortization of restricted share awards of $250 to Messrs. Fisher, Willis and          based on a three-year vesting period. The aggregate estimated value of the restricted share awards are $450 to Mr. Fisher, $300 to Mr. Willis and $      to Mr.          .
 
3. Amortization of LTIP unit awards of $936 to Messrs. Fisher, Willis and          based on a five-year vesting period. The aggregate undiscounted estimated value of the LTIP unit awards are $5,296 for Mr. Fisher, $867 for Mr. Willis and $      to Mr.          . After applying the share-based payment accounting guidance, the estimated discounted values of the LTIP unit awards are $4,024 for Mr. Fisher, $658 for Mr. Willis and $      to Mr.          . The discounted value is used for purposes of determining the amortization.
 
4. Cash compensation of $286 and restricted share compensation of $496 to the Trustees.
 
5. Directors and officers insurance of $300.
 
There are certain costs which have not been included in this adjustment as they are not currently a contractual obligation or factually supportable. This adjustment does not include certain items that the Company anticipates it will incur after the Offering, such items include but are not limited to salaries and benefits for any other employee, incentive compensation for any other employee, office rent, public company related expenses and other administrative costs associated with operating the Company.
 
f) Reflects the decrease to interest expense associated with RLJ defeasing the existing loans upon the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels. RLJ is required under the terms of the purchase and sale agreement to cause the defeasance to occur on or before the closing of the purchase of the Initial Acquisition Hotels. The purchase price for the Initial Acquisition Hotels will be fully funded from equity proceeds of the Offering.


F-14


 

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
To the Shareholder of
Chatham Lodging Trust
 
In our opinion, the accompanying combined statements of financial position and the related combined statements of operations, of changes in member’s capital and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of RLJ Billerica Hotel, LLC, RLJ Brentwood Hotel, LLC, RLJ Bloomington Hotel, LLC, RLJ Dallas Hotel Limited Partnership, RLJ Farmington Hotel, LLC, and RLJ Maitland Hotel, LLC (collectively the “Initial Acquisition Hotels” or the “Hotels”) at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Hotels’ management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
McLean, Virginia
November 30, 2009


F-15


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Combined Statements of Financial Position
December 31, 2008 and 2007
 
                 
    2008     2007  
 
ASSETS
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,227,649     $ 922,475  
Cash held in escrow
    1,470,539       2,245,185  
Accounts receivable, net
    524,714       633,279  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    157,262       135,613  
                 
Total current assets
    3,380,164       3,936,552  
Property and equipment, net
    51,540,562       52,662,829  
Deferred financing costs, net
    127,511       192,389  
                 
Total assets
  $ 55,048,237     $ 56,791,770  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S CAPITAL
Current liabilities
               
Current portion of mortgage notes payable
  $ 1,166,841     $ 1,068,899  
Accounts payable, trade
    85,511       13,952  
Accounts payable, management companies
    275,534       302,475  
Advance deposits
    32,327       15,129  
Accrued sales and occupancy tax
    177,268       197,310  
Accrued vacation
    201,229       199,472  
Accrued interest
    237,890       243,653  
Other accrued expenses
    511,193       510,871  
                 
Total current liabilities
    2,687,793       2,551,761  
Mortgage notes payable
    42,774,737       43,941,357  
                 
Total liabilities
    45,462,530       46,493,118  
Member’s capital
    9,585,707       10,298,652  
                 
Total liabilities and member’s capital
  $ 55,048,237     $ 56,791,770  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.


F-16


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Combined Statements of Operations
For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2008
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Net revenues
                       
Room revenues
  $ 24,105,287     $ 24,074,091     $ 22,505,191  
Other service revenues
    859,176       865,378       854,348  
                         
      24,964,463       24,939,469       23,359,539  
                         
Operating expenses
                       
Room expenses
    4,656,224       4,584,978       4,319,223  
Other service expenses
    1,780,142       1,759,520       1,692,791  
General and administrative
    5,170,572       5,034,445       5,030,768  
Sales and marketing
    2,374,485       2,385,135       2,167,058  
Depreciation
    2,480,970       2,294,127       2,049,508  
Property taxes
    1,227,023       1,204,138       1,215,185  
Franchise fees
    964,231       962,964       900,207  
Management fees
    570,362       562,382       508,089  
                         
      19,224,009       18,787,689       17,882,829  
                         
Operating income
    5,740,454       6,151,780       5,476,710  
Interest expense
    (3,671,782 )     (3,747,351 )     (3,824,755 )
                         
Net income
  $ 2,068,672     $ 2,404,429     $ 1,651,955  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.


F-17


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Combined Statements of Changes in Member’s Capital
For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2008
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Member’s capital beginning of year
  $ 10,298,652     $ 8,115,356     $ 8,116,327  
Net income
    2,068,672       2,404,429       1,651,955  
Distributions to RLJ Development, LLC
    (2,781,617 )     (1,791,537 )     (1,652,926 )
Contributions from RLJ Development, LLC
          1,570,404        
                         
Member’s capital end of year
  $ 9,585,707     $ 10,298,652     $ 8,115,356  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.


F-18


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Combined Statements of Cash Flows
For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2008
 
                         
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income
  $ 2,068,672     $ 2,404,429     $ 1,651,955  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
                       
Depreciation
    2,480,970       2,294,127       2,049,508  
Amortization of deferred financing costs
    64,877       64,877       64,877  
Changes in assets and liabilities
                       
Funding of real estate tax and insurance escrow, net
    179,229       (136,877 )     (107,336 )
Accounts receivable
    108,566       (202,678 )     38,087  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (21,649 )     21,948       (66,842 )
Accounts payable
    44,618       (5,344 )     (199,214 )
Advance deposits
    17,198       (13,683 )     17,039  
Other accrued expenses
    322       (23,123 )     150,329  
Accrued sales and occupancy tax
    (20,042 )     21,854       3,910  
Accrued vacation
    1,757       16,617       22,392  
Accrued interest
    (5,763 )     (5,377 )     (4,947 )
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    4,918,755       4,436,770       3,619,758  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Proceeds from replacement and renovation reserves held in escrow, net
    595,417       12,207       (117,642 )
Advances to affiliates, net
          (49,026 )     218,432  
Purchase of property and equipment
    (1,358,703 )     (1,818,563 )     (1,264,942 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (763,286 )     (1,855,382 )     (1,164,152 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Distributions of member’s capital
    (2,781,617 )     (1,607,537 )     (1,652,926 )
Contributions of member’s capital
          5,998        
Principal payments on mortgage notes
    (1,068,678 )     (993,494 )     (916,489 )
                         
Net cash used in financing activities
    (3,850,295 )     (2,595,033 )     (2,569,415 )
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    305,174       (13,645 )     (113,809 )
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    922,475       936,120       1,049,929  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 1,227,649     $ 922,475     $ 936,120  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                       
Interest paid
  $ 3,612,667     $ 3,687,832     $ 3,764,842  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activity:
                       
Conversion of payable to RLJ Development, LLC to equity
  $     $ 1,564,406     $  
                         
Distribution of a receivable to RLJ Development, LLC
  $     $ 184,000     $  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.


F-19


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements
For the Three Years Ended December 31, 2008
 
1.  Businesses and Organization
 
Description of Business
 
The Initial Acquisition Hotels are comprised of the following six Homewood Suites hotel properties:
 
         
RLJ Billerica Hotel, LLC
  Bedford, Massachusetts   147 rooms
RLJ Brentwood Hotel, LLC
  Brentwood, Tennessee   121 rooms
RLJ Bloomington Hotel, LLC
  Bloomington, Minnesota   144 rooms
RLJ Dallas Hotel Limited Partnership
  Dallas, Texas   137 rooms
RLJ Farmington Hotel, LLC
  Farmington, Connecticut   121 rooms
RLJ Maitland Hotel, LLC
  Maitland, Florida   143 rooms
 
The six hotel properties (collectively the “Initial Acquisition Hotels” or “Hotels”) are wholly owned by RLJ Development, LLC. RLJ Development, LLC owns and operates limited service hotels. Limited service hotels offer amenities such as limited meeting space, fitness centers, swimming pools, continental breakfast or similar services.
 
The Initial Acquisition Hotels operate in the hospitality and lodging industry and are subject to risks common to companies in that industry.
 
2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The combined financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting and in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in combination.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
Room revenues are recognized the night of occupancy. Cash received prior to guest arrival is recorded as an advance from customers and recognized as revenue at the time of occupancy.
 
The Hotels also recognize revenues for food, beverage, telephone charges and various ancillary services performed at the time the service is provided. These amounts are included in other service revenues.
 
Accounts Receivable, net
 
Accounts receivable consist primarily of payments due from credit card companies and from corporate customers. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in existing accounts receivable. The Hotels record bad debt expense in general and administrative expense in the accompanying statements of operations based on an assessment of the ultimate realizability of receivables considering historical collection experience, the economic environment, and the individual circumstances of each receivable. When the Hotels determine that an account is not collectible, the account is written-off to the associated allowance for doubtful accounts.


F-20


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — Continued
 
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the allowance for doubtful accounts balance was $7,817 and $9,794, respectively.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Hotels consider all funds held in money market accounts and highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents. The Hotels maintain their cash accounts at various major financial institutions within the United States of America. At times, deposits may be in excess of federally insured limits. The Hotels have not experienced any losses on cash deposited with the financial institutions.
 
Cash Held in Escrow
 
The Hotels are required by certain mortgage agreements to maintain escrow accounts for real estate taxes and insurance, and by certain property management agreements and/or mortgages to maintain replacements reserves for each hotel financed. The escrow accounts for real estate taxes and insurance are determined by the lender, based on annual estimates. The Hotels’ various debt and property management agreements require individual hotel properties to contribute a predetermined amount to replacement reserves based on adjusted gross revenues from the preceding month. The predetermined amounts required to be contributed range from 4% to 5%.
 
As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, amounts held in escrow were as follows:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
 
Insurance escrows
  $ 32,133     $ 73,342  
Tax escrows
    443,772       569,140  
Replacement and renovation reserves
    994,634       1,602,703  
                 
Total
  $ 1,470,539     $ 2,245,185  
                 
 
Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements
 
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date in the principal or most advantageous market. The fair value hierarchy has three levels of inputs, both observable and unobservable. Level 1 inputs include quoted market prices in an active market for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are market data, other than Level 1, that are observable either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted market prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted market prices in an inactive market, and other observable information that can be corroborated by market data. Level 3 inputs are unobservable and corroborated by little or no market data.
 
The following table provides fair value information on the Hotels’ financial assets and liabilities.
 
                                         
    Carrying Amount in
               
    Balance Sheet
  Fair Value
           
    December 31,
  December 31,
  Fair Value Measurements Using:
    2008   2008   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,698,188     $ 2,698,188     $ 2,698,188     $     $  
Mortgage notes payable
    43,941,578       42,532,176             42,532,176        
 
Because of their short-term nature, the carrying amount of the Hotels’ current financial instruments approximates fair value as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. The fair value of long-term mortgage notes payable is based on rates available to the Hotels for debt with similar terms and maturities. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the fair market value of mortgage notes payable for mortgages with fixed interest rates is approximately $42,532,000 and $43,553,000 based on quoted


F-21


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — Continued
 
market prices at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, respectively, as compared to the carrying value of $43,941,578 and $45,010,254, respectively.
 
Property and Equipment
 
The Hotels’ property and equipment consists primarily of land, buildings, improvements and related fixtures, furniture and equipment. Property and equipment are stated at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed when incurred. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the depreciable assets using the straight-line method.
 
When properties and/or equipment are sold or retired, their cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
The Hotels periodically evaluate the recoverability of long-lived assets when events or circumstances indicate that an asset may be impaired. This evaluation consists of a comparison of the carrying value of the assets with the assets’ expected future cash flows, undiscounted and without interest costs. Estimates of expected future cash flows represent management’s best estimate based on reasonable and supportable assumptions and projections. If the expected future undiscounted cash flows exceed the carrying value of the asset, no impairment is recognized. If expected undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value then impairment is indicated. Such impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value of long-lived assets and their fair market value. During 2008 and 2007 there were no events or changes in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of the Hotels’ long-lived assets may not be recoverable.
 
Advances to Affiliates, net
 
Amounts advanced to affiliates represent short-term transfers of cash provided by and to other properties affiliated with RLJ Development, LLC in order to meet short-term cash needs. During 2007, these affiliates of the Hotels were sold and amounts owed to/from those affiliates were transferred and considered receivable/payable to RLJ Development, LLC. The Hotels recognized a non-cash contribution and distribution for this transaction.
 
Deferred Financing Costs
 
The Hotels’ deferred financing costs relate to fees and costs incurred to obtain long-term financing to purchase the hotel and related properties. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method, over the life of the applicable mortgage and are included as a component of interest expense. There were no capitalized deferred financing costs in 2008 or 2007. Accumulated amortization related to deferred financing costs as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $521,080 and $456,202, respectively. Amortization expense related to deferred financing costs for the three years ended December 31, 2008 was $64,877 a year.
 
Advertising Costs
 
The Hotels expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were $1,410,254, $1,420,171 and $1,266,853 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and have been included in sales and marketing expenses.
 
Income and Sales Taxes
 
No provision has been made for federal or state income taxes since the Hotels’ profits and losses are reported by the individual members on their respective income tax returns.


F-22


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — Continued
 
Additionally, the Hotels collect sales, use, occupancy and similar taxes which are presented on a net basis (excluded from revenues) on the combined statements of operations.
 
3.  Property Management Agreements
 
In December 2000, the Hotels entered into six separate fifteen (15) year property management agreements (the “Promus Agreements”) with Promus Hotels, Inc. (“Promus”) that expire in 2015 with a five-year renewal option that may be exercised by Promus. The Promus Agreements require that Promus provide all services required to operate the six hotels, located in Brentwood, TN; Bloomington, MN, Billerica, MA; Dallas, TX; Farmington CT; and Maitland, FL., including directing the day-to-day activities of the hotels and establishing all policies and procedures relating to the management and operation of the hotels.
 
In accordance with the Promus Agreements, Promus is required to maintain and manage the operating activities of the hotels. Accordingly, Promus initially pays for all operating expenses on behalf of the hotels and is reimbursed by withdrawing funds from the individual hotel’s operating cash account. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, $275,534 and $302,475, respectively, was due to Promus under these arrangements and have been included in accounts payable, management companies.
 
The Promus Agreements also include provisions for a management fee and a management incentive fee to be paid to Promus for its services. Additionally, the Promus Agreements call for a monthly franchise fee to be paid to Hilton Hotels Corporation. The management fee is computed in accordance with the Promus Agreements and is based on 2% of adjusted monthly gross revenue of the individual hotels. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the management fees incurred by the hotels were $498,810, $497,626 and $466,105, respectively. The incentive management fee is calculated based on 10% of the adjusted net operating income from operations of the individual hotels at the end of each year. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the incentive management fees incurred by the hotels were $71,552, $64,756, and $41,984, respectively.
 
Each Hotel is charged a monthly franchise fee paid to Hilton Hotels Corporation based on a percentage of the individual hotel’s respective gross room revenue. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the franchise fees for the Hotels were $964,231, $962,964, and $900,207, respectively.
 
4.  Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment at December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of:
 
                         
    Estimated
             
    Useful
             
    Lives     2008     2007  
 
Land
        $ 8,882,552     $ 8,882,552  
Projects-in-development
                115,839  
Building
    39 years       44,953,448       44,857,946  
Machinery, equipment and fixtures
    5-15 years       26,719,714       25,340,674  
                         
Subtotal
            80,555,714       79,197,011  
Less: Accumulated depreciation
            (29,015,152 )     (26,534,182 )
                         
Property and equipment, net
          $ 51,540,562     $ 52,662,829  
                         
 
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2,480,970, $2,294,127 and $2,049,508, respectively.


F-23


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — Continued
 
5.  Mortgage Notes Payable
 
Mortgage notes payable as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of the following:
 
                 
    2008     2007  
 
Mortgage notes with fixed interest rates
               
7.84%, maturing January 2011
  $ 35,237,130     $ 36,090,790  
8.69%, maturing December 2010
    8,704,448       8,919,466  
                 
      43,941,578       45,010,256  
Less current portion
    1,166,841       1,068,899  
                 
Long term mortgage notes payable
  $ 42,774,737     $ 43,941,357  
                 
 
In December 2000, the Hotels entered into a $40.5 million credit facility with a financial institution for mortgages related to five of the hotels acquired in December 2000. In April 2001, the credit facility was modified to split the five individual mortgages into two collateralized pools. The first collateralized pool consists of the mortgages to RLJ Brentwood Hotel, LLC, RLJ Dallas Hotel Limited Partnership, and RLJ Farmington Hotel, LLC and had an initial borrowing under the facility of $20.7 million, with combined principal and interest of $157,578 payable monthly. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the outstanding balance of the first pool was $18,010,089 and $18,446,405, respectively. The second collateralized pool, consisting of the mortgages to RLJ Billerica Hotel, LLC and RLJ Bloomington Hotel, LLC, was established with an initial borrowing under the facility of $19.8 million, with combined principal and interest of $150,726 payable monthly. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the outstanding balance of the second pool was $17,227,041 and $17,644,385, respectively. All related mortgage note agreements mature in January 2011. The interest rates related to the mortgages are 7.84% and are payable monthly. The mortgage note agreements include a prepayment penalty in whole or in part based on the higher of 3% of the principal amount of the note being prepaid or the present value of a series of payments as defined in the credit facility. The individual mortgages in the credit facility are collateralized by the individual hotel properties and equipment.
 
In December 2000, RLJ Maitland Hotel, LLC entered into a mortgage note agreement with a financial institution at an initial borrowing of $10.0 million, with monthly principal and interest payments of $81,807. The final payment on the mortgage note is due in January 2011 and bears an 8.69% fixed rate of interest. The mortgage note contains a prepayment penalty provision based on rates defined in the note agreement, related to the 10-year Treasury note rate plus premium ranging from 0.013% to 0.120% of the outstanding principal balance of the loan. The note is collateralized by the individual hotel property and equipment. The managing member of RLJ Development, LLC had personally guaranteed up to $1,346,400 of the loan, the amount of the guarantee outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, was $50,847 and $265,864, respectively. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the outstanding balance on the note was $8,704,448 and $8,919,466, respectively.
 
In accordance with all of the Hotels’ mortgage agreements, including the Loan Pool Facility, mortgages may be prepaid at any time, without penalty, at the option of the borrower. The mortgage notes include financial and other covenants that require the maintenance of certain ratios. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Hotels were in compliance with all covenants under the mortgage notes.


F-24


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — Continued
 
Maturities of mortgage notes payable as of December 31, 2008 are as follows:
 
         
Year
  Amount  
 
2009
  $ 1,166,841  
2010
    1,242,949  
2011
    41,531,788  
         
    $ 43,941,578  
         
 
6.  Guarantees and Indemnifications
 
The Hotels may enter into service agreements with service providers in which they agrees to indemnify the service provider against certain losses and liabilities arising from the service provider’s performance under the agreement. Generally, such indemnification obligations do not apply in situations in which the service provider is grossly negligent, engages in wilful misconduct, or acts in bad faith. The Hotels believe their liabilities under such service agreements are immaterial.
 
7.  Recent Developments
 
On November 16, 2009, a purchase and sale agreement was signed related to the acquisition of the Hotels by Chatham Lodging Trust for a total purchase price of $73.5 million (for all six hotels).


F-25


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Combined Statements of Financial Position
As of September 30, 2009 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2008
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    (Unaudited)        
 
ASSETS
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,336,760     $ 1,227,649  
Cash held in escrow
    1,657,699       1,470,539  
Accounts receivable, net
    622,206       524,714  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    381,044       157,262  
                 
Total current assets
    3,997,709       3,380,164  
Property and equipment, net
    49,948,308       51,540,562  
Deferred financing costs, net
    78,855       127,511  
                 
Total assets
    54,024,872       55,048,237  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBER’S CAPITAL
Current liabilities
               
Current portion of mortgage notes payable
  $ 1,239,681     $ 1,166,841  
Accounts payable, trade
    11,834       85,511  
Accounts payable, management companies
    292,690       275,534  
Advance deposits
    24,899       32,327  
Accrued sales and occupancy tax
    187,674       177,268  
Accrued vacation
    190,178       201,229  
Accrued interest
    225,705       237,890  
Other accrued expenses
    1,099,805       511,193  
                 
Total current liabilities
    3,272,466       2,687,793  
Mortgage notes payable
    41,837,477       42,774,737  
                 
Total liabilities
    45,109,943       45,462,530  
Member’s capital
    8,914,929       9,585,707  
                 
Total liabilities and member’s capital
  $ 54,024,872     $ 55,048,237  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.


F-26


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Combined Statements of Operations
Unaudited Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008
 
                 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2009     2008  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
 
Net revenues
               
Room revenues
  $ 16,186,467     $ 18,675,739  
Other service revenues
    414,285       666,401  
                 
      16,600,752       19,342,140  
                 
Operating expenses
               
Room expenses
    3,152,603       3,492,952  
Other service expenses
    1,237,871       1,347,998  
General and administrative
    3,444,656       3,871,594  
Sales and marketing
    1,521,982       1,799,307  
Depreciation
    1,955,879       1,842,784  
Property taxes
    956,097       939,672  
Franchise fees
    647,459       747,030  
Management fees
    356,798       460,634  
                 
      13,273,345       14,501,971  
                 
Operating income
    3,327,407       4,840,169  
Interest expense
    (2,683,065 )     (2,758,158 )
                 
Net income
  $ 644,342     $ 2,082,011  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.


F-27


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Combined Statements of Changes in Member’s Capital
Unaudited Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008
 
                 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2009     2008  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
 
Member’s capital beginning of period
  $ 9,585,707     $ 10,298,652  
Net income
    644,342       2,082,011  
Distributions to RLJ Development, LLC
    (1,315,120 )     (2,590,473 )
                 
Member’s capital end of period
  $ 8,914,929     $ 9,790,190  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.


F-28


 

Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Combined Statements of Cash Flows
Unaudited Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008
 
                 
    September 30,
    September 30,
 
    2009     2008  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities
               
Net income
  $ 644,342     $ 2,082,011  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
               
Depreciation
    1,955,879       1,842,784  
Amortization of deferred financing costs
    48,656       48,656  
Changes in assets and liabilities
               
Funding of real estate tax and insurance escrow, net
    (123,018 )     (172,536 )
Accounts receivable
    (97,492 )     (170,879 )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (223,782 )     16,678  
Accounts payable
    (56,521 )     50,621  
Advance deposits
    (7,428 )     41,086  
Other accrued expenses
    588,612       470,687  
Accrued sales and occupancy tax
    10,406       39,906  
Accrued vacation
    (11,051 )     (11,929 )
Accrued interest
    (12,185 )     (11,976 )
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    2,716,418       4,225,109  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities
               
Proceeds from replacement and renovation reserves held in escrow, net
    (64,142 )     473,780  
Purchase of property and equipment
    (363,625 )     (726,116 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (427,767 )     (252,336 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities
               
Distributions of member’s capital
    (1,315,120 )     (2,590,473 )
Principal payments on mortgage notes
    (864,420 )     (789,535 )
                 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (2,179,540 )     (3,380,008 )
                 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    109,111       592,765  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    1,227,649       922,475  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 1,336,760     $ 1,515,240  
                 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
               
Interest paid
  $ 2,695,250     $ 2,770,134  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined financial statements.


F-29


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements
Unaudited Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2009 and 2008
 
1.  Businesses and Organization
 
Description of Business
 
The Initial Acquisition Hotels are comprised of the following six Homewood Suites hotel properties:
 
         
RLJ Billerica Hotel, LLC
  Bedford, Massachusetts   147 rooms
RLJ Brentwood Hotel, LLC
  Brentwood, Tennessee   121 rooms
RLJ Bloomington Hotel, LLC
  Bloomington, Minnesota   144 rooms
RLJ Dallas Hotel Limited Partnership
  Dallas, Texas   137 rooms
RLJ Farmington Hotel, LLC
  Farmington, Connecticut   121 rooms
RLJ Maitland Hotel, LLC
  Maitland, Florida   143 rooms
 
The six hotel properties (collectively the “Initial Acquisition Hotels” or “Hotels”) are wholly owned by RLJ Development, LLC. RLJ Development, LLC owns and operates limited service hotels. Limited service hotels offer amenities such as limited meeting space, fitness centers, swimming pools, continental breakfast or similar services.
 
The Initial Acquisition Hotels operate in the hospitality and lodging industry and is subject to risks common to companies in that industry.
 
2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Cash Held in Escrow
 
As of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008, amounts legally restricted and held in escrow were as follows:
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    (Unaudited)        
 
Insurance escrows
  $ 13,460     $ 32,133  
Tax escrows
    585,463       443,772  
Replacement and renovation reserves
    1,058,776       994,634  
                 
Total
  $ 1,657,699     $ 1,470,539  
                 
 
Deferred Financing Costs
 
The Hotels’ deferred financing costs relate to fees and costs incurred to obtain long-term financing to purchase the hotel and related properties. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method, over the life of the applicable mortgage and are included as a component of interest expense. There were no capitalized deferred financing costs during the nine-month periods ended September 31, 2009 and 2008. Accumulated amortization related to deferred financing costs as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 was $569,738 and $521,080, respectively. Amortization expense related to deferred financing costs for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 was $48,658.


F-30


 

 
Initial Acquisition Hotels
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements — Continued
 
3.  Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment at September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 consisted of:
 
                         
    Estimated
             
    Useful
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    Lives     2009     2008  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Land
        $ 8,882,552     $ 8,882,552  
Building
    39 years       44,953,448       44,953,448  
Machinery, equipment and fixtures
    5-15 years       27,083,339       26,719,714  
                         
Subtotal
            80,919,339       80,555,714  
Less: Accumulated depreciation
            (30,971,031 )     (29,015,152 )
                         
Property and equipment, net
          $ 49,948,308     $ 51,540,562  
                         
 
Depreciation expense for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2009 and 2008 was $1,955,879 and $1,842,784, respectively.
 
4.  Mortgage Notes Payable
 
Mortgage notes payable as of September 30, 2009 and December 31, 2008 consisted of the following:
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2009     2008  
    (Unaudited)        
 
Mortgage notes with fixed interest rates
               
7.84%, maturing January 2011
  $ 34,546,641     $ 35,237,130  
8.69%, maturing December 2010
    8,530,517       8,704,448  
                 
      43,077,158       43,941,578  
Less current portion
    1,239,681       1,166,841  
                 
Long term mortgage notes payable
  $ 41,837,477     $ 42,774,737  
                 
 
5.  Recent Developments
 
The Hotels have performed an evaluation of subsequent events through January 13, 2010. On November 16, 2009, a purchase and sale agreement was signed related to the acquisition of the Hotels by Chatham Lodging Trust for a total purchase price of $73.5 million (for all six hotels). No other subsequent events were identified.


F-31


 

 
           Shares
 
(CHATHAM LODGING TRUST)
 
Common Shares
 
 
 
Prospectus
       , 2010
 
 
Barclays Capital
 
 
 
 


 

 
PART II. INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 31.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
 
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses of the sale and distribution of the securities being registered, all of which are being borne by the Registrant.
 
         
SEC registration fee
  $ 12,834  
FINRA filing fee*
    23,500  
NYSE listing fee*
       
Printing and engraving fees*
       
Legal fees and expenses*
       
Accounting fees and expenses*
       
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)*
       
Transfer agent and registrar fees*
       
Director and officer liability insurance policy premium*
       
Miscellaneous expenses*
       
         
Total*
  $  
         
 
 
* To be provided by amendment.
 
All expenses, except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and FINRA “filing” fee, are estimated.
 
Item 32.   Sales to Special Parties.
 
On October 29, 2009, we issued 1,000 common shares to Jeffrey H. Fisher in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000.
 
On November 3, 2009, Mr. Fisher subscribed to purchase $10,000,000 of our common shares at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price.
 
Item 33.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
 
We have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”):
 
On October 29, 2009, we issued 1,000 common shares to Jeffrey H. Fisher in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of $10,000.
 
On November 3, 2009, Mr. Fisher subscribed to purchase $10,000,000 of our common shares at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price.
 
The shares were issued in reliance on the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D thereunder.
 
Item 34.   Indemnification of Trustees and Officers.
 
Maryland law permits a Maryland real estate investment trust to include in its declaration of trust a provision limiting the liability of its trustees and officers to the trust and its shareholders for money damages except for liability resulting from (a) actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or (b) active or deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our declaration of trust contains a provision which limits the liability of our trustees and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.


II-1


 

Our declaration of trust permits us and our bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any present or former trustee or officer or (b) any individual who, while a trustee or officer and at our request, serves or has served another real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise as a director, trustee, officer, member, manager, partner, employee or agent and who is made or is threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in any such capacity, from and against any claim or liability to which that individual may become subject or which that individual may incur by reason of his or her service in any such capacity and to pay or reimburse his or her reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding. Our declaration of trust and bylaws also permit us to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of our company in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company. Maryland law requires us to indemnify a trustee or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he is made a party by reason of his service in that capacity.
 
The Maryland General Corporation Law permits a Maryland real estate investment trust to indemnify and advance expenses to its trustees, officers, employees and agents to the same extent as permitted for directors and officers of Maryland corporations. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was a result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer has reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. However, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right if the corporation or if the director or officer was adjudged to be liable for an improper personal benefit, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses. In accordance with the Maryland General Corporation Law, as a condition to advancing expenses, we must obtain (a) a written affirmation by the trustee or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification and (b) a written statement by or on his or her behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by us if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct was not met.
 
We also expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our trustees and our executive officers providing for procedures for indemnification by us to the fullest extent permitted by law and advancements by us of certain expenses and costs relating to claims, suits or proceedings arising from their service to us.
 
We expect to obtain an insurance policy under which our trustees and executive officers will be insured, subject to the limits of the policy, against certain losses arising from claims made against such trustees and officers by reason of any acts or omissions covered under such policy in their respective capacities as trustees or officers, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
We have been advised that the SEC has expressed the opinion that indemnification of trustees, officers or persons otherwise controlling a company for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.
 
Item 35.   Treatment of Proceeds from Shares Being Registered.
 
None of the net proceeds will be credited to an account other than the appropriate capital share account.


II-2


 

Item 36.   Financial Statements and Exhibits.
 
(a) Financial Statements. See page F-1 for an index of the financial statements included in the Registration Statement.
 
(b) Exhibits.  The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this registration statement on Form S-11:
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number  
Exhibit Description
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement by and among Chatham Lodging Trust, Chatham Lodging, L.P. and the Underwriters named therein
  3 .1   Form of Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Chatham Lodging Trust
  3 .2   Form of Bylaws of Chatham Lodging Trust
  3 .3   Agreement of Limited Partnership of Chatham Lodging, L.P.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Venable LLP
  8 .1*   Tax opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP
  10 .1   Chatham Lodging Trust Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .2(a)   Form of Employment Agreement Between Chatham Lodging Trust and Jeffrey H. Fisher
  10 .2(b)   Form of Employment Agreement Between Chatham Lodging Trust and Peter Willis
  10 .3**   Subscription Agreement dated November 3, 2009 between Jeffrey H. Fisher and Chatham Lodging Trust
  10 .4**   Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions for Initial Acquisition Hotels, dated November 16, 2009
  10 .5   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Chatham Lodging Trust and its officers and trustees
  10 .6   Form of LTIP Unit Vesting Agreement
  10 .7   Form of Share Award Agreement
  10 .8   First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions for Initial Acquisition Hotels, dated December 24, 2009
  10 .9   Form of IHM Hotel Management Agreement
  21 .1   List of Subsidiaries of Chatham Lodging Trust
  23 .1   PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Consent to include Report on Financial Statement of Chatham Lodging Trust
  23 .2   PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Consent to include Report on Financial Statements of Initial Acquisition Hotels
  23 .3*   Venable LLP Consent (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  23 .4*   Hunton & Williams LLP Consent (included in Exhibit 8.1)
  99 .1**   Consent of Miles Berger to being named as a trustee
  99 .2**   Consent of Thomas J. Crocker to being named as a trustee
  99 .3**   Consent of Jack P. DeBoer to being named as a trustee
  99 .4   Consent of Glen R. Gilbert to being named as a trustee
  99 .5**   Consent of C. Gerald Goldsmith to being named as a trustee
  99 .6**   Consent of Rolf E. Ruhfus to being named as a trustee
  99 .7**   Consent of Joel F. Zemans to being named as a trustee
 
 
* To be filed by amendment
 
** Previously filed.


II-3


 

 
Item 37.   Undertakings.
 
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to trustees, officers or controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
(c) The undersigned Registrant hereby further undertakes that:
 
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance under Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.


II-4


 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-11 and has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Palm Beach, State of Florida on the 12th day of February, 2010.
 
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
 
  By: 
/s/  Jeffrey H. Fisher
Jeffrey H. Fisher
Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 3 has been signed below by the following person in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Jeffrey H. Fisher

Jeffrey H. Fisher
  Chief Executive Officer and Trustee (Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   February 12, 2010


II-5


 

 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit
   
Number
 
Exhibit Description
 
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement by and among Chatham Lodging Trust, Chatham Lodging, L.P. and the Underwriters named therein
  3 .1   Form of Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Chatham Lodging Trust
  3 .2   Form of Bylaws of Chatham Lodging Trust
  3 .3   Agreement of Limited Partnership of Chatham Lodging, L.P.
  5 .1*   Opinion of Venable LLP
  8 .1*   Tax opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP
  10 .1   Chatham Lodging Trust Equity Incentive Plan
  10 .2(a)   Form of Employment Agreement Between Chatham Lodging Trust and Jeffrey H. Fisher
  10 .2(b)   Form of Employment Agreement Between Chatham Lodging Trust and Peter Willis
  10 .3**   Subscription Agreement dated November 3, 2009 between Jeffrey H. Fisher and Chatham Lodging Trust
  10 .4**   Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions for Initial Acquisition Hotels, dated November 16, 2009
  10 .5   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Chatham Lodging Trust and its officers and trustees
  10 .6   Form of LTIP Unit Vesting Agreement
  10 .7   Form of Share Award Agreement
  10 .8   First Amendment to Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions for Initial Acquisition Hotels, dated December 24, 2009
  10 .9   Form of IHM Hotel Management Agreement
  21 .1   List of Subsidiaries of Chatham Lodging Trust
  23 .1   PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Consent to include Report on Financial Statement of Chatham Lodging Trust
  23 .2   PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP Consent to include Report on Financial Statements of Initial Acquisition Hotels
  23 .3*   Venable LLP Consent (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  23 .4*   Hunton & Williams LLP Consent (included in Exhibit 8.1)
  99 .1**   Consent of Miles Berger to being named as a trustee
  99 .2**   Consent of Thomas J. Crocker to being named as a trustee
  99 .3**   Consent of Jack P. DeBoer to being named as a trustee
  99 .4   Consent of Glen R. Gilbert to being named as a trustee
  99 .5**   Consent of C. Gerald Goldsmith to being named as a trustee
  99 .6**   Consent of Rolf E. Ruhfus to being named as a trustee
  99 .7**   Consent of Joel F. Zemans to being named as a trustee
 
 
* To be filed by amendment
 
** Previously filed.


II-6

exv3w1
Exhibit 3.1
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
     FIRST: Chatham Lodging Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “Trust”) formed under Title 8 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland (“Title 8”), desires to amend and restate its Declaration of Trust as currently in effect.
     SECOND: The following provisions are all the provisions of the Declaration of Trust currently in effect and as hereinafter amended (the “Declaration of Trust”):
ARTICLE I
FORMATION
     The Trust is a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Title 8. The Trust shall not be deemed to be a general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, joint stock company or a corporation but nothing herein shall preclude the Trust from being treated for tax purposes as an association under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
ARTICLE II
NAME
     The name of the Trust is:
Chatham Lodging Trust
     Under circumstances in which the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board of Trustees,” or “Board”) determines that the use of the name of the Trust is not practicable, the Trust may use any other designation or name for the Trust.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSES AND POWERS
     Section 3.1 Purposes. The purposes for which the Trust is formed are to engage in any businesses and activities that a trust formed under Title 8 may legally engage in, including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business as a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) within the meaning of Section 856 of the Code.
     Section 3.2 Powers. The Trust shall have all of the powers granted to real estate investment trusts by Title 8 and all other powers set forth in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust, as it may be amended and supplemented, which are not inconsistent with law and are appropriate to promote and attain the purposes set forth in the Declaration of Trust.

 


 

ARTICLE IV
RESIDENT AGENT
     The name and address of the resident agent of the Trust in the State of Maryland are The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 351 West Camden St., Baltimore, MD 21201.
     The resident agent of the Trust is a Maryland corporation. The Trust may have such offices or places of business within or outside the State of Maryland as the Board of Trustees may from time to time determine.
ARTICLE V
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
     Section 5.1 Powers. Subject to any express limitations contained in the Declaration of Trust or in the Bylaws of the Trust, as amended from time to time (the “Bylaws”), (a) the business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Trustees and (b) the Board shall have full, exclusive and absolute power, control and authority over any and all property of the Trust. The Board may take any action as in its sole judgment and discretion is necessary or appropriate to conduct the business and affairs of the Trust. The Declaration of Trust shall be construed with the presumption in favor of the grant of power and authority to the Board. Any construction of the Declaration of Trust or determination made in good faith by the Board concerning its powers and authority hereunder shall be conclusive. The enumeration and definition of particular powers of the Trustees included in the Declaration of Trust or in the Bylaws shall in no way be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of this or any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws or construed or deemed by inference or otherwise in any manner to exclude or limit the powers conferred upon the Board or the Trustees under the general laws of the State of Maryland or any other applicable laws.
     The Board, without any action by the shareholders of the Trust, shall have and may exercise, on behalf of the Trust, without limitation, the power to cause the Trust to terminate its status as a REIT under the Code pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof; to determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on ownership and transfers of shares of beneficial interest in the Trust set forth in Article VII of the Declaration of Trust is no longer required in order for the Trust to qualify as a REIT pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof; to adopt, amend and repeal Bylaws; to elect officers in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws; to solicit proxies from holders of shares of beneficial interest in the Trust; and to do any other acts and deliver any other documents necessary or appropriate to the foregoing powers.
     Section 5.2 Number. The number of Trustees (hereinafter the “Trustees”) shall be one, which number may be increased or decreased pursuant to the Bylaws, but shall never be more than 15. The Trustees shall be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders in the manner provided in the Bylaws or, in order to fill any vacancy on the Board of Trustees, in the

2


 

manner provided in the Bylaws, to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualify.
     The name of the Trustee who shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualify is:
Jeffrey H. Fisher
     The Board of Trustees may increase or decrease the number of Trustees in the manner provided in the Bylaws. Vacancies on the Board of Trustees, whether resulting from an increase in the number of Trustees or otherwise, may be filled only by the Board of Trustees in the manner provided in the Bylaws. It shall not be necessary to list in the Declaration of Trust the names and addresses of any Trustees hereinafter elected.
     The Trust elects, at such time as it becomes eligible to make the election provided for under Section 3-804(c) of the Maryland General Corporation Law that, except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of Shares (as hereinafter defined), any and all vacancies on the Board of Trustees may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Trustees in office, even if the remaining Trustees do not constitute a quorum, and any Trustee elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the trusteeship in which such vacancy occurred.
     Section 5.3 Resignation or Removal. Any Trustee may resign by written notice to the Board, effective upon execution and delivery to the Trust of such written notice or upon any future date specified in the notice. Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Shares (as hereinafter defined) to elect or remove one or more Trustees, a Trustee may be removed at any time, but only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of Trustees. For the purpose of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any particular trustee, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such trustee caused demonstrable, material harm to the Trust through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.
     Section 5.4 Determinations by Board. The determination as to any of the following matters, made in good faith by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Trustees consistent with the Declaration of Trust, shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding upon the Trust and every holder of Shares: the amount of the net income of the Trust for any period and the amount of assets at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, redemption of Shares or the payment of other distributions on Shares; the amount of paid-in surplus, net assets, other surplus, annual or other cash flow, funds from operations, net profit, net assets in excess of capital, undivided profits or excess of profits over losses on sales of assets; the amount, purpose, time of creation, increase or decrease, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges and the propriety thereof (whether or not any obligation or liability for which such reserves or charges shall have been created shall have been paid or discharged); any interpretation of the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers or rights, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of any class or series of Shares; the fair value, or any sale, bid or asked price to be applied in determining the fair value, of any asset owned or held by the Trust or of any Shares; the number of Shares of any

3


 

class of the Trust; any matter relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of any assets by the Trust; or any other matter relating to the business and affairs of the Trust or required or permitted by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or Bylaws or otherwise to be determined by the Board of Trustees.
     Section 5.5 REIT Qualification. If the Board of Trustees determines that it is no longer in the best interests of the Trust to continue to be qualified as a REIT, the Board of Trustees may revoke or otherwise terminate the Trust’s REIT election pursuant to Section 856(g) of the Code. The Board of Trustees also may determine that compliance with any restriction or limitation on share ownership and transfers set forth in Article VII hereof is no longer required for REIT qualification.
ARTICLE VI
SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST
     Section 6.1 Authorized Shares. The beneficial interest of the Trust shall be divided into shares of beneficial interest (the “Shares”). The Trust has authority to issue 500,000,000 common shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Shares”), and 100,000,000 preferred shares of beneficial interest, $0.01 par value per share (“Preferred Shares”). If shares of one class are classified or reclassified into shares of another class of shares pursuant to this Article VI, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of beneficial interest of all classes that the Trust has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of beneficial interest set forth in the second sentence of this paragraph. The Board of Trustees, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board and without any action by the shareholders of the Trust, may amend the Declaration of Trust from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of Shares or the number of Shares of any class or series that the Trust has authority to issue.
     Section 6.2 Common Shares. Subject to the provisions of Article VII and except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of Common Shares, each Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter upon which holders of Common Shares are entitled to vote. The Board of Trustees may reclassify any unissued Common Shares from time to time in one or more classes or series of Shares.
     Section 6.3 Preferred Shares. The Board of Trustees may classify any unissued Preferred Shares and reclassify any previously classified but unissued Preferred Shares of any series from time to time, in one or more series of Shares.
     Section 6.4 Classified or Reclassified Shares. Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified Shares of any class or series, the Board of Trustees by resolution shall (a) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of Shares; (b) specify the number of Shares to be included in the class or series; (c) set or change, subject to the provisions of Article VII and subject to the express terms of any class or series of Shares outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers (including exclusive voting

4


 

rights, if any), restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (d) cause the Trust to file articles supplementary with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”). Any of the terms of any class or series of Shares set pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 6.4 may be made dependent upon facts ascertainable outside the Declaration of Trust (including the occurrence of any event, including a determination or action by the Trust or any other person or body or any other facts or events within the control of the Trust) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of Shares is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary filed with the SDAT.
     Section 6.5 Authorization by Board of Share Issuance. The Board of Trustees may authorize the issuance from time to time of Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration (whether in cash, property, past or future services, obligation for future payment or otherwise) as the Board of Trustees may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a Share split or Share dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Declaration of Trust or the Bylaws.
     Section 6.6 Dividends and Distributions. The Board of Trustees may from time to time authorize and the Trust may declare to shareholders such dividends or distributions, in cash or other assets of the Trust or in securities of the Trust or from any other source as the Board of Trustees in its discretion shall determine. The exercise of the powers and rights of the Board of Trustees pursuant to this Section 6.6 shall be subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding.
     Section 6.7 General Nature of Shares. All Shares shall be personal property entitling the shareholders only to those rights provided in the Declaration of Trust. The shareholders shall have no interest in the property of the Trust and shall have no right to compel any partition, division, dividend or distribution of the Trust or of the property of the Trust. The death of a shareholder shall not terminate the Trust. The Trust is entitled to treat as shareholders only those persons in whose names Shares are registered as holders of Shares on the share ledger of the Trust.
     Section 6.8 Fractional Shares. The Trust may, without the consent or approval of any shareholder, issue fractional Shares, eliminate a fraction of a Share by rounding up to a full Share, arrange for the disposition of a fraction of a Share by the person entitled to it, or pay cash for the fair value of a fraction of a Share.
     Section 6.9 Declaration and Bylaws. The rights of all shareholders and the terms of all Shares are subject to the provisions of the Declaration of Trust and the Bylaws.
     Section 6.10 Divisions and Combinations of Shares. Subject to an express provision to the contrary in the terms of any class or series of beneficial interest hereafter authorized, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to divide or combine the outstanding shares of any class or series of beneficial interest, without a vote of shareholders, and amend the Declaration of

5


 

Trust as necessary to effect the same, so long as the number of shares combined into one share in any such combination or series of combinations within any period of twelve months is not greater than ten.
ARTICLE VII
RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER AND OWNERSHIP OF SHARES
     Section 7.1 Definitions. For the purpose of this Article VII, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
     Beneficial Ownership. The term “Beneficial Ownership” shall mean ownership of Equity Shares by a Person, whether the interest in Equity Shares is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 544 of the Code, as modified by Sections 856(h)(1)(B) and 856(h)(3)(A) of the Code. The terms “Beneficial Owner,” “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.
     Business Day. The term “Business Day” shall mean any day, other than a Saturday, a Sunday, a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to close.
     Charitable Beneficiary. The term “Charitable Beneficiary” shall mean one or more beneficiaries of the Charitable Trust as determined pursuant to Section 7.3.6 hereof, provided that each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.
     Charitable Trust. The term “Charitable Trust” shall mean any trust provided for in Section 7.3.1 hereof.
     Charitable Trustee. The term “Charitable Trustee” shall mean the Person unaffiliated with the Trust and a Prohibited Owner that is appointed by the Trust to serve as trustee of the Charitable Trust.
     Constructive Ownership. The term “Constructive Ownership” shall mean ownership of Equity Shares by a Person, whether the interest in Equity Shares is held directly or indirectly (including by a nominee), and shall include interests that would be treated as owned through the application of Section 318(a) of the Code, as modified by Section 856(d)(5) of the Code. The terms “Constructive Owner,” “Constructively Owns” and “Constructively Owned” shall have the correlative meanings.
     Equity Shares. The term “Equity Shares” shall mean Shares of all classes or series, including, without limitation, Common Shares and Preferred Shares.
     Excepted Holder. The term “Excepted Holder” shall mean a Person for whom an Excepted Holder Limit is created by this Article VII or by the Board of Trustees pursuant to Section 7.2.7 hereof.

6


 

     Excepted Holder Limit. The term “Excepted Holder Limit” shall mean, provided that the affected Excepted Holder agrees to comply with the requirements established by the Declaration of Trust or the Board of Trustees pursuant to Section 7.2.7 hereof and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 7.2.8 hereof, the percentage limit established for an Excepted Holder by the Declaration of Trust or the Board of Trustees pursuant to Section 7.2.7 hereof.
     Initial Date. The term “Initial Date” shall mean the date of the issuance of Common Shares pursuant to the initial underwritten public offering of Common Shares or such other date as determined by the Board of Trustees in its sole and absolute discretion.
     Market Price. The term “Market Price” on any date shall mean, with respect to any class or series of outstanding Equity Shares, the Closing Price for such Equity Shares on such date. The “Closing Price” on any date shall mean the last reported sale price for such Equity Shares, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, for such Equity Shares, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or, if such Equity Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which such Equity Shares are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Equity Shares are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if such Equity Shares are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Equity Shares selected by the Board of Trustees or, in the event that no trading price is available for such Equity Shares, the fair market value of Equity Shares, as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees.
     NYSE. The term “NYSE” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange.
     Person. The term “Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, estate, trust (including a trust qualified under Sections 401(a) or 501(c)(17) of the Code), a portion of a trust permanently set aside for or to be used exclusively for the purposes described in Section 642(c) of the Code, association, private foundation within the meaning of Section 509(a) of the Code, joint stock company, government, government subdivision, agency or instrumentality or other entity and also includes a “group” as that term is used for purposes of Rule 13d-5(b) or Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and a group to which an Excepted Holder Limit applies.
     Prohibited Owner. The term “Prohibited Owner” shall mean, with respect to any purported Transfer (or other event), any Person who, but for the provisions of Section 7.2.1 hereof, would Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares in violation of the provisions of Section 7.2.1(a) hereof, and if appropriate in the context, shall also mean any Person who would have been the record owner of Equity Shares that the Prohibited Owner would have so owned.

7


 

     Restriction Termination Date. The term “Restriction Termination Date” shall mean the first day after the Initial Date on which the Board of Trustees determines pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof that it is no longer in the best interests of the Trust to attempt to, or continue to, qualify as a REIT or that compliance with the restrictions and limitations on Beneficial Ownership, Constructive Ownership and Transfers of Equity Shares set forth herein is no longer required in order for the Trust to qualify as a REIT.
     Share Ownership Limit. The term “Share Ownership Limit” shall mean nine and eight-tenths percent (9.8%) in value or in number of shares, whichever is more restrictive, of the outstanding shares of any class or series of Equity Shares of the Trust excluding any outstanding Equity Shares not treated as outstanding for federal income tax purposes, or such other percentage determined from time to time by the Board of Trustees in accordance with Section 7.2.8 hereof.
     TRS. The term “TRS” shall mean a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined in Section 856(l) of the Code) of the Trust.
     Transfer. The term “Transfer” shall mean any issuance, sale, transfer, gift, assignment, devise or other disposition, as well as any other event that causes any Person to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership, or any agreement to take any such actions or cause any such events, of Equity Shares or the right to vote or receive dividends on Equity Shares, including (a) the granting or exercise of any option (or any disposition of any option), pledge, security interest or similar right to acquire Equity Shares, (b) any disposition of any securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Shares or any interest in Equity Shares or any exercise of any such conversion or exchange right and (c) Transfers of interests in other entities that result in changes in Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares; in each case, whether voluntary or involuntary, whether owned of record, Constructively Owned or Beneficially Owned and whether by operation of law or otherwise. The terms “Transferring” and “Transferred” shall have the correlative meanings.
     Section 7.2 Equity Shares.
          Section 7.2.1 Ownership Limitations. During the period commencing on the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date or as otherwise set forth below, and subject to Section 7.4 hereof:
          (a) Basic Restrictions.
               (i) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, no Person, other than an Excepted Holder, shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares in excess of the Share Ownership Limit. No Excepted Holder shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares in excess of the Excepted Holder Limit for such Excepted Holder.
               (ii) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own Equity Shares to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership of Equity Shares would result in the Trust being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code (without regard to whether the ownership interest is held during the last half of a taxable year).

8


 

               (iii) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, any Transfer of Equity Shares that, if effective, would result in Equity Shares being Beneficially Owned by less than one hundred (100) Persons (determined under the principles of Section 856(a)(5) of the Code) shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares.
               (iv) Except as provided in Section 7.2.7 hereof, no Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares to the extent such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would cause the Trust to Constructively Own ten percent (10%) or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of the Trust’s real property within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code.
               (v) No Person shall Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares to the extent that such Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership would otherwise cause the Trust to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any “eligible independent contractor” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(A) of the Code) that operates a “qualified lodging facility” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code) on behalf of a TRS failing to qualify as such.
          (b) Transfer in Trust; Transfer Void Ab Initio. If any Transfer of Equity Shares (or other event) occurs which, if effective, would result in any Person Beneficially Owning or Constructively Owning Equity Shares in violation of Sections 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v) hereof,
               (i) then that number of Equity Shares the Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of which otherwise would cause such Person to violate Sections 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v) hereof (rounded up to the nearest whole share) shall be automatically transferred without further action by the Trust or any other party, to a Charitable Trust for the benefit of a Charitable Beneficiary, as described in Section 7.3 hereof, effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the date of such Transfer, and such Person shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares; or
               (ii) if the transfer to the Charitable Trust described in clause (i) of this sentence would not be effective for any reason to prevent the violation of Sections 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v) hereof, then the Transfer of that number of Equity Shares that otherwise would cause any Person to violate Sections 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iv) or (v) hereof shall be void ab initio, and the intended transferee shall acquire no rights in such Equity Shares.
          Section 7.2.2 Remedies for Breach. If the Board of Trustees or any duly authorized committee thereof shall at any time determine in good faith that a Transfer or other event has taken place that results in a violation of Section 7.2.1 hereof or that a Person intends to acquire or has attempted to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of any Equity Shares in violation of Section 7.2.1 hereof (whether or not such violation is intended), the Board of Trustees or a committee thereof shall take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to or to prevent such Transfer or other event, including, without limitation, causing the Trust to redeem Equity Shares, refusing to give effect to such Transfer on the books of the Trust or instituting proceedings to enjoin such Transfer or other event; provided, however, that any Transfers or attempted Transfers or other events in violation of Section 7.2.1 hereof shall be

9


 

regarded as having been transferred to the Charitable Trust described above, and, where applicable, such Transfer (or other event) shall be void ab initio as provided above irrespective of any action (or non-action) by the Board of Trustees or a committee thereof.
          Section 7.2.3 Notice of Restricted Transfer. Any Person who acquires or attempts or intends to acquire Beneficial Ownership or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares that will or may violate Section 7.2.1(a) hereof, or any Person who would have owned Equity Shares that resulted in a transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.2.1(b) hereof, shall immediately give written notice to the Trust of such event or, in the case of such a proposed or attempted transaction, give at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice, and shall provide to the Trust such other information as the Trust may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Transfer on the Trust’s status as a REIT.
          Section 7.2.4 Owners Required To Provide Information. From the Initial Date and prior to the Restriction Termination Date:
          (a) every owner of more than five percent (5%) (or such lower percentage as required by the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) in number or value of the outstanding Equity Shares, within 30 days after the end of each taxable year, shall give written notice to the Trust stating the name and address of such owner, the number of Equity Shares of each class and/or series Beneficially Owned and a description of the manner in which such shares are held. Each such owner shall provide to the Trust such additional information as the Trust may request in order to determine the effect, if any, of such Beneficial Ownership on the Trust’s status as a REIT and to ensure compliance with Section 7.2.1(a) hereof; and
          (b) each Person who is a Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner of Equity Shares and each Person (including the shareholder of record) who is holding Equity Shares for a Beneficial Owner or Constructive Owner shall provide to the Trust such information as the Trust may request, in good faith, in order to determine the Trust’s status as a REIT and to comply with the requirements of any taxing authority or governmental authority or to determine such compliance and to ensure compliance with the Share Ownership Limit.
          Section 7.2.5 Remedies Not Limited. Subject to Section 5.5 hereof, nothing contained in this Section 7.2 hereof shall limit the authority of the Board of Trustees to take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable to protect the Trust and the interests of its shareholders in preserving the Trust’s status as a REIT.
          Section 7.2.6 Ambiguity. In the case of an ambiguity in the application of any of the provisions of this Article VII, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to determine the application of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to any situation based on the facts known to it. In the event Sections 7.2 or 7.3 hereof requires an action by the Board of Trustees and the Declaration of Trust fails to provide specific guidance with respect to such action, the Board of Trustees shall have the power to determine the action to be taken so long as such action is not contrary to the provisions of Sections 7.1, 7.2 or 7.3 hereof. Absent a decision to the contrary by the Board of Trustees (which the Board of Trustees may make in its sole and absolute discretion), if a Person would have (but for the remedies set forth in Section 7.2.1 hereof) acquired Beneficial or Constructive Ownership of Equity Shares in violation of

10


 

Section 7.2.1 hereof, such remedies (as applicable) shall apply first to the Equity Shares which, but for such remedies, would have been actually owned by such Person, and second to Equity Shares which, but for such remedies, would have been Beneficially Owned or Constructively Owned (but not actually owned) by such Person, pro rata among the Persons who actually own such Equity Shares based upon the relative number of Equity Shares held by each such Person.
          Section 7.2.7 Exceptions.
          (a) The Board of Trustees, in its sole discretion, may exempt (prospectively or retroactively) a Person from the restrictions contained in Sections 7.2.1(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) hereof, as the case may be, and may establish or increase an Excepted Holder Limit for such Person if the Board of Trustees obtains such representations, covenants and undertakings as the Board of Trustees may deem appropriate in order to conclude that granting the exemption and/or establishing or increasing the Excepted Holder Limit, as the case may be, will not cause the Trust to lose its status as a REIT.
          (b) Prior to granting any exception pursuant to Section 7.2.7(a) hereof, the Board of Trustees may require a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or an opinion of counsel, in either case in form and substance satisfactory to the Board of Trustees in its sole discretion, as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to determine or ensure the Trust’s status as a REIT. Notwithstanding the receipt of any ruling or opinion, the Board of Trustees may impose such conditions or restrictions as it deems appropriate in connection with granting such exception.
          (c) Subject to Section 7.2.1(a)(ii), (iv) and (v) hereof, an underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser that participates in a public offering, private placement or other private offering of Equity Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Shares) may Beneficially Own or Constructively Own Equity Shares (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Shares) in excess of the Share Ownership Limit, but only to the extent necessary to facilitate such public offering, private placement or immediate resale of such Equity Shares and provided that the restrictions contained in Section 7.2.1(a) hereof will not be violated following the distribution by such underwriter, placement agent or initial purchaser of such Equity Shares.
          Section 7.2.8 Change in Share Ownership Limit and Excepted Holder Limits.
          (a) The Board of Trustees may from time to time increase or decrease the Share Ownership Limit; provided, however, that a decreased Share Ownership Limit will not be effective for any Person whose percentage ownership of Equity Shares is in excess of such decreased Share Ownership Limit until such time as such Person’s percentage of Equity Shares equals or falls below the decreased Share Ownership Limit, but until such time as such Person’s percentage of Equity Shares falls below such decreased Share Ownership Limit, any further acquisition of Equity Shares in excess of such decreased Share Ownership Limit will be in violation of the Share Ownership Limit and, provided further, that the new Share Ownership Limit would not allow five or fewer individuals (including any entity treated as an individual under Section 542(a)(2) of the Code and taking into account all Excepted Holders) to Beneficially Own more than 49.9% in value of the outstanding Equity Shares.

11


 

          (b) The Board of Trustees may only reduce the Excepted Holder Limit for an Excepted Holder: (1) with the written consent of such Excepted Holder at any time, or (2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the agreements and undertakings entered into with such Excepted Holder in connection with the establishment of the Excepted Holder Limit for that Excepted Holder. No Excepted Holder Limit shall be reduced to a percentage that is less than the then current Share Ownership Limit.
          Section 7.2.9 Legend. Each certificate, if any, for Equity Shares shall bear a legend summarizing the restrictions on transfer and ownership contained herein. Instead of a legend, the certificate, if any, may state that the Trust will furnish a full statement about certain restrictions on transferability to a shareholder on request and without charge.
     Section 7.3 Transfer of Equity Shares in Trust.
          Section 7.3.1 Ownership in Trust. Upon any purported Transfer or other event described in Section 7.2.1(b) hereof that would result in a transfer of Equity Shares to a Charitable Trust, such Equity Shares shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Charitable Trustee as trustee of a Charitable Trust for the exclusive benefit of one or more Charitable Beneficiaries. Such transfer to the Charitable Trustee shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the Business Day prior to the purported Transfer or other event that results in the transfer to the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 7.2.1(b) hereof. The Charitable Trustee shall be appointed by the Trust and shall be a Person unaffiliated with the Trust and any Prohibited Owner. Each Charitable Beneficiary shall be designated by the Trust as provided in Section 7.3.6 hereof.
          Section 7.3.2 Status of Shares Held by the Charitable Trustee. Equity Shares held by the Charitable Trustee shall be issued and outstanding Equity Shares of the Trust. The Prohibited Owner shall have no rights in the shares held by the Charitable Trustee. The Prohibited Owner shall not benefit economically from ownership of any shares held in trust by the Charitable Trustee, shall have no rights to dividends or other distributions and shall not possess any rights to vote or other rights attributable to the shares held in the Charitable Trust.
          Section 7.3.3 Dividend and Voting Rights. The Charitable Trustee shall have all voting rights and rights to dividends or other distributions with respect to Equity Shares held in the Charitable Trust, which rights shall be exercised for the exclusive benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. Any dividend or other distribution paid prior to the discovery by the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trustee shall be paid with respect to such Equity Shares to the Charitable Trustee upon demand and any dividend or other distribution authorized but unpaid shall be paid when due to the Charitable Trustee. Any dividends or distributions so paid over to the Charitable Trustee shall be held in trust for the Charitable Beneficiary. The Prohibited Owner shall have no voting rights with respect to shares held in the Charitable Trust and, subject to Maryland law, effective as of the date that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trust, the Charitable Trustee shall have the authority (at the Charitable Trustee’s sole discretion) (i) to rescind as void any vote cast by a Prohibited Owner prior to the discovery by the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trust and (ii) to recast such vote in accordance with the desires of the Charitable Trustee acting for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary; provided, however, that if the Trust has already

12


 

taken irreversible trust action, then the Charitable Trustee shall not have the authority to rescind and recast such vote. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VII, until the Trust has received notification that Equity Shares have been transferred into a Charitable Trust, the Trust shall be entitled to rely on its share transfer and other shareholder records for purposes of preparing lists of shareholders entitled to vote at meetings, determining the validity and authority of proxies and otherwise conducting votes of shareholders.
          Section 7.3.4 Sale of Shares by Charitable Trustee. Within twenty (20) days of receiving notice from the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trust, the Charitable Trustee of the Charitable Trust shall sell the Equity Shares held in the Charitable Trust to a Person, designated by the Charitable Trustee, whose ownership of the Equity Shares will not violate the ownership limitations set forth in Section 7.2.1(a) hereof. Upon such sale, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the Equity Shares sold shall terminate and the Charitable Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary as provided in this Section 7.3.4 hereof. The Prohibited Owner shall receive the lesser of (1) the price paid by the Prohibited Owner for the Equity Shares in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Charitable Trust (or, if the event which resulted in the Transfer to the Charitable Trust did not involve a purchase of such Equity Shares at Market Price, the Market Price of such Equity Shares on the day of the event which resulted in the Transfer of such Equity Shares to the Charitable Trust) and (2) the price per share received by the Charitable Trustee (net of any commissions and other expenses of sale) from the sale or other disposition of the Equity Shares held in the Charitable Trust. The Charitable Trustee may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and other distributions which have been paid to the Prohibited Owner and are owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Charitable Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.3 hereof. Any net sales proceeds in excess of the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner shall be immediately paid to the Charitable Beneficiary. If, prior to the discovery by the Trust that Equity Shares have been transferred to the Charitable Trust, such Equity Shares are sold by a Prohibited Owner, then (i) such Equity Shares shall be deemed to have been sold on behalf of, or in respect of, the Charitable Trust and (ii) to the extent that the Prohibited Owner received an amount for such Equity Shares that exceeds the amount that such Prohibited Owner was entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 7.3.4 hereof, such excess shall be paid to the Charitable Trustee upon demand.
          Section 7.3.5 Purchase Right in Shares Transferred to the Charitable Trustee. Equity Shares transferred to the Charitable Trust shall be deemed to have been offered for sale to the Trust, or its designee, at a price per share equal to the lesser of (i) the price per share in the transaction that resulted in such transfer to the Charitable Trust (or, if the event which resulted in the Transfer to the Charitable Trust did not involve a purchase of such Equity Shares at Market Price, the Market Price of such Equity Shares on the day of the event which resulted in the Transfer of such Equity Shares to the Charitable Trust) and (ii) the Market Price on the date the Trust, or its designee, accepts such offer. The Trust may reduce the amount payable to the Prohibited Owner by the amount of dividends and distributions paid to the Prohibited Owner and owed by the Prohibited Owner to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.3.3 hereof. The Trust may pay the amount of such reduction to the Trustee for the benefit of the Charitable Beneficiary. The Trust shall have the right to accept such offer until the Charitable Trustee has sold the Equity Shares held in the Charitable Trust pursuant to Section 7.3.4 hereof. Upon such a sale to the Trust, the interest of the Charitable Beneficiary in the Equity Shares sold shall terminate and

13


 

the Charitable Trustee shall distribute the net proceeds of the sale to the Prohibited Owner and to the Charitable Beneficiary in accordance with Section 7.3.4 hereof and any dividends or other distributions held by the Charitable Trustee shall be paid to the Charitable Beneficiary.
          Section 7.3.6 Designation of Charitable Beneficiaries. By written notice to the Charitable Trustee, the Trust shall designate one or more nonprofit organizations to be the Charitable Beneficiary of the interest in the Charitable Trust such that (i) Equity Shares held in the Charitable Trust would not violate the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2.1(a) hereof in the hands of such Charitable Beneficiary and (ii) each such organization must be described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Code and contributions to each such organization must be eligible for deduction under each of Sections 170(b)(1)(A), 2055 and 2522 of the Code.
     Section 7.4 NYSE Transactions. Nothing in this Article VII shall preclude the settlement of any transaction entered into through the facilities of the NYSE or any other national securities exchange or automated inter-dealer quotation system. The fact that the settlement of any transaction occurs shall not negate the effect of any other provision of this Article VII and any transferee in such a transaction shall be subject to all of the provisions and limitations set forth in this Article VII.
     Section 7.5 Enforcement. The Trust is authorized specifically to seek equitable relief, including injunctive relief, to enforce the provisions of this Article VII.
     Section 7.6 Non-Waiver. No delay or failure on the part of the Trust or the Board of Trustees in exercising any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver of any right of the Trust or the Board of Trustees, as the case may be, except to the extent specifically waived in writing.
     Section 7.7 Severability. If any provision of this Article VII or any application of any such provision is determined to be invalid by any federal or state court having jurisdiction over the issues, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected and other applications of such provisions shall be affected only to the extent necessary to comply with the determination of such court.
ARTICLE VIII
SHAREHOLDERS
     Section 8.1 Meetings. There shall be an annual meeting of the shareholders, to be held on proper notice at such time and convenient location as shall be determined by or in the manner prescribed in the Bylaws, for the election of the Trustees, if required, and for the transaction of any other business within the powers of the Trust. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, special meetings of shareholders may be called only in the manner provided in the Bylaws. If there are no Trustees, the officers of the Trust shall promptly call a special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote for the election of successor Trustees. Any meeting may be adjourned and reconvened as the Trustees determine or as provided in the Bylaws.
     Section 8.2 Voting Rights. Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares then outstanding, the shareholders shall be entitled to vote only on the following matters: (a)

14


 

election of Trustees as provided in Section 5.2 hereof and the removal of Trustees as provided in Section 5.3 hereof; (b) amendment of the Declaration of Trust as provided in Article X hereof; (c) termination of the Trust as provided in Section 12.2 hereof; (d) merger or consolidation of the Trust, or the sale or disposition of substantially all of the assets of the Trust, as provided in Article XI hereof; (e) such other matters with respect to which the Board of Trustees has adopted a resolution declaring that a proposed action is advisable and directing that the matter be submitted to the shareholders for approval or ratification; and (f) such other matters as may be properly brought before a meeting of shareholders pursuant to the Bylaws. Except with respect to the matters described in clauses (a) through (e) above, no action taken by the shareholders at any meeting shall in any way bind the Board of Trustees.
     Section 8.3 Preemptive and Appraisal Rights. Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of classified or reclassified Shares pursuant to Section 6.4 hereof, or as may otherwise be provided by contract approved by the Board of Trustees, no holder of Shares shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional Shares of the Trust or any other security of the Trust which it may issue or sell. Holders of shares of beneficial interest shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting shareholder provided for under Title 8 or Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the Maryland General Corporation Law or any successor statute unless the Board of Trustees, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Trustees, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of shares of beneficial interest, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.
     Section 8.4 Extraordinary Actions. Except as specifically provided in Section 5.3 hereof (relating to removal of Trustees) and in Section 10.3 hereof (relating to certain amendments to the Declaration of Trust), notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or authorized by the affirmative vote of a greater number of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if advised by the Board of Trustees and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
     Section 8.5 Board Approval. The submission of any action of the Trust to the shareholders for their consideration shall first be approved by the Board of Trustees.
ARTICLE IX
LIABILITY LIMITATION, INDEMNIFICATION
AND TRANSACTIONS WITH THE TRUST
     Section 9.1 Limitation of Shareholder Liability. No shareholder shall be liable for any debt, claim, demand, judgment or obligation of any kind of, against or with respect to the Trust by reason of his or her being a shareholder, nor shall any shareholder be subject to any personal liability whatsoever, in tort, contract or otherwise, to any person in connection with the property or the affairs of the Trust by reason of his or her being a shareholder.

15


 

     Section 9.2 Limitation of Trustee and Officer Liability. To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of trustees and officers of a real estate investment trust, no present or former Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or to any shareholder for money damages. Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section 9.2, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Declaration of Trust inconsistent with this Section 9.2, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.
     Section 9.3 Indemnification. The Trust shall have the power, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to obligate itself to indemnify, and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any individual who is a present or former Trustee or officer of the Trust or (b) any individual who, while a Trustee or officer of the Trust and at the request of the Trust, serves or has served as a trustee, director, officer, partner, member, manager, employee or agent of another real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in such capacity or capacities. The Trust shall have the power, with the approval of its Board of Trustees, to provide such indemnification and advancement of expenses to a person who served a predecessor of the Trust in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Trust or a predecessor of the Trust.
     Section 9.4 Transactions Between the Trust and its Trustees, Officers, Employees and Agents. Subject to any express restrictions in the Declaration of Trust or adopted by the Trustees in the Bylaws or by resolution, the Trust may enter into any contract or transaction of any kind with any person, including any Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust or any person affiliated with a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust, whether or not any of them has a financial interest in such transaction.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENTS
     Section 10.1 General. The Trust reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to the Declaration of Trust, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Declaration of Trust, of any Shares. All rights and powers conferred by the Declaration of Trust on shareholders, Trustees and officers are granted subject to this reservation. An amendment to the Declaration of Trust shall be signed, acknowledged and filed as required by Maryland law. All references to the Declaration of Trust shall include all amendments thereto.
     Section 10.2 By Trustees. The Trustees may amend the Declaration of Trust from time to time, in the manner provided by Title 8, without any action by the shareholders, (i) to qualify as a REIT under the Code or under Title 8, (ii) in any respect in which the charter of a corporation may be amended in accordance with Section 2-605 of the Corporations and

16


 

Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland and (iii) as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust.
     Section 10.3 By Shareholders. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, any amendment to the Declaration of Trust shall be valid only if advised by the Board of Trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Any amendment to Section 5.3 hereof or to this sentence of the Declaration of Trust shall be valid only if advised by the Board of Trustees and approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
ARTICLE XI
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR SALE OF TRUST PROPERTY
     Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding, the Trust may (a) merge the Trust into another entity, (b) consolidate the Trust with one or more other entities into a new entity or (c) sell, lease, exchange or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of the Trust Property. Any such action must be advised by the Board of Trustees and, after notice to all shareholders entitled to vote on the matter, approved by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.
ARTICLE XII
DURATION AND TERMINATION OF TRUST
     Section 12.1 Duration. The Trust shall continue perpetually unless terminated pursuant to Section 12.2 hereof or pursuant to any applicable provision of Title 8.
     Section 12.2 Termination.
          (a) Subject to the provisions of any class or series of Shares at the time outstanding, after approval by a majority of the entire Board of Trustees, the Trust may be terminated upon approval at any meeting of shareholders by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Upon the termination of the Trust:
               (i) The Trust shall carry on no business except for the purpose of winding up its affairs.
               (ii) The Trustees shall proceed to wind up the affairs of the Trust and all of the powers of the Trustees under the Declaration of Trust shall continue, including the powers to fulfill or discharge the Trust’s contracts, collect its assets, sell, convey, assign, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the remaining property of the Trust to one or more persons at public or private sale for consideration which may consist in whole or in part of cash, securities or other property of any kind, discharge or pay its liabilities and do all other acts appropriate to liquidate its business. The Trustees may appoint any officer of the Trust or any other person to supervise the winding up of the affairs of the Trust and delegate to such officer or such person any or all powers of the Trustees in this regard.

17


 

               (iii) After paying or adequately providing for the payment of all liabilities, and upon receipt of such releases, indemnities and agreements as the Trustees deem necessary for their protection, the Trust may distribute the remaining property of the Trust among the shareholders so that after payment in full or the setting apart for payment of such preferential amounts, if any, to which the holders of any Shares at the time outstanding shall be entitled, the remaining property of the Trust shall, subject to any participating or similar rights of Shares at the time outstanding, be distributed ratably among the holders of Common Shares at the time outstanding.
          (b) After termination of the Trust, the liquidation of its business and the distribution to the shareholders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees or an authorized officer shall execute and file with the Trust’s records a document certifying that the Trust has been duly terminated, and the Trustees shall be discharged from all liabilities and duties hereunder, and the rights and interests of all shareholders shall cease.
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
     Section 13.1 Governing Law. The rights of all parties and the validity, construction and effect of every provision of the Declaration of Trust shall be subject to and construed according to the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to conflicts of laws provisions thereof.
     Section 13.2 Reliance by Third Parties. Any certificate shall be final and conclusive as to any person dealing with the Trust if executed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Trust or a Trustee, and if certifying to: (a) the number or identity of Trustees, officers of the Trust or shareholders; (b) the due authorization of the execution of any document; (c) the action or vote taken, and the existence of a quorum, at a meeting of the Board of Trustees or shareholders; (d) a copy of the Declaration of Trust or of the Bylaws as a true and complete copy as then in force; (e) an amendment to the Declaration of Trust; (f) the termination of the Trust; or (g) the existence of any fact relating to the affairs of the Trust. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other person shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trust on its behalf or by any officer, employee or agent of the Trust.
     Section 13.3 Severability.
          (a) The provisions of the Declaration of Trust are severable, and if the Board of Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any one or more of such provisions (the “Conflicting Provisions”) are in conflict with the Code, Title 8 or other applicable federal or state laws, the Conflicting Provisions, to the extent of the conflict, shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of the Declaration of Trust, even without any amendment of the Declaration of Trust pursuant to Article X and without affecting or impairing any of the remaining provisions of the Declaration of Trust or rendering invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination. No Trustee shall be liable for making or failing to make such a determination. In the event of any such determination by the Board of Trustees, the Board shall amend the Declaration of Trust in the manner provided in Section 10.2 hereof.

18


 

          (b) If any provision of the Declaration of Trust shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such holding shall apply only to the extent of any such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not in any manner affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of the Declaration of Trust in any jurisdiction.
     Section 13.4 Construction. In the Declaration of Trust, unless the context otherwise requires, words used in the singular or in the plural include both the plural and singular and words denoting any gender include all genders. The title and headings of different parts are inserted for convenience and shall not affect the meaning, construction or effect of the Declaration of Trust. In defining or interpreting the powers and duties of the Trust and its Trustees and officers, reference shall be made, to the extent appropriate and not inconsistent with the Code or Title 8, to Titles 1 through 3 of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, in accordance with the provisions of Title 3, Subtitles 6 and 7, of the Corporations and Associations Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland, the Trust shall be included within the definition of “corporation” for purposes of such provisions.
     Section 13.5 Recordation. The Declaration of Trust and any amendment hereto shall be filed for record with the SDAT and may also be filed or recorded in such other places as the Trustees deem appropriate, but failure to file for record the Declaration of Trust or any amendment hereto in any office other than in the State of Maryland shall not affect or impair the validity or effectiveness of the Declaration of Trust or any amendment hereto. A restated Declaration of Trust shall, upon filing, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein and may thereafter be referred to in lieu of the original Declaration of Trust and the various amendments thereto.
     THIRD: The amendment to and restatement of the Declaration of Trust of the Trust as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Trustees and approved by the shareholders of the Trust as required by law.
     FOURTH: The total number of shares of beneficial interest which the Trust had authority to issue immediately prior to this amendment and restatement was 1,000, consisting of 1,000 Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all shares of beneficial interest having par value was $10.
     FIFTH: The total number of shares of beneficial interest which the Trust has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment and restatement of the Declaration of Trust is 600,000,000, consisting of 500,000,000 Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share, and 100,000,000 Preferred Shares, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of beneficial interest having par value is $6,000,000.
     The undersigned President acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the trust act of the Trust and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned President acknowledges that to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

19


 

[Signature page follows.]

20


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and attested to by its Secretary on this           day of                     , 20      .
       
ATTEST:
  CHATHAM LODGING TRUST  
 
     
 
     
 
Peter Willis
 
 
Jeffrey H. Fisher
 
Secretary
  President  

21

exv3w2
Exhibit 3.2
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
BYLAWS
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
     Section 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. The principal office of the Trust in the State of Maryland shall be located at such place as the Board of Trustees may designate.
     Section 2. ADDITIONAL OFFICES. The Trust may have additional offices, including a principal executive office, at such places as the Board of Trustees may from time to time determine or the business of the Trust may require.
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
     Section 1. PLACE. All meetings of shareholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Trust or at such other place as shall be set by the Board of Trustees and stated in the notice of the meeting.
     Section 2. ANNUAL MEETING. An annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of Trustees and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Trust shall be held at a convenient location and on proper notice, on the date and at the time set by the Board of Trustees. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Trust’s existence or affect any otherwise valid acts of the Trust.
     Section 3. SPECIAL MEETINGS. The chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president or Board of Trustees shall have the exclusive power to call a special meeting of the shareholders.
     Section 4. NOTICE. Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of shareholders, the secretary shall give to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each shareholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting notice in writing or by electronic transmission stating the time and place of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called, by mail, by presenting it to such shareholder personally, by leaving it at the shareholder’s residence or usual place of business or by any other means permitted by Maryland law. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the shareholder at the shareholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Trust, with postage thereon prepaid. If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the shareholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the shareholder at which the shareholder receives electronic transmissions. The Trust

 


 

may give a single notice to all shareholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any shareholder at such address, unless a shareholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice. Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more shareholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II, or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.
     Subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, any business of the Trust may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice. No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of shareholders except as specifically designated in the notice. The Trust may postpone or cancel a meeting of shareholders by making a “public announcement” (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than ten days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.
     Section 5. ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT. Every meeting of shareholders shall be conducted by an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees to be chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such appointment, by the chairman of the board or, in the case of a vacancy in the office or absence of the chairman of the board, by one of the following officers present at the meeting in the following order: the vice chairman of the board, if there be one, the chief executive officer, if there be one other than the chairman of the board, the president, the chief financial officer, if there be one, the chief operating officer, if there be one, the vice presidents in their order of rank and seniority, or, in the absence of such officers, a chairman chosen by the shareholders by the vote of a majority of the votes cast by shareholders present in person or by proxy. The secretary, or, in the secretary’s absence, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees or, in the absence of such appointment, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary. In the event that the secretary presides at a meeting of the shareholders, an assistant secretary, or, in the absence of assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the Board of Trustees or the chairman of the meeting, shall record the minutes of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of shareholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of the chairman and without any action by the shareholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to shareholders of record of the Trust, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to shareholders of record of the Trust entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies and such other individuals as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (e) determining when and for how long the polls should be opened and when the polls should be closed; (f) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (g) removing any shareholder or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (h) concluding a meeting or recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and at a place announced

2


 

at the meeting; and (i) complying with any state or local laws and regulations concerning safety and security. Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.
     Section 6. QUORUM. At any meeting of shareholders, the presence in person or by proxy of shareholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum; but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or the Declaration of Trust of the Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”) for the vote necessary for the adoption of any measure. If such quorum is not established at any meeting of the shareholders, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting sine die or from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without notice other than announcement at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
     The shareholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough shareholders to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.
     Section 7. VOTING. A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a Trustee. Each share may be voted for as many individuals as there are Trustees to be elected and for whose election the share is entitled to be voted. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless more than a majority of the votes cast is required by statute or by the Declaration of Trust. Unless otherwise provided by statute or by the Declaration of Trust, each outstanding share of beneficial interest, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders. Voting on any question or in any election may be viva voce unless the chairman of the meeting shall order that voting be by ballot or otherwise.
     Section 8. PROXIES. A shareholder may cast the votes entitled to be cast by the holder of the shares of beneficial interest owned of record by the shareholder in person or by proxy executed by the shareholder or by the shareholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law. Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Trust before or at the meeting. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
     Section 9. VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS. Shares of beneficial interest of the Trust registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, general partner, trustee manager or member thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing persons, unless some other person who has been appointed to vote such shares pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing body of such corporation or other entity or agreement of the partners of a partnership presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in

3


 

which case such person may vote such shares. Any trustee or fiduciary may vote shares of beneficial interest registered in the name of such person in the capacity of such trustee or fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.
     Shares of beneficial interest of the Trust directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at any given time, unless they are held by it in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.
     The Board of Trustees may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a shareholder may certify in writing to the Trust that any shares of beneficial interest registered in the name of the shareholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the shareholder. The resolution shall set forth the class of shareholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date, the time after the record date within which the certification must be received by the Trust; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Trustees considers necessary or desirable. On receipt of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the shareholder of record of the specified shares of beneficial interest in place of the shareholder who makes the certification.
     Section 10. INSPECTORS. The Board of Trustees or the chairman of the meeting may appoint, before or at the meeting, one or more inspectors for the meeting and any successor to the inspector. The inspectors, if any, shall (i) determine the number of shares of beneficial interest represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and the validity and effect of proxies, (ii) receive and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, (iii) report such tabulation to the chairman of the meeting, (iv) hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, and (v) do such acts as are proper to fairly conduct the election or vote. Each such report shall be in writing and signed by the inspector or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.
     Section 11. NOMINATIONS AND PROPOSALS BY SHAREHOLDERS.
          (a) Annual Meetings of Shareholders.
               (1) Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Trustees and the proposal of other business to be considered by the shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of shareholders (i) pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees or (iii) by any shareholder of the Trust who was a shareholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the shareholder as provided for in this Section 11(a) and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of each individual so nominated or on any such other business, and who has complied with this Section 11(a).

4


 

               (2) For any nomination or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder pursuant to clause (iii) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Section 11, the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Trust and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by the shareholders. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 11 and shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not earlier than the 150th day nor later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement (as defined in Section 11(c)(3) of this Article II) for the preceding year’s annual meeting (which for the annual meeting in 2011 shall be deemed to be April 30, 2011); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150th day prior to the date of such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.
               (3) Such shareholder’s notice shall set forth:
                    (i) as to each individual whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a trustee (each, a “Proposed Nominee”), all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a trustee in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder;
                    (ii) as to any business that the shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a description of such business, the shareholder’s reasons for proposing such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such shareholder and any Shareholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the shareholder or the Shareholder Associated Person therefrom;
                    (iii) as to the shareholder giving the notice, any Proposed Nominee and any Shareholder Associated Person,
                         (A) the class, series and number of all shares of beneficial interest in the Trust or other securities of the Trust (collectively, the “Trust Securities”), if any, which are owned (beneficially or of record) by such shareholder or any Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person, the date on which each such Company Security was acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such shares or other securities) in any Trust Securities of any such person,

5


 

                         (B) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Trust Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person and
                         (C) whether and the extent to which such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to or during the last six months has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to manage risk or benefit of changes in the price of Trust Securities for such shareholder, (I) Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person or (II) increase or decrease the voting power of, such shareholder, Proposed Nominee or Shareholder Associated Person in the Trust disproportionately to such person’s economic interest in the Trust Securities;
                    (iv) as to the shareholder giving the notice, any Shareholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clauses (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (3) of this Section 11(a) and any Proposed Nominee,
                         (A) the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the Trust’s share ledger and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Shareholder Associated Person and any Proposed Nominee and
                         (B) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such shareholder and each such Shareholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such shareholder and each such Shareholder Associated Person; and
                    (v) to the extent known by the shareholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other shareholder supporting the nominee for election or reelection as a Trustee or the proposal of other business on the date of such shareholder’s notice.
               (4) Such Shareholder’s notice shall, with respect to any Proposed Nominee, be accompanied by a certificate executed by the Proposed Nominee (i) certifying that such Proposed Nominee (a) is not, and will not become, a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Trust in connection with service or action as trustee that has not been disclosed to the Trust and (b) will serve as a trustee of the Trust if elected; and (ii) attaching a completed Proposed Nominee questionnaire (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Trust, upon request, to the shareholder providing the notice and shall include all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a trustee in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder, or would be required pursuant to the rules of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter market).

6


 

               (5) Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (a) of this Section 11 to the contrary, in the event that the number of trustees to be elected to the Board of Trustees is increased, and there is no public announcement of such action at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a shareholder’s notice required by this Section 11(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Trust.
               (6) For purposes of this Section 11, “Shareholder Associated Person” of any shareholder shall mean (i) any person acting in concert with such shareholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust owned of record or beneficially by such shareholder (other than a shareholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person.
          (b) Special Meetings of Shareholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Trust’s notice of meeting. Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Trustees may be made at a special meeting of shareholders at which Trustees are to be elected only by or at the direction of the Board of Trustees. In the event the Trust calls a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of electing one or more individuals to the Board of Trustees, any such shareholder may nominate an individual or individuals (as the case may be) for election as a Trustee as specified in the Trust’s notice of meeting, if the shareholder’s notice, containing the information required by paragraph (a)(3) of this Section 11, shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive office of the Trust not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Trustees to be elected at such meeting. The public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting shall not commence a new time period for the giving of a shareholder’s notice as described above.
          (c) General.
               (1) If information submitted pursuant to this Section 11 by any shareholder proposing a nominee for election as a Trustee or any proposal for other business at a meeting of shareholders shall be inaccurate in any material respect, such information may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11. Any such shareholder shall notify the Trust of any inaccuracy or change (within two Business Days (as defined below) of becoming aware of such inaccuracy or change) in any such information. Upon written request by the secretary of the Trust or the Board of Trustees, any such shareholder shall provide, within five Business Days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), (A) written verification, satisfactory, in the discretion of the Board of Trustees or any authorized officer of the Trust, to demonstrate the accuracy of any information submitted by the shareholder pursuant to this Section 11 and (B) a written update of any information submitted by

7


 

the shareholder pursuant to this Section 11 as of an earlier date. If a shareholder fails to provide such written verification or written update within such period, the information as to which written verification or a written update was requested may be deemed not to have been provided in accordance with this Section 11.
               (2) Only such individuals who are nominated in accordance with this Section 11 shall be eligible for election by shareholders by trustees, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 11. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with this Section 11.
               (3) For purposes of this Section 11, “the date of the proxy statement” shall have the same meaning as the “date of the company’s proxy statement” as used in Rule 14a-8(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. “Public announcement” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or other widely circulated news or wire service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act.
               (4) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 11. Nothing in this Section 11 shall be deemed to affect any right of a shareholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, nor the right of the Trust to omit a proposal from, the Trust’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act. Nothing in this Section 11 shall require disclosure of revocable proxies received by the shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person pursuant to a solicitation of proxies after the filing of an effective Schedule 14A by such shareholder or Shareholder Associated Person under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act.
               (5) For purposes of these Bylaws, “Business Day” shall mean any date other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
     Section 12. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. The Board of Trustees or the chairman of the meeting may permit one or more shareholders to participate in meetings of the shareholders by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means constitutes presence in person at the meeting.
     Section 13. CONTROL SHARE ACQUISITION ACT. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the Maryland General Corporation Law (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust. This section may be repealed, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of control shares and, upon such repeal, may, to

8


 

the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent control share acquisition.
ARTICLE III
TRUSTEES
     Section 1. GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the Trust shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Trustees.
     Section 2. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Trustees may establish, increase or decrease the number of Trustees, provided that the number thereof shall never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland REIT Law (the “MRL”), nor more than 15, and further provided that the tenure of office of a Trustee shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of Trustees. Any Trustee of the Trust may resign at any time by delivering his or her written notice of resignation to the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.
     Section 3. ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS. An annual meeting of the Board of Trustees shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of shareholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary. In the event such meeting is not so held, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of regular meetings of the Board of Trustees without notice other than such resolution.
     Section 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Trustees may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or by a majority of the Trustees then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Trustees may fix any place as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Trustees called by them. The Board of Trustees may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of special meetings of the Board of Trustees without notice other than such resolution.
     Section 5. NOTICE. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Trustees shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, United States mail or courier to each Trustee at his or her business or residence address. Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting. Notice by United States mail shall be given at least three days prior to the meeting. Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting. Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the Trustee or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the Trustee or his or her agent is a party. Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Trust by the Trustee. Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be

9


 

given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Trust by the Trustee and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt. Notice by United States mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid. Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Trustees need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.
     Section 6. QUORUM. A majority of the Trustees shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Trustees, provided that, if less than a majority of such Trustees is present at such meeting, a majority of the Trustees present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other percentage of a particular group of Trustees is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority or such percentage of such group.
     The Trustees present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum has been established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough Trustees to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum.
     Section 7. VOTING. The action of the majority of the Trustees present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Trustees, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws. If enough Trustees have withdrawn from a meeting to leave fewer than required to establish a quorum, but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of Trustees necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Trustees, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws.
     Section 8. ORGANIZATION. At each meeting of the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board or, in the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman of the board, if any, shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of both the chairman and vice chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or, in the absence of the president, a Trustee chosen by a majority of the Trustees present, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Trust, or, in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, an individual appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.
     Section 9. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Trustees may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all individuals participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
     Section 10. CONSENT BY TRUSTEES WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting,

10


 

if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is given by a majority of the Trustees and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Trustees.
     Section 11. VACANCIES. If for any reason any or all of the Trustees cease to be Trustees, such event shall not terminate the Trust or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining Trustees hereunder. Except as may be provided by the Board of Trustees in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred shares of beneficial interest, any vacancy on the Board of Trustees may be filled only by a majority of the remaining Trustees, even if the remaining Trustees do not constitute a quorum. Any Trustee elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the class in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.
     Section 12. COMPENSATION; FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE. Trustees shall not receive any stated salary for their services as Trustees but, by resolution of the Trustees, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and/or per visit to real property or other facilities owned or leased by the Trust and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as Trustees. Trustees may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Trustees or of any committee thereof and for their expenses, if any, in connection with each property visit and any other service or activity they performed or engaged in as Trustees; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Trustees from serving the Trust in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
     Section 13. RELIANCE. Each Trustee and officer of the Trust shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Trust, be entitled to rely on any information, opinion, report or statement, including any financial statement or other financial data, prepared or presented by an officer or employee of the Trust whom the Trustee or officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented, by a lawyer, certified public accountant or other person, as to a matter which the Trustee or officer reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, or, with respect to a Trustee, by a committee of the Board of Trustees on which the Trustee does not serve, as to a matter within its designated authority, if the Trustee reasonably believes the committee to merit confidence.
     Section 14. RATIFICATION. The Board of Trustees or the shareholders may ratify and make binding on the Trust any action or inaction by the Trust or its officers to the extent that the Board of Trustees or the shareholders could have originally authorized the matter. Moreover, any action or inaction questioned in any shareholders’ derivative proceeding or any other proceeding on the ground of lack of authority, defective or irregular execution, adverse interest of a trustee, officer or shareholder, non-disclosure, miscomputation, the application of improper principles or practices of accounting, or otherwise, may be ratified, before or after judgment, by the Board of Trustees or by the shareholders, and if so ratified, shall have the same force and effect as if the questioned action or inaction had been originally duly authorized, and such ratification shall be binding upon the Trust and its shareholders and shall constitute a bar to any claim or execution of any judgment in respect of such questioned action or inaction.
     Section 15. CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS. The Trustees shall have no responsibility to devote their full time to the affairs of the Trust. Any Trustee or officer of the Trust, in his or her personal capacity or in a capacity as an affiliate, employee, or agent of

11


 

any other person, or otherwise, may have business interests and engage in business activities similar to, in addition to or in competition with those of or relating to the Trust.
     Section 16. EMERGENCY PROVISIONS. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, this Section 16 shall apply during the existence of any catastrophe, or other similar emergency condition, as a result of which a quorum of the Board of Trustees under Article III of these Bylaws cannot readily be obtained (an “Emergency”). During any Emergency, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Trustees: (a) a meeting of the Board of Trustees or a committee thereof may be called by any Trustee or officer by any means feasible under the circumstances; (b) notice of any meeting of the Board of Trustees during such an Emergency may be given less than 24 hours prior to the meeting to as many Trustees and by such means as may be feasible at the time, including publication, television or radio; and (c) the number of Trustees necessary to constitute a quorum shall be one-third of the entire Board of Trustees.
ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES
     Section 1. NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The Board of Trustees may appoint from among its members an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and other committees, composed of one or more Trustees, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Trustees.
     Section 2. POWERS. The Board of Trustees may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article IV any of the powers of the Board of Trustees.
     Section 3. MEETINGS. Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Trustees. A majority of the members of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the committee. The act of a majority of the committee members present at a meeting shall be the act of such committee. The Board of Trustees may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or, in the absence of a chairman, any two members of any committee (if there are at least two members of the committee) may fix the time and place of its meeting unless the Board shall otherwise provide. In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another Trustee to act in the place of such absent member.
     Section 4. TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Members of a committee of the Board of Trustees may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all individuals participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
     Section 5. CONSENT BY COMMITTEES WITHOUT A MEETING. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Trustees may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing or by electronic transmission to such action is

12


 

given by a majority of the members of the committee and is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.
     Section 6. VACANCIES. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Trustees shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill any vacancy, to designate an alternate member, to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.
ARTICLE V
OFFICERS
     Section 1. GENERAL PROVISIONS. The officers of the Trust shall include a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, a chief executive officer, one or more vice presidents, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, a chief investment officer, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers. In addition, the Board of Trustees may from time to time elect such other officers with such powers and duties as they shall deem necessary or desirable. The officers of the Trust shall be elected annually by the Board of Trustees, except that the chief executive officer or president may from time to time appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers or other officers. Each officer shall serve until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, or his or her resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any two or more offices except president and vice president may be held by the same individual. Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Trust and such officer or agent.
     Section 2. REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION. Any officer or agent of the Trust may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Trustees if in its judgment the best interests of the Trust would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the individual so removed. Any officer of the Trust may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation to the Board of Trustees, the chairman of the board, the president or the secretary. Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the resignation. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation. Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Trust.
     Section 3. VACANCIES. A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Trustees for the balance of the term.
     Section 4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER. The Board of Trustees may designate a chief executive officer. In the absence of such designation, the chairman of the board shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust. The chief executive officer shall have general responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Trust, as determined by the Board of Trustees, and for the management of the business and affairs of the Trust. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Trustees or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Trust or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and

13


 

in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees from time to time.
     Section 5. CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER. The Board of Trustees may designate a chief operating officer. The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Trustees or the chief executive officer.
     Section 6. CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER. The Board of Trustees may designate a chief financial officer. The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Trustees or the chief executive officer.
     Section 7. CHIEF INVESTMENT OFFICER. The Board of Trustees may designate a chief investment officer. The chief investment officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as determined by the Board of Trustees or the chief executive officer.
     Section 8. CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. The Board of Trustees shall designate a chairman of the board. The chairman of the board shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Trustees and of the shareholders at which he or she shall be present. The chairman of the board shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Trustees.
     Section 9. PRESIDENT. In the absence of a chief executive officer, the president shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Trust. In the absence of a designation of a chief operating officer by the Board of Trustees, the president shall be the chief operating officer. He or she may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Trustees or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Trust or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Trustees from time to time.
     Section 10. VICE PRESIDENTS. In the absence of the president or in the event of a vacancy in such office, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to such vice president by the president or by the Board of Trustees. The Board of Trustees may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president, senior vice president, or as vice president for particular areas of responsibility.
     Section 11. SECRETARY. The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders, the Board of Trustees and committees of the Board of Trustees in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the trust records and of the seal of the Trust; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (e) have general charge of the share transfer

14


 

books of the Trust; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or by the Board of Trustees.
     Section 12. TREASURER. The treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Trust and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Trust and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Trust in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Trustees. In the absence of a designation of a chief financial officer by the Board of Trustees, the treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Trust.
     The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Trust as may be ordered by the Board of Trustees, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and Board of Trustees, at the regular meetings of the Board of Trustees or whenever it may so require, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Trust.
     Section 13. ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS. The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the president or the Board of Trustees.
     Section 14. COMPENSATION. The compensation of the Chief Executive Officer, the President and the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Investment Officer, if any, shall be fixed from time to time by or under the authority of the Board of Trustees and no such officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Trustee.
ARTICLE VI
CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS
     Section 1. CONTRACTS. The Board of Trustees may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Trust and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document shall be valid and binding upon the Trust when duly authorized or ratified by action of the Board of Trustees and executed by an authorized person.
     Section 2. CHECKS AND DRAFTS. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Trust shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Trust in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Trustees.
     Section 3. DEPOSITS. All funds of the Trust not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Trust as the Board of Trustees, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, or any other officer designated by the Board of Trustees may determine.

15


 

ARTICLE VII
SHARES
     Section 1. CERTIFICATES. The Trust may issue some or all of the shares of any or all of the Trust’s classes or series of beneficial interest without certificates if authorized by the Board of Trustees. In the event that the Trust issues shares of beneficial interest evidenced by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Trustees or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MRL and shall be signed by the officers of the Trust in the manner permitted by the MRL. In the event that the Trust issues shares of beneficial interest without certificates, to the extent then required by the MRL, the Trust shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MRL to be included on share certificates. There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of shareholders based on whether or not their shares are evidenced by certificates. If shares of a class or series of beneficial interest are authorized by the Board of Trustees to be issued without certificates, no shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates evidencing any shares of such class or series of beneficial interest held by such shareholder unless otherwise determined by the Board of Trustees and then only upon written request by such shareholder to the secretary of the Trust.
     Section 2. TRANSFERS. All transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the Trust, by the holder of the shares, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the Board of Trustees or any officer of the Trust may prescribe and, if such shares are certificated, upon surrender of certificates duly endorsed. The issuance of a new certificate upon the transfer of certificated shares is subject to the determination of the Board of Trustees that such shares shall no longer be evidenced by certificates. Upon the transfer of uncertificated shares, to the extent then required by the MRL, the Trust shall provide to record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MRL to be included on share certificates.
     The Trust shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of beneficial interest as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise expressly provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of beneficial interest will be subject in all respects to the Declaration of Trust and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.
     Section 3. REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE. Any officer of the Trust may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Trust alleged to have been lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated; provided, however, if such shares have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless requested in writing by such shareholder and the Board of Trustees has determined such certificates may be issued. Unless otherwise determined by an officer of the Trust, the owner of such lost, destroyed, stolen or mutilated certificate or certificates, or his or

16


 

her legal representative, shall be required, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, to give the Trust a bond in such sums as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Trust.
     Section 4. FIXING OF RECORD DATE. The Board of Trustees may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose. Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of shareholders of record is to be held or taken.
     When a record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been set as provided in this section, such record date shall continue to apply to the meeting if adjourned or postponed, except if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days or postponed to a date more than 90 days after the record date originally fixed for the meeting, in which case a new record date for such meeting may be determined as set forth herein.
     Section 5. SHARE LEDGER. The Trust shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent an original or duplicate share ledger containing the name and address of each shareholder and the number of shares of each class held by such shareholder.
     Section 6. FRACTIONAL SHARES; ISSUANCE OF UNITS. The Board of Trustees may issue fractional shares or provide for the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as it may determine. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, the Board of Trustees may issue units consisting of different securities of the Trust. Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Trust, except that the Board of Trustees may provide that for a specified period securities of the Trust issued in such unit may be transferred on the books of the Trust only in such unit.
ARTICLE VIII
ACCOUNTING YEAR
     The Board of Trustees shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Trust by a duly adopted resolution.
ARTICLE IX
DISTRIBUTIONS
     Section 1. AUTHORIZATION. Dividends and other distributions upon the shares of beneficial interest of the Trust may be authorized by the Board of Trustees, subject to the provisions of law and the Declaration of Trust. Dividends and other distributions may be paid in

17


 

cash, property or shares of beneficial interest in the Trust, subject to the provisions of law and the Declaration of Trust.
     Section 2. CONTINGENCIES. Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Trust available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Trustees may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Trust or for such other purpose as the Board of Trustees shall determine, and the Board of Trustees may modify or abolish any such reserve.
ARTICLE X
INVESTMENT POLICY
     Subject to the provisions of the Declaration of Trust, the Board of Trustees may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Trust as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.
ARTICLE XI
SEAL
     Section 1. SEAL. The Board of Trustees may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Trust. The seal shall contain the name of the Trust and the year of its formation and the words “Formed Maryland.” The Board of Trustees may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.
     Section 2. AFFIXING SEAL. Whenever the Trust is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Trust.
ARTICLE XII
INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES
     To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, the Trust shall indemnify and, without requiring a preliminary determination of the ultimate entitlement to indemnification, shall pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (a) any individual who is a present or former Trustee or officer of the Trust and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (b) any individual who, while a Trustee or officer of the Trust and at the request of the Trust, serves or has served as a trustee, director, officer, partner, member, manager, employee or agent of another real estate investment trust, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The rights to indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Declaration of Trust and

18


 

these Bylaws shall vest immediately upon election of a Trustee or officer. The Trust may, with the approval of its Board of Trustees, provide such indemnification and advance for expenses to an individual who served a predecessor of the Trust in any of the capacities described in (a) or (b) above and to any employee or agent of the Trust or a predecessor of the Trust. The indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, regulation, insurance, agreement or otherwise.
     Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Bylaws or Declaration of Trust inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding paragraph with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.
ARTICLE XIII
WAIVER OF NOTICE
     Whenever any notice of a meeting is required to be given pursuant to the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing or by electronic transmission, given by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice, unless specifically required by statute. The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
ARTICLE XIV
AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
     The Board of Trustees shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.
ARTICLE XV
MISCELLANEOUS
     All references to the Declaration of Trust shall include all amendments and supplements thereto and any other documents filed with the State Department of Assessments and Taxation related thereto.

19

exv3w3
Exhibit 3.3
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
CHATHAM LODGING, L.P.
(a Delaware limited partnership)

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
ARTICLE I  
DEFINED TERMS
    1  
       
 
       
ARTICLE II  
FORMATION OF PARTNERSHIP
    10  
  2.01    
Formation of the Partnership
    10  
  2.02    
Name
    11  
  2.03    
Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office
    11  
  2.04    
Term and Dissolution
    11  
  2.05    
Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership
    12  
  2.06    
Certificates Describing Partnership Units
    12  
       
 
       
ARTICLE III  
BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP
    12  
       
 
       
ARTICLE IV  
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS
    13  
  4.01    
Capital Contributions
    13  
  4.02    
Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units
    13  
  4.03    
Additional Funding
    16  
  4.04    
LTIP Units
    16  
  4.05    
Conversion of LTIP Units
    19  
  4.06    
Capital Accounts
    22  
  4.07    
Percentage Interests
    22  
  4.08    
No Interest on Contributions
    23  
  4.09    
Return of Capital Contributions
    23  
  4.10    
No Third-Party Beneficiary
    23  
       
 
       
ARTICLE V  
PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS
    23  
  5.01    
Allocation of Profit and Loss
    23  
  5.02    
Distribution of Cash
    25  
  5.03    
REIT Distribution Requirements
    27  
  5.04    
No Right to Distributions in Kind
    27  
  5.05    
Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions
    27  
  5.06    
Distributions Upon Liquidation
    27  
  5.07    
Substantial Economic Effect
    27  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VI  
RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
    28  
  6.01    
Management of the Partnership
    28  
  6.02    
Delegation of Authority
    30  
  6.03    
Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees
    30  
  6.04    
Liability of the General Partner
    32  
  6.05    
Partnership Obligations
    33  
  6.06    
Outside Activities
    33  
  6.07    
Employment or Retention of Affiliates
    34  
  6.08    
General Partner Activities
    34  

- i -


 

                 
  6.09    
Title to Partnership Assets
    34  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VII  
CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER
    35  
  7.01    
Transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest
    35  
  7.02    
Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner
    37  
  7.03    
Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner
    37  
  7.04    
Removal of General Partner
    38  
       
 
       
ARTICLE VIII  
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS
    39  
  8.01    
Management of the Partnership
    39  
  8.02    
Power of Attorney
    39  
  8.03    
Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners
    39  
  8.04    
Common Unit Redemption Right
    39  
       
 
       
ARTICLE IX  
TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
    42  
  9.01    
Purchase for Investment
    42  
  9.02    
Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units
    42  
  9.03    
Admission of Substitute Limited Partner
    44  
  9.04    
Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units
    45  
  9.05    
Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner
    45  
  9.06    
Joint Ownership of Partnership Units
    45  
       
 
       
ARTICLE X  
BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS
    46  
  10.01    
Books and Records
    46  
  10.02    
Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts
    46  
  10.03    
Fiscal and Taxable Year
    46  
  10.04    
Annual Tax Information and Report
    46  
  10.05    
Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments
    46  
  10.06    
Reports to Limited Partners
    47  
       
 
       
ARTICLE XI  
AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT
    48  
       
 
       
ARTICLE XII  
GENERAL PROVISIONS
    48  
  12.01    
Notices
    48  
  12.02    
Survival of Rights
    48  
  12.03    
Additional Documents
    49  
  12.04    
Severability
    49  
  12.05    
Entire Agreement
    49  
  12.06    
Pronouns and Plurals
    49  
  12.07    
Headings
    49  
  12.08    
Counterparts
    49  
  12.09    
Governing Law
    49  

- ii -


 

EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A — Partners, Capital Contributions and Percentage Interests
EXHIBIT B — Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right
EXHIBIT C-1 — Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are Entities)
EXHIBIT C-2 — Certification of Non-Foreign Status (For Redeeming Limited Partners That Are Individuals)
EXHIBIT D — Notice of Election by Partner to Convert LTIP Units into Common Units
EXHIBIT E — Notice of Election by Partnership to Force Conversion of LTIP Units into Common Units

- iii -


 

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
CHATHAM LODGING, L.P.
RECITALS
     Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the “Partnership”) was formed as a limited partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to a Certificate of Limited Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware effective as of November 18, 2009 and this Agreement of Limited Partnership, entered into this [___] day of                     , 2010, by and between Chatham Lodging Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (together with its successors and assigns, the “General Partner”), and the Limited Partners set forth on Exhibit A hereto. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning given to such terms in Article I below.
AGREEMENT
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, of mutual covenants between the parties hereto, and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINED TERMS
     The following defined terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified below:
     “Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, as it may be amended from time to time.
     “Additional Funds” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.03 hereof.
     “Additional Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.02(a)(ii) hereof.
     “Adjustment Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a)(i) hereof.
     “Administrative Expenses” means (i) all administrative and operating costs and expenses incurred by the Partnership, (ii) administrative costs and expenses of the General Partner, including any salaries or other payments to trustees, officers or employees of the General Partner, and any accounting and legal expenses of the General Partner, which expenses, the Partners have agreed, are expenses of the Partnership and not the General Partner, and (iii) to the extent not included in clauses (i) or (ii) above, REIT Expenses; provided, however, that Administrative Expenses shall not include any administrative costs and expenses incurred by the

- 1 -


 

General Partner that are attributable to Properties or interests in a Subsidiary that are owned by the General Partner other than through its ownership interest in the Partnership.
     “Affiliate” means, (i) any Person that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, (ii) any other Person that owns, beneficially, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the outstanding capital stock, shares or equity interests of such Person, or (iii) any officer, director, employee, partner, member, manager or trustee of such Person or any Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person (excluding trustees and persons serving in similar capacities who are not otherwise an Affiliate of such Person). For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including the correlative meanings of the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, through the ownership of voting securities or partnership interests or otherwise.
     “Agreed Value” means the fair market value of a Partner’s non-cash Capital Contribution as of the date of contribution as agreed to by such Partner and the General Partner. The names and addresses of the Partners, number of Partnership Units issued to each Partner, and the Agreed Value of non-cash Capital Contributions as of the date of contribution is set forth on Exhibit A, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
     “Agreement” means this Agreement of Limited Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
     “Board of Trustees” means the Board of Trustees of the General Partner.
     “Capital Account” has the meaning provided in Section 4.06 hereof.
     “Capital Account Limitation” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
     “Capital Contribution” means the total amount of cash, cash equivalents, and the Agreed Value of any Property or other asset contributed or agreed to be contributed, as the context requires, to the Partnership by each Partner pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. Any reference to the Capital Contribution of a Partner shall include the Capital Contribution made by a predecessor holder of the Partnership Interest of such Partner.
     “Cash Amount” means an amount of cash per Common Unit equal to the Value of the REIT Shares Amount on the date of receipt by the Partnership and the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption.
     “Certificate” means any instrument or document that is required under the laws of the State of Delaware, or any other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business, to be signed and sworn to by the Partners of the Partnership (either by themselves or pursuant to the power-of-attorney granted to the General Partner in Section 8.02 hereof) and filed for recording in the appropriate public offices within the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction to perfect or maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership, to effect the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Partner of the Partnership, or to protect the limited liability of the Limited Partners as limited partners under the laws of the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction.

- 2 -


 

     “Change of Control” means, as to the General Partner, the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of 80% or more of the assets of the General Partner, taken as a whole, to any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than an Affiliate of the General Partner; or (ii) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than an Affiliate of the General Partner in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, share exchange, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting capital securities of the General Partner.
     “Common Partnership Unit Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a)(ii) hereof.
     “Common Redemption Amount” means either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as selected by the General Partner pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof.
     “Common Unit” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as a Common Unit of the Partnership.
     “Common Unit Distribution” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(a) hereof.
     “Common Unit Economic Balance” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
     “Common Unit Redemption Right” has the meaning provided in Section 8.04(a) hereof.
     “Common Unit Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(f) hereof.
     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and as hereafter amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Code shall mean that provision in the Code at the date hereof and any successor provision of the Code.
     “Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
     “Constituent Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(f) hereof.
     “Conversion Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
     “Conversion Factor” means 1.0, provided that in the event that the General Partner (i) declares or pays a dividend on its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares or makes a distribution to all holders of its outstanding REIT Shares in REIT Shares, (ii) subdivides its outstanding REIT Shares or (iii) combines its outstanding REIT Shares into a smaller number of REIT Shares, the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of REIT Shares issued and outstanding on

- 3 -


 

the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination (assuming for such purposes that such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination has occurred as of such time), and the denominator of which shall be the actual number of REIT Shares (determined without the above assumption) issued and outstanding on such date and, provided further, that in the event that an entity other than an Affiliate of the General Partner shall become General Partner pursuant to any merger, consolidation or combination of the General Partner with or into another entity (the “Successor Entity”), the Conversion Factor shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Factor by the number of shares of the Successor Entity into which one REIT Share is converted pursuant to such merger, consolidation or combination, determined as of the date of such merger, consolidation or combination. Any adjustment to the Conversion Factor shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such event retroactive to the record date, if any, for such event; provided, however, that if the General Partner receives a Notice of Redemption after the record date, but prior to the effective date of such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination, the Conversion Factor shall be determined as if the General Partner had received the Notice of Redemption immediately prior to the record date for such dividend, distribution, subdivision or combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Factor if the number of outstanding Common Units is otherwise adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the adjustment to the number of outstanding REIT Shares.
     “Conversion Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(b) hereof.
     “Conversion Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(a) hereof.
     “Declaration of Trust” means the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the General Partner filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
     “Defaulting Limited Partner” means a Limited Partner that has failed to pay any amount owed to the Partnership under a Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership.
     “Distributable Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.02(d) hereof.
     “Economic Capital Account Balances” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
     “Equity Incentive Plan” means any equity incentive or compensation plan hereafter adopted by the Partnership or the General Partner, including, without limitation, the General Partner’s Equity Incentive Plan.
     “Event of Bankruptcy” as to any Person means (i) the filing of a petition for relief as to such Person as debtor or bankrupt under the Bankruptcy Code of 1978, as amended, or similar provision of law of any jurisdiction (except if such petition is contested by such Person and has been dismissed within 90 days); (ii) the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person as finally determined by a court proceeding; (iii) the filing by such Person of a petition or application to accomplish the same or for the appointment of a receiver or a trustee for such Person or a substantial part of his assets; or (iv) the commencement of any proceedings relating to such

- 4 -


 

Person as a debtor under any other reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, adjustment of debt or liquidation law of any jurisdiction, whether now in existence or hereinafter in effect, either by such Person or by another, provided that if such proceeding is commenced by another, such Person indicates his approval of such proceeding, consents thereto or acquiesces therein, or such proceeding is contested by such Person and has not been finally dismissed within 90 days.
     “Excepted Holder Limit” has the meaning set forth in the Declaration of Trust.
     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     “Forced Conversion” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(c) hereof.
     “Forced Conversion Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.05(c) hereof.
     “General Partner” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
     “General Partner Loan” means a loan extended by the General Partner to a Defaulting Limited Partner in the form of a payment on a Partnership Loan by the General Partner to the Partnership on behalf of the Defaulting Limited Partner.
     “General Partnership Interest” means the Partnership Interest held by the General Partner in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, which Partnership Interest is an interest as a general partner under the Act. The General Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Partnership Units. A number of Common Units held by the General Partner equal to one-tenth of one percent (0.1%) of all outstanding Partnership Units shall be deemed to be the General Partnership Interest. All other Partnership Units owned by the General Partner and any Partnership Units owned by any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the General Partner shall be considered to constitute a Limited Partnership Interest.
     “Indemnitee” means (i) any Person made a party to a proceeding by reason of its status as (A) the General Partner or (B) a trustee of the General Partner or an officer or employee of the Partnership or the General Partner, and (ii) such other Persons (including Affiliates of the General Partner or the Partnership) as the General Partner may designate from time to time (whether before or after the event giving rise to potential liability), in its sole and absolute discretion.
     “Independent Trustee” means a trustee of the General Partner who meets the NYSE requirements for an independent director as set forth from time to time.
     “Limited Partner” means any Person named as a Limited Partner on Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time, and any Person who becomes a Substitute Limited Partner or any additional Limited Partner, in such Person’s capacity as a Limited Partner in the Partnership.
     “Limited Partnership Interest” means a Partnership Interest held by a Limited Partner at any particular time representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interest of all Limited Partners, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Limited Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and in the Act, together with the

- 5 -


 

obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with all the provisions of this Agreement and of such Act. Limited Partnership Interests may be expressed as a number of Common Units, LTIP Units or other Partnership Units.
     “Liquidating Gains” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(g) hereof.
     “LTIP Unit” means a Partnership Unit which is designated as an LTIP Unit and which has the rights, preferences and other privileges designated in Section 4.04 hereof and elsewhere in this Agreement in respect of holders of LTIP Units. The allocation of LTIP Units among the Partners shall be set forth on Exhibit A, as it may be amended or restated from time to time.
     “LTIP Unitholder” means a Partner that holds LTIP Units.
     “Loss” has the meaning provided in Section 5.01(h) hereof.
     “Majority in Interest” means the Limited Partners holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the Percentage Interests of the Limited Partners.
     “Notice of Redemption” means the Notice of Exercise of Common Unit Redemption Right substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.
     “NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange.
     “Offer” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.
     “Offering” means the underwritten initial public offering of REIT Shares by the General Partner.
     “Partner” means any General Partner or Limited Partner, and “Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.
     “Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). A Partner’s share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(5).
     “Partnership” means Chatham Lodging, L.P., a limited partnership formed under the Act and pursuant to this Agreement, and any successor thereto.
     “Partnership Interest” means an ownership interest in the Partnership held by either a Limited Partner or the General Partner, and includes any and all benefits to which the holder of such a Partnership Interest may be entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Person to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. A Partnership Interest may be expressed as a number of Common Units, LTIP Units or other Partnership Units.
     “Partnership Loan” means a loan from the Partnership to the Partner on the day the Partnership pays over the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Distributable Amount to a taxing authority.

- 6 -


 

     “Partnership Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(d). In accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(d), the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain is determined by first computing, for each Partnership nonrecourse liability, any gain the Partnership would realize if it disposed of the property subject to that liability for no consideration other than full satisfaction of the liability, and then aggregating the separately computed gains. A Partner’s share of Partnership Minimum Gain shall be determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(1).
     “Partnership Record Date” means the record date established by the General Partner for the distribution of cash pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof, which record date shall be the same as the record date established by the General Partner for a distribution to its shareholders of some or all of its portion of such distribution.
     “Partnership Unit” means a fractional, undivided share of the Partnership Interests of all Partners issued hereunder, and includes Common Units, LTIP Units and any other class or series of Partnership Units that may be established after the date hereof. The number of Partnership Units outstanding and the Percentage Interests represented by such Partnership Units are set forth on Exhibit A hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time. The ownership of Partnership Units may be evidenced by a certificate in a form approved by the General Partner.
     “Percentage Interest” means the percentage determined by dividing the number of Partnership Units of a Partner by the sum of the number of Partnership Units of all Partners.
     “Person” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity.
     “Profit” has the meaning provided in Section 5.01(h) hereof.
     “Property” means any property or other investment in which the Partnership, directly or indirectly, holds an ownership interest.
     “Redeeming Limited Partner” has the meaning provided in Section 8.04(a) hereof.
     “Regulations” means the Federal Income Tax Regulations issued under the Code, as amended and as hereafter amended from time to time. Reference to any particular provision of the Regulations shall mean that provision of the Regulations on the date hereof and any successor provision of the Regulations.
     “REIT” means a real estate investment trust under Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.
     “REIT Expenses” means (i) costs and expenses relating to the formation and continuity of existence and operation of the General Partner and any Subsidiaries thereof (which Subsidiaries shall, for purposes hereof, be included within the definition of the General Partner), including taxes, fees and assessments associated therewith, any and all costs, expenses or fees payable to any director, officer or employee of the General Partner, (ii) costs and expenses relating to any public offering and registration, or private offering, of securities by the General Partner, and all statements, reports, fees and expenses incidental thereto, including, without limitation, underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to any such offering of

- 7 -


 

securities, and any costs and expenses associated with any claims made by any holders of such securities or any underwriters or placement agents thereof, (iii) costs and expenses associated with any repurchase of any securities by the General Partner, (iv) costs and expenses associated with the preparation and filing of any periodic or other reports and communications by the General Partner under federal, state or local laws or regulations, including filings with the Commission, (v) costs and expenses associated with compliance by the General Partner with laws, rules and regulations promulgated by any regulatory body, including the Commission and any securities exchange, (vi) costs and expenses associated with any 401(k) plan, incentive plan, bonus plan or other plan providing for compensation for the employees of the General Partner, (vii) costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner relating to any issuing or redemption of Partnership Interests and (viii) all other operating or administrative costs of the General Partner incurred in the ordinary course of its business on behalf of or in connection with the Partnership.
     “REIT Share” means one common share of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share, of the General Partner (or Successor Entity, as the case may be).
     “REIT Shares Amount” means the number of REIT Shares equal to the product of (X) the number of Common Units offered for redemption by a Redeeming Limited Partner, multiplied by (Y) the Conversion Factor as adjusted to and including the Specified Redemption Date; provided that in the event the General Partner issues to all holders of REIT Shares rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the holders of REIT Shares to subscribe for or purchase additional REIT Shares, or any other securities or property (collectively, the “Rights”), and such Rights have not expired at the Specified Redemption Date, then the REIT Shares Amount shall also include such Rights issuable to a holder of the REIT Shares Amount on the record date fixed for purposes of determining the holders of REIT Shares entitled to Rights.
     “Restriction Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.04(f) hereof.
     “Rights” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “REIT Shares Amount” contained herein.
     “Safe Harbor Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 hereof.
     “Safe Harbor Interest” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01 hereof.
     “Secondary Market Safe Harbors” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(f) hereof.
     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     “Service” means the Internal Revenue Service.
     “Share Ownership Limit” has the meaning set forth in the Declaration of Trust.
     “Specified Redemption Date” means the first business day of the month that is at least 60 calendar days after the receipt by the General Partner of a Notice of Redemption.

- 8 -


 

     “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity of which a majority of (i) the voting power of the voting equity securities or (ii) the outstanding equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
     “Subsidiary Partnership” means any partnership or limited liability company in which the General Partner, the Partnership, or a wholly owned subsidiary of the General Partner or the Partnership owns a partnership or limited liability company interest.
     “Substitute Limited Partner” means any Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 9.03 hereof.
     “Successor Entity” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Conversion Factor” contained herein.
     “Survivor” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(d) hereof.
     “Tax Matters Partner” has the meaning set forth within Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code.
     “Trading Day” means a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which a security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if a security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
     “Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01(c) hereof.
     “Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.02(a) hereof.
     “TRS” means a taxable REIT subsidiary (as defined in Section 856(l) of the Code) of the General Partner.
     “Unvested LTIP Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c) hereof.
     “Value” means, with respect to any security, the average of the daily market price of such security for the ten consecutive Trading Days immediately preceding the date of such valuation. The market price for each such Trading Day shall be: (i) if the security is listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any national securities exchange, the last reported sale price, regular way, on such day, or if no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, on such day, (ii) if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any national securities exchange, the last reported sale price on such day or, if no sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or (iii) if the security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE or any national securities exchange and no such last reported sale price or closing bid and asked prices are available, the average of the reported high bid and low asked prices on such day, as reported by a reliable quotation source designated by the General Partner, or if there shall be no bid and asked prices on such day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices, as so reported, on the most recent day (not more than ten days prior to the date in question) for which prices have been so reported; provided that

- 9 -


 

if there are no bid and asked prices reported during the ten days prior to the date in question, the value of the security shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate. In the event the security includes any additional rights, then the value of such rights shall be determined by the General Partner acting in good faith on the basis of such quotations and other information as it considers, in its reasonable judgment, appropriate.
     “Vested LTIP Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.04(c) hereof.
     “Vesting Agreement” means each or any, as the context implies, agreement or instrument entered into by an LTIP Unitholder upon acceptance of an award of LTIP Units under an Equity Incentive Plan.
     “Withheld Amount” means any amount required to be withheld by the Partnership to pay over to any taxing authority as a result of any allocation or distribution of income to a Partner.
ARTICLE II
FORMATION OF PARTNERSHIP
     2.01 Formation of the Partnership. The Partnership was formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Act and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of the Partners and administration and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Act. The Partnership Interest of each Partner shall be personal property for all purposes.

- 10 -


 

     2.02 Name. The Name of the Partnership shall be “Chatham Lodging, L.P.” and the Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed advisable by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner or any Affiliate thereof. The words “Limited Partnership,” “LP,” “L.P.” or “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purposes of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Partners.
     2.03 Registered Office and Agent; Principal Office. The address of the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware is located at Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office is The Corporation Trust Company, a Delaware corporation. The principal office of the Partnership is located at 50 Cocoanut Row, Suite 200, Palm Beach, FL 33480 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems necessary or desirable.
     2.04 Term and Dissolution.
          (a) The term of the Partnership shall continue in full force and effect until dissolved upon the first to occur of any of the following events:
          (i) the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a General Partner or the dissolution, death, removal or withdrawal of a General Partner unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof; provided that if a General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the dissolution of such General Partner as a result of the dissolution, death, withdrawal, removal or Event of Bankruptcy of a partner in such partnership shall not be an event of dissolution of the Partnership if the business of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners, either alone or with additional partners, and such General Partner and such partners comply with any other applicable requirements of this Agreement;
          (ii) the passage of 90 days after the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership (provided that if the Partnership receives an installment obligation as consideration for such sale or other disposition, the Partnership shall continue, unless sooner dissolved under the provisions of this Agreement, until such time as such installment obligations are paid in full);
          (iii) the redemption of all Limited Partnership Interests (other than any such Limited Partnership Interests held by the General Partner), unless the General Partner determines to continue the term of the Partnership by the admission of one or more additional Limited Partners; or
          (iv) the election by the General Partner that the Partnership should be dissolved.

- 11 -


 

          (b) Upon dissolution of the Partnership (unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof), the General Partner (or its trustee, receiver, successor or legal representative) shall amend or cancel the Certificate and liquidate the Partnership’s assets and apply and distribute the proceeds thereof in accordance with Section 5.06 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liquidating General Partner may either (i) defer liquidation of, or withhold from distribution for a reasonable time, any assets of the Partnership (including those necessary to satisfy the Partnership’s debts and obligations), or (ii) distribute the assets to the Partners in kind.
     2.05 Filing of Certificate and Perfection of Limited Partnership. The General Partner shall execute, acknowledge, record and file at the expense of the Partnership the Certificate and any and all amendments thereto and all requisite fictitious name statements and notices in such places and jurisdictions as may be necessary to cause the Partnership to be treated as a limited partnership under, and otherwise to comply with, the laws of each state or other jurisdiction in which the Partnership conducts business.
     2.06 Certificates Describing Partnership Units. At the request of a Limited Partner, the General Partner, at its option, may issue a certificate summarizing the terms of such Limited Partner’s interest in the Partnership, including the class or series and number of Partnership Units owned and the Percentage Interest represented by such Partnership Units as of the date of such certificate. Any such certificate (i) shall be in form and substance as determined by the General Partner, (ii) shall not be negotiable and (iii) shall bear a legend to the following effect:
THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT NEGOTIABLE. THE PARTNERSHIP UNITS REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE GOVERNED BY AND TRANSFERABLE ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THE AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF CHATHAM LODGING, L.P., AS AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME.
ARTICLE III
BUSINESS OF THE PARTNERSHIP
     The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership is (i) to conduct any business that may be lawfully conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Act, provided, however, that such business shall be limited to and conducted in such a manner as to permit the General Partner at all times to qualify as a REIT, unless the General Partner otherwise ceases to, or the Board of Trustees determines, pursuant to Section 5.5 of the Declaration of Trust, that the General Partner shall no longer qualify as a REIT, (ii) to enter into any partnership, joint venture or other similar arrangement to engage in any of the foregoing or the ownership of interests in any entity engaged in any of the foregoing and (iii) to do anything necessary or incidental to the foregoing. In connection with the foregoing, and without limiting the General Partner’s right in its sole and absolute discretion to cease qualifying as a REIT, the Partners acknowledge that the General Partner intends to elect REIT status and the avoidance of income and excise taxes on the General Partner inures to the benefit of all the Partners and not solely to the General Partner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Limited

- 12 -


 

Partners agree that the General Partner may terminate or revoke its status as a REIT under the Code at any time. The General Partner shall also be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation for purposes of Section 7704 of the Code.
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACCOUNTS
     4.01 Capital Contributions. The General Partner and each Limited Partner has made a capital contribution to the Partnership in exchange for the Partnership Units set forth opposite such Partner’s name on Exhibit A hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time by the General Partner to the extent necessary to reflect accurately sales, exchanges or other Transfers, redemptions, Capital Contributions, the issuance of additional Partnership Units or similar events having an effect on a Partner’s ownership of Partnership Units.
     4.02 Additional Capital Contributions and Issuances of Additional Partnership Units. Except as provided in this Section 4.02 or in Section 4.03 hereof, the Partners shall have no right or obligation to make any additional Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership. The General Partner may contribute additional capital to the Partnership, from time to time, and receive additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, in respect thereof, in the manner contemplated in this Section 4.02.
          (a) Issuances of Additional Partnership Units.
          (i) General. As of the effective date of this Agreement, the Partnership shall have two classes of Partnership Units, entitled “Common Units” and “LTIP Units.” The General Partner is hereby authorized to cause the Partnership to issue such additional Partnership Interests, in the form of Partnership Units, for any Partnership purpose at any time or from time to time to the Partners (including the General Partner) or to other Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as shall be established by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, all without the approval of any Limited Partners. The General Partner’s determination that consideration is adequate shall be conclusive insofar as the adequacy of consideration relates to whether the Partnership Units are validly issued and fully paid. Any additional Partnership Units issued thereby may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any of such classes, with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties, including rights, powers and duties senior to the then-outstanding Partnership Units held by the Limited Partners, all as shall be determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion and without the approval of any Limited Partner, subject to Delaware law, including, without limitation, (i) the allocations of items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to each such class or series of Partnership Units; (ii) the right of each such class or series of Partnership Units to share in Partnership distributions; and (iii) the rights of each such class or series of Partnership Units upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; provided, however, that no additional Partnership Units shall be issued to the

- 13 -


 

General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) unless:
          (1) (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares of or other interests in the General Partner, which shares or interests have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.02 and (B) the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall make a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in an amount equal to the cash consideration received by the General Partner from the issuance of such REIT Shares or other interests in the General Partner;
          (2) (A) the additional Partnership Units are issued in connection with an issuance of REIT Shares of or other interests in the General Partner pursuant to a taxable share dividend declared by the General Partner, which shares or interests have designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to the designations, preferences and other rights of the additional Partnership Units issued to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) by the Partnership in accordance with this Section 4.02, (B) if the General Partner allows the holders of its REIT Shares to elect whether to receive such dividend in REIT Shares, other interests of the General Partner or cash, the Partnership will give the Limited Partners (excluding the General Partner or any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the General Partner) the same election to elect to receive (I) Partnership Units or cash or, (II) at the election of the General Partner, REIT Shares or cash, and (C) if the Partnership issues additional Partnership Units pursuant to this Section 4.02(a)(i)(2), then an amount of income equal to the value of the Partnership Units received will be allocated to those holders of Common Units that elect to receive additional Partnership Units;
          (3) the additional Partnership Units are issued in exchange for property owned by the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) with a fair market value, as determined by the General Partner, in good faith, equal to the value of the Partnership Units; or
          (4) the additional Partnership Units are issued to all Partners in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.
Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Units for less than fair market value, so long as the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the General Partner and the Partnership.

- 14 -


 

          (ii) Upon Issuance of Additional Securities. The General Partner shall not issue any additional REIT Shares (other than REIT Shares issued in connection with an exchange pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or a taxable share dividend as described in Section 4.02(a)(i)(2) hereof) or Rights (collectively, “Additional Securities”) other than to all holders of REIT Shares, unless (A) the General Partner shall cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) Partnership Units or Rights having designations, preferences and other rights, all such that the economic interests are substantially similar to those of the Additional Securities, and (B) the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) contributes the proceeds from the issuance of such Additional Securities and from any exercise of Rights contained in such Additional Securities to the Partnership; provided, however, that the General Partner is allowed to issue Additional Securities in connection with an acquisition of Property to be held directly by the General Partner, but if and only if, such direct acquisition and issuance of Additional Securities have been approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees. Without limiting the foregoing, the General Partner is expressly authorized to issue Additional Securities for less than fair market value, and the General Partner is authorized to cause the Partnership to issue to the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) corresponding Partnership Units, so long as (x) the General Partner concludes in good faith that such issuance is in the best interests of the General Partner and the Partnership and (y) the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) contributes all proceeds from such issuance to the Partnership, including without limitation, the issuance of REIT Shares and corresponding Partnership Units pursuant to a share purchase plan providing for purchases of REIT Shares at a discount from fair market value or pursuant to share awards, including share options that have an exercise price that is less than the fair market value of the REIT Shares, either at the time of issuance or at the time of exercise, and restricted or other share awards approved by the Board of Trustees. For example, in the event the General Partner issues REIT Shares for a cash purchase price and the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) contributes all of the proceeds of such issuance to the Partnership as required hereunder, the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall be issued a number of additional Partnership Units equal to the product of (A) the number of such REIT Shares issued by the General Partner, the proceeds of which were so contributed, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is 100%, and the denominator of which is the Conversion Factor in effect on the date of such contribution.
          (b) Certain Contributions of Proceeds of Issuance of REIT Shares. In connection with any and all issuances of REIT Shares, the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall make Capital Contributions to the Partnership of the proceeds therefrom, provided that if the proceeds actually received and contributed by the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) are less than the gross proceeds of such issuance as a result of any underwriter’s discount, commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid or incurred in connection with such issuance, then the General Partner (or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall be deemed to have made a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the

- 15 -


 

amount equal to the sum of the net proceeds of such issuance plus the amount of such underwriter’s discount, commissions, placement fees or other expenses paid by the General Partner (which discount, commissions, placement fees and expense shall be treated as an Administrative Expense for the benefit of the Partnership for purposes of Section 6.05(b)).
          (c) Repurchases of General Partner Securities. If the General Partner shall repurchase shares of any class of its shares of beneficial interest, all costs incurred in connection with such repurchase shall be reimbursed to the General Partner by the Partnership pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof and the General Partner simultaneously shall cause the Partnership to redeem an equivalent number of Partnership Units of the appropriate class or series held by the General Partner, or by the General Partner in its capacity as a Limited Partner, (which, in the case of REIT Shares, shall be a number equal to the quotient of the number of such REIT Shares divided by the Conversion Factor).
     4.03 Additional Funding. If the General Partner determines that it is in the best interests of the Partnership to provide for additional Partnership funds (“Additional Funds”) for any Partnership purpose, the General Partner may (i) cause the Partnership to obtain such funds from outside borrowings, or (ii) elect to have the General Partner or any of its Affiliates provide such Additional Funds to the Partnership through loans or otherwise.
     4.04 LTIP Units.
          (a) Issuance of LTIP Units. The General Partner may from time to time issue LTIP Units to Persons who provide services to the Partnership or the General Partner, for such consideration as the General Partner may determine to be appropriate, and admit such Persons as Limited Partners. Subject to the following provisions of this Section 4.04 and the special provisions of Sections 4.05 and 5.01(g) hereof, LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Units, with all of the rights, privileges and obligations attendant thereto. For purposes of computing the Partners’ Percentage Interests, holders of LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Unit holders and LTIP Units shall be treated as Common Units. In particular, the Partnership shall maintain at all times a one-to-one correspondence between LTIP Units and Common Units for conversion, distribution and other purposes, including, without limitation, complying with the following procedures:
          (i) If an Adjustment Event (as defined below) occurs, then the General Partner shall make a corresponding adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain a one-for-one conversion and economic equivalence ratio between Common Units and LTIP Units. The following shall be “Adjustment Events”: (A) the Partnership makes a distribution on all outstanding Common Units in Partnership Units, (B) the Partnership subdivides the outstanding Common Units into a greater number of units or combines the outstanding Common Units into a smaller number of units, or (C) the Partnership issues any Partnership Units in exchange for its outstanding Common Units by way of a reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Units. If more than one Adjustment Event occurs, the adjustment to the LTIP Units need be made only once using a single formula that takes into account each and every Adjustment Event as if all Adjustment Events occurred simultaneously. For the avoidance of doubt, the following shall not be

- 16 -


 

Adjustment Events: (x) the issuance of Partnership Units in a financing, reorganization, acquisition or other similar business Common Unit Transaction, (y) the issuance of Partnership Units pursuant to any employee benefit or compensation plan or distribution reinvestment plan or (z) the issuance of any Partnership Units to the General Partner in respect of a capital contribution to the Partnership of proceeds from the sale of Additional Securities by the General Partner. If the Partnership takes an action affecting the Common Units other than actions specifically described above as “Adjustment Events” and in the opinion of the General Partner such action would require an adjustment to the LTIP Units to maintain the one-to-one correspondence described above, the General Partner shall have the right to make such adjustment to the LTIP Units, to the extent permitted by law and by any Equity Incentive Plan, in such manner and at such time as the General Partner, in its sole discretion, may determine to be appropriate under the circumstances. If an adjustment is made to the LTIP Units, as herein provided, the Partnership shall promptly file in the books and records of the Partnership an officer’s certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment, which certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the correctness of such adjustment absent manifest error. Promptly after filing of such certificate, the Partnership shall mail a notice to each LTIP Unitholder setting forth the adjustment to his or her LTIP Units and the effective date of such adjustment; and
          (ii) The LTIP Unitholders shall, when, as and if authorized and declared by the General Partner out of assets legally available for that purpose, be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the distributions per Common Unit (the “Common Partnership Unit Distribution”), paid to holders of Common Units on such Partnership Record Date established by the General Partner with respect to such distribution. So long as any LTIP Units are outstanding, no distributions (whether in cash or in kind) shall be authorized, declared or paid on Common Units, unless equal distributions have been or contemporaneously are authorized, declared and paid on the LTIP Units.
          (b) Priority. Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04 and the special provisions of Sections 4.05 and 5.01(g) hereof, the LTIP Units shall rank pari passu with the Common Units as to the payment of regular and special periodic or other distributions and distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. As to the payment of distributions and as to distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any class or series of Partnership Units which by its terms specifies that it shall rank junior to, on a parity with, or senior to the Common Units shall also rank junior to, or pari passu with, or senior to, as the case may be, the LTIP Units. Subject to the terms of any Vesting Agreement, an LTIP Unitholder shall be entitled to transfer his or her LTIP Units to the same extent, and subject to the same restrictions as holders of Common Units are entitled to transfer their Common Units pursuant to Article IX.
          (c) Special Provisions. LTIP Units shall be subject to the following special provisions:
          (i) Vesting Agreements. LTIP Units may, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, be issued subject to vesting, forfeiture and additional restrictions on

- 17 -


 

transfer pursuant to the terms of a Vesting Agreement. The terms of any Vesting Agreement may be modified by the General Partner from time to time in its sole discretion, subject to any restrictions on amendment imposed by the relevant Vesting Agreement or by the Equity Incentive Plan, if applicable. LTIP Units that have vested under the terms of a Vesting Agreement are referred to as “Vested LTIP Units”; all other LTIP Units shall be treated as “Unvested LTIP Units.”
          (ii) Forfeiture. Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, upon the occurrence of any event specified in a Vesting Agreement as resulting in either the right of the Partnership or the General Partner to repurchase LTIP Units at a specified purchase price or some other forfeiture of any LTIP Units, then if the Partnership or the General Partner exercises such right to repurchase or forfeiture in accordance with the applicable Vesting Agreement, the relevant LTIP Units shall immediately, and without any further action, be treated as cancelled and no longer outstanding for any purpose. Unless otherwise specified in the Vesting Agreement, no consideration or other payment shall be due with respect to any LTIP Units that have been forfeited, other than any distributions declared with respect to a Partnership Record Date prior to the effective date of the forfeiture. In connection with any repurchase or forfeiture of LTIP Units, the balance of the portion of the Capital Account of the LTIP Unitholder that is attributable to all of his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced by the amount, if any, by which it exceeds the target balance contemplated by Section 5.01(g) hereof, calculated with respect to the LTIP Unitholder’s remaining LTIP Units, if any.
          (iii) Allocations. LTIP Unitholders shall be entitled to certain special allocations of gain under Section 5.01(g) hereof.
          (iv) Redemption. The Common Unit Redemption Right provided to Limited Partners under Section 8.04 hereof shall not apply with respect to LTIP Units unless and until they are converted to Common Units as provided in clause (v) below and Section 4.05 hereof.
          (v) Conversion to Common Units. Vested LTIP Units are eligible to be converted into Common Units in accordance with Section 4.05 hereof.
          (d) Voting. LTIP Unitholders shall (a) have the same voting rights as the Limited Partners, with the LTIP Units voting as a single class with the Common Units and having one vote per LTIP Unit; and (b) have the additional voting rights that are expressly set forth below. So long as any LTIP Units remain outstanding, the Partnership shall not, without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the LTIP Units outstanding at the time, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting (voting separately as a class), amend, alter or repeal, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, the provisions of this Agreement applicable to LTIP Units so as to materially and adversely affect any right, privilege or voting power of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such, unless such amendment, alteration, or repeal affects equally, ratably and proportionately the rights, privileges and voting powers of the Limited Partners; but subject, in any event, to the following provisions:

- 18 -


 

          (i) With respect to any Common Unit Transaction (as defined in Section 4.05(f) hereof), so long as the LTIP Units are treated in accordance with Section 4.05(f) hereof, the consummation of such Common Unit Transaction shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such; and
          (ii) Any creation or issuance of any Partnership Units or of any class or series of Partnership Interest including without limitation additional Common Units or LTIP Units, whether ranking senior to, junior to, or on a parity with the LTIP Units with respect to distributions and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, shall not be deemed to materially and adversely affect such rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the LTIP Units or the LTIP Unitholders as such.
     The foregoing voting provisions will not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such vote would otherwise be required will be effected, all outstanding LTIP Units shall have been converted into Common Units.
     4.05 Conversion of LTIP Units.
          (a) An LTIP Unitholder shall have the right (the “Conversion Right”), at his or her option, at any time to convert all or a portion of his or her Vested LTIP Units into Common Units; provided, however, that a holder may not exercise the Conversion Right for less than one thousand (1,000) Vested LTIP Units or, if such holder holds less than one thousand Vested LTIP Units, all of the Vested LTIP Units held by such holder. LTIP Unitholders shall not have the right to convert Unvested LTIP Units into Common Units until they become Vested LTIP Units; provided, however, that when an LTIP Unitholder is notified of the expected occurrence of an event that will cause his or her Unvested LTIP Units to become Vested LTIP Units, such LTIP Unitholder may give the Partnership a Conversion Notice conditioned upon and effective as of the time of vesting and such Conversion Notice, unless subsequently revoked by the LTIP Unitholder, shall be accepted by the Partnership subject to such condition. The General Partner shall have the right at any time to cause a conversion of Vested LTIP Units into Common Units. In all cases, the conversion of any LTIP Units into Common Units shall be subject to the conditions and procedures set forth in this Section 4.05.
          (b) A holder of Vested LTIP Units may convert such LTIP Units into an equal number of fully paid and non-assessable Common Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a holder of Vested LTIP Units convert a number of Vested LTIP Units that exceeds (x) the Economic Capital Account Balance of such Limited Partner, to the extent attributable to its ownership of LTIP Units, divided by (y) the Common Unit Economic Balance, in each case as determined as of the effective date of conversion (the “Capital Account Limitation”).
     In order to exercise his or her Conversion Right, an LTIP Unitholder shall deliver a notice (a “Conversion Notice”) in the form attached as Exhibit D to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) not less than ten nor more than 60 days prior to a date (the “Conversion Date”) specified in such Conversion Notice; provided, however, that if the General Partner has

- 19 -


 

not given to the LTIP Unitholders notice of a proposed or upcoming Common Unit Transaction (as defined in Section 4.05(f) hereof) at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such Common Unit Transaction, then LTIP Unitholders shall have the right to deliver a Conversion Notice until the earlier of (x) the tenth day after such notice from the General Partner of a Common Unit Transaction or (y) the third business day immediately preceding the effective date of such Common Unit Transaction. A Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 12.01 hereof. Each LTIP Unitholder covenants and agrees with the Partnership that all Vested LTIP Units to be converted pursuant to this Section 4.05(b) shall be free and clear of all liens. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a holder of LTIP Units may deliver a Notice of Redemption pursuant to Section 8.04(a) hereof relating to those Common Units that will be issued to such holder upon conversion of such LTIP Units into Common Units in advance of the Conversion Date; provided, however, that the redemption of such Common Units by the Partnership shall in no event take place until after the Conversion Date. For clarity, it is noted that the objective of this paragraph is to put an LTIP Unitholder in a position where, if he or she so wishes, the Common Units into which his or her Vested LTIP Units will be converted can be redeemed by the Partnership simultaneously with such conversion, with the further consequence that, if the General Partner elects to assume the Partnership’s redemption obligation with respect to such Common Units under Section 8.04(b) hereof by delivering to such holder REIT Shares rather than cash, then such holder can have such REIT Shares issued to him or her simultaneously with the conversion of his or her Vested LTIP Units into Common Units. The General Partner and LTIP Unitholder shall reasonably cooperate with each other to coordinate the timing of the events described in the foregoing sentence.
          (c) The Partnership, at any time at the election of the General Partner, may cause any number of Vested LTIP Units held by an LTIP Unitholder to be converted (a “Forced Conversion”) into an equal number of Common Units, giving effect to all adjustments (if any) made pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof; provided, however, that the Partnership may not cause Forced Conversion of any LTIP Units that would not at the time be eligible for conversion at the option of such LTIP Unitholder pursuant to Section 4.05(b) hereof. In order to exercise its right of Forced Conversion, the Partnership shall deliver a notice (a “Forced Conversion Notice”) in the form attached as Exhibit E to the applicable LTIP Unitholder not less than ten nor more than 60 days prior to the Conversion Date specified in such Forced Conversion Notice. A Forced Conversion Notice shall be provided in the manner provided in Section 12.01 hereof.
          (d) A conversion of Vested LTIP Units for which the holder thereof has given a Conversion Notice or the Partnership has given a Forced Conversion Notice shall occur automatically after the close of business on the applicable Conversion Date without any action on the part of such LTIP Unitholder, as of which time such LTIP Unitholder shall be credited on the books and records of the Partnership with the issuance as of the opening of business on the next day of the number of Common Units issuable upon such conversion. After the conversion of LTIP Units as aforesaid, the Partnership shall deliver to such LTIP Unitholder, upon his or her written request, a certificate of the General Partner certifying the number of Common Units and remaining LTIP Units, if any, held by such person immediately after such conversion. The Assignee of any Limited Partner pursuant to Article IX hereof may exercise the rights of such Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 4.05 and such Limited Partner shall be bound by the exercise of such rights by the Assignee.

- 20 -


 

          (e) For purposes of making future allocations under Section 5.01(g) hereof and applying the Capital Account Limitation, the portion of the Economic Capital Account Balance of the applicable LTIP Unitholder that is treated as attributable to his or her LTIP Units shall be reduced, as of the date of conversion, by the product of the number of LTIP Units converted and the Common Unit Economic Balance.
          (f) If the Partnership or the General Partner shall be a party to any Common Unit Transaction (including without limitation a merger, consolidation, unit exchange, self tender offer for all or substantially all Common Units or other business combination or reorganization, or sale of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets, but excluding any Common Unit Transaction which constitutes an Adjustment Event) in each case as a result of which Common Units shall be exchanged for or converted into the right, or the holders of such Units shall otherwise be entitled, to receive cash, securities or other property or any combination thereof (each of the foregoing being referred to herein as a “Common Unit Transaction”), then the General Partner shall, immediately prior to the Common Unit Transaction, exercise its right to cause a Forced Conversion with respect to the maximum number of LTIP Units then eligible for conversion, taking into account any allocations that occur in connection with the Common Unit Transaction or that would occur in connection with the Common Unit Transaction if the assets of the Partnership were sold at the Common Unit Transaction price or, if applicable, at a value determined by the General Partner in good faith using the value attributed to the Partnership Units in the context of the Common Unit Transaction (in which case the Conversion Date shall be the effective date of the Common Unit Transaction).
     In anticipation of such Forced Conversion and the consummation of the Common Unit Transaction, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each LTIP Unitholder to be afforded the right to receive in connection with such Common Unit Transaction in consideration for the Common Units into which his or her LTIP Units will be converted the same kind and amount of cash, securities and other property (or any combination thereof) receivable upon the consummation of such Common Unit Transaction by a holder of the same number of Common Units, assuming such holder of Common Units is not a Person with which the Partnership consolidated or into which the Partnership merged or which merged into the Partnership or to which such sale or transfer was made, as the case may be (a “Constituent Person”), or an affiliate of a Constituent Person. In the event that holders of Common Units have the opportunity to elect the form or type of consideration to be received upon consummation of the Common Unit Transaction, prior to such Common Unit Transaction the General Partner shall give prompt written notice to each LTIP Unitholder of such election, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to afford the LTIP Unitholders the right to elect, by written notice to the General Partner, the form or type of consideration to be received upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held by such holder into Common Units in connection with such Common Unit Transaction. If an LTIP Unitholder fails to make such an election, such holder (and any of its transferees) shall receive upon conversion of each LTIP Unit held him or her (or by any of his or her transferees) the same kind and amount of consideration that a holder of a Common Unit would receive if such Common Unit holder failed to make such an election.
     Subject to the rights of the Partnership and the General Partner under any Vesting Agreement and any Equity Incentive Plan, the Partnership shall use commercially reasonable effort to cause the terms of any Common Unit Transaction to be consistent with the provisions of

- 21 -


 

this Section 4.05(f) and to enter into an agreement with the successor or purchasing entity, as the case may be, for the benefit of any LTIP Unitholders whose LTIP Units will not be converted into Common Units in connection with the Common Unit Transaction that will (i) contain provisions enabling the holders of LTIP Units that remain outstanding after such Common Unit Transaction to convert their LTIP Units into securities as comparable as reasonably possible under the circumstances to the Common Units and (ii) preserve as far as reasonably possible under the circumstances the distribution, special allocation, conversion, and other rights set forth in this Agreement for the benefit of the LTIP Unitholders.
     4.06 Capital Accounts. A separate capital account (a “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained for each Partner in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). If (i) a new or existing Partner acquires an additional Partnership Interest in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution, (ii) the Partnership distributes to a Partner more than a de minimis amount of Partnership property as consideration for a Partnership Interest, (iii) the Partnership is liquidated within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) or (iv) the Partnership grants a Partnership Interest (other than a de minimis Partnership Interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership to an existing Partner acting in a Partner capacity, or to a new Partner acting in a Partner capacity or in anticipation of being a Partner, the General Partner shall revalue the property of the Partnership to its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f); provided that the issuance of any LTIP Unit shall be deemed to require a revaluation pursuant to this Section 4.06. When the Partnership’s property is revalued by the General Partner, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) and (g), which generally require such Capital Accounts to be adjusted to reflect the manner in which the unrealized gain or loss inherent in such property (that has not been reflected in the Capital Accounts previously) would be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 5.01 hereof if there were a taxable disposition of such property for its fair market value (as determined by the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, and taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) on the date of the revaluation.
     4.07 Percentage Interests. If the number of outstanding Common Units or other class or series of Partnership Units increases or decreases during a taxable year, each Partner’s Percentage Interest shall be adjusted by the General Partner effective as of the effective date of each such increase or decrease to a percentage equal to the number of Common Units or other class or series of Partnership Units held by such Partner divided by the aggregate number of Common Units or other class or series of Partnership Units, as applicable, outstanding after giving effect to such increase or decrease. If the Partners’ Percentage Interests are adjusted pursuant to this Section 4.07, the Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment occurs shall be allocated between the part of the year ending on the day when the Partnership’s property is revalued by the General Partner and the part of the year beginning on the following day either (i) as if the taxable year had ended on the date of the adjustment or (ii) based on the number of days in each part. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method shall be used to allocate Profits and Losses for the taxable year in which the adjustment occurs. The allocation of Profits and Losses for the earlier part of the year

- 22 -


 

shall be based on the Percentage Interests before adjustment, and the allocation of Profits and Losses for the later part shall be based on the adjusted Percentage Interests.
     4.08 No Interest on Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to interest on its Capital Contribution.
     4.09 Return of Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contribution or its Capital Account or to receive any distribution from the Partnership, except as specifically provided in this Agreement. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no obligation to return to any Partner or withdrawn Partner any part of such Partner’s Capital Contribution for so long as the Partnership continues in existence.
     4.10 No Third-Party Beneficiary. No creditor or other third party having dealings with the Partnership shall have the right to enforce the right or obligation of any Partner to make Capital Contributions or loans or to pursue any other right or remedy hereunder or at law or in equity, it being understood and agreed that the provisions of this Agreement shall be solely for the benefit of, and may be enforced solely by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. None of the rights or obligations of the Partners herein set forth to make Capital Contributions or loans to the Partnership shall be deemed an asset of the Partnership for any purpose by any creditor or other third party, nor may such rights or obligations be sold, transferred or assigned by the Partnership or pledged or encumbered by the Partnership to secure any debt or other obligation of the Partnership or of any of the Partners. In addition, it is the intent of the parties hereto that no distribution to any Limited Partner shall be deemed a return of money or other property in violation of the Act. However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Limited Partner is obligated to return such money or property, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Limited Partner and not of the General Partner. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a deficit Capital Account of a Partner shall not be deemed to be a liability of such Partner nor an asset or property of the Partnership.
ARTICLE V
PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS
     5.01 Allocation of Profit and Loss.
          (a) Profit. Profit of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
          (b) Loss. Loss of the Partnership for each fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.
          (c) Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, (i) any expense of the Partnership that is a “nonrecourse deduction” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(1) shall be allocated in accordance with the Partners’ respective Common Units, (ii) any expense of the Partnership that is a “partner nonrecourse deduction” within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(2) shall be allocated to the Partner that bears the “economic risk of loss” of such deduction in accordance with Regulations

- 23 -


 

Section 1.704-2(i)(1), (iii) if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(1) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Section 1.704-2(f)(2),(3), (4) and (5), items of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j), and (iv) if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) for any Partnership taxable year, then, subject to the exceptions set forth in Regulations Section 1.704(2)(g), items of gain and income shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and the ordering rules contained in Regulations Section 1.704-2(j). The manner in which it is reasonably expected that the deductions attributable to nonrecourse liabilities will be allocated for purposes of determining a Partner’s share of the nonrecourse liabilities of the Partnership within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3) shall be in accordance with a Partner’s Percentage Interest.
          (d) Qualified Income Offset. If a Partner receives in any taxable year an adjustment, allocation or distribution described in subparagraphs (4), (5) or (6) of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) that causes or increases a deficit balance in such Partner’s Capital Account that exceeds the sum of such Partner’s shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, as determined in accordance with Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i), such Partner shall be allocated specially for such taxable year (and, if necessary, later taxable years) items of income and gain in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate such deficit Capital Account balance as quickly as possible as provided in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d). After the occurrence of an allocation of income or gain to a Partner in accordance with this Section 5.01(d), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), items of expense or loss shall be allocated to such Partner in an amount necessary to offset the income or gain previously allocated to such Partner under this Section 5.01(d).
          (e) Capital Account Deficits. Loss shall not be allocated to a Limited Partner to the extent that such allocation would cause a deficit in such Partner’s Capital Account (after reduction to reflect the items described in Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6)) to exceed the sum of such Partner’s shares of Partnership Minimum Gain and Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Any Loss in excess of that limitation shall be allocated to the General Partner. After the occurrence of an allocation of Loss to the General Partner in accordance with this Section 5.01(e), to the extent permitted by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), Profit first shall be allocated to the General Partner in an amount necessary to offset the Loss previously allocated to the General Partner under this Section 5.01(e).
          (f) Allocations Between Transferor and Transferee. If a Partner transfers any part or all of its Partnership Interest, the distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss allocable among the Partners during such fiscal year of the Partnership shall be allocated between the transferor and the transferee Partner either (i) as if the Partnership’s fiscal year had ended on the date of the transfer or (ii) based on the number of days of such fiscal year that each was a Partner without regard to the results of Partnership activities in the respective portions of such fiscal year in which the transferor and the transferee were Partners. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall determine which method shall be used to allocate the distributive shares of the various items of Profit and Loss between the transferor and the transferee Partner.

- 24 -


 

          (g) Special Allocations Regarding LTIP Units. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 5.01(a) and (b) hereof, Liquidating Gains shall first be allocated to the LTIP Unitholders until their Economic Capital Account Balances, to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units, are equal to (i) the Common Unit Economic Balance, multiplied by (ii) the number of their LTIP Units; provided that no such Liquidating Gains will be allocated with respect to any particular LTIP Unit unless and to the extent that the Common Unit Economic Balance exceeds the Common Unit Economic Balance in existence at the time such LTIP Unit was issued. For this purpose, “Liquidating Gains” means net capital gains realized in connection with the actual or hypothetical sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership, including but not limited to net capital gain realized in connection with an adjustment to the value of Partnership assets under Section 704(b) of the Code. The “Economic Capital Account Balances” of the LTIP Unit holders will be equal to their Capital Account balances to the extent attributable to their ownership of LTIP Units. Similarly, the “Common Unit Economic Balance” shall mean (i) the Capital Account balance of the General Partner, plus the amount of the General Partner’s share of any Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain or Partnership Minimum Gain, in either case to the extent attributable to the General Partner’s ownership of Common Units and computed on a hypothetical basis after taking into account all allocations through the date on which any allocation is made under this Section 5.01(g), divided by (ii) the number of the General Partner’s Common Units. Any such allocations shall be made among the LTIP Unitholders in proportion to the amounts required to be allocated to each under this Section 5.01(g). The parties agree that the intent of this Section 5.01(g) is to make the Capital Account balance associated with each LTIP Unit to be economically equivalent to the Capital Account balance associated with the General Partner’s Common Units (on a per-Unit basis), but only if and to the extent that the Capital Account balance associated with the General Partner’s Common Units has increased on a per-Unit basis since the issuance of the relevant LTIP Unit.
          (h) Definition of Profit and Loss. “Profit” and “Loss” and any items of income, gain, expense or loss referred to in this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles, as modified by Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), except that Profit and Loss shall not include items of income, gain and expense that are specially allocated pursuant to Sections 5.01(c), (d)or (e) hereof. All allocations of income, Profit, gain, Loss and expense (and all items contained therein) for federal income tax purposes shall be identical to all allocations of such items set forth in this Section 5.01, except as otherwise required by Section 704(c) of the Code and Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4). With respect to properties acquired by the Partnership, the General Partner shall have the authority to elect the method to be used by the Partnership for allocating items of income, gain and expense as required by Section 704(c) of the Code with respect to such properties, and such election shall be binding on all Partners.
     5.02 Distribution of Cash.
          (a) Subject to Sections 5.02(d), (d) and (e) hereof, the Partnership shall distribute cash at such times and in such amounts as are determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, to the Partners who are Partners on the Partnership Record Date with respect to such quarter (or other distribution period) in proportion with their respective Common Units on the Partnership Record Date.

- 25 -


 

          (b) In accordance with Section 4.04(a)(ii), the LTIP Unitholders shall be entitled to receive distributions in an amount per LTIP Unit equal to the Common Unit Distribution.
          (c) If a new or existing Partner acquires additional Partnership Units in exchange for a Capital Contribution on any date other than a Partnership Record Date, the cash distribution attributable to such additional Partnership Units relating to the Partnership Record Date next following the issuance of such additional Partnership Units shall be reduced in the proportion to (i) the number of days that such additional Partnership Units are held by such Partner bears to (ii) the number of days between such Partnership Record Date and the immediately preceding Partnership Record Date.
          (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to a Partner or assignee (including by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), either (i) if the actual amount to be distributed to the Partner (the “Distributable Amount”) equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the entire Distributable Amount shall be treated as a distribution of cash to such Partner, or (ii) if the Distributable Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Distributable Amount shall be treated as a Partnership Loan from the Partnership to the Partner on the day the Partnership pays over such amount to a taxing authority. A Partnership Loan shall be repaid upon the demand of the Partnership or, alternatively, through withholding by the Partnership with respect to subsequent distributions to the applicable Partner or assignee. In the event that a Limited Partner fails to pay any amount owed to the Partnership with respect to the Partnership Loan within 15 days after demand for payment thereof is made by the Partnership on the Limited Partner, the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may elect to make the payment to the Partnership on behalf of such Defaulting Limited Partner. In such event, on the date of payment, the General Partner shall be deemed to have extended a General Partner Loan to the Defaulting Limited Partner in the amount of the payment made by the General Partner and shall succeed to all rights and remedies of the Partnership against the Defaulting Limited Partner as to that amount. Without limitation, the General Partner shall have the right to receive any distributions that otherwise would be made by the Partnership to the Defaulting Limited Partner until such time as the General Partner Loan has been paid in full, and any such distributions so received by the General Partner shall be treated as having been received by the Defaulting Limited Partner and immediately paid to the General Partner.
     Any amounts treated as a Partnership Loan or a General Partner Loan pursuant to this Section 5.02(d) shall bear interest at the lesser of (i) 300 basis points above the base rate on corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks, as published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal, or (ii) the maximum lawful rate of interest on such obligation, such interest to accrue from the date the Partnership or the General Partner, as applicable, is deemed to extend the loan until such loan is repaid in full.

- 26 -


 

          (e) In no event may a Partner receive a distribution of cash with respect to a Partnership Unit if such Partner is entitled to receive a cash dividend as the holder of record of a REIT Share for which all or part of such Partnership Unit has been or will be redeemed.
     5.03 REIT Distribution Requirements. The General Partner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Partnership to distribute amounts sufficient to enable the General Partner to pay distributions to its shareholders that will allow the General Partner to (i) meet its distribution requirement for qualification as a REIT as set forth in Section 857 of the Code and (ii) avoid any federal income or excise tax liability imposed by the Code, other than to the extent the General Partner elects to retain and pay income tax on its net capital gain.
     5.04 No Right to Distributions in Kind. No Partner shall be entitled to demand property other than cash in connection with any distributions by the Partnership.
     5.05 Limitations on Return of Capital Contributions. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Article V, no Partner shall have the right to receive, and the General Partner shall not have the right to make, a distribution that includes a return of all or part of a Partner’s Capital Contributions, unless after giving effect to the return of a Capital Contribution, the sum of all Partnership liabilities, other than the liabilities to a Partner for the return of his Capital Contribution, does not exceed the fair market value of the Partnership’s assets.
     5.06 Distributions Upon Liquidation.
          (a) Upon liquidation of the Partnership, after payment of, or adequate provision for, debts and obligations of the Partnership, including any Partner loans, any remaining assets of the Partnership shall be distributed to all Partners with positive Capital Accounts in accordance with their respective positive Capital Account balances.
          (b) For purposes of Section 5.06(a) hereof, the Capital Account of each Partner shall be determined after all adjustments made in accordance with Sections 5.01 and 5.02 hereof resulting from Partnership operations and from all sales and dispositions of all or any part of the Partnership’s assets.
          (c) Any distributions pursuant to this Section 5.06 shall be made by the end of the Partnership’s taxable year in which the liquidation occurs (or, if later, within 90 days after the date of the liquidation). To the extent deemed advisable by the General Partner, appropriate arrangements (including the use of a liquidating trust) may be made to assure that adequate funds are available to pay any contingent debts or obligations.
     5.07 Substantial Economic Effect. It is the intent of the Partners that the allocations of Profit and Loss under the Agreement have substantial economic effect (or be consistent with the Partners’ interests in the Partnership in the case of the allocation of losses attributable to nonrecourse debt) within the meaning of Section 704(b) of the Code as interpreted by the Regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. Article V and other relevant provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.

- 27 -


 

ARTICLE VI
RIGHTS, OBLIGATIONS AND
POWERS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER
     6.01 Management of the Partnership.
          (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the General Partner shall have full, complete and exclusive discretion to manage and control the business of the Partnership for the purposes herein stated, and shall make all decisions affecting the business and assets of the Partnership. Subject to the restrictions specifically contained in this Agreement, the powers of the General Partner shall include, without limitation, the authority to take the following actions on behalf of the Partnership:
          (i) to acquire, purchase, own, operate, lease and dispose of any real property and any other property or assets including, but not limited to, notes and mortgages that the General Partner determines are necessary or appropriate in the business of the Partnership;
          (ii) to construct buildings and make other improvements on the properties owned or leased by the Partnership;
          (iii) to authorize, issue, sell, redeem or otherwise purchase any Partnership Units or any securities (including secured and unsecured debt obligations of the Partnership, debt obligations of the Partnership convertible into any class or series of Partnership Units, or Rights relating to any class or series of Partnership Units) of the Partnership;
          (iv) to borrow or lend money for the Partnership, issue or receive evidences of indebtedness in connection therewith, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such indebtedness, and secure indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnership’s assets;
          (v) to pay, either directly or by reimbursement, for all operating costs and general administrative expenses of the Partnership to third parties or to the General Partner or its Affiliates as set forth in this Agreement;
          (vi) to guarantee or become a co-maker of indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the General Partner or the Partnership, refinance, increase the amount of, modify, amend or change the terms of, or extend the time for the payment of, any such guarantee or indebtedness, and secure such guarantee or indebtedness by mortgage, deed of trust, pledge or other lien on the Partnership’s assets;
          (vii) to use assets of the Partnership (including, without limitation, cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with this Agreement, including, without limitation, payment, either directly or by reimbursement, of all operating costs and general and

- 28 -


 

administrative expenses of the General Partner, the Partnership or any Subsidiary of either, to third parties or to the General Partner as set forth in this Agreement;
          (viii) to lease all or any portion of any of the Partnership’s assets, whether or not the terms of such leases extend beyond the termination date of the Partnership and whether or not any portion of the Partnership’s assets so leased are to be occupied by the lessee, or, in turn, subleased in whole or in part to others, for such consideration and on such terms as the General Partner may determine;
          (ix) to prosecute, defend, arbitrate or compromise any and all claims or liabilities in favor of or against the Partnership, on such terms and in such manner as the General Partner may reasonably determine, and similarly to prosecute, settle or defend litigation with respect to the Partners, the Partnership or the Partnership’s assets;
          (x) to file applications, communicate and otherwise deal with any and all governmental agencies having jurisdiction over, or in any way affecting, the Partnership’s assets or any other aspect of the Partnership’s business;
          (xi) to make or revoke any election permitted or required of the Partnership by any taxing authority;
          (xii) to maintain such insurance coverage for public liability, fire and casualty, and any and all other insurance for the protection of the Partnership, for the conservation of Partnership assets, or for any other purpose convenient or beneficial to the Partnership, in such amounts and such types, as it shall determine from time to time;
          (xiii) to determine whether or not to apply any insurance proceeds for any property to the restoration of such property or to distribute the same;
          (xiv) to establish one or more divisions of the Partnership, to hire and dismiss employees of the Partnership or any division of the Partnership, and to retain legal counsel, accountants, consultants, real estate brokers and such other persons as the General Partner may deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the Partnership business and to pay therefor such reasonable remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and proper;
          (xv) to retain other services of any kind or nature in connection with the Partnership business, and to pay therefor such remuneration as the General Partner may deem reasonable and proper;
          (xvi) to negotiate and conclude agreements on behalf of the Partnership with respect to any of the rights, powers and authority conferred upon the General Partner;
          (xvii) to maintain accurate accounting records and to file promptly all federal, state and local income tax returns on behalf of the Partnership;

- 29 -


 

          (xviii) to distribute Partnership cash or other Partnership assets in accordance with this Agreement;
          (xix) to form or acquire an interest in, and contribute property to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures or other relationships that it deems desirable (including, without limitation, the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, its Subsidiaries and any other Person in which it has an equity interest from time to time);
          (xx) to establish Partnership reserves for working capital, capital expenditures, contingent liabilities or any other valid Partnership purpose;
          (xxi) to merge, consolidate or combine the Partnership with or into another Person;
          (xxii) to do any and all acts and things necessary or prudent to ensure that the Partnership will not be classified as a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code; and
          (xxiii) to take such other action, execute, acknowledge, swear to or deliver such other documents and instruments, and perform any and all other acts that the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation and conduct of the business and affairs of the Partnership (including, without limitation, all actions consistent with allowing the General Partner at all times to qualify as a REIT unless the General Partner voluntarily terminates its REIT status) and to possess and enjoy all of the rights and powers of a general partner as provided by the Act.
          (b) Except as otherwise provided herein, to the extent the duties of the General Partner require expenditures of funds to be paid to third parties, the General Partner shall not have any obligations hereunder except to the extent that Partnership funds are reasonably available to it for the performance of such duties, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize or require the General Partner, in its capacity as such, to expend its individual funds for payment to third parties or to undertake any individual liability or obligation on behalf of the Partnership.
     6.02 Delegation of Authority. The General Partner may delegate any or all of its powers, rights and obligations hereunder, and may appoint, employ, contract or otherwise deal with any Person for the transaction of the business of the Partnership, which Person may, under supervision of the General Partner, perform any acts or services for the Partnership as the General Partner may approve.
     6.03 Indemnification and Exculpation of Indemnitees.
          (a) The Partnership shall indemnify an Indemnitee from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, that relate to the operations of the Partnership as set forth in this Agreement in which any Indemnitee may

- 30 -


 

be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, unless it is established that: (i) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and either was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) the Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful. The termination of any proceeding by judgment, order or settlement does not create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct set forth in this Section 6.03(a). The termination of any proceeding by conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified in this Section 6.03(a). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership.
          (b) The Partnership shall reimburse an Indemnitee for reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee who is a party to a proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Partnership as authorized in this Section 6.03 has been met, and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.
          (c) The indemnification provided by this Section 6.03 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee or any other Person may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the Partners, as a matter of law or otherwise, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity.
          (d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain insurance, as an expense of the Partnership, on behalf of the Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expenses that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
          (e) For purposes of this Section 6.03, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines within the meaning of this Section 6.03; and actions taken or omitted by the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership.
          (f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

- 31 -


 

          (g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 6.03 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
          (h) The provisions of this Section 6.03 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
          (i) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.03 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the indemnification of an Indemnitee by the Partnership under this Section 6.03 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be asserted.
     6.04 Liability of the General Partner.
          (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner, nor any of its trustees, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership or any Partners for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of errors in judgment or mistakes of fact or law or of any act or omission if any such party acted in good faith. The General Partner shall not be in breach of any duty that the General Partner may owe to the Limited Partners or the Partnership or any other Persons under this Agreement or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity provided the General Partner, acting in good faith, abides by the terms of this Agreement.
          (b) The Limited Partners expressly acknowledge that the General Partner is acting on behalf of the Partnership and the General Partner’s shareholders collectively, that the General Partner is under no obligation to consider the separate interests of the Limited Partners (including, without limitation, the tax consequences to Limited Partners or the tax consequences of some, but not all, of the Limited Partners) in deciding whether to cause the Partnership to take (or decline to take) any actions. In the event of a conflict between the interests of the shareholders of the General Partner on the one hand and the Limited Partners on the other, the General Partner shall endeavor in good faith to resolve the conflict in a manner not adverse to either the shareholders of the General Partner or the Limited Partners; provided, however, that for so long as the General Partner owns a controlling interest in the Partnership, any such conflict that the General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines cannot be resolved in a manner not adverse to either the shareholders of the General Partner or the Limited Partners shall be resolved in favor of the shareholders of the General Partner. The General Partner shall not be liable for monetary damages for losses sustained, liabilities incurred or benefits not derived by the Limited Partners in connection with such decisions.
          (c) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 6.01 hereof, the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it under this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or

- 32 -


 

through its agents. The General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by it in good faith.
          (d) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Act, any action of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or any decision of the General Partner to refrain from acting on behalf of the Partnership, undertaken in the good faith belief that such action or omission is necessary or advisable in order (i) to protect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT or (ii) to prevent the General Partner from incurring any taxes under Section 857, Section 4981 or any other provision of the Code, is expressly authorized under this Agreement and is deemed approved by all of the Limited Partners.
          (e) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 6.04 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the General Partner’s or any of its officer’s, director’s, agent’s or employee’s liability to the Partnership and the Limited Partners under this Section 6.04 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when claims relating to such matters may arise or be asserted.
     6.05 Partnership Obligations.
          (a) Except as provided in this Section 6.05 and elsewhere in this Agreement (including the provisions of Articles V and VI hereof regarding distributions, payments and allocations to which it may be entitled), the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership.
          (b) All Administrative Expenses shall be obligations of the Partnership, and the General Partner shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Partnership for any expenditure (including Administrative Expenses) incurred by it on behalf of the Partnership that shall be made other than out of the funds of the Partnership.
     6.06 Outside Activities. Subject to Section 6.08 hereof, the Declaration of Trust and any agreements entered into by the General Partner or its Affiliates with the Partnership or a Subsidiary, any officer, director, employee, agent, trustee, Affiliate or shareholder of the General Partner, the General Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities substantially similar or identical to those of the Partnership. Neither the Partnership nor any of the Limited Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any such business ventures, interest or activities. None of the Limited Partners nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby in any such business ventures, interests or activities, and the General Partner shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to offer any interest in any such business ventures, interests and activities to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Partnership or any Limited Partner, could be taken by such Person.

- 33 -


 

     6.07 Employment or Retention of Affiliates.
          (a) Any Affiliate of the General Partner may be employed or retained by the Partnership and may otherwise deal with the Partnership (whether as a buyer, lessor, lessee, manager, furnisher of goods or services, broker, agent, lender or otherwise) and may receive from the Partnership any compensation, price or other payment therefor that the General Partner determines to be fair and reasonable.
          (b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to its Subsidiaries or other Persons in which it has an equity investment, and such Persons may borrow funds from the Partnership, on terms and conditions established in the sole and absolute discretion of the General Partner. The foregoing authority shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Subsidiary or any other Person.
          (c) The Partnership may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the General Partner deems are consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.
     6.08 General Partner Activities. The General Partner agrees that, generally, all business activities of the General Partner, including activities pertaining to the acquisition, development, ownership of or investment in hotel properties or other property, shall be conducted through the Partnership or one or more Subsidiary Partnerships; provided, however, that the General Partner may make direct acquisitions or undertake business activities if such acquisitions or activities are made in connection with the issuance of Additional Securities by the General Partner or the business activity has been approved by a majority of the Independent Trustees. If, at any time, the General Partner acquires material assets (other than Partnership Units or other assets on behalf of the Partnership), the definition of “REIT Shares Amount” may be adjusted, as reasonably determined by the General Partner, to reflect only the fair market value of a REIT Share attributable to the General Partner’s Partnership Units and other assets held on behalf of the Partnership.
     6.09 Title to Partnership Assets. Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine, including Affiliates of the General Partner. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which legal title is held in the name of the General Partner or any nominee or Affiliate of the General Partner shall be held by the General Partner for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use its best efforts to cause beneficial and record title to such assets to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Partnership assets is held.

- 34 -


 

ARTICLE VII
CHANGES IN GENERAL PARTNER
     7.01 Transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest.
          (a) The General Partner shall not transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership Interests, and the General Partner shall not withdraw as General Partner, except as provided in or in connection with a transaction contemplated by Sections 7.01(c), (d) or (e) hereof.
          (b) The General Partner agrees that its General Partnership Interest will at all times be in the aggregate at least 0.1%.
          (c) Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01(d) or (e) hereof, the General Partner shall not engage in any merger, consolidation or other combination with or into another Person or sale of all or substantially all of its assets (other than in connection with a change in the General Partner’s state of incorporation or organizational form), in each case which results in a Change of Control of the General Partner (a “Transaction”), unless at least one of the following conditions is met:
          (i) the consent of a Majority in Interest (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner) is obtained;
          (ii) as a result of such Transaction, all Limited Partners (other than the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) will receive, or have the right to receive, for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property equal in value to the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property paid in the Transaction to a holder of one REIT Share in consideration of one REIT Share, provided that if, in connection with such Transaction, a purchase, tender or exchange offer (“Offer”) shall have been made to and accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding REIT Shares, each holder of Partnership Units (other than the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) shall be given the option to exchange its Partnership Units for the greatest amount of cash, securities or other property that such Limited Partner would have received had it (A) exercised its Common Unit Redemption Right pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof and (B) sold, tendered or exchanged pursuant to the Offer the REIT Shares received upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right immediately prior to the expiration of the Offer; or
          (iii) the General Partner is the surviving entity in the Transaction and either (A) the holders of REIT Shares do not receive cash, securities or other property in the Transaction or (B) all Limited Partners (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner) receive for each Partnership Unit an amount of cash, securities or other property (expressed as an amount per REIT Share) that is no less in value than the product of the Conversion Factor and the greatest amount of cash,

- 35 -


 

          securities or other property (expressed as an amount per REIT Share) received in the Transaction by any holder of REIT Shares.
          (d) Notwithstanding Section 7.01(c) hereof, the General Partner may merge with or into or consolidate with another entity if immediately after such merger or consolidation (i) substantially all of the assets of the successor or surviving entity (the “Survivor”), other than Partnership Units held by the General Partner, are contributed, directly or indirectly, to the Partnership as a Capital Contribution in exchange for Partnership Units with a fair market value equal to the value of the assets so contributed as determined by the Survivor in good faith and (ii) the Survivor expressly agrees to assume all obligations of the General Partner hereunder. Upon such contribution and assumption, the Survivor shall have the right and duty to amend this Agreement as set forth in this Section 7.01(d). The Survivor shall in good faith arrive at a new method for the calculation of the Cash Amount, the REIT Shares Amount and Conversion Factor for a Partnership Unit after any such merger or consolidation so as to approximate the existing method for such calculation as closely as reasonably possible. Such calculation shall take into account, among other things, the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property that was receivable upon such merger or consolidation by a holder of REIT Shares or options, warrants or other rights relating thereto, and which a holder of Partnership Units could have acquired had such Partnership Units been exchanged immediately prior to such merger or consolidation. Such amendment to this Agreement shall provide for adjustment to such method of calculation, which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for with respect to the Conversion Factor. The Survivor also shall in good faith modify the definition of REIT Shares and make such amendments to Section 8.04 hereof so as to approximate the existing rights and obligations set forth in Section 8.04 hereof as closely as reasonably possible. The above provisions of this Section 7.01(d) shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations permitted hereunder.
          In respect of any transaction described in the preceding paragraph, the General Partner is required to use its commercially reasonable efforts to structure such transaction to avoid causing the Limited Partners (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary) to recognize a gain for federal income tax purposes by virtue of the occurrence of or their participation in such transaction, provided such efforts are consistent with and subject in all respects to the exercise of the Board of Trustees’ fiduciary duties to the shareholders of the General Partner under applicable law.
          (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Article VII,
          (i) The General Partner may transfer all or any portion of its General Partnership Interest to (A) any wholly owned Subsidiary of the General Partner or (B) the owner of all of the ownership interests of the General Partner, and following a transfer of all of its General Partnership Interest, may withdraw as General Partner; and
          (ii) the General Partner may engage in a transaction required by law or by the rules of any national securities exchange or over-the-counter interdealer quotation system on which the REIT Shares are listed or traded.

- 36 -


 

     7.02 Admission of a Substitute or Additional General Partner. A Person shall be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner of the Partnership only if the following terms and conditions are satisfied:
          (a) the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart thereof and such other documents or instruments as may be required or appropriate in order to effect the admission of such Person as a General Partner, and a certificate evidencing the admission of such Person as a General Partner shall have been filed for recordation and all other actions required by Section 2.05 hereof in connection with such admission shall have been performed;
          (b) if the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is a corporation or a partnership, it shall have provided the Partnership with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of such Person’s authority to become a General Partner and to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement; and
          (c) counsel for the Partnership shall have rendered an opinion (relying on such opinions from other counsel as may be necessary) that the admission of the Person to be admitted as a substitute or additional General Partner is in conformity with the Act, that none of the actions taken in connection with the admission of such Person as a substitute or additional General Partner will cause (i) the Partnership to be classified other than as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, or (ii) the loss of any Limited Partner’s limited liability.
     7.03 Effect of Bankruptcy, Withdrawal, Death or Dissolution of General Partner.
          (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its removal pursuant to Section 7.04(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the General Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Partnership shall be dissolved and terminated unless the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03(b) hereof. The merger of the General Partner with or into any entity that is admitted as a substitute or successor General Partner pursuant to Section 7.02 hereof shall not be deemed to be the withdrawal, dissolution or removal of the General Partner.
          (b) Following the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to the General Partner (and its removal pursuant to Section 7.04(a) hereof) or the death, withdrawal, removal or dissolution of the General Partner (except that, if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to, or removal of a partner in, such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of such General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners), the Limited Partners, within 90 days after such occurrence, may elect to continue the business of the Partnership for the balance of the term specified in Section 2.04 hereof by selecting, subject to Section 7.02 hereof and any other provisions of this Agreement, a substitute General Partner by consent of a Majority in Interest. If the Limited Partners elect to continue the business of the

- 37 -


 

Partnership and admit a substitute General Partner, the relationship with the Partners and of any Person who has acquired an interest of a Partner in the Partnership shall be governed by this Agreement.
     7.04 Removal of General Partner.
          (a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to, or the dissolution of, the General Partner, the General Partner shall be deemed to be removed automatically; provided, however, that if the General Partner is on the date of such occurrence a partnership, the withdrawal, death, dissolution, Event of Bankruptcy as to or removal of a partner in such partnership shall be deemed not to be a dissolution of the General Partner if the business of the General Partner is continued by the remaining partner or partners. The Limited Partners may not remove the General Partner, with or without cause.
          (b) If the General Partner has been removed pursuant to this Section 7.04 and the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 7.03 hereof, the General Partner shall promptly transfer and assign its General Partnership Interest in the Partnership to the substitute General Partner approved by a Majority in Interest in accordance with Section 7.03(b) hereof and otherwise be admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 7.02 hereof. At the time of assignment, the removed General Partner shall be entitled to receive from the substitute General Partner the fair market value of the General Partnership Interest of such removed General Partner as reduced by any damages caused to the Partnership by such General Partner. Such fair market value shall be determined by an appraiser mutually agreed upon by the General Partner and a Majority in Interest (excluding the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) within ten days following the removal of the General Partner. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon an appraiser, the removed General Partner and a Majority in Interest (excluding the General Partner and any Subsidiary of the General Partner) each shall select an appraiser. Each such appraiser shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest within 30 days of the General Partner’s removal, and the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest shall be the average of the two appraisals; provided, however, that if the higher appraisal exceeds the lower appraisal by more than 20% of the amount of the lower appraisal, the two appraisers, no later than 40 days after the removal of the General Partner, shall select a third appraiser who shall complete an appraisal of the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest no later than 60 days after the removal of the General Partner. In such case, the fair market value of the removed General Partner’s General Partnership Interest shall be the average of the two appraisals closest in value.
          (c) The General Partnership Interest of a removed General Partner, during the time after default until transfer under Section 7.04(b) hereof, shall be converted to that of a special Limited Partner; provided, however, such removed General Partner shall not have any rights to participate in the management and affairs of the Partnership, and shall not be entitled to any portion of the income, expense, profit, gain or loss allocations or cash distributions allocable or payable, as the case may be, to the Limited Partners. Instead, such removed General Partner shall receive and be entitled only to retain distributions or allocations of such items that it would have been entitled to receive in its capacity as General Partner, until the transfer is effective pursuant to Section 7.04(b) hereof.

- 38 -


 

          (d) All Partners shall have given and hereby do give such consents, shall take such actions and shall execute such documents as shall be legally necessary and sufficient to effect all the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.04.
ARTICLE VIII
RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS
OF THE LIMITED PARTNERS
     8.01 Management of the Partnership. The Limited Partners shall not participate in the management or control of Partnership business nor shall they transact any business for the Partnership, nor shall they have the power to sign for or bind the Partnership, such powers being vested solely and exclusively in the General Partner.
     8.02 Power of Attorney. Each Limited Partner hereby irrevocably appoints the General Partner its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, who may act for each Limited Partner and in its name, place and stead, and for its use and benefit, to sign, acknowledge, swear to, deliver, file or record, at the appropriate public offices, any and all documents, certificates and instruments as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the General Partner to carry out fully the provisions of this Agreement and the Act in accordance with their terms, including amendments hereto, which power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall survive the death, dissolution or legal incapacity of the Limited Partner, or the transfer by the Limited Partner of any part or all of its Partnership Interest.
     8.03 Limitation on Liability of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall be liable for any debts, liabilities, contracts or obligations of the Partnership. A Limited Partner shall be liable to the Partnership only to make payments of its Capital Contribution, if any, as and when due hereunder. After its Capital Contribution is fully paid, no Limited Partner shall, except as otherwise required by the Act, be required to make any further Capital Contributions or other payments or lend any funds to the Partnership.
     8.04 Common Unit Redemption Right.
          (a) Subject to Sections 8.04(b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) hereof and the provisions of any agreements between the Partnership and one or more Limited Partners with respect to Common Units (including any LTIP Units that are converted into Common Units) held by them, each Limited Partner (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner, shall have the right (the “Common Unit Redemption Right”) to require the Partnership to redeem on a Specified Redemption Date all or a portion of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner at a redemption price equal to and in the form of the Common Redemption Amount to be paid by the Partnership, provided that such Common Units shall have been outstanding for at least one year (or such lesser time as determined by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion), and subject to any restriction agreed to in writing between the Redeeming Limited Partner and the Partnership or General Partner. The Common Unit Redemption Right shall be exercised pursuant to a Notice of Exercise of Redemption Right in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B delivered to the Partnership (with a copy to the General Partner) by the Limited Partner who is exercising the Common Unit Redemption Right (the

- 39 -


 

Redeeming Limited Partner”); provided, however, that the Partnership shall, in its sole and absolute discretion, have the option to deliver either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount; provided, further, that the Partnership shall not be obligated to satisfy such Common Unit Redemption Right if the General Partner elects to purchase the Common Units subject to the Notice of Redemption; and provided, further, that no Limited Partner may deliver more than two Notices of Redemption during each calendar year. A Limited Partner may not exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right for less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units or, if such Limited Partner holds less than one thousand (1,000) Common Units, all of the Common Units held by such Limited Partner. The Redeeming Limited Partner shall have no right, with respect to any Common Units so redeemed, to receive any distribution paid with respect to Common Units if the record date for such distribution is on or after the Specified Redemption Date.
          (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.04(a) hereof, a Limited Partner that exercises the Common Unit Redemption Right shall be deemed to have offered to sell the Common Units described in the Notice of Redemption to the General Partner, and the General Partner may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to purchase directly and acquire such Common Units by paying to the Redeeming Limited Partner either the Cash Amount or the REIT Shares Amount, as elected by the General Partner (in its sole and absolute discretion), on the Specified Redemption Date, whereupon the General Partner shall acquire the Common Units offered for redemption by the Redeeming Limited Partner and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Common Units. If the General Partner shall elect to exercise its right to purchase Common Units under this Section 8.04(b) with respect to a Notice of Redemption, it shall so notify the Redeeming Limited Partner within five Business Days after the receipt by the General Partner of such Notice of Redemption.
     In the event the General Partner shall exercise its right to purchase Common Units with respect to the exercise of a Common Unit Redemption Right, the Partnership shall have no obligation to pay any amount to the Redeeming Limited Partner with respect to such Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of such Common Unit Redemption Right, and each of the Redeeming Limited Partner, the Partnership and the General Partner shall treat the transaction between the General Partner and the Redeeming Limited Partner for federal income tax purposes as a sale of the Redeeming Limited Partner’s Common Units to the General Partner. Each Redeeming Limited Partner agrees to execute such documents as the General Partner may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of REIT Shares upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right.
          (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.04(a) and 8.04(b) hereof, a Limited Partner shall not be entitled to exercise the Common Unit Redemption Right if the delivery of REIT Shares to such Limited Partner on the Specified Redemption Date by the General Partner pursuant to Section 8.04(b) hereof (regardless of whether or not the General Partner would in fact exercise its rights under Section 8.04(b) hereof) would (i) result in such Limited Partner or any other Person (as defined in the Declaration of Trust) owning, directly or indirectly, REIT Shares in excess of the Share Ownership Limit or any Excepted Holder Limit (each as defined in Declaration of Trust) and calculated in accordance therewith, except as provided in the Declaration of Trust, (ii) result in REIT Shares being owned by fewer than 100 persons (determined without reference to any rules of attribution), (iii) result in the General Partner being “closely held” within the meaning of Section 856(h) of the Code, (iv) cause the

- 40 -


 

General Partner to own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the ownership interests in a tenant (other than a TRS) of the General Partner’s, the Partnership’s or a Subsidiary Partnership’s real property, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(2)(B) of the Code, (v) otherwise cause the General Partner to fail to qualify as a REIT under the Code, including, but not limited to, as a result of any “eligible independent contractor” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(A) of the Code) that operates a “qualified lodging facility” (as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code) on behalf of a TRS failing to qualify as such, or (vi) cause the acquisition of REIT Shares by such Limited Partner to be “integrated” with any other distribution of REIT Shares or Common Units for purposes of complying with the registration provisions of the Securities Act. The General Partner, in its sole and absolute discretion, may waive the restriction on redemption set forth in this Section 8.04(c).
          (d) Any Cash Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.04 shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date; provided, however, that the General Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 90 days to the extent required for the General Partner to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued to provide financing to be used to make such payment of the Cash Amount. Any REIT Share Amount to be paid to a Redeeming Limited Partner pursuant to this Section 8.04 shall be paid on the Specified Redemption Date; provided, however, that the General Partner may elect to cause the Specified Redemption Date to be delayed for up to an additional 60 days to the extent required for the General Partner to cause additional REIT Shares to be issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the General Partner agrees to use its best efforts to cause the closing of the acquisition of redeemed Common Units hereunder to occur as quickly as reasonably possible.
          (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law that apply upon a Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right. If a Redeeming Limited Partner believes that it is exempt from such withholding upon the exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right, such Partner must furnish the General Partner with a FIRPTA Certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C and any similar forms or certificates required to avoid or reduce the withholding under state, local or foreign law. If the Partnership or the General Partner is required to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount upon a Redeeming Limited Partner’s exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right and if the Common Redemption Amount equals or exceeds the Withheld Amount, the Withheld Amount shall be treated as an amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units. If, however, the Common Redemption Amount is less than the Withheld Amount, the Redeeming Limited Partner shall not receive any portion of the Common Redemption Amount, the Common Redemption Amount shall be treated as an amount received by such Partner in redemption of its Common Units, and the Partner shall contribute the excess of the Withheld Amount over the Common Redemption Amount to the Partnership before the Partnership is required to pay over such excess to a taxing authority.
          (f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner shall place appropriate restrictions on the ability of the Limited Partners to exercise their Common Unit Redemption Rights as and if deemed necessary to ensure that the Partnership does

- 41 -


 

not constitute a “publicly traded partnership” taxable as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code. If and when the General Partner determines that imposing such restrictions is necessary, the General Partner shall give prompt written notice thereof (a “Restriction Notice”) to each of the Limited Partners, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of an opinion of counsel to the Partnership that states that, in the opinion of such counsel, restrictions are necessary or reasonable in order to avoid the Partnership being treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.
ARTICLE IX
TRANSFERS OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
     9.01 Purchase for Investment.
          (a) Each Limited Partner, by its signature below or by its subsequent admission to the Partnership, hereby represents and warrants to the General Partner and to the Partnership that the acquisition of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units is made for investment purposes only and not with a view to the resale or distribution of such Partnership Units.
          (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 9.02 hereof, each Limited Partner agrees that such Limited Partner will not sell, assign or otherwise transfer such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units or any fraction thereof, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise, to any Person who does not make the representations and warranties to the General Partner set forth in Section 9.01(a) hereof.
     9.02 Restrictions on Transfer of Partnership Units.
          (a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.02(b), (c) and (d) hereof, no Limited Partner may offer, sell, assign, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise transfer all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units, or any of such Limited Partner’s economic rights as a Limited Partner, whether voluntarily or by operation of law or at judicial sale or otherwise (collectively, a “Transfer”) without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be granted or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion. The General Partner may require, as a condition of any Transfer to which it consents, that the transferor assume all costs incurred by the Partnership in connection therewith.
          (b) No Limited Partner may withdraw from the Partnership other than as a result of a permitted Transfer (i.e., a Transfer consented to as contemplated by clause (a) above or clause (c) below or a Transfer pursuant to Section 9.05 hereof) of all of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units pursuant to this Article IX or pursuant to a redemption of all of such Limited Partner’s Common Units pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof. Upon the permitted Transfer or redemption of all of a Limited Partner’s Common Units, such Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner.
          (c) Subject to Sections 9.02(d), (e) and (g) hereof, a Limited Partner may Transfer, with the consent of the General Partner, all or a portion of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units to such Limited Partner’s (i) parent or parent’s spouse, (ii) spouse, (iii) natural

- 42 -


 

or adopted descendant or descendants, (iv) spouse of such Limited Partner’s descendant, (v) brother or sister, (vi) trust created by such Limited Partner for the primary benefit of such Limited Partner and/or any such Person(s) described in (i) through (v) above, of which trust such Limited Partner or any such Person(s) or bank or other commercial entity in the business of acting as a fiduciary in its ordinary course of business and having an equity capitalization of at least $100,000,000 is a trustee, (vii) a corporation, partnership or limited liability company controlled by a Person or Persons named in (i) through (v) above, or (viii) if the Limited Partner is an entity, its beneficial owners.
          (d) No Limited Partner may effect a Transfer of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part, if, in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such proposed Transfer would require the registration of the Partnership Units under the Securities Act or would otherwise violate any applicable federal or state securities or blue sky law (including investment suitability standards).
          (e) No Transfer by a Limited Partner of its Partnership Units, in whole or in part, may be made to any Person if (i) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, such Transfer would result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation (other than a qualified REIT subsidiary within the meaning of Section 856(i) of the Code), (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel for the Partnership, it would adversely affect the ability of the General Partner to continue to qualify as a REIT or subject the General Partner to any additional taxes under Section 857 or Section 4981 of the Code or (iii) such Transfer is effectuated through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code.
          (f) The General Partner shall monitor the Transfers of Partnership Units (including any acquisition of Common Units by the Partnership or the General Partner) to determine (i) if such units could be treated as being traded on an “established securities market” or a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code and (ii) whether such Transfers could result in the Partnership being unable to qualify for the “safe harbors” set forth in Regulations Section 1.7704-1 (or such other guidance subsequently published by the Service setting forth safe harbors under which interests will not be treated as “readily tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code) (the “Secondary Market Safe Harbors”). The General Partner shall have the authority (but shall not be required) to take any steps it determines are necessary or appropriate in its sole and absolute discretion (i) to prevent any Transfer of Partnership Units which could cause the Partnership to become a “publicly traded partnership,” within the meaning of Code Section 7704 or (ii) to ensure that one or more of the Secondary Market Safe Harbors is met.
          (g) Any purported Transfer in contravention of any of the provisions of this Article IX shall be void ab initio and ineffectual and shall not be binding upon, or recognized by, the General Partner or the Partnership.
          (h) Prior to the consummation of any Transfer under this Article IX, the transferor and/or the transferee shall deliver to the General Partner such opinions, certificates and

- 43 -


 

other documents as the General Partner shall reasonably request in connection with such Transfer.
     9.03 Admission of Substitute Limited Partner.
          (a) Subject to the other provisions of this Article IX, an assignee of the Partnership Units of a Limited Partner (which shall be understood to include any purchaser, transferee, donee or other recipient of any disposition of such Partnership Units) shall be deemed admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership only with the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion, and upon the satisfactory completion of the following:
          (i) The assignee shall have accepted and agreed to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement by executing a counterpart or an amendment thereof, including a revised Exhibit A, and such other documents or instruments as the General Partner may require in order to effect the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner.
          (ii) To the extent required, an amended Certificate evidencing the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner shall have been signed, acknowledged and filed in accordance with the Act.
          (iii) The assignee shall have delivered a letter containing the representation set forth in Section 9.01(a) hereof and the representations and warranties set forth in Section 9.01(b) hereof.
          (iv) If the assignee is a corporation, partnership or trust, the assignee shall have provided the General Partner with evidence satisfactory to counsel for the Partnership of the assignee’s authority to become a Limited Partner under the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
          (v) The assignee shall have executed a power of attorney containing the terms and provisions set forth in Section 8.02 hereof.
          (vi) The assignee shall have paid all legal fees and other expenses of the Partnership and the General Partner and filing and publication costs in connection with its substitution as a Limited Partner.
          (vii) The assignee shall have obtained the prior written consent of the General Partner to its admission as a Substitute Limited Partner, which consent may be given or denied in the exercise of the General Partner’s sole and absolute discretion.
          (b) For the purpose of allocating Profits and Losses and distributing cash received by the Partnership, a Substitute Limited Partner shall be treated as having become, and appearing in the records of the Partnership as, a Partner upon the filing of the Certificate described in Section 9.03(a)(ii) hereof or, if no such filing is required, the later of the date specified in the transfer documents or the date on which the General Partner has received all necessary instruments of transfer and substitution.

- 44 -


 

          (c) The General Partner and the Substitute Limited Partner shall cooperate with each other by preparing the documentation required by this Section 9.03 and making all official filings and publications. The Partnership shall take all such action as promptly as practicable after the satisfaction of the conditions in this Article IX to the admission of such Person as a Limited Partner of the Partnership.
     9.04 Rights of Assignees of Partnership Units.
          (a) Subject to the provisions of Sections 9.01 and 9.02 hereof, except as required by operation of law, the Partnership shall not be obligated for any purposes whatsoever to recognize the assignment by any Limited Partner of its Partnership Units until the Partnership has received notice thereof.
          (b) Any Person who is the assignee of all or any portion of a Limited Partner’s Partnership Units, but does not become a Substitute Limited Partner and desires to make a further assignment of such Partnership Units, shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article IX to the same extent and in the same manner as any Limited Partner desiring to make an assignment of its Partnership Units.
     9.05 Effect of Bankruptcy, Death, Incompetence or Termination of a Limited Partner. The occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy as to a Limited Partner, the death of a Limited Partner or a final adjudication that a Limited Partner is incompetent (which term shall include, but not be limited to, insanity) shall not cause the termination or dissolution of the Partnership, and the business of the Partnership shall continue if an order for relief in a bankruptcy proceeding is entered against a Limited Partner, the trustee or receiver of his estate or, if such Limited Partner dies, such Limited Partner’s executor, administrator or trustee, or, if such Limited Partner is finally adjudicated incompetent, such Limited Partner’s committee, guardian or conservator, shall have the rights of such Limited Partner for the purpose of settling or managing such Limited Partner’s estate property and such power as the bankrupt, deceased or incompetent Limited Partner possessed to assign all or any part of such Limited Partner’s Partnership Units and to join with the assignee in satisfying conditions precedent to the admission of the assignee as a Substitute Limited Partner.
     9.06 Joint Ownership of Partnership Units. A Partnership Unit may be acquired by two individuals as joint tenants with right of survivorship, provided that such individuals either are married or are related and share the same home as tenants in common. The written consent or vote of both owners of any such jointly held Partnership Unit shall be required to constitute the action of the owners of such Partnership Unit; provided, however, that the written consent of only one joint owner will be required if the Partnership has been provided with evidence satisfactory to the counsel for the Partnership that the actions of a single joint owner can bind both owners under the applicable laws of the state of residence of such joint owners. Upon the death of one owner of a Partnership Unit held in a joint tenancy with a right of survivorship, the Partnership Unit shall become owned solely by the survivor as a Limited Partner and not as an assignee. The Partnership need not recognize the death of one of the owners of a jointly-held Partnership Unit until it shall have received notice of such death. Upon notice to the General Partner from either owner, the General Partner shall cause the Partnership Unit to be divided into

- 45 -


 

two equal Partnership Units, which shall thereafter be owned separately by each of the former owners.
ARTICLE X
BOOKS AND RECORDS; ACCOUNTING; TAX MATTERS
     10.01 Books and Records. At all times during the continuance of the Partnership, the General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the Partnership’s specified office true and complete books of account in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including: (a) a current list of the full name and last known business address of each Partner, (b) a copy of the Certificate Limited Partnership and all certificates of amendment thereto, (c) copies of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns and reports, (d) copies of this Agreement and any financial statements of the Partnership for the three most recent years and (e) all documents and information required under the Act. Any Partner or its duly authorized representative, upon paying the costs of collection, duplication and mailing, shall be entitled to inspect or copy such records during ordinary business hours.
     10.02 Custody of Partnership Funds; Bank Accounts.
          (a) All funds of the Partnership not otherwise invested shall be deposited in one or more accounts maintained in such banking or brokerage institutions as the General Partner shall determine, and withdrawals shall be made only on such signature or signatures as the General Partner may, from time to time, determine.
          (b) All deposits and other funds not needed in the operation of the business of the Partnership may be invested by the General Partner. The funds of the Partnership shall not be commingled with the funds of any other Person except for such commingling as may necessarily result from an investment in those investment companies permitted by this Section 10.02(b).
     10.03 Fiscal and Taxable Year. The fiscal and taxable year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year unless otherwise required by the Code.
     10.04 Annual Tax Information and Report. Within 75 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall furnish to each person who was a Limited Partner at any time during such year the tax information necessary to file such Limited Partner’s individual tax returns as shall be reasonably required by law.
     10.05 Tax Matters Partner; Tax Elections; Special Basis Adjustments.
          (a) The General Partner shall be the Tax Matters Partner of the Partnership. As Tax Matters Partner, the General Partner shall have the right and obligation to take all actions authorized and required, respectively, by the Code for the Tax Matters Partner. The General Partner shall have the right to retain professional assistance in respect of any audit of the Partnership by the Service and all out-of-pocket expenses and fees incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership as Tax Matters Partner shall constitute Partnership expenses. In the event the General Partner receives notice of a final Partnership adjustment under

- 46 -


 

Section 6223(a)(2) of the Code, the General Partner shall either (i) file a court petition for judicial review of such final adjustment within the period provided under Section 6226(a) of the Code, a copy of which petition shall be mailed to all Limited Partners on the date such petition is filed, or (ii) mail a written notice to all Limited Partners, within such period, that describes the General Partner’s reasons for determining not to file such a petition.
          (b) All elections required or permitted to be made by the Partnership under the Code or any applicable state or local tax law shall be made by the General Partner in its sole and absolute discretion.
          (c) In the event of a transfer of all or any part of the Partnership Interest of any Partner, the Partnership, at the option of the General Partner, may elect pursuant to Section 754 of the Code to adjust the basis of the Properties. Notwithstanding anything contained in Article V of this Agreement, any adjustments made pursuant to Section 754 shall affect only the successor in interest to the transferring Partner and in no event shall be taken into account in establishing, maintaining or computing Capital Accounts for the other Partners for any purpose under this Agreement. Each Partner will furnish the Partnership with all information necessary to give effect to such election.
          (d) The Partners, intending to be legally bound, hereby authorize the Partnership to make an election (the “Safe Harbor Election”) to have the “liquidation value” safe harbor provided in Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3(1) and the Proposed Revenue Procedure set forth in Internal Revenue Service Notice 2005-43, as such safe harbor may be modified when such proposed guidance is issued in final form or as amended by subsequently issued guidance (the “Safe Harbor”), apply to any interest in the Partnership transferred to a service provider while the Safe Harbor Election remains effective, to the extent such interest meets the Safe Harbor requirements (collectively, such interests are referred to as “Safe Harbor Interests”). The Tax Matters Partner is authorized and directed to execute and file the Safe Harbor Election on behalf of the Partnership and the Partners. The Partnership and the Partners (including any person to whom an interest in the Partnership is transferred in connection with the performance of services) hereby agree to comply with all requirements of the Safe Harbor (including forfeiture allocations) with respect to all Safe Harbor Interests and to prepare and file all U.S. federal income tax returns reporting the tax consequences of the issuance and vesting of Safe Harbor Interests consistent with such final Safe Harbor guidance. The Partnership is also authorized to take such actions as are necessary to achieve, under the Safe Harbor, the effect that the election and compliance with all requirements of the Safe Harbor referred to above would be intended to achieve under Proposed Treasury Regulation § 1.83-3, including amending this Agreement.
     10.06 Reports to Limited Partners.
          (a) If the General Partner is required to furnish an annual report to its shareholders containing financial statements of the General Partner, the General Partner will, at the same time and in the same manner, furnish such annual report to each Limited Partner.

- 47 -


 

          (b) Any Partner shall further have the right to a private audit of the books and records of the Partnership, provided that such audit is made for Partnership purposes, at the expense of the Partner desiring it and is made during normal business hours.
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT
     The General Partner’s consent shall be required for any amendment to this Agreement. The General Partner, without the consent of the Limited Partners, may amend this Agreement in any respect; provided, however, that the following amendments shall require the consent of a Majority in Interest (other than the General Partner or any Subsidiary of the General Partner):
          (a) any amendment affecting the operation of the Conversion Factor or the Common Unit Redemption Right (except as otherwise provided herein) in a manner that adversely affects the Limited Partners;
          (b) any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of the Limited Partners to receive the distributions payable to them hereunder, other than with respect to the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof;
          (c) any amendment that would alter the Partnership’s allocations of Profit and Loss to the Limited Partners, other than with respect to the issuance of additional Partnership Units pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof;
          (d) any amendment that would impose on the Limited Partners any obligation to make additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership; or
          (e) any amendment to this Article XI.
ARTICLE XII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     12.01 Notices. All communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally or upon deposit in the United States mail, registered, postage prepaid return receipt requested, to the Partners at the addresses set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto, as it may be amended or restated from time to time; provided, however, that any Partner may specify a different address by notifying the General Partner in writing of such different address. Notices to the General Partner and the Partnership shall be delivered at or mailed to its office address set forth in Section 2.03 hereof. The General Partner and the Partnership may specify a different address by notifying the Limited Partners in writing of such different address.
     12.02 Survival of Rights. Subject to the provisions hereof limiting transfers, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Partners and the Partnership and their respective legal representatives, successors, transferees and assigns.

- 48 -


 

     12.03 Additional Documents. Each Partner agrees to perform all further acts and execute, swear to, acknowledge and deliver all further documents that may be reasonable, necessary, appropriate or desirable to carry out the provisions of this Agreement or the Act.
     12.04 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall be deemed to be severable from this Agreement (to the extent permitted by law) and in any event such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder hereof.
     12.05 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and exhibits attached hereto constitute the entire Agreement of the Partners and supersede all prior written agreements and prior and contemporaneous oral agreements, understandings and negotiations with respect to the subject matter hereof.
     12.06 Pronouns and Plurals. When the context in which words are used in the Agreement indicates that such is the intent, words in the singular number shall include the plural and the masculine gender shall include the neuter or female gender as the context may require.
     12.07 Headings. The Article headings or sections in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in construing the scope of this Agreement or any particular Article.
     12.08 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original copy and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties shall not have signed the same counterpart.
     12.09 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

- 49 -


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunder affixed their signatures to this Agreement of Limited Partnership, all as of the [___] day of                                         , 2010.
         
  GENERAL PARTNER:  
     
  CHATHAM LODGING TRUST  
  By:      
    Name:   Jeffrey H. Fisher   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 

- 50 -


 

         
  LIMITED PARTNERS:
 
     
  CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
 
     
  By:      
    Name:   Jeffrey H. Fisher   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
         
 
 
 
[name of LTIP-holding officer]
   
 
       
 
 
 
[name of LTIP-holding officer]
   
 
       
 
 
 
[name of LTIP-holding officer]
   
 
       
 
 
 
[name of LTIP-holding officer]
   
 
       
 
 
 
[name of LTIP-holding officer]
   

- 51 -


 

EXHIBIT A
(As of __________, 20__)
                                         
            Agreed                    
            Value of                    
    Cash     Capital     Common     LTIP     Percentage  
Partner   Contribution     Contribution     Units     Units     Interest  
General Partner:
                                       
 
                                       
Chatham Lodging Trust
  $ [_______]               [________]       0       [_______] %
 
                             
 
                             
 
                             
 
                                       
Limited Partners:
                                       
 
                                       
Chatham Lodging Trust
  $ [_______]               [________]       0       [_______] %
 
                             
 
                             
 
                             
 
                                       
[Name of officer]
  $ [_______]               [________]               [_______] %
[__address lines__]
                                       
[Name of officer]
  $ [_______]               [________]               [_______] %
[__address lines__]
                                       
[Name of officer]
  $ [_______]               [________]               [_______] %
[__address lines__]
                                       
[Name of officer]
  $ [_______]               [________]               [_______] %
[__address lines__]
                                       
[Name of officer]
  $ [_______]               [________]               [_______] %
 
                                 
[__address lines__]
                                       
TOTALS
  $ [________]     $ [________]       [________]       [______]       100.0000 %
 
                             
Exhibit A-1

 


 

EXHIBIT B
NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF REDEMPTION RIGHT
     In accordance with Section 8.04 of the Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Agreement”) of Chatham Lodging, L.P., the undersigned hereby irrevocably (i) presents for redemption                      Common Units in Chatham Lodging, L.P. in accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the Common Unit Redemption Right referred to in Section 8.04 thereof, (ii) surrenders such Common Units and all right, title and interest therein and (iii) directs that the Cash Amount or REIT Shares Amount (as defined in the Agreement) as determined by the General Partner deliverable upon exercise of the Common Unit Redemption Right be delivered to the address specified below, and if REIT Shares (as defined in the Agreement) are to be delivered, such REIT Shares be registered or placed in the name(s) and at the address(es) specified below.
     Dated:                    , ___
     Name of Limited Partner:
     
 
   
 
  (Signature of Limited Partner)
 
   
 
   
 
  (Mailing Address)
 
   
 
   
 
  (City) (State) (Zip Code)
 
   
 
  Signature Guaranteed by:
 
   
 
 
 
 
If REIT Shares are to be issued, issue to:
Please insert social security or identifying number:
Name:
Exhibit B-1

 


 

EXHIBIT C-1
CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE ENTITIES)
     Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in the event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i) 50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests (“USRPIs”), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Chatham Lodging Trust (the “General Partner”) and Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the “Partnership”) that no withholding is required with respect to the redemption or exchange of its Common Units in the Partnership owned by                      (“Partner”), the undersigned hereby certifies the following on behalf of Partner:
1.   Partner is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate, as those terms are defined in the Code and the Treasury regulations thereunder.
 
2.   Partner is not a disregarded entity as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii).
 
3.   The U.S. employer identification number of Partner is                     .
 
4.   The principal business address of Partner is:                                                                                      ,                                                                 and Partner’s place of incorporation is                      .
 
5.   Partner agrees to inform the General Partner if it becomes a foreign person at any time during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice.
 
6.   Partner understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.
             
    PARTNER:    
 
           
         
 
           
 
  By:        
         
 
  Name:        
         
 
  Title:        
         
Exhibit C-1-1

 


 

Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete, and I further declare that I have authority to sign this document on behalf of Partner.
         
Date:
       
 
       
 
      Name:
 
      Title:
Exhibit C-1-2

 


 

EXHIBIT C-2
CERTIFICATION OF NON-FOREIGN STATUS
(FOR REDEEMING LIMITED PARTNERS THAT ARE INDIVIDUALS)
     Under Section 1445(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), in the event of a disposition by a non-U.S. person of a partnership interest in a partnership in which (i) 50% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of United States real property interests (“USRPIs”), as defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and (ii) 90% or more of the value of the gross assets consists of USRPIs, cash, and cash equivalents, the transferee will be required to withhold 10% of the amount realized by the non-U.S. person upon the disposition. To inform Chatham Lodging Trust (the “General Partner”) and Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the “Partnership”) that no withholding is required with respect to the redemption or exchange of my Common Units in the Partnership, I,                     , hereby certify the following:
1.   I am not a nonresident alien for purposes of U.S. income taxation.
 
2.   My U.S. taxpayer identification number (social security number) is                                         .
 
3.   My home address is:                                         .
 
4.   I agree to inform the General Partner promptly if I become a nonresident alien at any time during the three-year period immediately following the date of this notice.
 
5.   I understand that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the General Partner and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both.
         
 
 
 
Name:
   
Under penalties of perjury, I declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct, and complete.
         
Date:                                        
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    

Exhibit C-2-1


 

EXHIBIT D
NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNER TO CONVERT
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON UNITS
     The undersigned holder of LTIP Units hereby irrevocably (i) elects to convert the number of LTIP Units in Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the “Partnership”) set forth below into Common Units in accordance with the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended; and (ii) directs that any cash in lieu of Common Units that may be deliverable upon such conversion be delivered to the address specified below. The undersigned hereby represents, warrants, and certifies that the undersigned (a) has title to such LTIP Units, free and clear of the rights or interests of any other person or entity other than the Partnership; (b) has the full right, power, and authority to cause the conversion of such LTIP Units as provided herein; and (c) has obtained the consent to or approval of all persons or entities, if any, having the right to consent or approve such conversion.
         
Name of Holder:
       
 
 
 
        (Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
   
Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:
Date of this Notice:
             
 
     
 
   
    (Signature of Holder: Sign Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
             
 
     
 
   
    (Street Address)
             
 
     
 
   
    (City)                                                                                   (State)                                                                                   (Zip Code)
          Signature Guaranteed by:
 

Exhibit D-1


 

EXHIBIT E
NOTICE OF ELECTION BY PARTNERSHIP TO FORCE CONVERSION OF
LTIP UNITS INTO COMMON UNITS
     Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the “Partnership”) hereby irrevocably elects to cause the number of LTIP Units held by the holder of LTIP Units set forth below to be converted into Common Units in accordance with the terms of the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Partnership, as amended.
         
Name of Holder:
       
 
 
 
     (Please Print: Exact Name as Registered with Partnership)
   
Number of LTIP Units to be Converted:
 
Date of this Notice:
 

Exhibit E-1

exv10w1
Exhibit 10.1
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
Section           Page  
       
 
       
Article I DEFINITIONS     1  
       
 
       
  1.01.    
Affiliate
    1  
  1.02.    
Agreement
    1  
  1.03.    
Board
    1  
  1.04.    
Change in Control
    1  
  1.05.    
Code
    2  
  1.06.    
Committee
    2  
  1.07.    
Common Share
    3  
  1.08.    
Company
    3  
  1.09.    
Completion Date
    3  
  1.10.    
Control Change Date
    3  
  1.11.    
Corresponding SAR
    3  
  1.12.    
Dividend Equivalent Right
    3  
  1.13.    
Exchange Act
    4  
  1.14.    
Fair Market Value
    4  
  1.15.    
Initial Value
    4  
  1.16.    
LTIP Unit
    4  
  1.17.    
Operating Partnership
    4  
  1.18.    
Option
    5  
  1.19.    
Other Equity-Based Award
    5  
  1.20.    
Participant
    5  
  1.21.    
Performance Units
    5  
  1.22.    
Plan
    5  
  1.23.    
REIT
    5  
  1.24.    
SAR
    5  
  1.25.    
Share Award
    6  
  1.26.    
Ten Percent Shareholder
    6  
       
 
       
Article II PURPOSES     6  
       
 
       
Article III ADMINISTRATION     6  
       
 
       
Article IV ELIGIBILITY     7  
       
 
       
Article V COMMON SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN     7  
       
 
       
  5.01.    
Common Shares Issued
    7  
  5.02.    
Aggregate Limit
    8  
  5.03.    
Reallocation of Shares
    8  
       
 
       
Article VI OPTIONS     9  
       
 
       
  6.01.    
Award
    9  
  6.02.    
Option Price
    9  
  6.03.    
Maximum Option Period
    9  

-i-


 

                 
Section           Page
  6.04.    
Nontransferability
    9  
  6.05.    
Transferable Options
    10  
  6.06.    
Employee Status
    10  
  6.07.    
Exercise
    10  
  6.08.    
Payment
    10  
  6.09.    
Shareholder Rights
    11  
  6.10.    
Disposition of Shares
    11  
       
 
       
Article VII SARS     11  
       
 
       
  7.01.    
Award
    11  
  7.02.    
Maximum SAR Period
    11  
  7.03.    
Nontransferability
    11  
  7.04.    
Transferable SARs
    12  
  7.05.    
Exercise
    12  
  7.06.    
Employee Status
    12  
  7.07.    
Settlement
    13  
  7.08.    
Shareholder Rights
    13  
       
 
       
Article VIII SHARE AWARDS     13  
       
 
       
  8.01.    
Award
    13  
  8.02.    
Vesting
    13  
  8.03.    
Employee Status
    13  
  8.04.    
Shareholder Rights
    14  
       
 
       
Article IX PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS     14  
       
 
       
  9.01.    
Award
    14  
  9.02.    
Earning the Award
    14  
  9.03.    
Payment
    14  
  9.04.    
Shareholder Rights
    14  
  9.05.    
Nontransferability
    15  
  9.06.    
Transferable Performance Units
    15  
  9.07.    
Employee Status
    15  
       
 
       
Article X OTHER EQUITY—BASED AWARDS     16  
       
 
       
  10.01.    
Award
    16  
  10.02.    
Terms and Conditions
    16  
  10.03.    
Payment or Settlement
    16  
  10.04.    
Employee Status
    16  
  10.05.    
Shareholder Rights
    17  
       
 
       
Article XI ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK     17  
       
 
       
Article XII COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES     18  
       
 
       
Article XIII GENERAL PROVISIONS     18  
       
 
       
  13.01.    
Effect on Employment and Service
    18  

-ii-


 

                 
Section           Page
  13.02.    
Unfunded Plan
    18  
  13.03.    
Rules of Construction
    18  
  13.04.    
Withholding Taxes
    19  
  13.05.    
REIT Status
    19  
       
 
       
Article XIV change in control     19  
       
 
       
  14.01.    
Impact of Change in Control
    19  
  14.02.    
Assumption Upon Change in Control
    20  
  14.03.    
Cash-Out Upon Change in Control
    20  
  14.04.    
Limitation of Benefits
    20  
       
 
       
Article XV AMENDMENT     22  
       
 
       
Article XVI DURATION OF PLAN     22  
       
 
       
Article XVII EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN     22  

-iii-


 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1.01.   Affiliate
          Affiliate means any entity, whether now or hereafter existing, which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company (including, but not limited to, joint ventures, limited liability companies and partnerships). For this purpose, the term “control” shall mean ownership of 50% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of shares or interests in the entity, or the power to direct the management and policies of the entity, by contract or otherwise.
1.02.   Agreement
          Agreement means a written agreement (including any amendment or supplement thereto) between the Company and a Participant specifying the terms and conditions of a Share Award, an award of Performance Units, an Option, SAR or Other Equity-Based Award (including an LTIP) granted to such Participant.
1.03.   Board
 
    Board means the Board of Trustees of the Company.
 
1.04.   Change in Control
          “Change in Control” shall mean a change in control of the Company which will be deemed to have occurred after the date hereof if:
(1)   any “person” as such term is used in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof except that such term shall not include (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (D) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s common shares, or (E) any person or group as used in Rule 13d-1(b) under the Exchange Act, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing at least 50% of the combined voting power or common shares of the Company;
 
(2)   during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new trustee (other than (A) a trustee designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (1), (3), or (4) of this Section 1.05 or (B) a trustee whose initial assumption of office

-1-


 

    is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of trustees of the Company) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the trustees then still in office who either were trustees at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;
 
(3)   there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, more than 50% of the combined voting power and common shares of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
 
(4)   there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or any transaction having a similar effect, including a liquidation) other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power and common shares of which is owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common shares of the Company immediately prior to such sale.
If a change in control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Option, SAR, Share Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award that provides for the deferral of compensation and is subject to Section 409A of the Code, no payment will be made under that award on account of a Change in Control unless the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above, as applicable, constitutes a “change in control event” under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).
1.05.   Code
 
    Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and any amendments thereto.
 
1.06.   Committee
          Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more non-employee members of the Board, each of whom is intended to qualify as a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule, an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code (if awards under the Plan are subject to the deduction

-2-


 

limitation of Section 162(m) of the Code) and an “independent director” under the rules of any exchange or automated quotation system on which the Common Shares are listed, traded or quoted; provided , that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not the members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the foregoing requirements or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. If there is no Compensation Committee, then “Committee” means the Board; and provided, further that with respect to awards made to a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, “Committee” means the Board.
1.07.   Common Share
          Common Share means common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.
1.08.   Company
 
    Company means Chatham Lodging Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust.
 
1.09.   Completion Date
          Completion Date means the initial closing date of the initial public offering of the Common Shares.
1.10.   Control Change Date
          Control Change Date means the date on which a Change in Control occurs. If a Change in Control occurs on account of a series of transactions, the “Control Change Date” is the date of the last of such transactions.
1.11.   Corresponding SAR
          Corresponding SAR means an SAR that is granted in relation to a particular Option and that can be exercised only upon the surrender to the Company, unexercised, of that portion of the Option to which the SAR relates.
1.12.   Dividend Equivalent Right
          Dividend Equivalent Right means the right, subject to the terms and conditions prescribed by the Committee, of a Participant to receive (or have credited) cash, shares or other property in amounts equivalent to the cash, shares or other property dividends declared on Common Shares with respect to specified Performance Units or Common Shares subject to an Other Equity-Based Award, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion. The Committee may provide that such Dividend Equivalents (if any) shall be distributed only when, and to the extent that, the underlying award is vested or earned and also may provide that

-3-


 

Dividend Equivalents (if any) shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Common Shares or otherwise reinvested.
1.13.   Exchange Act
 
    Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
1.14.   Fair Market Value
          Fair Market Value means, on any given date, the reported “closing” price of a Common Share on the New York Stock Exchange for such date or, if there is no closing price for a Common Share on the date in question, the closing price for a Common Share on the last preceding date for which a quotation exists. If, on any given date, the Common Shares are not listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, then Fair Market Value shall be the “closing” price of a Common Share on such other exchange on which the Common Shares are listed for trading for such date (or, if there is no closing price for a Common Share on the date in question, the closing price for a Common Share on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists) or, if the Common Shares are not listed on any exchange, the amount determined by the Committee using any reasonable method in good faith and in accordance with the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.
1.15.   Initial Value
          Initial Value means, with respect to a Corresponding SAR, the option price per share of the related Option and, with respect to an SAR granted independently of an Option, the price per Common Share as determined by the Committee on the date of grant; provided, however, that the price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. Except as provided in Article XI, the Initial Value of an outstanding SAR may not be reduced (by amendment, cancellation and new grant or otherwise) without the approval of shareholders.
1.16.   LTIP Unit
          LTIP Unit means an “LTIP Unit” as defined in the Operating Partnership’s partnership agreement. An LTIP Unit granted under this Plan represents the right to receive the benefits, payments or other rights in respect of an LTIP Unit set forth in that partnership agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Agreement and that partnership agreement.
1.17.   Operating Partnership
 
    Operating Partnership means Chatham Lodging, L. P.

-4-


 

1.18.   Option
          Option means a share option that entitles the holder to purchase from the Company a stated number of Common Shares at the price set forth in an Agreement.
1.19.   Other Equity-Based Award
          Other Equity-Based Award means any award other than an Option, SAR, a Performance Unit award or a Share Award which, subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee, entitles a Participant to receive Common Shares or rights or units valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Shares (including securities convertible into Common Shares) or other equity interests including LTIP Units.
1.20.   Participant
          Participant means an employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, a member of the Board, or an individual who provides bona fide services to the Company or an Affiliate (including an individual who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate by virtue of employment with, or providing services to, the Operating Partnership), and who satisfies the requirements of Article IV and is selected by the Committee to receive an award of Performance Units or a Share Award, Option, SAR, Other Equity-Based Award or a combination thereof.
1.21.   Performance Units
          Performance Units means an award, in the amount determined by the Committee, stated with reference to a specified number of Common Shares or other securities or property, that in accordance with the terms of an Agreement entitles the holder to receive a payment for each specified unit equal to the value of the Performance Unit on the date of payment.
1.22.   Plan
 
    Plan means this Chatham Lodging Trust Equity Incentive Plan.
 
1.23.   REIT
          REIT means a real estate investment trust within the meaning of Sections 856 through 860 of the Code.
1.24.   SAR
          SAR means a share appreciation right that in accordance with the terms of an Agreement entitles the holder to receive, with respect to each Common Share encompassed by the exercise of the SAR, the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value at the time of exercise over the Initial

-5-


 

Value. References to “SARs” include both Corresponding SARs and SARs granted independently of Options, unless the context requires otherwise.
1.25.   Share Award
 
    Share Award means Common Shares awarded to a Participant under Article VIII.
 
1.26.   Ten Percent Shareholder
          Ten Percent Shareholder means any individual owning more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or of a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” (as such terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code) of the Company. An individual shall be considered to own any voting shares owned (directly or indirectly) by or for his or her brothers, sisters, spouse, ancestors or lineal descendants and shall be considered to own proportionately any voting shares owned (directly or indirectly) by or for a corporation, partnership, estate or trust of which such individual is a shareholder, partner or beneficiary.
ARTICLE II
PURPOSES
          The Plan is intended to assist the Company and its Affiliates in recruiting and retaining individuals and other service providers with ability and initiative by enabling such persons or entities to participate in the future success of the Company and its Affiliates and to associate their interests with those of the Company and its shareholders. The Plan is intended to permit the grant of both Options qualifying under Section 422 of the Code (“incentive stock options”) and Options not so qualifying, and the grant of SARs, Share Awards, Performance Units, and Other Equity-Based Awards in accordance with the Plan and any procedures that may be established by the Committee. No Option that is intended to be an incentive stock option shall be invalid for failure to qualify as an incentive stock option. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Common Shares pursuant to this Plan shall be used for general corporate purposes.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
          The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have authority to grant SARs, Share Awards, Performance Units, Options and Other Equity-Based Awards upon such terms (not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan), as the Committee may consider appropriate. Such terms may include conditions (in addition to those contained in this Plan), on the exercisability of all or any part of an Option or SAR or on the transferability or forfeitability of a Share Award, an award of Performance Units or an Other Equity-Based Award. Notwithstanding any such conditions, the Committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the time at which any Option or SAR may be exercised, or the time at which a Share Award or Other Equity-Based Award may become transferable or nonforfeitable or the time at which an Other

-6-


 

Equity-Based Award or an award of Performance Units may be settled. In addition, the Committee shall have complete authority to interpret all provisions of this Plan; to prescribe the form of Agreements; to adopt, amend, and rescind rules and regulations pertaining to the administration of the Plan (including rules and regulations that require or allow Participants to defer the payment of benefits under the Plan); and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan (including without limitation, determinations of the individuals to receive awards under the Plan, the form, amount and timing of such awards, the terms and provisions of such awards and the Agreements) need not be uniform and may be made by the Committee selectively among individuals who receive, or are eligible to receive, awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated. The express grant in the Plan of any specific power to the Committee shall not be construed as limiting any power or authority of the Committee. Any decision made, or action taken, by the Committee in connection with the administration of this Plan shall be final and conclusive. The members of the Committee shall not be liable for any act done in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Agreement, Option, SAR, Share Award, Other Equity-Based Award or award of Performance Units. All expenses of administering this Plan shall be borne by the Company.
ARTICLE IV
ELIGIBILITY
          Any employee of the Company or an Affiliate (including a trade or business that becomes an Affiliate after the adoption of this Plan) and any member of the Board is eligible to participate in this Plan. In addition, any other individual who provides significant services to the Company or an Affiliate (including an individual who provides services to the Company or an Affiliate by virtue of employment with, or providing services to, the Operating Partnership) is eligible to participate in this Plan if the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that the participation of such individual is in the best interest of the Company.
ARTICLE V
COMMON SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN
5.01.   Common Shares Issued
          Upon the award of Common Shares pursuant to a Share Award, an Other Equity-Based Award or in settlement of an award of Performance Units, the Company may deliver to the Participant Common Shares from its treasury shares or authorized but unissued Common Shares. Upon the exercise of any Option, SAR or Other Equity-Based Award denominated in Common Shares, the Company may deliver to the Participant (or the Participant’s broker if the Participant so directs), Common Shares from its treasury shares or authorized but unissued Common Shares.

-7-


 

5.02.   Aggregate Limit
          (a) The maximum aggregate number of Common Shares that may be issued under this Plan pursuant to the exercise of Options and SARs, the grant of Share Awards or Other Equity-Based Awards and the settlement of Performance Units is equal to _____ percent (___%) of the number of fully diluted Common Shares (taking into account interests in the Operating Partnership that may become convertible into Common Shares) outstanding on the Completion Date, but excluding any shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Other Equity-Based Awards that are LTIP Units shall reduce the maximum aggregate number of Common Shares that may be issued under this Plan on a one-for-one basis, i.e., each such unit shall be treated as an award of Common Shares.
          (b) The maximum number of Common Shares that may be issued under this Plan in accordance with Section 5.02(a) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article XI.
          (c) The maximum number of Common Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Options that are incentive stock options or Corresponding SARs that are related to incentive stock options shall be determined in accordance with Sections 5.02(a) and 5.02(b).
5.03.   Reallocation of Shares
          If any award or grant under the Plan (including LTIP Units) expires, is forfeited or is terminated without having been exercised or is paid in cash without delivery of Common Shares, then any Common Shares covered by such lapsed, cancelled, expired, unexercised or cash-settled portion of such award or grant and any forfeited, lapsed, cancelled or expired LTIP Units shall be available for the grant of other Options, SARs, Share Awards, Other Equity-Based Awards and settlement of Performance Units under this Plan. Any Common Shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise price or tax withholding obligation pursuant to any award shall reduce the number of Common Shares available under the Plan and shall not be available for future grants or awards. If Common Shares are issued in settlement of an SAR, the number of Common Shares available under the Plan shall be reduced by the number of Common Shares for which the SAR was exercised rather than the number of Common Shares issued in settlement of the SAR. To the extent permitted by applicable law or the rules of any exchange on which the Common Shares are listed for trading, Common Shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form of combination by the Company or any Affiliate shall not reduce the number of Common Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.03, no Common Shares may be subject to an Option or granted or awarded if such action would cause an Option intended to be an incentive stock option to fail to qualify as such.

-8-


 

ARTICLE VI
OPTIONS
6.01.   Award
          In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an Option is to be granted and will specify the number of Common Shares covered by such awards.
6.02.   Option Price
          The price per Common Share purchased on the exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant, but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the price per Common Share purchased on the exercise of any Option that is an incentive stock option granted to an individual who is a Ten Percent Shareholder on the date such option is granted, shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value on the date the Option is granted. Except as provided in Article XI, the price per share of an outstanding Option may not be reduced (by amendment, cancellation and new grant or otherwise) without the approval of shareholders.
6.03.   Maximum Option Period
          The maximum period in which an Option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant except that no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date such Option was granted. In the case of an incentive stock option granted to a Participant who is a Ten Percent Shareholder on the date of grant, such Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The terms of any Option may provide that it is exercisable for a period less than such maximum period.
6.04.   Nontransferability
          Except as provided in Section 6.05, each Option granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of an Option (by the Participant or his transferee), the Option and any Corresponding SAR that relates to such Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or entities. Except as provided in Section 6.05, during the lifetime of the Participant to whom the Option is granted, the Option may be exercised only by the Participant. No right or interest of a Participant in any Option shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.

-9-


 

6.05.   Transferable Options
          Section 6.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an Option that is not an incentive stock option may be transferred by a Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of an Option transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the Option during the period that it was held by the Participant; provided, however, that such transferee may not transfer the Option except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of an Option (by the Participant or his transferee), the Option and any Corresponding SAR that relates to such Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be transferred for consideration absent shareholder approval.
6.06.   Employee Status
          For purposes of determining the applicability of Section 422 of the Code (relating to incentive stock options), or in the event that the terms of any Option provide that it may be exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.
6.07.   Exercise
          Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Agreement, an Option may be exercised in whole at any time or in part from time to time at such times and in compliance with such requirements as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that incentive stock options (granted under the Plan and all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) may not be first exercisable in a calendar year for Common Shares having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date an Option is granted) exceeding $100,000. An Option granted under this Plan may be exercised with respect to any number of whole shares less than the full number for which the Option could be exercised. A partial exercise of an Option shall not affect the right to exercise the Option from time to time in accordance with this Plan and the applicable Agreement with respect to the remaining shares subject to the Option. The exercise of an Option shall result in the termination of any Corresponding SAR to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.
6.08.   Payment
          Subject to rules established by the Committee and unless otherwise provided in an Agreement, payment of all or part of the Option price may be made in cash, certified check, by tendering Common Shares, by attestation of ownership of Common Shares, by a broker-assisted

-10-


 

cashless exercise or in such other form or manner acceptable to the Committee. If Common Shares are used to pay all or part of the Option price, the sum of the cash and cash equivalent and the Fair Market Value (determined as of the day preceding the date of exercise) of the shares surrendered or other consideration paid must not be less than the Option price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised.
6.09.   Shareholder Rights
          No Participant shall have any rights as a shareholder with respect to Common Shares subject to an Option until the date of exercise of such Option.
6.10.   Disposition of Shares
          A Participant shall notify the Company of any sale or other disposition of Common Shares acquired pursuant to an Option that was an incentive stock option if such sale or disposition occurs (i) within two years of the grant of an Option or (ii) within one year of the issuance of the Common Shares to the Participant. Such notice shall be in writing and directed to the Secretary of the Company.
ARTICLE VII
SARS
7.01.   Award
          In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom SARs are to be granted and will specify the number of Common Shares covered by such awards. No Participant may be granted Corresponding SARs (under the Plan and all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) that are related to incentive stock options which are first exercisable in any calendar year for Common Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the related Option is granted) that exceeds $100,000.
7.02.   Maximum SAR Period
          The term of each SAR shall be determined by the Committee on the date of grant, except that no SAR shall have a term of more than ten years from the date of grant. In the case of a Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option granted to a Participant who is a Ten Percent Shareholder on the date of grant, such Corresponding SAR shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant. The terms of any SAR may provide that it has a term that is less than such maximum period.
7.03.   Nontransferability
          Except as provided in Section 7.04, each SAR granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any

-11-


 

such transfer, a Corresponding SAR and the related Option must be transferred to the same person or persons or entity or entities. Except as provided in Section 7.04, during the lifetime of the Participant to whom the SAR is granted, the SAR may be exercised only by the Participant. No right or interest of a Participant in any SAR shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.
7.04.   Transferable SARs
          Section 7.03 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an SAR, other than a Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option, may be transferred by a Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of an SAR transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the SAR during the period that it was held by the Participant; provided, however, that such transferee may not transfer the SAR except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any transfer of a Corresponding SAR (by the Participant or his transferee), the Corresponding SAR and the related Option must be transferred to the same person or person or entity or entities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may an SAR be transferred for consideration absent shareholder approval.
7.05.   Exercise
          Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the applicable Agreement, an SAR may be exercised in whole at any time or in part from time to time at such times and in compliance with such requirements as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, that a Corresponding SAR that is related to an incentive stock option may be exercised only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable and only when the Fair Market Value exceeds the option price of the related Option. An SAR granted under this Plan may be exercised with respect to any number of whole shares less than the full number for which the SAR could be exercised. A partial exercise of an SAR shall not affect the right to exercise the SAR from time to time in accordance with this Plan and the applicable Agreement with respect to the remaining shares subject to the SAR. The exercise of a Corresponding SAR shall result in the termination of the related Option to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.
7.06.   Employee Status
          If the terms of any SAR provide that it may be exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.

-12-


 

7.07.   Settlement
          At the Committee’s discretion, the amount payable as a result of the exercise of an SAR may be settled in cash, Common Shares, or a combination of cash and Common Shares. No fractional share will be deliverable upon the exercise of an SAR but a cash payment will be made in lieu thereof.
7.08.   Shareholder Rights
          No Participant shall, as a result of receiving an SAR, have any rights as a shareholder of the Company or any Affiliate until the date that the SAR is exercised and then only to the extent that the SAR is settled by the issuance of Common Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide in an Agreement that the holder of an SAR is entitled to Dividend Equivalents during the period beginning on the date of the award and ending on the date the SAR is exercised.
ARTICLE VIII
SHARE AWARDS
8.01.   Award
          In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom a Share Award is to be made and will specify the number of Common Shares covered by such awards.
8.02.   Vesting
          The Committee, on the date of the award, may prescribe that a Participant’s rights in a Share Award shall be forfeitable or otherwise restricted for a period of time or subject to such conditions as may be set forth in the Agreement. By way of example and not of limitation, the Committee may prescribe that a Participant’s rights in a Share Award shall be forfeitable or otherwise restricted subject to the attainment of objectives stated with reference to the Company’s, an Affiliate’s or a business unit’s attainment of objectives stated with respect to performance criteria established by the Committee.
8.03.   Employee Status
          In the event that the terms of any Share Award provide that shares may become transferable and nonforfeitable thereunder only after completion of a specified period of employment or continuous service, the Committee may decide in each case to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.

-13-


 

8.04.   Shareholder Rights
          Unless otherwise specified in accordance with the applicable Agreement, while the Common Shares granted pursuant to the Share Award may be forfeited or are nontransferable, a Participant will have all rights of a stockholder with respect to a Share Award, including the right to receive dividends and vote the shares; provided, however, that during such period (i) a Participant may not sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of shares granted pursuant to a Share Award, (ii) the Company shall retain custody of the certificates evidencing shares granted pursuant to a Share Award, and (iii) the Participant will deliver to the Company a stock power, endorsed in blank, with respect to each Share Award. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall not apply after the shares granted under the Share Award are transferable and are no longer forfeitable.
ARTICLE IX
PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS
9.01.   Award
          In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an award of Performance Units is to be made and will specify the number of Common Shares or other securities or property covered by such awards. The Committee also will specify whether Dividend Equivalent Rights are granted in conjunction with the Performance Units.
9.02.   Earning the Award
          The Committee, on the date of the grant of an award, shall prescribe that the Performance Units will be earned, and the Participant will be entitled to receive payment pursuant to the award of Performance Units, only upon the satisfaction of performance objectives and such other criteria as may be prescribed by the Committee.
9.03.   Payment
          In the discretion of the Committee, the amount payable when an award of Performance Units is earned may be settled in cash, by the issuance of Common Shares, by the delivery of other securities or property or a combination thereof. A fractional Common Share shall not be deliverable when an award of Performance Units is earned, but a cash payment will be made in lieu thereof. The amount payable when an award of Performance Units is earned shall be paid in a lump sum.
9.04.   Shareholder Rights
          A Participant, as a result of receiving an award of Performance Units, shall not have any rights as a shareholder until, and then only to the extent that, the award of Performance Units is

-14-


 

earned and settled in Common Shares. After an award of Performance Units is earned and settled in Common Shares, a Participant will have all the rights of a shareholder as described in Section 8.05.
9.05.   Nontransferability
          Except as provided in Section 9.06, Performance Units granted under this Plan shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No right or interest of a Participant in any Performance Units shall be liable for, or subject to, any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant.
9.06.   Transferable Performance Units
          Section 9.05 to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Agreement provides, an award of Performance Units may be transferred by a Participant to the Participant’s children, grandchildren, spouse, one or more trusts for the benefit of such family members or a partnership in which such family members are the only partners, on such terms and conditions as may be permitted under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect from time to time. The holder of Performance Units transferred pursuant to this Section shall be bound by the same terms and conditions that governed the Performance Units during the period that they were held by the Participant; provided, however that such transferee may not transfer Performance Units except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may a Performance Unit be transferred for consideration absent shareholder approval.
9.07.   Employee Status
          In the event that the terms of any Performance Unit award provide that no payment will be made unless the Participant completes a stated period of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for government or military service, illness, temporary disability, or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.

-15-


 

ARTICLE X
OTHER EQUITY—BASED AWARDS
10.01.   Award
          In accordance with the provisions of Article IV, the Committee will designate each individual to whom an Other Equity-Based Award is to be made and will specify the number of Common Shares or other equity interests (including LTIP Units) covered by such awards; provided, however, that the grant of LTIP Units must satisfy the requirements of the partnership agreement of the Operating Partnership as in effect on the date of grant. The Committee also will specify whether Dividend Equivalent Rights are granted in conjunction with the Other Equity-Based Award.
10.02.   Terms and Conditions
          The Committee, at the time an Other Equity-Based Award is made, shall specify the terms and conditions which govern the award. The terms and conditions of an Other Equity-Based Award may prescribe that a Participant’s rights in the Other Equity-Based Award shall be forfeitable, nontransferable or otherwise restricted for a period of time or subject to such other conditions as may be determined by the Committee, in its discretion and set forth in the Agreement. Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted to Participants, either alone or in addition to other awards granted under the Plan, and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan.
10.03.   Payment or Settlement
          Other Equity-Based Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Shares, shall be payable or settled in Common Shares, cash or a combination of Common Shares and cash, as determined by the Committee in its discretion; provided, however, that any Common Shares that are issued on account of the conversion of LTIP Units into Common Stock shall not be issued under the Plan. Other Equity-Based Awards denominated as equity interests other than Common Shares may be paid or settled in shares or units of such equity interests or cash or a combination of both as determined by the Committee in its discretion.
10.04.   Employee Status
          If the terms of any Other Equity-Based Award provides that it may be earned or exercised only during employment or continued service or within a specified period of time after termination of employment or continued service, the Committee may decide to what extent leaves of absence for governmental or military service, illness, temporary disability or other reasons shall not be deemed interruptions of continuous employment or service.

-16-


 

10.05.   Shareholder Rights
          A Participant, as a result of receiving an Other Equity-Based Award, shall not have any rights as a shareholder until, and then only to the extent that, the Other Equity-Based Award is earned and settled in Common Shares.
ARTICLE XI
ADJUSTMENT UPON CHANGE IN COMMON STOCK
          The maximum number of Common Shares as to which Options, SARs, Performance Units, Share Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted and the terms of outstanding Share Awards, Options, SARs, Performance Units and Other Equity-Based Awards shall be adjusted as the Board determines is equitably required in the event that (i) the Company (a) effects one or more nonreciprocal transactions between the Company and its shareholders such as a share dividend, extra-ordinary cash dividend, share split-up, subdivision or consolidation of shares that affects the number or kind of Common Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the Fair Market Value (or the value of other Company securities) and causes a change in the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares subject to outstanding awards or (b) engages in a transaction to which Section 424 of the Code applies or (ii) there occurs any other event which, in the judgment of the Board necessitates such action. Any determination made under this Article XI by the Board shall be nondiscretionary, final and conclusive.
          The issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, for cash or property, or for labor or services, either upon direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the maximum number of shares as to which Options, SARs, Performance Units, Share Awards and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted or the terms of outstanding Share Awards, Options, SARs, Performance Shares or Other Equity-Based Awards.
          The Committee may make Share Awards and may grant Options, SARs, Performance Units or Other Equity-Based Awards in substitution for performance shares, phantom shares, stock awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or similar awards held by an individual who becomes an employee of the Company or an Affiliate in connection with a transaction described in the first paragraph of this Article XI. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the terms of such substituted Share Awards, SARs, Other Equity-Based Awards, Options or Performance Units shall be as the Committee, in its discretion, determines is appropriate.

-17-


 

ARTICLE XII
COMPLIANCE WITH LAW AND APPROVAL OF REGULATORY BODIES
          No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no Common Shares shall be issued, no certificates for Common Shares shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan except in compliance with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations (including, without limitation, withholding tax requirements), any listing agreement to which the Company is a party, and the rules of all domestic stock exchanges on which the Company’s shares may be listed. The Company shall have the right to rely on an opinion of its counsel as to such compliance. Any certificate issued to evidence Common Shares when a Share Award is granted, a Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award is settled or for which an Option or SAR is exercised may bear such legends and statements as the Committee may deem advisable to assure compliance with federal and state laws and regulations. No Option or SAR shall be exercisable, no Share Award or Performance Unit shall be granted, no Common Shares shall be issued, no certificate for Common Shares shall be delivered, and no payment shall be made under this Plan until the Company has obtained such consent or approval as the Committee may deem advisable from regulatory bodies having jurisdiction over such matters.
ARTICLE XIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
13.01.   Effect on Employment and Service
          Neither the adoption of this Plan, its operation, nor any documents describing or referring to this Plan (or any part thereof), shall confer upon any individual or entity any right to continue in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate or in any way affect any right and power of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate the employment or service of any individual or entity at any time with or without assigning a reason therefor.
13.02.   Unfunded Plan
          This Plan, insofar as it provides for grants, shall be unfunded, and the Company shall not be required to segregate any assets that may at any time be represented by grants under this Plan. Any liability of the Company to any person with respect to any grant under this Plan shall be based solely upon any contractual obligations that may be created pursuant to this Plan. No such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to be secured by any pledge of, or other encumbrance on, any property of the Company.
13.03.   Rules of Construction
          Headings are given to the articles and sections of this Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. The reference to any statute, regulation, or other provision of law shall be construed to refer to any amendment to or successor of such provision of law.

-18-


 

13.04.   Withholding Taxes
          Each Participant shall be responsible for satisfying any income and employment tax withholding obligations attributable to participation in the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Agreement, any such withholding tax obligations may be satisfied in cash (including from any cash payable in settlement of an award of Performance Units, SARs or Other Equity-Based Award) or a cash equivalent acceptable to the Committee. Except to the extent prohibited by Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j), any minimum statutory federal, state, district or city withholding tax obligations also may be satisfied (a) by surrendering to the Company Common Shares previously acquired by the Participant; (b) by authorizing the Company to withhold or reduce the number of Common Shares otherwise issuable to the Participant upon the exercise of an Option or SAR, the settlement of a Performance Unit award or an Other Equity-Based Award (if applicable) or the grant or vesting of a Share Award; or (c) by any other method as may be approved by the Committee. If Common Shares are used to pay all or part of such withholding tax obligation, the Fair Market Value of the shares surrendered, withheld or reduced shall be determined as of the day the tax liability arises and the number of Common Shares which may be withheld or surrendered shall be limited to the number of shares which have a Fair Market Value on the day preceding the date of withholding equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and foreign income tax and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.
13.05.   REIT Status
          The Plan shall be interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the Company’s status as a REIT. No award shall be granted or awarded, and with respect to any award granted under the Plan, such award shall not vest, be exercisable or be settled (i) to the extent that the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement could cause the Participant or any other person to be in violation of the common stock ownership limit or aggregate stock ownership limit prescribed by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Charter, as amended from time to time) or (ii) if, in the discretion of the Committee, the grant, vesting, exercise or settlement of the award could impair the Company’s status as a REIT.
ARTICLE XIV
CHANGE IN CONTROL
14.01.   Impact of Change in Control.
          Upon a Change in Control, the Committee is authorized to cause (i) outstanding Options and SARs to become fully exercisable, (ii) outstanding Share Awards to become transferable and nonforfeitable and (iii) outstanding Performance Units and Other Equity-Based Awards to become earned and nonforfeitable in their entirety.

-19-


 

14.02.   Assumption Upon Change in Control.
          In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion and without the need for a Participant’s consent, may provide that an outstanding Option, SAR, Share Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award shall be assumed by, or a substitute award granted by, the surviving entity in the Change in Control. Such assumed or substituted award shall be of the same type of award as the original Option, SAR, Share Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award being assumed or substituted. The assumed or substituted award shall have a value, as of the Control Change Date, that is substantially equal to the value of the original award (or the difference between the Fair Market Value and the option price or Initial Value in the case of Options and SARs) as the Committee determines is equitably required and such other terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Committee.
14.03.   Cash-Out Upon Change in Control.
          In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee, in its discretion and without the need of a Participant’s consent, may provide that each Option, SAR, Share Award and Performance Unit and Other Equity-Based Award shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment. The payment may be in cash, Common Shares or other securities or consideration received by shareholders in the Change in Control transaction. The amount of the payment shall be an amount that is substantially equal to (i) the amount by which the price per share received by shareholders in the Change in Control exceeds the option price or Initial Value in the case of an Option and SAR, or (ii) the price per share received by shareholders for each Common Share subject to a Share Award, Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based Award or (iii) the value of the other securities or property in which the Performance Unit or Other Equity-Based award is denominated. If the option price or Initial Value exceeds the price per share received by shareholders in the Change in Control transaction, the Option or SAR may be cancelled under this Section 14.03 without any payment to the Participant.
14.04.   Limitation of Benefits
          The benefits that a Participant may be entitled to receive under this Plan and other benefits that a Participant is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Plan, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 14.04, the Parachute Payments will be reduced pursuant to this Section 14.04 if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow a Participant to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than a Participant would receive absent a reduction.
          The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to a Participant. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Participant’s total Parachute Payments.

-20-


 

          The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Participant without subjecting the Participant to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
          The Participant will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Participant with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Participant will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) in a manner that results in the best economic benefit to the Participant (or, to the extent economically equivalent, in a pro rata manner). The Accounting Firm will notify the Participant and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Participant and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
          As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Article XIV, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Participant that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 14.04 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Participant under this Section 14.04 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Participant, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Participant must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Participant to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Participant is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Participant and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Participant promptly by the Company.
          For purposes of this Section 14.04, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Control Change Date. For purposes of this Article XIV, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Participant on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment.

-21-


 

For purposes of this Section 14.04, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 14.04, the limitations and provisions of this Section 14.04 shall not apply to any Participant who, pursuant to an agreement with the Company or the terms of another plan maintained by the Company, is entitled to indemnification for any liability that the Participant may incur under Code Section 4999. In addition, nothing in this Section 14.04 shall limit or otherwise supersede the provisions of any other agreement or plan which provides that a Participant cannot receive Payments in excess of the Capped Payments.
ARTICLE XV
AMENDMENT
          The Board may amend or terminate this Plan at any time; provided, however, that no amendment may adversely impair the rights of Participants with respect to outstanding awards. In addition, an amendment will be contingent on approval of the Company’s shareholders if such approval is required by law or the rules of any exchange on which the Common Shares are listed or if the amendment would materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, materially increase the aggregate number of Common Shares that may be issued under the Plan or materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan.
ARTICLE XVI
DURATION OF PLAN
          No Share Award, Performance Unit Award, Option, SAR or Other Equity-Based Award may be granted under this Plan after the day before the tenth anniversary of the date that the Plan is adopted by the Board. Share Awards, Performance Unit awards, Options, SARs and Other Equity-Based Awards granted before such date shall remain valid in accordance with their terms.
ARTICLE XVII
EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN
          Options, Share Awards, Performance Units and Other Equity-Based Awards may be granted under this Plan on and after the later of (i) the Completion Date and (ii) the date that the Plan is adopted by the Board, provided that, this Plan shall not be effective unless, within twelve months after the Board’s adoption of the Plan, the Plan is approved by holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares entitled to vote and present or represented by properly executed and delivered proxies at a duly held shareholders’ meeting at which a quorum is present or by unanimous consent of the shareholders, within twelve months before or after the date that the Plan is adopted by the Board and provided further that no award shall be exercisable, vested or settled until such shareholder approval is obtained.

-22-

exv10w2wa
Exhibit 10.2(a)
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
BETWEEN CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
AND JEFFREY H. FISHER
          THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of                     , 20___, between CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “Company”), and JEFFREY H. FISHER (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H:
          WHEREAS, the Company is a self-advised equity real estate investment trust which has been formed to own hotel properties directly and through its subsidiaries; and
          WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Chairman of the Board of Trustees (the “Board”), Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company; and
          WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1. RECITALS. The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2. EMPLOYMENT. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be so employed, in the capacity of [Title] to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
          3. TERM. The Initial Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on [          ], 20___, and continuing until [          ], 20___, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          4. SERVICES. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his time, attention and effort to the Company’s affairs; provided that the Company agrees that the Executive may, from time to time, be the principal owner and serve as a director of Island Hospitality Management, Inc. (“IHM”) and/or one or more of its sister companies whose primary business is leasing and/or managing hotels, and that the Executive may devote business time to those companies; provided further that (i) such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder; (ii) the Executive does not serve as an officer or employee of

 


 

IHM or any other entity providing hotel management services to the Company, its affiliates or any other entity in which the Company or its affiliates have an interest (a “Chatham Manager”); and (iii) the Executive does not receive any compensation for services as a director of any Chatham Manager. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Board.
          5. COMPENSATION.
               (a) Base Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an annual Base Salary equal to $                    , subject to any increases approved by the Board or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). Such Base Salary shall be paid in twenty-six (26) bi-weekly installments. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
               (b) Annual Bonus. In addition to his annual Base Salary, during the Term the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus as determined by the Committee in its discretion or to the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned under this Section 5(b) shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
          6. BENEFITS. The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
               (a) Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled each year to a vacation, during which time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of three (3) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
               (b) Employee Benefits. During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be, are eligible to participate, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance, hospital, or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
          7. EXPENSES. The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Company’s business, and the Company agrees to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily

-2-


 

incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited to, travel, meals, entertainment, etc. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred.
          8. OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF. During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to an office of a size and with furnishings and other appointments, and to secretarial and other assistants, at least equal to those provided to other management level employees of the Company.
          9. TERMINATION.
               (a) Grounds. This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s death. In the case of the Executive’s Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 12 of this Agreement.
               (b) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with 9(c) below.
               (c) Date of Termination. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the

-3-


 

Executive’s immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause based upon the grounds described in clause 12(i)(ii) or (iii), then Termination shall be effective upon Notice of Termination as defined in this Agreement; (v) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause based upon the grounds described in clause 12(i)(i) of this Agreement, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which employment shall be deemed terminated at the end of such thirty (30) day period; (vi) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
          10. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY. This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.
               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and any option, restricted share or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          11. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON. This Section 11 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 10 except that all outstanding options, restricted Company shares and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.

-4-


 

               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination.
               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the annual bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment no later than ten (10) days after the Date of Termination.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to three (3.0) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 11 unless and until the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims acceptable to the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable. The cash benefits payable under this Section 11 shall be paid on the fifth (5th) business day after the Executive’s release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable.
          12. DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a) “Acquiring Person” means that a Person, considered alone or together with all Control Affiliates and Associates of that Person, is or becomes directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of securities representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of the Board.
               (b) “Affiliate” means any “subsidiary” or “parent” corporation (within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code) of the Company.
               (c) “Board” means the Board of Trustees of the Company.
               (d) “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, means a “Change in Control” shall mean any of the following events:

-5-


 

(i) In the event a Person is or becomes an Acquiring Person;
(ii) In the event that the Company transfers at least fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s total assets on a consolidated basis, as reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;
(iii) In the event that the Company merges or consolidates the Company or effects a statutory share exchange with another Person, regardless of whether the Company is intended to be the surviving or resulting entity after the merger, consolidation, or statutory share exchange; provided that a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange in which the shareholders of the Company immediately before such transaction own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding securities of the surviving entity entitled to vote generally in the election of directors shall not be a Change in Control;
(iv) Continuing Trustees cease to constitute a majority of the Board (other than as a result of a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange that does not constitute a Change in Control under clause 12(d)(iii). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Continuing Trustee” means (i) a member of the Board on                     , 2010 or (ii) a member whose nomination for, or election to, the Board was approved or recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Trustees.
(v) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or,
(vi) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person acquired Beneficial Ownership as defined in the Exchange Act of more than the permitted amount of the then outstanding securities as a result of the acquisition of securities by the Company which by reducing the number of securities then outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the subject Person(s), provided that if a Change in Control would occur as a result of the acquisition of securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition by the Company, the Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional securities which increases the percentage of the then outstanding securities Beneficially Owned by the subject Person, then a Change in Control shall occur.
               (e) “Control Affiliate”, with respect to any Person, means an Affiliate as defined in Rule 12B-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as amended as of January 1, 1990.

-6-


 

               (f) “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (g) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and as in effect from time to time.
               (h) “Person” means any human being, firm, corporation, partnership, or other entity. Person also includes any human being, firm, corporation, partnership , or other entity as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, as amended as of January 1, 1990. The term Person does not include the Companies or any related entity within the meaning of Code Section 1563(a), 414(b) or 414(c), and the term Person does not include any employee-benefit plan maintained by the Companies or by any Related Entity, and any Person or entity organized, appointed, or established by the Companies or by any subsidiary for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee-benefit plan, unless the Board determines that such an employee-benefit plan, or such Person or entity is a Person.
               (i) “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
               (j) “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment, other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, hereunder for any reason. For purposes of this Section 10, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (k) Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of his employment hereunder on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal

-7-


 

office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
          13. CODE SECTION 280G. The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 13, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 13, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 13 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 13 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to

-8-


 

the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 13, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 13, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 13, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          14. CODE SECTION 409A. This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 14, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred

-9-


 

compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          15. TAX WITHHOLDING. All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          16. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Executive recognizes that the Company’s business interests require a confidential relationship between the Company and the Executive and the fullest practical protection and confidential treatment of their trade secrets, operating manuals, marketing techniques, designs, concepts, franchise operation and system management programs, customer lists, innovations and improvements (collectively, “Information”) that will be conceived or learned by him in the course of his employment with the Company. Accordingly, the Executive agrees, both during and after termination of his employment, to keep secret and to treat confidentially all of the Company’s Information and not to use or aid others in using any such Information in competition with the Company. The obligation set forth in this Section 16 shall exist during the Executive’s employment and shall continue after the termination of the Executive’s employment for so long as any of the Company’s Information retains any confidentiality.
          17. NOTICES. All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
                 
 
  To the Company:       CHATHAM LODGING TRUST    
 
          Attn:     
 
         
 
   
 
          50 Cocoanut Row    
 
          Suite 200    
 
          Palm Beach, Florida 33480    
 
  To the Executive:            
 
         
 
   
 
         
 
   
 
         
 
   
 
         
 
   
          18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not

-10-


 

be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          19. ARBITRATION. Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Palm Beach County, Florida in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.
          20. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.
          21. NO SETOFF. The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          22. ASSIGNMENT. The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
          23. HEADINGS. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.

-11-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the ___day of                     , 2010.
         
  CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a Maryland
real estate investment trust
 
 
  By:      
    Title:   
   
 
 
 
  JEFFREY H. FISHER    
       
     
     
 

 

exv10w2wb
Exhibit 10.2(b)
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
BETWEEN CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
AND PETER WILLIS
          THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, effective as of ___, 20___, between CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “Company”), and PETER WILLIS (the “Executive”), recites and provides as follows:
W I T N E S S E T H:
          WHEREAS, the Company is a self-advised equity real estate investment trust which has been formed to own hotel properties directly and through its subsidiaries; and
          WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive to devote substantially all of his time, attention and efforts to the business of the Company and to serve as the Chairman of the Board of Trustees (the “Board”), Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company; and
          WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be so employed on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter stated.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual obligations hereinafter set forth, the parties agree as follows:
          1. RECITALS. The above recitals are incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof as set forth verbatim.
          2. EMPLOYMENT. The Company shall employ the Executive, and the Executive agrees to be so employed, in the capacity of [Title] to serve for the Term (as hereinafter defined) hereof, subject to earlier termination as hereinafter provided.
          3. TERM. The Initial Term of the Executive’s employment hereunder (the “Initial Term”) shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on [          ], 20___, and continuing until [          ], 20___, unless terminated earlier as provided herein. If neither the Company nor the Executive has provided the other with written notice of an intention to terminate this Agreement at least thirty (30) days before the end of the Initial Term (or any subsequent renewal period), this Agreement will automatically renew for a twelve (12) month period. For purposes of this Agreement, the word “Term” means the Initial Term and the period of any extension of the Initial Term pursuant to the preceding sentence.
          4. SERVICES. The Executive shall devote substantially all of his time, attention and effort to the Company’s affairs. The Company further agrees that the Executive may engage in civic and community activities and endeavors provided that such activities do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder. The Executive shall have full authority and responsibility for formulating policies and administering the Company in all respects, subject to the general direction, approval and control of the Board.

 


 

          5. COMPENSATION.
               (a) Base Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay the Executive for his services an annual Base Salary equal to $___, subject to any increases approved by the Board or its Compensation Committee (the “Committee”). Such Base Salary shall be paid in twenty-six (26) bi-weekly installments. Any increase in Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligations to the Executive under this Agreement.
               (b) Annual Bonus. In addition to his annual Base Salary, during the Term the Executive shall have the opportunity to earn an Annual Bonus as determined by the Committee in its discretion or to the extent that prescribed individual and corporate goals established by the Committee are achieved. Any Annual Bonus that is earned under this Section 5(b) shall be paid in a single lump sum payment no later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the Annual Bonus is earned.
          6. BENEFITS. The Company agrees to provide the Executive with the following benefits:
               (a) Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled each year to a vacation, during which time his compensation shall be paid in full. The time allotted for such vacation shall be an aggregate of three (3) weeks. In the year Executive terminates employment, he shall be entitled to receive a prorated paid vacation based upon the amount of time that he has worked during the year of termination. In the event that he has not taken his vacation time computed on a prorated basis, he shall be paid, at his regular rate of pay, for unused vacation. In the event Executive has taken more vacation time than allotted for the year of termination, there shall be no reduction in compensation otherwise payable hereunder.
               (b) Employee Benefits. During the Term, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible to participate in all Company employee benefit plans in which other executive level employees of the Company and/or the members of their families, as the case may be, are eligible to participate, but not limited to, any retirement, pension, profit-sharing, insurance, hospital, or other plans which may now be in effect or which may hereafter be adopted by the Company. Regarding life insurance, the Executive shall have the right to name the beneficiary of such life insurance policy.
          7. EXPENSES. The Company recognizes that the Executive will have to incur certain out-of-pocket expenses related to his services and the Company’s business, and the Company agrees to promptly reimburse the Executive for all reasonable expenses necessarily incurred by him in the performance of his duties to the Company upon presentation of a voucher or documentation indicating the amount and business purposes of any such expenses. These expenses include, but are not limited to, travel, meals, entertainment, etc. Expenses that are reimbursable to the Executive under this Section 7 shall be paid to the Executive in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy but in no event later than March 15 following the calendar year in which the expense is incurred.
          8. OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF. During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall be entitled to an office of a size and with furnishings and other appointments,

-2-


 

and to secretarial and other assistants, at least equal to those provided to other management level employees of the Company.
          9. TERMINATION.
               (a) Grounds. This Agreement shall terminate in the event of the Executive’s death. In the case of the Executive’s Disability, the Company may elect to terminate the Executive as a result of such Disability. Where appropriate, the Company also may terminate the Executive pursuant to a Termination With Cause. Finally, the Executive may terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to either a Voluntary Termination or a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, the terms Disability, Voluntary Termination, Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, and Termination With Cause are defined in Section 12 of this Agreement.
               (b) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company or the Executive (other than upon death) shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive or the Company, as applicable. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and the specific ground for termination; (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for such termination; and (iii) the date of termination in accordance with 9(c) below.
               (c) Date of Termination. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” means (i) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a termination based upon the Executive’s Disability, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the thirtieth day after the date of the Notice of Termination (which may not be given before the Executive has been absent from work on account of a physical or mental illness or physical injury for at least hundred fifty (150) days) provided that, before such date, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties; (ii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Death, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive; (iii) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days from the date of the Notice of Termination (and the Executive shall be deemed to have terminated his employment by Voluntary Termination if the Executive voluntarily refuses to provide substantially all the services described in Section 4 hereof for a period greater than four (4) consecutive weeks (excluding periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of vacation in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof and periods in which the Executive is not performing services on account of the Executive’s illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of the Executive’s immediate family); in such event, the Date of Termination shall be the day after the last day of such four-week period); (iv) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause based upon the grounds described in clause 12(i)(ii) or (iii), then Termination shall be effective upon Notice of Termination as defined in this Agreement; (v) if the Company intends to treat the termination as a Termination With Cause based upon the grounds described in clause 12(i)(i) of this Agreement, the Company shall provide the Executive written notice of such grounds for termination and the Executive shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure such cause to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, failing which employment shall be deemed terminated at the end of such thirty (30) day period; (vi) if the

-3-


 

Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, the Date of Termination shall be thirty (30) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period.
          10. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITH CAUSE, VOLUNTARY TERMINATION, DEATH OR DISABILITY. This Section 10 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, Death or Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate in the event of his death) shall be entitled to receive the Standard Termination Benefits. The Standard Termination Benefits are the benefits or amounts described in the following subsections (a) and (b):
               (a) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any compensation (including Base Salary and Annual Bonus and accrued but unused vacation) that is earned but unpaid as of the Date of Termination.
               (b) The Executive shall be entitled to receive any benefits due him under the terms of any employee benefit plan maintained by the Company and any option, restricted share or similar equity award; which benefits shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and any award agreement between the Executive and the Company.
Except for the Standard Termination Benefits, the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation after the Date of Termination on account of a Termination With Cause, a Voluntary Termination, death, Disability or any reason other than a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason.
          11. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE OR VOLUNTARY TERMINATION WITH GOOD REASON. This Section 11 applies in the event that the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause or a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason. In any of those events, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the benefits and amounts described in the following subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d):
               (a) The Company shall pay or provide the Standard Termination Benefits as defined in Section 10 except that all outstanding options, restricted Company shares and other equity awards, shall be vested and exercisable as of the Date of Termination and outstanding options shall remain exercisable thereafter until their stated expiration date as if the Executive’s employment had not terminated.
               (b) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect on the Date of Termination (or, in the case of a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, at the rate in effect before a reduction in Base Salary that constitutes Good Reason for resignation), such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
               (c) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of the Multiple (as defined below) times the highest annual bonus paid to the Executive for the three (3) fiscal years of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination.

-4-


 

               (d) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the product of (x) the annual bonus paid to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ended immediately before the Date of Termination and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days the Executive was employed by the Company during the fiscal year that includes the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365, such payment to be made in a single cash payment no later than ten (10) days after the Date of Termination.
               (e) The Company shall pay an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the health, dental and vision insurance coverage for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents as in effect on the Date of Termination plus an amount equal to the Multiple (as defined below) times the annual premium or cost paid by the Company for the disability and life insurance coverage for the Executive as in effect on the Date of Termination, such payment to be made in a single cash payment.
The Multiple is “one (1.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause before the date of a Change in Control and a Change in Control does not occur within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason before the date of a Change in Control and the Multiple is “two (2.0)” if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause on or after the date of a Change in Control or within the ninety (90) day period preceding the date of a Change in Control or if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Voluntary Termination With Good Reason on or after the date of a Change in Control.
No benefits will be paid or provided to, or on behalf of, the Executive under this Section 11 unless and until the Executive has signed a release and waiver of claims acceptable to the Company, releasing the Company and its officers, directors and affiliates from all claims the Executive has or may have against such parties, and such release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable. The cash benefits payable under this Section 11 shall be paid on the fifth (5th) business day after the Executive’s release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable; provided, however, that if the Executive’s employment ends upon a Termination Without Cause and additional amounts become payable under this Section 11 because a Change in Control occurs within ninety (90) days after the Date of Termination, such additional amounts shall be paid on the fifth (5th) business day after the date of the Change in Control or, if later, the fifth (5th) business day after the Executive’s release and waiver of claims has become binding and irrevocable.
          12. DEFINITIONS. For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:
               (a) “Acquiring Person” means that a Person, considered alone or together with all Control Affiliates and Associates of that Person, is or becomes directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of securities representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of the Board.
               (b) “Affiliate” means any “subsidiary” or “parent” corporation (within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code) of the Company.

-5-


 

               (c) “Board” means the Board of Trustees of the Company.
               (d) “Change in Control” for purposes of this Agreement, means a “Change in Control” shall mean any of the following events:
(i) In the event a Person is or becomes an Acquiring Person;
(ii) In the event that the Company transfers at least fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s total assets on a consolidated basis, as reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission;
(iii) In the event that the Company merges or consolidates the Company or effects a statutory share exchange with another Person, regardless of whether the Company is intended to be the surviving or resulting entity after the merger, consolidation, or statutory share exchange; provided that a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange in which the shareholders of the Company immediately before such transaction own more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding securities of the surviving entity entitled to vote generally in the election of directors shall not be a Change in Control;
(iv) Continuing Trustees cease to constitute a majority of the Board (other than as a result of a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange that does not constitute a Change in Control under clause 12(d)(iii). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Continuing Trustee” means (i) a member of the Board on ___, 2010 or (ii) a member whose nomination for, or election to, the Board was approved or recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Trustees.
(v) A complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or,
(vi) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any Person acquired Beneficial Ownership as defined in the Exchange Act of more than the permitted amount of the then outstanding securities as a result of the acquisition of securities by the Company which by reducing the number of securities then outstanding, increases the proportional number of shares Beneficially Owned by the subject Person(s), provided that if a Change in Control would occur as a result of the acquisition of securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition by the Company, the Person becomes the Beneficial Owner of any additional securities which increases the percentage of the then outstanding securities Beneficially Owned by the subject Person, then a Change in Control shall occur.

-6-


 

               (e) “Control Affiliate”, with respect to any Person, means an Affiliate as defined in Rule 12B-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as amended as of January 1, 1990.
               (f) “Disability” means that the Executive is “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
               (g) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and as in effect from time to time.
               (h) “Person” means any human being, firm, corporation, partnership, or other entity. Person also includes any human being, firm, corporation, partnership , or other entity as defined in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, as amended as of January 1, 1990. The term Person does not include the Companies or any related entity within the meaning of Code Section 1563(a), 414(b) or 414(c), and the term Person does not include any employee-benefit plan maintained by the Companies or by any Related Entity, and any Person or entity organized, appointed, or established by the Companies or by any subsidiary for or pursuant to the terms of any such employee-benefit plan, unless the Board determines that such an employee-benefit plan, or such Person or entity is a Person.
               (i) “Termination With Cause” means the termination of the Executive’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Directors on account of (i) the Executive’s failure to perform a material duty or the Executive’s material breach of an obligation set forth in this Agreement or a breach of a material and written Company policy other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (ii) the Executive’s breach of Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, (iii) the Executive’s conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise or (iv) the Executive’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or fraud or dishonesty involving assets of the Company and that in all cases is described in a written notice from the Board and that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Executive.
               (j) “Voluntary Termination” means the Executive’s voluntary termination of his employment, other than a Voluntary Termination for Good Reason, hereunder for any reason. For purposes of this Section 10, the term Voluntary Termination does not include a voluntary refusal to perform services on account of a vacation taken in accordance with Section 6(a) hereof, the Executive’s failure to perform services on account of his illness or injury or the illness or injury of a member of his immediate family, provided such illness is adequately substantiated at the reasonable request of the Company, or any other absence from service with the written consent of the Board.
               (k) Voluntary Termination for “Good Reason” means the Executive’s termination of his employment hereunder on account of (i) the Company’s material breach of the terms of this Agreement or a direction from the Board that the Executive act or refrain from acting which in either case would be unlawful or contrary to a material and written Company policy, (ii) a material diminution in the Executive’s duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent or the Company preventing the

-7-


 

Executive from fulfilling or exercising his material duties, functions and responsibilities to the Company and its affiliates without the Executive’s consent, (iii) a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Annual Bonus opportunity or (iv) a requirement that the Executive relocate his employment more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Executive’s principal office on the date of this Agreement, without the consent of the Executive. The Executive’s resignation shall not be deemed a “Voluntary Termination for Good Reason” unless the Executive gives the Board written notice (delivered within thirty (30) days after the Executive knows of the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason), the event, action, etc. that the Executive asserts constitutes Good Reason is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Executive, within thirty (30) days after such notice and the Executive resigns effective not later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of such cure period.
          13. CODE SECTION 280G. The benefits that the Executive may be entitled to receive under this Agreement and other benefits that the Executive is entitled to receive under other plans, agreements and arrangements (which, together with the benefits provided under this Agreement, are referred to as “Payments”), may constitute Parachute Payments that are subject to Code Sections 280G and 4999. As provided in this Section 13, the Parachute Payments will be reduced if, and only to the extent that, a reduction will allow the Executive to receive a greater Net After Tax Amount than the Executive would receive absent a reduction.
     The Accounting Firm will first determine the amount of any Parachute Payments that are payable to the Executive. The Accounting Firm also will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Executive’s total Parachute Payments.
     The Accounting Firm will next determine the largest amount of Payments that may be made to the Executive without subjecting the Executive to tax under Code Section 4999 (the “Capped Payments”). Thereafter, the Accounting Firm will determine the Net After Tax Amount attributable to the Capped Payments.
     The Executive will receive the total Parachute Payments or the Capped Payments, whichever provides the Executive with the higher Net After Tax Amount. If the Executive will receive the Capped Payments, the total Parachute Payments will be adjusted by first reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are not subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant) and then by reducing the amount of any benefits under this Agreement or any other plan, agreement or arrangement that are subject to Section 409A of the Code (with the source of the reduction to be directed by the Participant). The Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company if it determines that the Parachute Payments must be reduced to the Capped Payments and will send the Executive and the Company a copy of its detailed calculations supporting that determination.
     As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999 at the time that the Accounting Firm makes its determinations under this Section 13, it is possible that amounts will have been paid or distributed to the Executive that should not have been paid or distributed under this Section 13 (“Overpayments”), or that additional amounts should be paid or distributed to the Executive under this Section 13 (“Underpayments”). If the Accounting Firm determines, based on either the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against

-8-


 

the Company or the Executive, which assertion the Accounting Firm believes has a high probability of success or controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Overpayment has been made, the Executive must repay to the Company, without interest; provided, however, that no loan will be deemed to have been made and no amount will be payable by the Executive to the Company unless, and then only to the extent that, the deemed loan and payment would either reduce the amount on which the Executive is subject to tax under Code Section 4999 or generate a refund of tax imposed under Code Section 4999. If the Accounting Firm determines, based upon controlling precedent or substantial authority, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Accounting Firm will notify the Executive and the Company of that determination and the amount of that Underpayment will be paid to the Executive promptly by the Company.
     For purposes of this Section 13, the term “Accounting Firm” means the independent accounting firm engaged by the Company immediately before the Change in Control. For purposes of this Section 13, the term “Net After Tax Amount” means the amount of any Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, net of taxes imposed under Code Sections 1, 3101(b) and 4999 and any State or local income taxes applicable to the Executive on the date of payment. The determination of the Net After Tax Amount shall be made using the highest combined effective rate imposed by the foregoing taxes on income of the same character as the Parachute Payments or Capped Payments, as applicable, in effect on the date of payment. For purposes of this Section 13, the term “Parachute Payment” means a payment that is described in Code Section 280G(b)(2), determined in accordance with Code Section 280G and the regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder.
          14. CODE SECTION 409A. This Agreement and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under this Agreement are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12). This Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A. If any provision of this Agreement is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Board and without requiring the Executive’s consent, in such manner as the Board determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 14, the Board shall modify this Agreement in the least restrictive manner necessary and without reducing any payment or benefit due under this Agreement. Each payment under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A.
     With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, the Executive, as specified under this Agreement, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations: (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in this Agreement and in no event later than the end of the year after the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to

-9-


 

reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
     If a payment obligation under this Agreement arises on account of a Change in Control or the Executive’s termination of employment and such payment obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)), it shall be payable only if the Change in Control constitutes a change in ownership or effective control of the Company, etc. as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5) or after the Executive’s separation from service (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(h)); provided, however, that if the Executive is a specified employee (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(i)), any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Executive’s separation from service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of the Executive’s estate following his death.
          15. TAX WITHHOLDING. All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be reduced by applicable income and employment tax withholdings.
          16. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Executive recognizes that the Company’s business interests require a confidential relationship between the Company and the Executive and the fullest practical protection and confidential treatment of their trade secrets, operating manuals, marketing techniques, designs, concepts, franchise operation and system management programs, customer lists, innovations and improvements (collectively, “Information”) that will be conceived or learned by him in the course of his employment with the Company. Accordingly, the Executive agrees, both during and after termination of his employment, to keep secret and to treat confidentially all of the Company’s Information and not to use or aid others in using any such Information in competition with the Company. The obligation set forth in this Section 16 shall exist during the Executive’s employment and shall continue after the termination of the Executive’s employment for so long as any of the Company’s Information retains any confidentiality.
          17. NOTICES. All notices or deliveries authorized or required pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given when in writing and personally delivered or three (3) days following the date when deposited in the U.S. mail, certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties at the following addresses or to such other addresses as either may designate in writing to the other party:
                     
    To the Company:       CHATHAM LODGING TRUST    
 
          Attn:        
 
                   
            50 Cocoanut Row    
            Suite 200    
            Palm Beach, Florida 33480    
 
  To the Executive:                
                 
 
                 
 
                 
 
                 

-10-


 

          18. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall not be modified in any manner except by instrument in writing signed, by or on behalf of, the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
          19. ARBITRATION. Any claim or controversy arising out of, or relating to, this Agreement or its breach, shall be settled by arbitration in Palm Beach County, Florida in accordance with the governing rules of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In the event one of the parties hereto requests an arbitration proceeding under this Agreement, such proceeding shall commence within 30 days from the date of such request. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees and costs.
          20. APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.
          21. NO SETOFF. The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by a setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under the provisions of this Agreement.
          22. ASSIGNMENT. The Executive acknowledges that his services are unique and personal. Accordingly, the Executive may not assign his rights or delegate his duties or obligations under this Agreement. The Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall insure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Executive’s successors and assigns.
          23. HEADINGS. Headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used to interpret or construe its provisions.

-11-


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the ___day of ___, 2010.
                 
    CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a Maryland    
    real estate investment trust    
 
               
 
  By:             
             
 
      Title:        
 
               
 
               
    PETER WILLIS    
 
               
             

exv10w5
Exhibit 10.5
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
     THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the ___day of January, 2010, by and between CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “Company”), and                                          (“Indemnitee”).
     WHEREAS, at the request of the Company, Indemnitee currently serves as [a trustee] [and] [an officer] of the Company and may, therefore, be subjected to claims, suits or proceedings arising as a result of his service; and
     WHEREAS, as an inducement to Indemnitee to continue to serve as [a trustee] [and] [an officer], the Company has agreed to indemnify and to advance expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such claims, suits or proceedings, to the maximum extent permitted by law; and
     WHEREAS, the parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and advance of expenses.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
          Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
               (a) “Board of Trustees” means the board of trustees of the Company.
               (b) “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Company which will be deemed to have occurred after the date hereof if:
(1) any “person” as such term is used in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof except that such term shall not include (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its affiliates, (C) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (D) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s common shares, or (E) any person or group as used in Rule 13d-1(b) under the Exchange Act, is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power or common shares of the Company;
(2) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Trustees, and any new trustee (other than (A) a trustee designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (1), (3), or (4) of this Section 1(c) or (B) a trustee whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of trustees of

 


 

the Company) whose election by the Board of Trustees or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the trustees then still in office who either were trustees at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;
(3) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof) in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, more than 50% of the combined voting power and common shares of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
(4) there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (or any transaction having a similar effect, including a liquidation) other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power and common shares of which is owned by shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the common shares of the Company immediately prior to such sale.
               (c) “Company Status” means the status of a person as a present or former trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (i) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is owned directly or indirectly by the Company or (ii) the management of which is controlled directly or indirectly by the Company.
               (d) “Disinterested Trustee” means a trustee of the Company who is not and was not a party to a Proceeding in respect of which indemnification and/or advance of Expenses is sought by Indemnitee.
               (e) “Effective Date” means the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.
               (f) “Expenses” means any and all reasonable and out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness

2


 

fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and any other disbursements or expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses shall also include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
               (g) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to or participant or witness in the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.
               (h) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, except one pending or completed on or before the Effective Date, unless otherwise specifically agreed in writing by the Company and Indemnitee. If Indemnitee reasonably believes that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, such situation shall also be considered a Proceeding.
          Section 2. Services by Indemnitee. Indemnitee will serve as [a trustee] [and] [an officer] of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee.
          Section 3. General. The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement and (b) otherwise to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect on the Effective Date and as amended from time to time; provided, however, that no change in Maryland law shall have the effect of reducing the benefits available to Indemnitee hereunder based on Maryland law as in effect on the Effective Date. The rights of Indemnitee provided in this Section 3 shall include, without limitation, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement, including any additional indemnification permitted by Section 2-418(g) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”), as applicable to a Maryland real estate investment trust by virtue of Section 8-301(15) of the Maryland REIT Law.

3


 

          Section 4. Standard for Indemnification. If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Company Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with any such Proceeding unless it is established that (a) the act or omission of Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (i) was committed in bad faith or (ii) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty, (b) Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (c) in the case of any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.
          Section 5. Certain Limits on Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except to the extent provided by Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to:
               (a) indemnification hereunder if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is adjudged to be liable to the Company;
               (b) indemnification hereunder if Indemnitee is adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the Indemnitee’s Company Status; or
               (c) indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee unless (i) the Proceeding was brought to enforce indemnification under this Agreement, and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 12 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Company’s declaration of trust or Bylaws, a resolution of the shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or of the Board of Trustees or an agreement approved by the Board of Trustees to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise.
          Section 6. Court-Ordered Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, a court of appropriate jurisdiction, upon application of Indemnitee and such notice as the court shall require, may order indemnification in the following circumstances:
               (a) if it determines Indemnitee is entitled to reimbursement under Section 2-418(d)(1) of the MGCL, the court shall order indemnification, in which case Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover the Expenses of securing such reimbursement; or
               (b) if it determines that Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not Indemnitee (i) has met the standards of conduct set forth in Section 2-418(b) of the MGCL or (ii) has been adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit under Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL, the court may order such indemnification as the court shall deem proper. However, indemnification with respect to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company or in which liability shall have been adjudged in the circumstances described in Section 2-418(c) of the MGCL shall be limited to Expenses.

4


 

          Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of his Company Status, made a party to (or otherwise becomes a participant in) any Proceeding and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of such Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 7 for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each such claim, issue or matter, allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. For purposes of this Section 7 and, without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
          Section 8. Advance of Expenses for a Party. If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Company Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be, made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written affirmation by Indemnitee of Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Company as authorized by law and by this Agreement has been met and a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A or in such form as may be required under applicable law as in effect at the time of the execution thereof, to reimburse the portion of any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee relating to claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which it shall ultimately be established that the standard of conduct has not been met by Indemnitee and which have not been successfully resolved as described in Section 7 of this Agreement. To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. The undertaking required by this Section 8 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.
          Section 9. Indemnification and Advance of Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is or may be, by reason of his Company Status, made a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding, whether instituted by the Company or any other party, and to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be advanced all reasonable Expenses and indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith within ten days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee.

5


 

          Section 10. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.
               (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee may submit one or more such requests from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his sole discretion. The officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board of Trustees in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.
               (b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) above, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall promptly be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Trustees, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, which Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Board of Trustees in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by the Board of Trustees by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Trustees or, if such a quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of a duly authorized committee of the Board of Trustees consisting solely of one or more Disinterested Trustees, (B) if Independent Counsel has been selected by the Board of Trustees in accordance with Section 2-418(e)(2)(ii) of the MGCL and approved by the Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, by Independent Counsel, in a written opinion to the Board of Trustees, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (C) if so directed by a majority of the members of the Board of Trustees, by the shareholders of the Company. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination in the discretion of the Board of Trustees or Independent Counsel if retained pursuant to clause (ii)(B) of this Section 10(b). Any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company shall indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.
               (c) The Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel, if one is appointed.
          Section 11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
               (a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 10(a) of this Agreement, and

6


 

the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
               (b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, does not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.
               (c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to indemnification under this Agreement.
     Section 12. Remedies of Indemnitee.
               (a) If (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advance of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement within ten days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to any other section of this Agreement or the declaration of trust or Bylaws of the Company is not made within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court located in the State of Maryland, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification or advance of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence any such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply to a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 7 of this Agreement. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Maryland law (without regard to its conflicts of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.
               (b) In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be, under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advance of Expenses, as the case may be. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 12, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement until a final determination is made with respect to

7


 

Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed). The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.
               (c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification.
               (d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 12, seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company for, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration. If it shall be determined in such judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advance of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be appropriately prorated.
               (e) Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the maximum rate allowed to be charged for judgments under the Courts and Judicial Proceedings Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland for amounts which the Company pays or is obligated to pay for the period commencing with the date on which the Company was requested to advance expenses in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement or to make the determination of entitlement to indemnification under Section 12(a) above Indemnitee requests indemnification, reimbursement or advance of any Expenses and ending on the date such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.
     Section 13. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding.
               (a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement unless the Company’s ability to defend in such Proceeding or to obtain proceeds under any insurance policy is materially and adversely prejudiced thereby, and then only to the extent the Company is thereby actually so prejudiced.
               (b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 13(b) and of Section 13(c) below, the Company shall have the right to defend Indemnitee in any

8


 

Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification hereunder; provided, however, that the Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within 15 calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 13(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee or (iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 13(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee under Section 12 of this Agreement.
               (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Company Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that he may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 12(d) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.
     Section 14. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Subrogation.
               (a) The rights of indemnification and advance of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the declaration of trust or Bylaws of the Company, any agreement or a resolution of the shareholders entitled to vote generally in the election of trustees or of the Board of Trustees, or otherwise. Unless consented to in writing by Indemnitee, no amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Company Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal, regardless of whether a claim with respect to such action or inaction is raised prior or subsequent to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right or remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right or remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion of any right or remedy hereunder, or

9


 

otherwise, shall not prohibit the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
               (b) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
          Section 15. Insurance. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board of Trustees, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of his Company Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or advance of Expenses made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of his Company Status. Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in the previous sentence. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.
          Section 16. Coordination of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable or payable or reimbursable as Expenses hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.
          Section 17. Duration of Agreement; Binding Effect.
               (a) This Agreement shall continue until and terminate on the later of (i) the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Company or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company and (ii) the date that Indemnitee is no longer subject to any actual or possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement).

10


 

               (b) The indemnification and advance of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.
               (c) The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
               (d) The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may enforce this Agreement by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he may be entitled. Indemnitee shall further be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertakings in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that, in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking.
          Section 18. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

11


 

          Section 19. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. One such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought shall be sufficient to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
          Section 20. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
          Section 21. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
          Section 22. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:
               (a) If to Indemnitee, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto.
               (b) If to the Company, to:
Chatham Lodging Trust
50 Cocoanut Row, Suite 200
Palm Beach, FL 33480
or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.
          Section 23. Governing Law. The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws rules.
          Section 24. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

12


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
                 
    CHATHAM LODGING TRUST:    
 
               
             
 
               
 
  By:            
             
 
  Name:            
 
  Title:            
 
               
    INDEMNITEE:    
 
               
         
 
  Name:            
 
  Address:            

 


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF UNDERTAKING TO REPAY EXPENSES ADVANCED
The Board of Trustees of Chatham Lodging Trust
     Re: Undertaking to Repay Expenses Advanced
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     This undertaking is being provided pursuant to that certain Indemnification Agreement dated the ___ day of                               , 20___, by and between Chatham Lodging Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “Company”), and the undersigned Indemnitee (the “Indemnification Agreement”), pursuant to which I am entitled to advance of Expenses in connection with [Description of Proceeding] (the “Proceeding”).
     Terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings specified in the Indemnification Agreement.
     I am subject to the Proceeding by reason of my Company Status or by reason of alleged actions or omissions by me in such capacity. I hereby affirm my good belief that at all times, insofar as I was involved as [a trustee] [and] [an officer] of the Company, in any of the facts or events giving rise to the Proceeding, I (1) did not act with bad faith or active or deliberate dishonesty, (2) did not receive any improper personal benefit in money, property or services and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that any act or omission by me was unlawful.
     In consideration of the advance of Expenses by the Company for reasonable attorneys’ fees and related Expenses incurred by me in connection with the Proceeding (the “Advanced Expenses”), I hereby agree that if, in connection with the Proceeding, it is established that (1) an act or omission by me was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (a) was committed in bad faith or (b) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty or (2) I actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services or (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, I had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful, then I shall promptly reimburse the portion of the Advanced Expenses relating to the claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which the foregoing findings have been established.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have executed this Affirmation and Undertaking on this ___day of                                         , 20___.
                                                                                 

 

exv10w6
Exhibit 10.6
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
UNIT VESTING AGREEMENT
Under the Chatham Lodging Trust
Equity Incentive Plan
(Officers and Employees)
         
Name of Grantee:
       
No. of LTIP Units:
 
 
   
Grant Date:
 
 
   
Final Acceptance Date:
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
     Pursuant to the Chatham Lodging Trust Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as amended through the date hereof and the Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated ___, 2010 (the “Partnership Agreement”), of Chatham Lodging, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), Chatham Lodging Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust and the general partner of the Partnership (the “Company”), and for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Partnership in a partner capacity or in anticipation of being a partner, hereby grants to the Grantee named above an Other Equity-Based Award (as defined in the Plan) (an “Award”) in the form of, and by causing the Partnership to issue to the Grantee named above, a number of LTIP Units (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) specified above having the rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption and conversion set forth herein and in the Partnership Agreement. Upon acceptance of this Long Term Incentive Plan Unit Vesting Agreement (this “Agreement”), the Grantee shall receive, effective as of the Closing Date (as defined below), the number of LTIP Units specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Partnership Agreement.
     1. Acceptance of Agreement. The Grantee shall have no rights with respect to this Agreement unless he or she shall have accepted this Agreement prior to the close of business on the Final Acceptance Date specified above by (i) signing and delivering to the Partnership a copy of this Agreement and (ii) unless the Grantee is already a Limited Partner (as defined in the Partnership Agreement), signing, as a Limited Partner, and delivering to the Partnership a counterpart signature page to the Partnership Agreement (attached hereto as Annex A). Upon acceptance of this Agreement by the Grantee, the Partnership Agreement shall be amended to reflect the issuance to the Grantee of the LTIP Units so accepted, effective as of the Closing Date. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a Limited Partner of the Partnership with respect to the number of LTIP Units specified above, as set forth in the Partnership Agreement, subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Section 2 below.


 

     2. Restrictions and Conditions.
          (a) The records of the Partnership evidencing the LTIP Units granted herein shall bear an appropriate legend, as determined by the Partnership in its sole discretion, to the effect that such LTIP Units are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Partnership Agreement.
          (b) LTIP Units granted herein may not be sold, transferred, pledged, exchanged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.
          (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, any LTIP Units subject to this Award that have not become vested on or before the date that the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates (as defined in the Plan) terminates shall be forfeited as of the date that such employment terminates.
     3. Vesting of LTIP Units. The restrictions and conditions in Section 2 of this Agreement shall lapse with respect to the number of LTIP Units specified below on the Vesting Dates specified below, so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or an Affiliate from the Closing Date until such Vesting Date or Dates.
     
Number of    
LTIP Units Vested   Vesting Dates
                    
                      , 20___
                    
                      , 20___
                    
                      , 20___
                    
                      , 20___
                    
                      , 20___
     Subsequent to such Vesting Date or Dates, the LTIP Units on which all restrictions and conditions have lapsed shall no longer be deemed restricted.
     4. Acceleration of Vesting in Special Circumstances. All restrictions on all LTIP Units subject to this Award shall be deemed waived by the Committee (as defined in the Plan) and all LTIP Units granted hereby shall automatically become fully vested on the date specified below if the Grantee remains in the continuous employ of the Company or an Affiliate on such date:
          (a) the date that the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Affiliates ends on account of the Grantee’s termination of employment by the Company without Cause (as defined below);
          (b) the date that the Grantee’s employment ends on account of the Grantee’s death or total and permanent disability (as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)); or

2


 

          (c) on the date of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan).
     For purposes of the Award, the term “Cause” means the termination of the Grantee’s employment by act of the Company’s Board of Trustees on account of (i) (x) the Grantee’s failure to perform a material duty or the Grantee’s material breach of an obligation set forth in the Employment Agreement between the Grantee and the Company, dated as of                     , 2010, or a breach of a material and written Company policy or a breach of the Covenant Not to Compete between the Grantee and the Company, dated as of                     , 2010, in all cases other than by reason of mental or physical illness or injury, (y) that is described in a written notice from the Board of Trustees and (z) that is not cured, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board of Trustees, within thirty (30) days after such notice is received by the Grantee, (ii) the Grantee’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendre to, a felony or crime involving moral turpitude or (iii) an act or failure to act by the Grantee which in either case constitutes fraud involving assets of the Company, dishonesty involving assets of the Company or that is significantly detrimental to the business reputation of the Company.
     5. Merger-Related Action. In contemplation of and subject to the consummation of a consolidation or merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in which outstanding common shares are exchanged for securities, cash, or other property of an unrelated corporation or business entity or in the event of a liquidation of the Company (in each case, a “Transaction”), the Board of Trustees of the Company, or the board of trustees or directors of any corporation assuming the obligations of the Company (the “Acquiror”), may, in its discretion, take any one or more of the following actions, as to the outstanding LTIP Units subject to this Award: (i) provide that such LTIP Units shall be assumed or equivalent awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding entity (or an affiliate thereof), and/or (ii) upon prior written notice to the LTIP Unitholders (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) of not less than 30 days, provide that such LTIP Units shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the Transaction. The right to take such actions (each, a “Merger-Related Action”) shall be subject to the following limitations and qualifications:
          (a) if all LTIP Units awarded to the Grantee hereunder are eligible, as of the time of the Merger-Related Action, for conversion into Common Units (as defined and in accordance with the Partnership Agreement) and the Grantee is afforded the opportunity to effect such conversion and receive, in consideration for the Common Units into which his LTIP Units shall have been converted, the same kind and amount of consideration as other holders of Common Units in connection with the Transaction, then Merger-Related Action of the kind specified in (i) or (ii) above shall be permitted and available to the Company and the Acquiror;
          (b) if some or all of the LTIP Units awarded to the Grantee hereunder are not, as of the time of the Merger-Related Action, so eligible for conversion into Common Units (in accordance with the Partnership Agreement), and the acquiring or succeeding entity is itself, or has a subsidiary which is organized as a partnership or limited liability company (consisting of a so-called “UPREIT” or other structure substantially similar in purpose or effect to that of the Company and the Partnership), then Merger-Related Action of the kind specified in clause (i) of this Section 5 above must be taken by the Acquiror with respect to all LTIP Units subject to this Award which are not so convertible at the time, whereby all such LTIP Units covered by this Award shall be assumed by the acquiring or succeeding entity, or equivalent awards shall be

3


 

substituted by the acquiring or succeeding entity, and the acquiring or succeeding entity shall preserve with respect to the assumed LTIP Units or any securities to be substituted for such LTIP Units, as far as reasonably possible under the circumstances, the distribution, special allocation, conversion and other rights set forth in the Partnership Agreement for the benefit of the LTIP Unitholders; and
          (c) if some or all of the LTIP Units awarded to the Grantee hereunder are not, as of the time of the Merger-Related Action, so eligible for conversion into Common Units (in accordance with the Partnership Agreement), and after exercise of reasonable commercial efforts the Company or the Acquiror is unable to treat the LTIP Units in accordance with Section 5(b), then Merger-Related Action of the kind specified in clause (ii) of this Section 5 above must be taken by the Company or the Acquiror, in which case such action shall be subject to a provision that the settlement of the terminated award of LTIP Units which are not convertible into Common Units requires a payment of the same kind and amount of consideration payable in connection with the Transaction to a holder of the number of Common Units into which the LTIP Units to be terminated could be converted or, if greater, the consideration payable to holders of the number of common shares into which such Common Units could be exchanged (including the right to make elections as to the type of consideration) if the Transaction were of a nature that permitted a revaluation of the Grantee’s capital account balance under the terms of the Partnership Agreement, as determined by the Committee in good faith in accordance with the Plan.
     6. Distributions. Distributions on the LTIP Units shall be paid currently to the Grantee in accordance with the terms of the Partnership Agreement. The right to distributions set forth in this Section 6 shall be deemed a Dividend Equivalent Right for purposes of the Plan.
     7. Incorporation of Plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.
     8. Covenants. The Grantee hereby covenants as follows:
          (a) So long as the Grantee holds any LTIP Units, the Grantee shall disclose to the Partnership in writing such information as may be reasonably requested with respect to ownership of LTIP Units as the Partnership may deem reasonably necessary to ascertain and to establish compliance with provisions of the Code applicable to the Partnership or to comply with requirements of any other appropriate taxing authority.
          (b) The Grantee hereby agrees to make an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to the LTIP Units awarded hereunder, and has delivered with this Agreement a completed, executed copy of the election form attached hereto as Annex B. The Grantee agrees to file the election (or to permit the Partnership to file such election on the Grantee’s behalf) within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date with the IRS Service Center at which such Grantee files his personal income tax returns, and to file a copy of such election with the Grantee’s U.S.

4


 

federal income tax return for the taxable year in which the LTIP Units are awarded to the Grantee.
          (c) The Grantee hereby agrees that it does not have the intention to dispose of the LTIP Units subject to this Award within two years of receipt of such LTIP Units. The Partnership and the Grantee hereby agree to treat the Grantee as the owner of the LTIP Units from the Grant Date. The Grantee hereby agrees to take into account the distributive share of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction, and credit associated with the LTIP Units in computing the Grantee’s income tax liability for the entire period during which the Grantee has the LTIP Units.
          (d) The Grantee hereby recognizes that the IRS has proposed regulations under Sections 83 and 704 of the Code that may affect the proper treatment of the LTIP Units for federal tax purposes. In the event that those proposed regulations are finalized, the Grantee hereby agrees to cooperate with the Partnership in amending this Agreement and the Partnership Agreement, and to take such other action as may be required, to conform to such regulations.
          (e) The Grantee hereby recognizes that the U.S. Congress is considering legislation that would change the federal tax consequences of owning and disposing of LTIP Units.
     9. Transferability. This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, without the prior written consent of the Company.
     10. Amendment. The Grantee acknowledges that the Plan may be amended or terminated in accordance with Article XV thereof and that this Agreement may be amended or canceled by the Committee, on behalf of the Partnership, for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, provided that no such action shall adversely affect the Grantee’s rights under this Agreement without the Grantee’s written consent. The provisions of Section 5 of this Agreement applicable to the termination of the LTIP Units covered by this Award in connection with a Transaction (as defined in Section 5 of this Agreement) shall apply, mutatis mutandi to amendments, discontinuance or cancellation pursuant to this Section 10 or the Plan.
     11. No Obligation to Continue Employment. Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.
     12. Notices. Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Partnership at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Partnership or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

5


 

     13. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles. The parties agree that any action or proceeding arising directly, indirectly or otherwise in connection with, out of , related to or from this Agreement, any breach hereof or any action covered hereby, shall be resolved within the State of Delaware and the parties hereto consent and submit to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located within the District of Delaware. The parties hereto further agree that any such action or proceeding brought by either party to enforce any right, assert any claim, obtain any relief whatsoever in connection with this Agreement shall be brought by such party exclusively in federal or state courts located within the District of Delaware.
     14. Closing Date. As used herein, “Closing Date” shall mean the date of closing of the initial public offering of common shares of beneficial interest of Chatham Lodging Trust.
[Remainder of page left blank intentionally]

6


 

             
    CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
      a Maryland real estate investment trust
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
 
      Date:    
 
           
    CHATHAM LODGING, L.P.
      a Delaware limited partnership
 
           
 
  By:   CHATHAM LODGING TRUST,    
 
        general partner    
 
           
 
     
 
Name:
   
 
      Title:    
 
      Date:    
     The foregoing agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the Grantee.
                 
Date:
               
 
 
 
     
 
Grantee’s Signature
   
 
               
 
          Grantee’s name and address:    
 
               
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
         
 
   

 


 

ANNEX A
FORM OF LIMITED PARTNER SIGNATURE PAGE
     The Grantee desiring to become one of the within named Limited Partners of Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the “Partnership”), hereby becomes a party to the Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Partnership Agreement”) of Chatham Lodging, L.P. by and among Chatham Lodging Trust, as general partner (the “General Partner”), and the Limited Partners, effective as of the Closing Date (as defined in the Long Term Incentive Plan Unit Vesting Agreement, dated                     , among the Grantee, the Partnership, and the General Partner). The Grantee agrees to be bound by the Partnership Agreement. The Grantee also agrees that this signature page may be attached to, and hereby authorizes the General Partner to attach this signature page to, any counterpart of the Partnership Agreement.
                 
Date:
               
 
 
 
     
 
Signature of Limited Partner
   
 
               
 
          Limited Partner’s name and address:    
 
               
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
         
 
   

 


 

ANNEX B
ELECTION TO INCLUDE IN GROSS INCOME IN YEAR OF
TRANSFER OF PROPERTY PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(b)
OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE
     The undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:
  1.   The name, address and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are: Name:                      (the “Taxpayer”)
                 
 
  Address:            
             
 
               
             
 
               
             
 
               
    Social security number:        
 
         
 
   
  2.   Description of property with respect to which the election is being made:
 
      The election is being made with respect to                      LTIP Units in Chatham Lodging, L.P. (the “Partnership”).
 
  3.   The date on which the LTIP Units were transferred is                      ___, 20___. The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year 20___.
 
  4.   Nature of restrictions to which the LTIP Units are subject:
  (a)   The LTIP Units are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and are nontransferable on the date of transfer.
 
  (b)   The Taxpayer’s LTIP Units vest and become transferable based on the Taxpayer’s continued employment.
  5.   The fair market value at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than restrictions which by their terms will never lapse) of the LTIP Units with respect to which this election is being made was $0 per LTIP Unit.
 
  6.   The amount paid by the Taxpayer for the LTIP Units was $0 per LTIP Unit.

 


 

  7.   A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Partnership and to its general partner, Chatham Lodging Trust.
                 
Dated:
                       ___, 20___            
           
 
Signature of the Taxpayer
   
 
               
 
          Taxpayer’s name and address:    
 
 
               
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
         
 
   
     The undersigned hereby consents to the making, by the undersigned’s spouse, of the foregoing election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.
                 
Dated:
               
 
 
 
     
 
Signature of the Taxpayer’s Spouse
   
 
               
 
          Spouse’s name and address:    
 
 
               
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
         
 
   

 


 

Schedule to Section 83(b) Election-Vesting Provisions of LTIP Units
     The LTIP Units are subject to time-based vesting with 20% vesting on                     , 20___, 20% vesting on                     , 20___, 20% vesting on                     , 20___, 20% vesting on                     , 20___, and 20% vesting on                     , 20___, subject to acceleration in the event of certain extraordinary transactions or termination of the Taxpayer’s employment for cause in certain circumstances. Unvested LTIP Units are subject to forfeiture in the event of the termination of the Taxpayer’s employment with Chatham Lodging Trust or its affiliates in certain circumstances.

 

exv10w7
Exhibit 10.7
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
Share Award Agreement
     THIS SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of the ___day of January, 2010, governs the Share Award granted by CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a Maryland real estate investment trust (the “Company”), to                                          (the “Participant”), in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Company’s Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). A copy of the Plan has been made available to the Participant. All terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Plan have the same meaning given them in the Plan.
     1. Grant of Share Award. In accordance with the Plan, and effective as of January ___, 2010 (the “Date of Grant”), the Company granted to the Participant, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, a Share Award of [   ] Common Shares (the “Share Award”).
     2. Vesting. The Participant’s interest in the Common Shares covered by the Share Award shall become vested and nonforfeitable to the extent provided in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) below.
          (a) Continued Service on Board. The Participant’s interest in one-third of the Common Shares covered by the Share Award shall become vested and nonforfeitable on the first anniversary of the Date of Grant if the Participant serves continuously as a member of the Board from the Date of Grant until the first anniversary of the Date of Grant. The Participant’s interest in an additional one-third of the Common Shares covered by the Share Award shall become vested and nonforfeitable on the second anniversary of the Date of Grant if the Participant serves continuously as a member of the Board from the Date of Grant until the second anniversary of the Date of Grant. The Participant’s interest in the remaining one-third of the Common Shares shall become vested and nonforfeitable on the third anniversary of the Date of Grant if the Participant serves continuously as a member of the Board from the Date of Grant until the third anniversary of the Date of Grant.
          (b) Change in Control. The Participant’s interest in all of the Common Shares covered by the Share Award (if not sooner vested), shall become vested and nonforfeitable on a Control Change Date if the Participant serves continuously as a member of the Board from the Date of Grant until the Control Change Date.
          (c) Death or Disability. The Participant’s interest in all of the Common Shares covered by the Share Award (if not sooner vested), shall become vested and nonforfeitable on the date that the Participant’s service as a member of the Board ends if (i) the Participant’s service on the Board ends on account of the Participant’s death or permanent and total disability (as defined in section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended)

 


 

and (ii) the Participant serves continuously as a member of the Board from the Date of Grant until the date of such cessation of Board service.
Except as provided in this Section 2, any Common Shares covered by the Share Award that are not vested and nonforfeitable on or before the date that the Participant’s service on the Board ends shall be forfeited on the date that such service terminates.
     3. Transferability. Common Shares covered by the Share Award that have not become vested and nonforfeitable as provided in Section 2 cannot be transferred. Common Shares covered by the Share Award may be transferred, subject to the requirements of applicable securities laws, after they become vested and nonforfeitable as provided in Section 2.
     4. Shareholder Rights. On and after the Date of Grant and prior to their forfeiture, the Participant shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Common Shares covered by the Share Award, including the right to vote the shares and to receive, free of all restrictions, all dividends declared and paid on the shares. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Company shall retain custody of the certificates evidencing the Common Shares covered by the Share Award until the date that the Common Shares become vested and nonforfeitable and the Participant hereby appoints the Company’s Secretary as the Participant’s attorney in fact, with full power of substitution, with the power to transfer to the Company and cancel any Common Shares covered by the Share Award that are forfeited under Section 2.
     5. No Right to Continued Service. The grant of the Share Award does not give the Participant any rights with respect to continuing to serve on the Board.
     6. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland except to the extent that Maryland law would require the application of the laws of another State.
     7. Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant and this Agreement, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. All references herein to the Plan shall mean the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant.
     8. Participant Bound by Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges that a copy of the Plan has been made available to the Participant and the Participant agrees to be bound by all the terms and provisions of the Plan.
     9. Binding Effect. Subject to the limitations stated above and in the Plan, this Agreement shall be binding upon the Participant and his or her successors in interest and the Company and any successors of the Company.
[Signature page follows.]

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
                 
CHATHAM LODGING TRUST       [NAME OF PARTICIPANT]    
 
               
By:
               
 
 
 
     
 
   
Title:
               
 
               

 

exv10w8
Exhibit 10.8
FIRST AMENDMENT TO PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT
AND ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
     This FIRST AMENDMENT TO PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT AND ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS (“First Amendment”) is dated as of this 24th day of December, 2009 and is made by and between each of the parties named on Exhibit A hereto (each, individually, “Seller” and, collectively, “Sellers”), and CHATHAM LODGING TRUST, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“Purchaser”).
RECITALS
     A. Sellers and Purchaser have entered into that certain Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions, dated as of November 16, 2009 (the “Agreement”).
     B. Sellers and Purchasers now desire to amend a provision of the Agreement.
     C. All capitalized terms used in this First Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Article I of the Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, including the promises, covenants, representations and warranties hereinafter set forth, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties, intending to be legally and equitably bound, agree as follows.
     1. In the third sentence of Section 4.4.1 of the Agreement, the words: “within three (3) days” are hereby deleted and the words: “by 5:00 pm EST on December 30, 2009” are substituted in lieu therefor.
     2. As amended hereby, the Agreement is hereby restated and reaffirmed.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be executed as of the 24th day of December, 2009.
         
 
  SELLERS:

RLJ BILLERICA HOTEL, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.    
    Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.   
    President   
 

1


 

Exhibit 10.8
[Signatures continued on next page.]
         
  RLJ BLOOMINGTON HOTEL, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.    
    Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.   
    President   
 
  RLJ BRENTWOOD HOTEL, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.    
    Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.   
    President   
 
  RLJ DALLAS HOTEL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
By:  RLJ Dallas Hotel Gen-Par, L.L.C.  
 
    General Partner   
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.    
    Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.   
 
  RLJ FARMINGTON HOTEL, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.    
    Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.   
    President   
 
  RLJ MAITLAND HOTEL, L.L.C.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.    
    Thomas J. Baltimore, Jr.   
    President   
 
  PURCHASER:

CHATHAM LODGING TRUST
 
 
  By:   /s/ Jeffrey H. Fisher    
    Name:   Jeffrey H. Fisher   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer   
 

2


 

EXHIBIT “A”
PROPERTIES AND SELLERS
         
PROPERTY        
NUMBER   PROPERTY NAME AND ADDRESS   SELLER
1
  Homewood Suites   RLJ Billerica Hotel, L.L.C.
 
  35 Middlesex Turnpike    
 
  Billerica, Massachusetts 01821    
 
       
2
  Homewood Suites   RLJ Bloomington Hotel, L.L.C.
 
  2261 Killebrew Drive    
 
  Bloomington, Minnesota 55425    
 
       
3
  Homewood Suites   RLJ Brentwood Hotel, L.L.C.
 
  5107 Peter Taylor Park    
 
  Brentwood, Tennessee 37027    
 
       
4
  Homewood Suites   RLJ Dallas Hotel Limited Partnership
 
  2747 North Stemmons Freeway    
 
  Dallas, Texas 75207    
 
       
5
  Homewood Suites   RLJ Farmington Hotel, L.L.C.
 
  2 Farm Glen Boulevard    
 
  Farmington, Connecticut 06032    

3


 

         
PROPERTY        
NUMBER   PROPERTY NAME AND ADDRESS   SELLER
6
  Homewood Suites   RLJ Maitland Hotel, L.L.C.
 
  290 Southhall Lane    
 
  Maitland, Florida 32751    

4

exv10w9
Exhibit 10.9
(ISLAND HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT)
HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
     THIS HOTEL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into this ___day of ___2010 (“Effective Date”) by and between [Chatham Lodging Trust TRS Subsidiary] (“Lessee”), a ___, with a principal place of business at                                                             , and Island Hospitality Management II, Inc. (“Manager”), a Florida corporation with a principal place of business at 50 Cocoanut Row, Suite 200, Palm Beach, Florida 33480.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT
     A. Lessee is the lessee of the Hotel pursuant to the Lease, as well as party to a Franchise Agreement governing the operation of the Hotel, all as described and identified in Schedule I hereto.
     B. Manager is an independent contractor engaged in the management of hotels throughout the United States, and Manager is experienced in the various phases of hotel operations.
     C. Lessee desires to utilize the services and experience of Manager in connection with the operation of the Hotel, and Manager desires to render such services, all upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
     D. Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows.
ARTICLE 1
APPOINTMENT AND TERM
     1.01. Appointment. Lessee hereby appoints Manager as the exclusive manager of the Hotel with the right and obligation to direct, supervise, manage, and operate the Hotel on the terms set forth herein throughout the entire duration of the Term. Manager hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to direct, supervise, manage, and operate the Hotel on the terms set forth herein throughout the entire duration of the Term.
     A. Term. Subject to the early termination rights of the parties as set forth herein, the initial term of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”) will commence at 12:01 A.M. on the date identified on Schedule I (the “Commencement Date”) and continue for sixty (60) calendar months following the first full month of operations, and terminate at 11:59 on the last day of the month at the conclusion of said period (the “Initial Term Expiration Date”). Unless Manager otherwise provides written notice to Lessee by not later than ninety (90) days prior to the any Term Expiration Date, and provided that Manager is not in default hereunder, the Initial Term shall automatically be extended for up to two (2) extension terms (each, an “Extension Term”) of similar duration. The Initial Term and any Extension Term may be collectively referred to herein as the “Term.”
     B. Early Termination by Lessee for Cause. Notwithstanding the given duration of the Term, Lessee may terminate this Agreement for cause as follows.
     1) Expense Test Failure. If, as of the end of any Fiscal Year during the Term, other than the partial Fiscal Year of the Initial Term, Manager exceeds the aggregate expenses budgeted for the Hotel as set forth in the Annual Plan for such Fiscal Year by an amount greater than or equal to five percent (5%), except as may be necessitated by Force Majeure, then there shall be an “Expense Test Failure” under this Agreement. The existence of an Expense Test Failure for any Fiscal Year shall be determined on the basis of the annual reports to be furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(A) of this Agreement.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 1 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
     2) Market Decline Failure. If, as of the end of any Fiscal Year during the Term, other than the partial Fiscal Year of the Initial Term, (i) the RevPar Yield Index of the Hotel shall be more than fifteen (15) percentage points (the “Decline Percentage”) below ___% (i.e., the Hotel’s RevPar Yield Index as of the Effective Date of this Agreement) (the “RevPar Index Baseline”) and (ii) the RevPar Yield Index shall be below ninety-five percent (95%), such combined decline shall constitute a “Market Decline Failure” under this Agreement. As used herein, “RevPar Yield Index” when used with respect to the Hotel, shall mean the percentage amount obtained by dividing the RevPar of the Hotel by the RevPar of the Competitive Set, with the term “RevPar” having the meaning ascribed to it in the Smith Travel Trends Report, Star Report, produced by Smith Travel Research. Lessee and Manager shall work in good faith to determine any additions and deletions to the Hotel’s Competitive Set, and any resulting resetting of the RevPar Index Baseline as necessary to reflect any such changed circumstances, on or before December 15 of each Fiscal Year, with such changes to be applicable to the following Fiscal Year. In the event Lessee and Manager cannot agree to the Hotel’s Competitive Set or the RevPar Index Baseline changes by December 15 of any Fiscal Year, such disputed items shall be determined by Smith Travel Research, or, if it refuses or is unable to do so, by arbitration as provided herein. The costs of resetting the Hotel’s Competitive Set or RevPar Index Baseline shall be borne equally by the parties. The existence of a Market Decline Failure shall be determined on the basis of the Star Report which contains a full calendar year calculation of the RevPar Yield Index of the Hotel. If the Star Report is no longer published or does not contain sufficient information for the determination of a Market Decline, the existence of a Market Decline Failure shall be instead determined using the methodology employed by the Star Report, from information on the RevPar Yield Index of the Hotel contained in any other publication reasonably selected by Lessee and recognized by the hotel industry as being an authoritative source of such information, or if no such publication exists, from an analysis of the RevPar Yield Index of the Hotel conducted at the joint expense of the parties by a nationally recognized accounting firm or other mutually agreeable entity with a hospitality division of which neither Lessee nor any affiliate of Lessee, nor Manager nor any affiliate of Manager, is a significant client. Lessee’s right to terminate this Agreement as a result of a Market Decline Failure shall be subject to Manager’s right to cure such Market Decline Failure with respect to the relevant Fiscal Year, by providing to Lessee, during the Notice Period, a cash payment equal to the difference between (a) Lessee’s Priority that would have been paid if the Gross Revenues for such Fiscal Year equaled the amount necessary to cause the RevPar Yield Index for the Fiscal Year to be ninety-five percent (95%), less (b) Lessee’s Priority paid for such Fiscal Year. Manager may only cure a Market Decline Failure (i) if it cures a Profit Decline Failure in the same Fiscal Year (ii) on account of two (2) Fiscal Years during the Initial Term, and, if applicable, one (1) Fiscal Year during any Extension Term.
     3) Profit Decline Failure. If, with respect to any Fiscal Year during the Term other than the partial Fiscal Year of the Initial Term, the ratio of Operating Profit to Gross Revenues (the “GOP Percentage”) is five (5) percentage points less than the ratio of Operating Profit to Gross Revenues actually achieved in the prior Fiscal Year (“Prior Year GOP Percentage”), such event shall constitute a “Profit Decline Failure” under this Agreement. The existence of a Profit Decline Failure shall be determined on the basis of the annual reports to be furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(A) of this Agreement. Lessee’s right to terminate this Agreement as a result of a Profit Decline Failure shall be subject to Manager’s right to cure the Profit Decline Failure with respect to the relevant Fiscal Year by providing to Lessee, during the Notice Period, a cash payment equal to fifty percent (50%) of the amount by which expenses would have had to be reduced in order to have produced a GOP Percentage five (5) percentage points less than the prior year GOP Percentage. Manager may only cure a Profit Decline Failure (i) if it cures a Market Decline Failure in the same Fiscal Year and (ii) on account of two (2) Fiscal Years during the Initial Term, and, if applicable, one (1) Fiscal Year during any Extension Term.
     4) Consecutive Uncured Failures. If during any two (2) consecutive Fiscal Years any two (or more) of the following occur: (1) an Expense Test Failure; (2) a Market Decline Failure; or (3) a Profit Decline Failure, and if Manager does not elect to avoid termination by curing the same as provided for herein (to the extent such cure applies) then Lessee shall have the right, at its sole option, to
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 2 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days’ notice (the “Notice Period”) to Manager, in which event Manager shall immediately surrender possession of the Hotel to Lessee (or its designee), and, if Manager fails to so surrender, Lessee shall have the right, without notice, to enter upon and take possession of the Hotel and to expel or remove Manager and its effects without being liable for prosecution or any claim for damages therefore. Manager shall, and hereby agrees, to indemnify Lessee for the total of: (1) in the event that Manager does not promptly surrender possession of the Hotel, the reasonable costs of recovering possession of the Hotel and all other losses, liabilities and reasonable expenses incurred by Lessee in connection with Manager’s failure to surrender; (2) the unpaid Available Cash Flow due to Lessee (or its designee) as of the date of termination, plus interest at the Overdue Rate accruing after the due date; and (3) all other sums of money then owed by Manager to Lessee hereunder. Lessee’s option to terminate this Agreement under this Section shall be exercised by serving written notice thereof on Manager within ninety (90) days after the later of: (A) the receipt by Lessee of the annual reports to be furnished pursuant to Section 5.03(A) of this Agreement for such second (2nd) consecutive Fiscal Year and (B) with respect to the Market Decline, the date of publication of information regarding the RevPar Index of the hotels within the Competitive Set, if applicable. Lessee’s failure to exercise its right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section shall not be deemed an estoppel or waiver of Lessee’s right to terminate this Agreement as to any other specific period of two (2) consecutive Fiscal Years to which this Section may apply.
     5) Exceptions for Unavoidable Occurrences. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Lessee’s right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 1.01.B. shall be eliminated with respect to any given Fiscal Year to the extent that the termination right is attributable to any of the following “Unavoidable Occurrences” (i) a Force Majeure Event; provided that the same materially and disproportionately impacts the Hotel as compared to other hotels in the Competitive Set: (ii) Major Capital Improvements at the Hotel which result in forty percent (40%) or more of the Hotel rooms being out of service for more than one hundred twenty (120) days; (iii) any taking by eminent domain which materially and adversely affects the Operating Profit of the Hotel; or (iv) failure by Lessee to provide capital as required by the terms of this Agreement.
     C. Early Termination Upon Sale. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may terminate this Agreement at any time upon: (i) a sale of the Hotel; or (ii) any sale or transfer of a majority of the beneficial interest of Lessee or Owner (provided that such sale or transfer is to a bona fide third party or parties and not to an Affiliate or Affiliates of either Lessee or Owner) by giving Manager not less than six (6) months’ prior written notice of its intent to terminate this Agreement for either of the foregoing reasons.
     1.03. Franchise Agreement. Subject to Lessee’s fulfillment of the obligations set forth in the second sentence of this Section 1.03 (to the extent that the same may apply), during the Term, the Hotel shall be managed and operated in strict compliance with the terms and conditions of the Franchise Agreement (including but not limited to all terms and conditions regarding confidentiality and operation of the Hotel), and Manager shall at all times comply with the Franchise Agreement and advise and assist Lessee in the performance and discharge of its covenants and obligations thereunder. Lessee shall comply with any capital expenditure, product improvement plan, operating standard changes or other requirements imposed from time to time by the Franchisor under the Franchise Agreement, the cost of which shall be paid in accordance with this Agreement. In the event of any conflicts between any provisions of this Agreement and the Franchise Agreement, the provision of the Franchise Agreement shall control. Lessee acknowledges that Franchisor shall have the right to communicate directly with Manager regarding day-to-day operation of the Hotel but copies of all written communications shall be promptly supplied to Lessee and Manager shall prepare and promptly submit summaries of all oral communications with Franchisor that occur regarding matters or policies respecting hotel operations or expenditures that under the terms of this Agreement require consultation with or the approval of Lessee or are otherwise material to the operation of the Hotel.
     1.04. Manager’s Representations and Covenants regarding Status as an Eligible Independent Contractor. Manager warrants and represents that as of the Effective Date, Manager qualifies as an “eligible independent contractor” as defined in Section 856(d)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). From the Commencement Date until the end of the Term, Manager covenants that it shall satisfy the following requirements:
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 3 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
     (i) Manager shall not permit wagering activities to be conducted at or in connection with the Hotel by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with the Hotel;
     (ii) Manager shall not own, actually or constructively (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code), more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the shares of beneficial interest of Chatham Lodging Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“Chatham”);
     (iii) No more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the ownership interest in Manager’s outstanding stock, assets or net profits shall be owned, actually or constructively (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code), by one or more persons owning, actually or constructively (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(5) of the Code), thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the outstanding shares or beneficial interest of Chatham; and
     (iv) Manager shall not sublet the Hotel or enter into any similar arrangement on any basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the sublessee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on either: (y) the net income or profits derived by the business activities of the sublessee; or (z) any other formula such that any portion of the rent would fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto.
     (v) Manager shall operate the Hotel such that more than one-half of the dwelling units in the Hotel shall be rented for occupancies of six (6) months or less in duration; and
     (vi) Manager shall be (or shall, within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(F) of the Code, be related to a person (a “Related Operator”) that is) actively engaged in the trade or business of operating “qualified lodging facilities” (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code) for a person who is not a “related person” within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(F) of the Code) with respect to Chatham or Lessee (“Unrelated Persons”).
     In order to meet the requirement in Section 1.04(vi), Manager agrees that for each calendar year it shall: (a) derive at least 10% of both its revenue and profit from operating “qualified lodging facilities” (within the meaning of Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code ) for Unrelated Persons; and (b) comply with any regulations or other administrative guidance under Section 856(d)(9) of the Code with respect to the amount of hotel management business with Unrelated Persons that is necessary to qualify as an “eligible independent contractor” with the meaning of such Code Section. For purposes of the calculation called for by clause (a) of the immediately preceding sentence, Manager may consolidate the operations of any Related Operators. A “qualified lodging facility,” as defined in Section 856(d)(9)(D) of the Code, means a “lodging facility” (defined below), unless wagering activities are conducted at or in connection with such facility by any person who is engaged in the business of accepting wagers and who is legally authorized to engage in such business at or in connection with such facility. A “lodging facility” is a hotel, motel or other establishment more than one-half of the dwelling units in which are used on a transient basis, and includes customary amenities and facilities operated as part of, or associated with, the lodging facility so long as such amenities and facilities are customary for other properties of a comparable size and class owned by other owners unrelated to Chatham.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 4 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
ARTICLE 2
HOTEL OPERATIONS
     2.01. Hotel Management Services. Manager shall provide the following management services throughout the Term, provided that Lessee provides sufficient and adequate funds as required by the terms of this Agreement.
     (A) Franchise Agreement. Manager shall manage and operate the Hotel in accordance with the requirements or the Franchise Agreement.
     (B) Managerial Tasks. Without limiting Section 2.01(A), Manager will perform those activities typically performed by management companies operating comparable facilities, including those activities set forth in Schedule II.
     (C) Establishment of Rates. Manager shall have the right to establish all prices, price schedules, rates and rate schedules, rents, lease charges, and concession charges, all within the parameters of the approved Annual Plan
     (D) Administration of Operating Contracts. Manager shall have the right to negotiate and enter into: (i) leases, licenses, and concession agreements for all public space at the Hotel, including all stores, office space, and lobby space; and (ii) service contracts required in the ordinary course of business in operating the Hotel (the “Operating Contracts”). All Operating Contracts shall be in Lessee’s name and may be executed by Manager on Lessee’s behalf as Lessee’s authorized representative; provided, however, that any Operating Contract subject to the Agreement Limitations set forth in Schedule I shall be subject to Lessee’s consent. Upon termination of this Agreement, Manager shall assign the Operating Contracts to Lessee or the successor manager (unless such assignment is prohibited by the terms thereof), who shall agree to assume liability thereunder. Manager shall sign such documents as are reasonably necessary to effectuate the assignment and assumption of the Operating Contracts, but Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of transferring any licenses or permits to Lessee or the successor manager.
     (E) Administration of Licenses and Permits. Manager shall obtain and maintain all licenses and permits required for the operation of the Hotel (the “Operating Licenses”). The Operating Licenses may be in either party’s name in accordance with or as required by local laws, customs and practices. Upon termination of this Agreement, and except as otherwise provided herein, Manager shall assign the Operating Licenses to Lessee or the successor manager (unless such assignment is prohibited by the terms thereof), who shall agree to assume liability thereunder. Manager shall sign such documents as are reasonably necessary to effectuate the assignment and assumption of the Operating Licenses, but Lessee shall be responsible for the cost of transferring any licenses or permits to Lessee or the successor manager.
     (F) Repairs and Maintenance. Manager shall keep the physical facility of the Hotel in good order and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Except as otherwise provided in the provisions of this Agreement pertaining to hazard insurance, condemnation proceeds, and Capital Replacements, Manager shall undertake necessary and appropriate maintenance, repairs, replacements, and improvements to the Hotel. Maintenance and repair costs shall be deemed an Operating Expense, provided that the same are not related to Capital Replacements, which shall be funded separately by Lessee. All repairs shall, to the extent reasonably achievable, be substantially equivalent in quality to the original work. Manager will not take or omit to take any action, the taking or omission of which might materially impair the value or the usefulness of the Hotel or any part thereof for its Primary Intended Use. Manager shall maintain accurate records of all repair and maintenance activities.
     (F) Cleanliness. Manager shall maintain the Hotel (interior and exterior), including all public and back of the house areas, at a high level of cleanliness in accordance with the brand standards of Franchisor.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 5 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
     2.02. Employees.
     (A) General Manager and Other Employees. Manager shall select a general manager for the Hotel, provided that Manager’s selection shall be subject to Lessee’s approval. Manager will select all other department heads for the Hotel as well as all other personnel which Manager determines in its reasonable discretion to be necessary for the operation of the Hotel (collectively “Employees”). The general manager approved by Lessee may not be transferred to another hotel or similar property managed by Manager which is not owned or leased by an affiliate of Lessee, unless such transfer is first approved by Lessee, provided that the same shall not be unreasonably withheld.
     (B) Terms of Employment. Manager shall establish and implement the terms of employment for all Employees, including but not limited to compensation, bonuses, fringe benefits, discharge, and replacement. Each Employee shall be the employee of Manager and not of Lessee, and every person performing services in connection with this Agreement shall be acting as an employee of and shall be on the payroll of Manager (or an Affiliate of Manager) and not of Lessee (or any Affiliate of Lessee). Employee wages and related costs shall be funded from Gross Revenues or other funds in the Hotel Accounts, and the same shall be treated as an Operating Expense. In the event that Gross Revenues or funds in the Hotel Account(s) are insufficient to meet such obligations, then Lessee shall, immediately upon Manager’s demand therefor, fund the same by wire transfer. Lessee shall defend, indemnify, and hold Manager harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, or liabilities which may arise as a result of any failure or refusal to provide such funds. The obligations set forth in the foregoing sentence shall survive any termination of this Agreement.
     (C) Benefits Program. Manager shall enroll the Employees in Manager’s employee benefits program (the “Benefits Program”). Manager will administer the Benefits Program in the same manner that it administers the Benefits Program at the other hotels it operates, subject to local laws, customs and practices. The Hotel will be charged as an Operating Expense the cost of such Benefits Program under the same formula used to calculate the cost charged to other hotels managed by Manager.
     (D) Labor Relations. Manager shall respond to organizational efforts by unions and shall negotiate and implement collective bargaining agreements with such unions on Lessee’s behalf. With respect to Manager’s employees, Manager will control the terms of any union agreements and will not be required to take actions which will unreasonably increase Manager’s liabilities hereunder. Upon termination of this Agreement, Lessee will assume Manager’s obligations under any such collective bargaining agreements with respect to the Hotel.
     (E) Employee Claims. Manager shall pay from its own funds, and not from Gross Revenues, for any employment practices claim which is: (i) directly attributable to a substantial violation on Manager’s behalf of the standards of responsible employment practices as generally practiced by operators of similar hotels in the general geographic area of the Hotel; and (ii) the direct result of corporate policies of Manager that either encourage or fail to discourage the conduct which gave rise to such claim and is not the isolated act of an individual employee. Manager shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lessee from and against any fines or judgments arising out of such conduct, and all litigation expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with such a claim. All other such claims shall be accounted for as Operating Expenses.
ARTICLE 3
ANNUAL PLAN AND MARKETING PLAN
     3.01. Preparation and Submission. Manager will submit to Lessee, for its approval, by not later than the dates indicated below (unless otherwise agreed by the parties) the proposed annual plan for the Hotel (the “Annual Plan”), as well as a marketing plan (the “Marketing Plan”). Manager shall submit to Lessee by no later than thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date of this Agreement for the first partial Operating Year and by no later than November 1 of each following Operating Year a draft of the Marketing Plan. Lessee acknowledges that the marketing plan for the first partial Operating Year shall not be a new plan but shall be
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 6 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
a copy of the Marketing Plan in effect as of the Commencement Date. Manager shall submit to Lessee by no later than thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date for the first partial Operating Year and by no later than December 1 of each following Operating Year, a statement of the estimated Gross Revenues, Operating Expenses and Gross Operating Profit for the next Operating Year, including Manager’s good faith reasonable assumptions as to payroll costs, room rates and occupancies, which will reflect the estimated results of the operation during each month of the Operating Year (the “Preliminary Operating Budget”). By no later than February 15 of each following Operating Year, Manager shall submit a revised and trued statement which takes into account Hotel operations for the prior month of December (the “Final Operating Budget”). If requested by Lessee, the Annual Plan for each Operating Year shall include Manager’s recommended outlays for the renovation and improvement of the Hotel, including the acquisition of fixed assets such furnishings, fixtures and equipment, as well as any other recommended capital expenditures (the “Capital Plan”), provided that the costs of preparing any Capital Plan shall be deemed an Operating Expense.
     In preparing all budgets and forecasts and the estimated profit and loss statements comprising the Annual Plan, Manager will use its good faith reasonable judgment and will base its estimates upon the most recent and reliable information available, taking into account the location of the Hotel and Manager’s experience in hotel operations. Manager expressly disclaims any warranty of or representations as to any results of operations of the Hotel or achievement of the goals of the Annual Plan.
     3.02. Lessee’s Approval. Within thirty (30) days following submission of any components of the Annual Plan to Lessee, Lessee shall give Manager written notice either: (a) that Lessee approves such component of the Annual Plan; or (b) indicating with reasonable specificity the respects in which Lessee objects to such component of the Annual Plan; provided, however, that Lessee’s approval rights shall not apply with respect to non-discretionary budget items. In the latter event, Lessee and Manager shall act promptly, reasonably, and in good faith resolve Lessee’s objections. In the event that Lessee and Manager fail to reach agreement with respect to any material component of the Operating Budget or Annual Plan within thirty (30) days after receipt of Lessee’s written notice, the same shall be resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution procedures provided herein. Pending the results of such arbitration or the earlier agreement of the parties, (i) as to any matters in the Final Operating Budget or Annual Plan which have not been agreed upon, the Hotel will be operated in a manner reflecting the prior Operating Year’s actual results adjusted by multiplying said number by the number obtained by dividing the average CPI for the twelve months ended on September 30 of the most recently completed Operating Year by the average CPI for the twelve months ended on September 30 of the prior Operating year, until a new Operating Budget is adopted. In the event Lessee fails to deliver the notice set forth in this Section 3.02 within the required time period, the component of the Annual Plan at issue shall be deemed approved.
     3.03. Compliance with Annual Plan. Manager will use good faith reasonable efforts to comply with and operate the Hotel in accordance with the approved Annual Plan and will not incur any material additional expense, nor shall Manager materially change the manner of operation of the Hotel, without the written approval of Lessee, except in the event of an emergency as provided in Section 3.05 hereof.
     3.04. Agreement Limitations. Except as provided in Section 2.01, Manager will not enter into any commitment on behalf of Lessee requiring payments of amounts in excess of the amount set forth on Schedule I or requiring performance over a time period in excess of the period set forth on Schedule I without the prior written approval of Lessee. Manager shall make no payments to its Affiliates as Operating Expenses hereunder unless expressly set forth in the Operating Budget or otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by Lessee in advance, in either case, after full written disclosure by Manager to Lessee of the affiliation, competitive pricing, and any other related information requested by Lessee. Manager may provide Hotel rooms at the Hotel on a complimentary basis without charge or other consideration to employees of Manager or its Affiliates visiting the Hotel from outside the area in which the Hotel is located
     3.05. Emergencies. The limitations of Section 3.04 shall not apply to emergency repairs or emergency actions. For the purposes of this Section 3.05, an emergency means an unforeseen circumstance (including any unforeseen or unknown legal requirements, provided that such requirements would not be reasonably foreseeable or unknown to a prudent, experienced management company similarly situated to Manager and
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 7 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
possessing a high degree of management experience) that in the opinion of Manager requires immediate action which cannot be delayed in order to minimize damage to the Hotel or injury to any person or property, provided that Manager shall give Lessee immediate notice of any such emergency action.
ARTICLE 4
HOTEL ACCOUNTS; MAINTENANCE OF MINIMUM BALANCE
     4.01. Hotel Bank Accounts. Manager will select all banks with which the Hotel will conduct its various banking affairs, subject however, to Lessee’s approval. Manager will have no liability for any loss to Lessee as a result of any bank insolvency or failure or as a result of any negligence or misconduct of the Bank or its employees. All funds received in the operation of the Hotel will be deposited into one or more special accounts bearing the name of the Hotel (the “Hotel Accounts”) in the banks so selected. Subject to the provisions of Article 7, all amounts in the Hotel Accounts are the property of Lessee. The Lessee’s funds will not be co-mingled with funds of Manager or funds of other Hotels managed by Manager which are not owned or leased by affiliates of Lessee. Moreover, Lessee’s funds will not be commingled with the funds of other Hotels owned or leased by Lessee or the landlord under the Lease in the event that such commingling is forbidden by any third party lender with a secured interest in the Hotel, provided, however, that in the event that such prohibition causes Manager to incur material, recurring costs in connection with keeping such funds separate, then such costs shall be charged to the Hotel as an Operating Expense.
     4.02. Minimum Balance. Upon establishment of the Hotel Accounts, the sum set forth on Schedule I and designated as the Minimum Balance (the “Minimum Balance”) will be deposited in the Hotel Accounts by Lessee and will be maintained by Lessee throughout the Term. Any additional funds necessary to maintain the Minimum Balance will be funded by Lessee no later than one (1) business day following receipt of a notice to that effect from Manager.
ARTICLE 5
BOOKS AND RECORDS
     5.01. Maintenance of Books and Records. Manager will keep complete and adequate books of account and such other records as are necessary to reflect the results of the operation of the Hotel on a calendar year basis. Manager will keep the books and records for the Hotel in all material respects in accordance with GAAP and the Uniform System of Accounts (where applicable), on an accrual basis.
     5.02. Location, Examination, and Inspection. Except for the books and records which may be kept in Manager’s home office or other suitable location pursuant to the adoption of a central billing system or other centralized service, the books of account and all other records relating to or reflecting the operation of the Hotel will be the property of Lessee and will be kept at the Hotel. All books and records will be available to Lessee and its representatives upon reasonable request for examination, inspection and transcription.
     5.03. Reports to Lessee.
     (A) Manager shall deliver to Lessee, by not later than the twentieth (20th) day of each month: (i) a profit and loss statement in the form of that set forth in Schedule III showing the results of operation of the Hotel for the prior month and the year to date, with a comparison to the budgets contained in the then current Annual Plan and to prior year results; (ii) a current balance sheet; (iii) other reports similar to those produced by Manager or its Affiliates for hotels they manage. Manager shall also deliver to Lessee, by not later than the twentieth (20th) day of each quarter quarterly forecasts for Gross Revenues, Operating Expenses, and Gross Operating Profit for the remainder of the Operating Year. In addition, Manager shall deliver to Lessee, by not later than the thirtieth (30th) day after the close of each Operating Year, (i) a profit and loss statement showing the results of operation of the Hotel for such Operating Year; (ii) a balance sheet for the Hotel as of the close of such Operating Year; and (iii) the Gross Revenues, Operating Expenses and Gross Operating Profit for such Operating Year.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 8 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
     (B) Manager shall, if Lessee elects to conduct an audit, cooperate with the independent certified public accountant selected by Lessee so as to allow such independent public accountant to deliver audited financial statements to Lessee within ninety (90) days after the end of each Operating Year. Costs of such audit and of the audited financial statements or any other reports prepared by such independent certified public accountant, if and when requested by Lessee, will be an expense borne by Lessee and shall not be deemed an Operating Expense.
     (C) At Lessee’s request, Manager will further deliver such additional financial reports as may be reasonably requested by Lessee or required by third parties. All reasonable costs in producing these reports will be borne by Lessee and will be coordinated by Manager and shall not be deemed an Operating Expense.
     (D) At Lessee’s request, Manager shall meet with Lessee via conference call or in person to discuss the operating results of the Hotel on a quarterly basis and will comply with all reasonable requests to meet with Lessee to discuss other issues.
     5.04. Final Accounting. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, Manager will promptly deliver to Lessee, but will be permitted to retain copies of, the following:
     (A) A final accounting, reflecting the balance of income and expenses of the Hotel as of the date of termination;
     (B) Any balance or moneys in the Hotel Accounts, or elsewhere, held by Manager with respect to the Hotel (after payment or reservation with respect to all committed obligations) will be distributed in accordance with the formula set forth in Section 6.01, provided that Manager shall retain reasonable reserves in such amounts and for such time as may be required to provide for contingent liabilities related to Manager’s operation of the Hotel; and
     (C) All books and records of the Hotel (including data stored as electronic computer files), and all contracts, bookings, reservations, leases, receipts for deposits, unpaid bills, and other records, papers or documents which pertain to the Hotel, and duplicate copies of the personnel records of Employees (subject to applicable legal restrictions).
     5.05. Form of Reports. All reports will be in Manager’s customary detail and form and will be transmitted electronically to Lessee.
ARTICLE 6
MANAGEMENT FEES AND OPERATING EXPENSES
     6.01. Management Fees. In consideration of the services which it shall provide pursuant to this Agreement, Lessee shall pay Manager a Base Management Fee, an Incentive Management Fee (if, as, and when the same is due), and an Accounting and Revenue Management Fee, all of which may be collectively referred to herein as the “Management Fees.”
     (A) Base Management Fee. In consideration of the services to be performed during the Term by Manager, Lessee shall pay Manager a periodic base management fee (“Base Management Fee”) as provided in Schedule I, which shall be paid to Manager (i.e., retained by Manager from the Hotel Accounts as provided below) at such time as the final monthly report for such month is submitted to Lessee pursuant to Section 5.04.
     (B) Incentive Management Fee. In addition to the Base Management Fee and in consideration of the services to be performed during the Term, Lessee shall pay Manager for each Year (or partial Year), an incentive fee (“Incentive Management Fee”), at the times and in the amounts designated on Schedule I.
     (C) Accounting and Revenue Management Fee. In addition to the Base Management Fee and Incentive Management Fee, and in consideration of the accounting and revenue management services to
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 9 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
be provided by Manager as detailed in Schedule II, Lessee shall pay Manager a periodic accounting and revenue management fee (“Accounting Fee”) as provided in Schedule I, which shall be paid to Manager in advance, on a monthly basis, (i.e., retained by Manager from the Hotel Accounts as provided below).
     6.02. Operating Expenses. In addition to the Management Fees set forth above, Lessee will reimburse Manager for all costs and expenses incurred by Manager for Lessee’s account in relation to the Operation of the Hotel (the “Operating Expenses”), which shall include but not be limited to the following:
     (A) The salaries and wages, including costs of payroll taxes, bonuses, retirement plan contributions, fringe benefits, and related payroll items incurred with respect to Manager’s employees assigned to the Hotel;
     (B) Expenses for shared services and purchases (equitably allocated to each hotel benefiting from the shared services or purchases in a manner consistent with Manager’s allocation policy uniformly applied to all hotels which it manages) and reflected in the Annual Plan;
     (C) All reasonable travel expenses, meals and customary out of pocket expenses (i.e., telephone, fax and postage) for Manager’s home office personnel to the extent directly allocable to the Hotel and not to other business for such home office personnel and the salaries of such personnel for such time as such personnel are located at the Hotel and are performing exclusive full time services for the benefit of the Hotel;
     Operating Expenses shall be paid out of Gross Revenues (or, if necessary, withdrawn from Working Capital in the Hotel Accounts) by no later than the date of the payment of the Base Management Fee. Manager shall retain the Base Management Fee each month from Gross Revenues.
     6.03. Purchasing, Rebates and Discounts.
     (A) Manager shall purchase, for Lessee’s Account, all Operating Supplies and Equipment necessary to operate the Hotel. Lessee shall have the right to review all national contracts that Manager may have with regard to the purchasing of Operating Supplies and Equipment and may from time to time ask to have any or all of these contracts re-bid with competitive vendors of Lessee’s choice, provided that any fees incurred in breaking such national contracts will be passed along to Lessee as an Operating Expense.
     (B) Lessee will have the unilateral right to choose specific vendors for the purchasing of capital and property improvement plan (“PIP”) items, provided that all such vendors and capital items comply with the Brand Standards of Franchisor. Subject to the foregoing, Manager shall use these vendors with regard to such activities and shall cooperate with such vendors in completing the projects in which they are involved. It is understood that Manager may suggest national vendors for capital or PIP projects. These vendors may be part of the competitive bidding system, but Lessee retains the unilateral right of choice with regard to such vendors (subject to the first sentence of this paragraph).
     (C) All rebates, or other such remuneration to Manager, that derive from any purchasing performed on behalf of Lessee by Manager in the course of the management of the Hotel shall be passed on to Lessee or, at Manager’s discretion, be used to lower the cost of the purchased items. Any such consideration shall be reported to Lessee and allocated on a pro-rata basis among all hotels managed by Manager which benefited from such rebates, provided that a reasonable administration charge may be retained by Manager for the administration of the same.
ARTICLE 7
PAYMENTS AND DISBURSEMENTS
     7.01. Payments by Manager. All Gross Revenues will be deposited in the Hotel Accounts as and when received. Manager is authorized to and shall disburse on a current basis, on behalf of Lessee, funds from the Hotel Accounts (to the extent available) in the following order of priority:
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 10 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
     (A) Payment of payroll, and payroll taxes, and other employment costs identified in Section 6.02(A);
     (B) Payment of all remaining sales and use taxes, including sales and use taxes on fees and reimbursements to Manager;
     (C) Payment of all other Operating Expenses, including the Management Fees;
     (D) Payment of the cost of the insurance required by this Agreement (other than property insurance, which shall be paid separately by Lessee);
     (E) Amounts in the Hotel Accounts which are in excess of the Minimum Balance shall be disbursed to Lessee.
     7.02. Payments by Lessee. Lessee is solely responsible for and shall pay from its own funds all real and personal property taxes, other impositions, and mortgage debt service payments for the Hotel.
ARTICLE 8
INSURANCE
     8.01. Maintaining Insurance. Lessee (or Manager, where indicated) shall at all times keep the Hotel insured with the kinds and amounts of insurance described in Section 8.03 below and in accordance with the requirements of any mortgage and the Franchise Agreement. All policies of insurance shall be written by qualified, solvent companies which can legally write insurance in the state in which the Hotel is located. The policies must name Lessee and Manager as insured parties, as their interest may appear, with minimum deductibles customary in the industry, but in any event, not greater than $25,000. Losses shall be payable to Lessee except as provided in Section 8.03(D). Subject to Section 8.11 below, any loss adjustment with respect to the insurance coverage set forth in items (A), (B), and (C) of Section 8.03 below shall be made by Lessee. Evidence of insurance shall be deposited with Manager prior to the Commencement Date.
     8.02. Lessee’s Methods of Obtaining Insurance. At its option, Lessee may obtain the required insurance by: (i) procuring the same directly; or (ii) agreeing to coverage under Manager’s blanket policies in accordance with Manager’s proposal at a price established by Manager. Upon and in the event of the selection of Manager’s insurance policy, such policy shall be deemed acceptable to Lessee.
     8.03. Coverage. The policies shall include:
     (A) Building insurance of risks on the “Special Form” or “All Risk Form” in an amount not less than 100% of the then full replacement cost thereof (as defined in Section 8.05 below) or such other amount which is acceptable to Lessee and Manager, and personal property insurance on the “Special Form” or “All Risk Form” in the full amount of the replacement cost thereof;
     (B) Earthquake and, if the Hotel is in the 100-year floodplain, flood insurance in reasonable and adequate amounts as reasonably determined by Lessee;
     (C) Insurance for loss or damage (direct and indirect) from steam boilers, pressure vessels or similar apparatus, now or hereafter installed in the Hotel, in the minimum amount of $10,000,000 or in such greater amounts as are then customary or as may be reasonably determined by Lessee from time to time;
     (D) Loss of income and business interruption insurance on the “Special Form” or “All Risk Form”, in such amounts as Lessee and Manager shall mutually agree, which business interruption proceeds, shall be paid into the Hotel Accounts and distributed in accordance with the formula set forth in Section 7.01;
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 11 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
     (E) Commercial general liability insurance, with amounts not less than $40,000,000 covering each of the following: bodily injury, death, or property damage liability per occurrence, personal and advertising injury, general aggregate, products and completed operations, and liquor law or “dram shop” liability, if liquor or alcoholic beverages are served at the Hotel, with respect to Lessee and Manager;
     (F) Insurance covering such other hazards and in such amounts as may be customary for comparable properties in the area of the Hotel and is available from insurance companies, insurance pools or other appropriate companies authorized to do business in the state in which the Hotel is located at rates which are economically practicable in relation to the risks covered as may be reasonably determined by Lessee;
     (G) Fidelity bonds with limits and deductibles as may be reasonably determined by Lessee, covering Manager’s employees in job classifications normally bonded under prudent hotel management practices in the United States or otherwise required by law;
     (H) Workers’ compensation insurance coverage for all persons employed by Manager at the Hotel. Such workers’ compensation insurance shall be in accordance with the requirements of applicable local, state and federal law, and shall always be procured and maintained by Manager (provided that the costs thereof shall be deemed an Operating Expense);
     (I) Vehicle liability insurance for owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles, in the amount of $40,000,000;
     (J) Employment practices liability insurance in an amount not less than $2,000,000.00, which shall always be procured and maintained by Manager;
     (K) Such other insurance as Lessee and Manager may reasonably determine for facilities such as the Hotel and the operation thereof, or as Franchisor may require; and
     (L) Crime Coverage in the amount of $500,000, Guest Property and Safe Deposit Liability in the aggregate amount of $25,000 ($1,000 per guest), and Innkeeper’s Liability in the amount of $25,000, which shall always be procured and maintained by Manager.
     8.04. Responsibility for Premiums. All premiums (other than premiums for property insurance) shall be reflected in the approved Annual Plan, paid out of Gross Revenues pursuant to Section 7.01 and deemed an Operating Expense. Premiums for property insurance shall be borne and paid directly by Lessee and shall not be deemed an Operating Expense.
     8.05. Replacement Cost. The term “full replacement cost” as used herein shall mean the actual replacement cost of the Hotel requiring replacement from time to time including an increased cost of construction endorsement, if available, and the cost of debris removal. In the event either party believes that full replacement cost (the then-replacement cost less such exclusions) has increased or decreased at any time during the Term of this Agreement, it shall have the right to have such full replacement cost re-determined.
     8.06. Waiver of Subrogation and Indemnities. All insurance policies carried by Lessee or Manager covering the Hotel, including, without limitation, contents, fire and casualty insurance, shall expressly waive any right of subrogation on the part of the insurer against the other party. The parties hereto agree that their policies will include such waiver clause or endorsement so long as the same are obtainable without extra cost, and in the event of such an extra charge the other party, at its election, may pay the same, but shall not be obligated to do so.
     8.07. Form Satisfactory. All of the policies of insurance referred to in this Section 8 shall be written in a form, with deductibles and by insurance companies reasonably satisfactory to the party to whom the benefit of the insurance runs in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Lessee shall deliver such policies or certificates thereof to Manager prior to their effective date (and, with respect to any renewal policy, thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the existing policy), and in the event of the failure of Lessee to effect such
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 12 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
insurance as herein called for, or to deliver such policies or certificates thereof to Manager at the times required, Manager shall be entitled, but shall have no obligation, to effect such insurance, the premiums for which will be paid in accordance with Section 8.04. Each insurer mentioned in this Section 8 shall agree, by endorsement of the policy or policies issued by it, or by independent instrument, that it will give to Lessee and Manager thirty (30) days’ written notice before the policy or policies in question shall be materially altered, allowed to expire or canceled.
     8.08. Increase in Limits. If either Lessee or Manager at any time deems the limits of the personal injury or property damage under the comprehensive public liability insurance then carried to be either excessive or insufficient, Lessee and Manager shall endeavor in good faith to agree on the proper and reasonable limits for such insurance to be carried and such insurance shall thereafter be carried with the limits thus agreed on until further changed pursuant to the provisions of this Article 8.
     8.09. Blanket Policy. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 8, Lessee may bring the insurance provided for herein within the coverage of a so-called blanket policy or policies of insurance carried and maintained by Lessee; provided, however, that the coverage afforded to Lessee and Manager will not be reduced or diminished or otherwise be different from that which would exist under a separate policy meeting all other requirements of this Agreement by reason of the use of such blanket policy of insurance, and provided further that the requirements of this Article 8 are otherwise satisfied.
     8.10. Separate Insurance. Lessee shall not on Lessee’s own initiative or pursuant to the request or requirement of any third party, take out separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required in this Article to be furnished, or increase the amount of any then-existing insurance by securing an additional policy or additional policies, unless all parties having an insurable interest in the subject matter of the insurance, including in all cases Manager, are included therein as additional insured, and the loss is payable under such additional separate insurance in the same manner as losses are payable under this Agreement. Lessee shall immediately notify Manager that Lessee has obtained any such separate insurance or of the increasing of any of the amounts of the then existing insurance.
     8.11. Reports on Insurance Claims. Manager, with the assistance of Lessee, shall promptly investigate and make a complete and timely written report to the appropriate insurance company as to all accidents, claims for damage relating to the ownership, operation, and maintenance of the Hotel, any damage or destruction to the Hotel and the estimated cost of repair thereof and shall prepare any and all reports required by any insurance company in connection therewith. All such reports shall be timely filed with the insurance company as required under the terms of the insurance policy involved, and a final copy of such report shall be furnished to Lessee. Manager shall not adjust, settle, or compromise any insurance loss, or execute proofs of such loss with respect to any casualty or other event without the prior written consent of Lessee.
     8.12. Deductibles to be Operating Expenses. Any and all deductibles, self insured retentions or similar costs paid toward insurance claims shall be deemed Operating Expenses.
ARTICLE 9
INDEMNITIES
     9.01. Indemnification of Manager. Lessee will defend, indemnify and hold Manager harmless from and against any and all actions, suits, claims, penalties, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses, including attorney’s fees, arising out of Manager’s performing the services to be performed by Manager in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including liabilities under statutes requiring notice as a prerequisite to the discharge of employees if Lessee terminates this Agreement, except claims based upon Manager’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or actions beyond the authority granted to Manager by this Agreement.
     9.02. Indemnification of Lessee. Manager will defend, indemnify, and hold Lessee harmless from and against all claims that arise on account of Manager’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, or action beyond the authority granted to Manager by this Agreement.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 13 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
     9.03. Indemnified Parties. The indemnities contained in this Article 9 will run to the benefit of both Manager and Lessee, and the directors, officers, partners, agents, and employees of Lessee and Manager and of their Affiliates.
ARTICLE 10
CONDEMNATION
     10.01. Definitions Regarding Condemnation.
     (A) “Condemnation” means a Taking resulting from (1) the exercise of any governmental power, whether by legal proceedings or otherwise, by a Condemnor, and (2) a voluntary sale or transfer by Lessee and/or its Lessor or other related entity to any Condemnor, either under threat of condemnation or while legal proceedings for condemnation are pending.
     (B) “Date of Taking” means the date the Condemnor has the right to possession of the property being condemned.
     (C) “Award” means all compensation, sums or anything of value awarded paid or received on a total or partial Condemnation.
     (D) “Condemnor” means any public or quasi-public authority, or private corporation or individual, having the power of Condemnation.
     (E) “Taking” means a taking or voluntary conveyance during the term of this Agreement of all or a part of the Hotel, or any interest therein, or right accruing thereto or use thereof, as the result of, or in settlement of, any Condemnation or other eminent domain proceeding affecting the Hotel whether or not the same shall have actually been commenced.
     10.02. Parties’ Rights and Obligations. If during the Term there is any Condemnation of all or any part of the Hotel, the rights and obligations of Lessee and Manager shall be determined by this Article 10.
     10.03. Total Taking. If title to the fee of the whole, or substantially all, of the Hotel is condemned by any Condemnor, this Agreement shall cease and terminate as of the Date of Taking by the Condemnor. If title to the fee of less than the whole of the Hotel is so taken or condemned, which nevertheless renders the Hotel Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use, Lessee and Manager shall each have the option, by notice to the other, at any time prior to the Date of Taking, to terminate this Agreement as of the Date of Taking. Upon such date, if such notice has been given, this Agreement shall thereupon cease and terminate. If this Agreement terminates pursuant to this Section 10.03, Manager will comply with the provisions of Section 5.05, and Lessee shall be solely entitled to any Award, subject to Manager’s right to seek an award from the condemning authority for its loss of business interest only, if such separate claim is permitted. In the event the Condemnor does award Manager for such loss, Manager shall only be entitled to retain that portion of the Award which is necessary to compensate Manager for its lost Base and Incentive Fees. Manager shall promptly remit any additional amount to Lessee. In the event any jurisdiction would permit both Manager and Lessee to seek an award for their loss of business interests (respectively), this section shall not prohibit Lessee from making a separate claim therefor.
     10.04. Partial Taking. If title to less than the whole of the Hotel is condemned, and the Hotel is still suitable for its Primary Intended Use, and not Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use, or if Manager or Lessee is entitled but neither elects to terminate this Agreement as provided in Section 10.03 above, Lessee at its cost shall with all reasonable dispatch, but only to the extent of any condemnation awards available to Lessee, restore the untaken portion of the Hotel so that it constitutes a complete architectural unit of the same general character and condition (as nearly as may be possible under the circumstances) as existed immediately prior to the Condemnation. If the Award is not adequate to restore the Hotel to that condition, each of Lessee and Manager shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, without in any way affecting
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 14 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
any other management agreements in effect between Lessee and Manager, by giving notice to the other. Upon the date set forth in such notice, this Agreement shall thereupon cease and terminate, Manager will comply with the provisions of Section 5.05, and Lessee shall be solely entitled to any Award, subject to Manager’s right to seek an award from the Condemnor for its loss of business interest only, if such separate claim is permitted. In the event the Condemnor does award Manager for such loss, Manager shall only be entitled to retain that portion of the Award which is necessary to compensate Manager for its lost Management Fees. Manager shall promptly remit any additional amount to Lessee. In the event any jurisdiction would permit both Manager and Lessee to seek an award for their loss of business interests (respectively), this section shall not prohibit Lessee from making a separate claim therefor.
     10.05. Temporary Taking. If the whole or any part of the Hotel is condemned by any Condemnor for its temporary use or occupancy, which nevertheless renders the Hotel Unsuitable or Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use, Lessee and Manager shall each have the option, by notice to the other, at any time prior to the Date of Taking, to terminate this Agreement as of the Date of Taking. Upon such date, if such notice has been given, this Agreement shall thereupon cease and terminate. If this Agreement terminates pursuant to this Section 10.05, Manager will comply with the provisions of Section 5.05, and Lessee shall be solely entitled to any Award, subject to Manager’s right to seek an award from the Condemnor for its loss of business interest only, if such separate claim is permitted. In the event the Condemnor does award Manager for such loss, Manager shall only be entitled to retain that portion of its condemnation award which is necessary to compensate Manager for its lost Management Fees. Manager shall promptly remit any additional amount to Lessee. In the event any jurisdiction would permit both Manager and Lessee to seek an award for their loss of business interests (respectively), this section shall not prohibit Lessee from making a separate claim therefor. If, however, the whole or any part of the Hotel is condemned by any Condemnor for its temporary use or occupancy, and the Hotel is still suitable for its Primary Intended Use, and not Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use, this Agreement shall not terminate by reason thereof. Except only to the extent that Manager may be prevented from so doing pursuant to the terms of the order of the Condemnor, Manager shall continue to perform and observe all of the other terms, covenants, conditions and obligations hereof on the part of Manager to be performed and observed, as though such Condemnation had not occurred. Lessee covenants that upon the termination of any such period of temporary use or occupancy it will, at its sole cost and expense, restore the Hotel as nearly as may be reasonably possible to the condition in which the same was immediately prior to such Condemnation, but only to the extent of the Award available to Lessee, unless such period of temporary use of occupancy extends beyond the expiration of the Term, in which case Lessee shall not be required to make such restoration.
     10.04. Award Proceeds. In the event of any Condemnation as in this Article described, the amount of any Award made for such Condemnation and available to Lessee, to the extent required to make all payments required under Section 7.01 herein, shall be deposited in the Hotel Accounts and disbursed by Manager, with the balance to be retained by Lessee.
     10.05. Limitation on Manager Claims. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 10, Manager’s right to assert any claim or collect any Condemnation proceeds shall be allowed only if the same does not reduce the amount of such Condemnation proceeds otherwise payable to any third party lender with a secured interest in the Hotel.
ARTICLE 11
CASUALTY
     11.01. Insurance Proceeds. Subject to the provisions of Section 8.03(D) with respect to loss of income insurance and Section 11.05 below and the terms of any mortgage, all proceeds payable by reason of any loss or damage to the Hotel, or any portion thereof, insured under any policy of insurance required by Section 8.03(A) through (C) and (F) above shall be settled or compromised by and paid to Lessee and held in trust by Lessee in an interest-bearing account, shall be made available, if applicable, for reconstruction or repair, as the case may be, of any damage to or destruction of the Hotel, or any portion thereof, and, if applicable, shall be paid out by Lessee from time to time for the reasonable costs of such reconstruction or repair upon terms specified in this Agreement and such other reasonable terms and conditions specified by Lessee consistent
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 15 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
with the disbursement procedures for a construction loan of similar size and scope. Any excess proceeds of insurance remaining after the completion of the restoration or reconstruction of the Hotel shall be paid to Lessee. If neither Lessee nor Manager is required or elects to repair and restore, and this Agreement is terminated as described in Section 11.02 below, all such insurance proceeds shall be retained by Lessee. All salvage resulting from any risk covered by insurance shall belong to Lessee.
     11.02. Reconstruction — Damage or Destruction Covered by Insurance.
     (A) Except as provided in Section 11.05 below, if during the Term the Hotel is totally or substantially destroyed by a risk covered by the insurance described in Article 8 above and the Hotel thereby is rendered Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s option, either (1) restore the Hotel to substantially the same condition as existed immediately before the damage or destruction and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, but only to the extent of insurance proceeds available to Lessee, or (2) terminate this Agreement by written notice thereof to Manager. If Lessee elects restoration of the Hotel, the insurance proceeds shall be paid out by Lessee from time to time for the reasonable costs of such restoration upon satisfaction of reasonable terms and conditions, and any excess proceeds remaining after such restoration shall be paid to Lessee.
     (B) Except as provided in Section 11.05 below, if during the Term the Hotel is partially destroyed by a risk covered by the insurance described in Article 8 above, but the Hotel is not thereby rendered Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use, Lessee (with the cooperation of Manager) shall restore the Hotel to substantially the same condition as existed immediately before the damage or destruction and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, but only to the extent of insurance proceeds available to Lessee. Such damage or destruction shall not terminate this Agreement. However, if, under this Section 11.02 (B), Lessee cannot within a reasonable time obtain all necessary government approvals, including building permits, licenses and conditional use permits, after diligent efforts to do so, to perform all required repair and restoration work and to operate the Hotel for its Primary Intended Use in substantially the same manner as that existing immediately prior to such damage or destruction and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, Lessee may (a) give Manager written notice of termination of this Agreement or (b) restore the Hotel using the proceeds of insurance. If Lessee restores the Hotel, the insurance proceeds shall be paid out by Lessee from time to time for the reasonable costs of such restoration, and any excess proceeds remaining after such restoration shall be paid to Lessee.
     11.03. Reconstruction — Damage or Destruction not Covered by Insurance. Except as provided in Section 11.06 below, if during the Term the Hotel is totally or substantially destroyed by a risk not covered by the insurance described in Article 8 above, whether or not such damage or destruction renders the Hotel Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use, Lessee at its option shall either (a) restore the Hotel to substantially the same condition it was in immediately before such damage or destruction and such damage or destruction shall not terminate this Agreement, or (b) terminate this Agreement. If Lessee terminates this Agreement, Manager will comply with the provisions of Section 5.05.
     11.04. Abatement. Any damage or destruction due to casualty notwithstanding, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect provided that the obligation of Manager to make payments and to pay all other charges required hereunder shall abate during the period required for the applicable repair and restoration.
     11.05. Damage Near End of Term. Notwithstanding any provisions of Section 11.02 or 11.03 appearing to the contrary, if damage to or destruction of the Hotel rendering it unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use occurs during the last 4 months of the Term, then Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving written notice to Manager within thirty (30) days after the date of damage or destruction, whereupon.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 16 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
ARTICLE 12
DEFAULT
     12.01. Events of Default by Manager. If any one or more of the following events (each, a “Manager Default”) occurs, then, and in any such event, Lessee may exercise one or more remedies available to it herein or at law or in equity, including but not limited to its right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, provided, however, that any such termination shall only be effective following sixty (60) days’ prior written notice or such longer period as may be required for the parties to comply with applicable employment laws (including without limitation the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1990, as the same may be amended from time to time, or any applicable state counterpart thereto):
     (A) If Manager fails to observe or perform any term, covenant or condition of this Agreement and such failure is not cured by Manager within a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by Manager of notice thereof from Lessee, unless such failure cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30) days, in which case Manager shall have an additional reasonable period of time to cure such breach provided Manager proceeds promptly and with due diligence to cure the failure and diligently completes the curing thereof; provided, however, that a failure of Manager to observe or perform any covenant contained in Section 1.04 hereof which causes Manager to forfeit its status as an “eligible independent contractor” shall result in an immediate Manager Default, and there shall be no cure period applicable thereto; or
     (B) If Manager shall file a petition in bankruptcy or reorganization for an arrangement pursuant to any federal or state bankruptcy law or any similar federal or state law, or shall be adjudicated a bankrupt or shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or a shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or if a petition or answer proposing the adjudication of Manager as a bankrupt or its reorganization pursuant to any federal or state bankruptcy law or any similar federal or state law shall be filed in any court and Manager shall be adjudicated a bankrupt and such adjudication shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days after the entry of an order in respect thereof, or if a receiver of Manager or of the whole or substantially all of the assets of Manager shall be appointed in any proceedings brought by Manager or if any such receiver, trustee or liquidator shall be appointed in any proceeding brought against Manager shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days after such appointment; or
     (C) If Manager is liquidated or dissolved, or begins proceedings toward such liquidation or dissolution, or, if Manager in any manner, permits the sale or divestiture of substantially all of its assets; or
     (D) If the interest of Manager in this Agreement or any part thereof or the majority ownership interest in Manager is voluntarily or involuntarily transferred, assigned, conveyed, levied upon or attached in any proceeding, except: (i) where Manager is contesting such lien or attachment in good faith in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement: (ii) such transfer or assignment is undertaken by Manager’s majority shareholder for estate planning purposes, or (iii) as otherwise expressly permitted herein;
     (E) If, except as a result of a total or substantial Condemnation or Casualty that renders the Hotel unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use, Manager (without the consent of Lessee) voluntarily ceases operations of the Hotel for a period in excess of twenty-four (24) hours; or
     (F) If an event of default has been declared by the Franchisor under the Franchise Agreement with respect to the Hotel as a result of any action or failure to act by Manager (other than a failure resulting from Lessee’s failure to provide adequate funds for the operation and maintenance of the Hotel) and Manager has failed, within thirty (30) days thereafter, to cure such default by curing the underlying default under the Franchise Agreement and paying all costs and expenses associated therewith, provided, however, that if Manager is in good faith disputing an assertion of default by the Franchisor or is proceeding diligently to cure such default, the thirty (30) day period shall be extended for such reasonable period of time as Manager continues during this period to dispute such default in good faith or diligently proceeds to cure such default; or
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 17 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
     12.02. Events of Default by Lessee. If Lessee fails to observe or perform any term, covenant or condition of this Agreement or the Franchise Agreement (including without limitation the obligation to provide funds required for the operation and maintenance of the Hotel) and such failure is not cured by Lessee within a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessee of notice thereof from Manager, unless such failure cannot with due diligence be cured within a period of thirty (30) days, in which case it shall not be deemed a “Lessee Default” if Lessee proceeds promptly and with due diligence to cure the failure and diligently completes the curing thereof, then Manager may exercise one or more remedies available to it herein or at law or in equity, including, but not limited to its right to terminate this Agreement. Notwithstanding the forgoing, Lessee shall be afforded no more than five (5) business days from the date of any notice from Manager to replenish Working Capital in the Hotel Accounts, and Lessee’s failure to do so shall be Lessee Default without a cure period past or beyond said five (5) day period.
     12.03. Unavoidable Delay. No Manager Default or Lessee Default (other than a failure to make a payment of money) shall be deemed to exist during any time the curing thereof is prevented by an Unavoidable Delay, provided that upon the cessation of such Unavoidable Delay, Lessee or Manager, as the case may be, remedies Event of Default or Lessee’s Default without further delay.
ARTICLE 13
DEFINITIONS
     Affiliate means, with regard to any entity, (a) any entity that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such entity, (b) any other entity that owns, beneficially, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock, shares or equity interests of such entity, or (c) any officer, director, partner or trustee of such entity or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with such entity (excluding trustees and Persons serving in similar capacities who are not otherwise an Affiliate of such entity).
     Annual Plan has the meaning contained in Section 3.01.
     Commencement Date means the date contained on Schedule I.
     CPI means the “Consumer Price Index” published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor, U.S. City Average, All Items for Urban.
     Employees has the meaning contained in Section 2.02.
     Excluded Revenues means (i) gratuities, or payments in the nature of gratuities, which Manager is obligated to pay over to employees; (ii) sales taxes, excise taxes, gross receipt taxes, admission taxes, entertainment taxes, tourist taxes or other similar taxes, (iii) proceeds from the sale or refinancing of the Hotel, (iv) abatement of taxes, and (v) proceeds of insurance, except business interruption insurance.
     Fixed Costs mean                                                             .
     Franchise Agreement means the franchise agreement identified in Schedule I.
     Franchisor means the hotel franchise company identified in Schedule I.
     Franchise Costs means expenditures for compliance with the requirements of the Franchise Agreement, including without limitation payment of franchise fees, marketing contributions, and reservation system fees, but excluding the cost of compliance with Franchisor’s operating standards requiring Capital Replacements.
     GAAP means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
     Gross Revenues means all revenues of the Hotel and all its uses of every nature and kind regardless of source, excluding Excluded Revenues. By way of illustration but not limitation, Gross Revenues will include:
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 18 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
     (A) The amount received as payment for the use and occupancy of all guest rental units;
     (B) The amount received as payment for the use and occupancy of all meeting rooms, banquet function rooms, and public areas;
     (C) All revenues derived from the sale of food and other edibles in restaurants, lounges, meeting rooms, banquets, guest rooms and any other location at the Hotel;
     (D) All revenues derived from the sale of liquor, beverages, and other potables in restaurants, lounges, meeting rooms, banquets, guest rooms, and any other location at the Hotel;
     (E) All revenues derived from the use of telephones or Internet Service in guest rooms or in public areas;
     (F) All revenues derived from leases, site licenses, subleases, concessions, vending, valet services, swimming pool memberships, banquet extras, movies, or income of a similar or related nature; and
     (G) Proceeds of business interruption insurance.
     Hotel means the hotel described on Schedule I.
     Hotel Account(s) has the meaning contained in Section 4.01.
     Lessee means the entity identified on Schedule I or its successors.
     Manager means Island Hospitality Management, II Inc. or its successor.
     Net Operating Income means ___.
     Operating Equipment means all china, glassware, linens, silverware, uniforms and similar items used in, or held in storage for use in (or if the context so dictates, required in connection with), the operation of the Hotel.
     Operating Expenses means any and all amounts paid or expenses incurred in connection with the operation of the Hotel, as determined in accordance with GAAP or the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotels, excluding taxes (other than the sales and use and payroll taxes described below), interest, principal, and other payments on any debt or other obligation for borrowed money, including debt service on any mortgage debt, and non-cash items such as depreciation (which excluded items shall be paid directly by Lessee). By way of illustration but not limitation, Operating Expenses include:
     (A) Salaries, wages, payroll taxes, bonuses and employee benefits and payroll processing fees.
     (B) Legal, accounting and other professional fees.
     (C) Fees for licenses and permits.
     (D) Costs of Operating Supplies including sales and use taxes imposed thereon.
     (E) Costs of Operating Equipment including sales and use taxes imposed thereon.
     (F) Franchise Costs.
     (G) Department expenses not otherwise itemized above directly related to rooms, food, beverage, telephone, and other segregated outlets.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 19 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
     (H) Expenses not attributed to a specific department in the ordinary course and not otherwise itemized above including administrative and general; advertising, sales and promotion; heat, light and power; and repairs and maintenance (but not of Capital Replacements).
     (I) The Base Management Fee and Accounting Fee.
     Operating Expenses shall not include any items which are deemed to be capital expenditures under GAAP or the Uniform System of Accounts. Lessee and Manager agree to mutually develop in good faith a capital expenditure policy for the Hotel.
     Operating Supplies means consumable items used in or held in storage for use in (or if the context so dictates, required in connection with), the operation of the Hotel, including but not limited to food and beverages, fuel, soap, cleaning material, matches, stationery and other similar items.
     Operating Year means each twelve month period commencing on the first day of January (except for the first year, which will commence on the Commencement Date), and ending on the subsequent December 31 (except for the last year which will end on the date of termination, whether by expiration or termination).
     Unavoidable Delays means delays due to strikes, lock-outs, labor unrest, inability to procure materials, power failure, acts of God, governmental restrictions, enemy action (including terrorist activities), civil commotion, fire, unavoidable casualty or other similar causes beyond the control of the party responsible for performing an obligation hereunder, provided that lack of funds shall not be deemed a cause beyond the control of either party hereto unless such lack of funds is caused by the failure of the other party hereto to perform any obligations of such party under this Agreement or any guaranty of this Agreement.
     Uneconomic for its Primary Intended Use means a state or condition of the Hotel such that, in the good faith judgment of Lessee and Manager, reasonably exercised, the Hotel cannot be operated on a commercially practicable basis for hotel purposes and such other uses as may be necessary or incidental thereto, taking into account, among other relevant factors, the number of usable rooms and projected revenues and expenses.
     Uniform System of Accounts means the Uniform System of Accounts for Hotel (Tenth Revised Edition, 2007) as revised from time to time.
     Unsuitable for its Primary Intended Use means a state or condition of the Hotel such that, in the good faith judgment of Lessee and Manager, reasonably exercised, due to casualty damage or loss through Condemnation, the Hotel cannot function as an integrated hotel facility consistent with standards applicable to a well maintained and operated hotel.
ARTICLE 14
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     14.01. Estoppel Certificates. Lessee and Manager each, upon at least ten (10) days’ notice, will execute and deliver to the other, and to any third party having, or about to have, a bona fide interest in the Hotel, a written certificate stating that this Agreement is unmodified and in full force and effect, or if not, stating the details of any modification, and stating that as modified it is in full force and effect, the date to which payments have been paid, and whether there is any existing default on the part of the other.
     14.02. Dispute Resolution. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, including the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration Rules. All arbitrations shall be held in Palm Beach, Florida and heard by a single arbitrator with experience in hotels and lodging. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed exclusively by the laws of the State of Maryland. All costs of arbitration shall be paid by the losing party, including any and all attorney’s fees. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 6 above, the award rendered by the arbiter or arbiters shall be final and binding upon the parties, and judgment may be entered and enforced in any court having competent jurisdiction.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 20 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
     14.03. No Partnership, Joint Venture, or Agency. Nothing contained in this Agreement will be construed to be or create a partnership or joint venture between Lessee, any affiliate of Lessee, its successors or assigns, on the one part, and Manager, any affiliate of Manager, its successors and assigns, on the other part. Manager shall be deemed to be an independent contractor of Lessee for purposes of this Agreement and not an agent. Manager shall not be Lessee’s fiduciary, nor shall Manager owe Lessee a fiduciary duty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Manager may execute certain Operating Contracts on behalf of Lessee as provided herein as Lessee’s duly authorized representative.
     14.04. Modifications and Changes. This Agreement cannot be changed or modified except by another agreement in writing signed by the party sought to be charged therewith.
     14.05. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes all of the understandings and agreements of whatsoever nature or kind existing between the parties with respect to Manager’s management of the Hotel and supersedes any and all prior understandings and agreements, written or oral.
     14.06. Headings. The section headings contained herein are for convenience or reference only and are not intended to define, limit, or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of this Agreement.
     14.07. Survival. Any covenant, term or provision of this Agreement which, in order to be effective, must survive the termination of this Agreement, will survive any such termination.
     14.08. Waivers. No failure by Manager or Lessee to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, agreement, term, or condition of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon the breach of this Agreement will constitute a waiver of any breach or any subsequent breach of the covenant, agreement, term, or conditions. No covenant, agreement, term, or condition of this Agreement and no breach of this Agreement will be waived, altered, or modified, except by written instrument. No waiver of any breach will affect or alter this Agreement, but each and every covenant, agreement, term and condition of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect with respect to any other then existing or subsequent breach.
     14.09. Notices. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices required or permitted to be given hereunder, or which are to be given with respect to this Agreement, will be in writing sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by a reputable overnight delivery service such as Federal Express, or by facsimile transmission, provided that a simultaneous copy of the faxed notice is sent via overnight delivery, addressed to the party to be so notified as set forth on Schedule I. Any notice will be deemed delivered when received or receipt thereof is rejected. Notices may also be delivered by hand, or by special courier, if, in either case, receipt is acknowledged by the addressee. Any notice delivered by hand, or by special courier, will be deemed delivered when received. Either party may at any time change the addresses for notices by written notice to the other party.
     14.10. Binding Effect. This Agreement will be binding upon and will inure to the benefit of the successors in interest and the assigns of the parties hereto, provided that no assignment, transfer, sale, pledge, encumbrance, mortgage, lease or sublease by or through Manager or by or through Lessee, as the case may be, in violation of the provisions of this Agreement, will vest any rights relative to this Agreement in the assignee, transferee, purchaser, secured party, mortgagee, pledgee, lessee, sublessee, or occupant, or will diminish, reduce or release the obligations of the parties hereto.
     14.11. Consents and Approvals. Unless otherwise expressly stated herein, wherever this Agreement calls for a party to obtain the consent or approval of the other party, the same shall not be unreasonably conditioned, withheld or delayed.
     14.12. Confidentiality. Manager and Lessee agree that the contents of this Agreement will not be disclosed to any other individual or entity (except as directed by law or judicial order), provided that either
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 21 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
party may disclose the contents of this Agreement to (i) its Affiliates, its partners and limited partners, and/or shareholders and directors, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, and other professional advisors; (ii) individuals or entities providing, or proposing to provide, financing to Lessee; and (iii) the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) if and to the extent required by applicable SEC rules.
     14.13. Conflicts. In the event of any conflicts between the terms of this Agreement and the Franchise Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control as between the Parties.
     14.14. Third-Party Beneficiary. None of the obligations of this Agreement of either party will run to or be enforceable by any party other than the party to this Agreement or its assignee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Lessee is expressly authorized to assign its rights under this Agreement to any mortgagee of the Hotel.
     14.15. Subordination. This Agreement and all of the rights and benefits of Manager hereunder are, and shall be subject and subordinate to the Lease and any mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease which now or hereafter encumbers the Hotel or the land upon which it is situated or the leasehold estate created by the Lease. This subordination provision shall be self-operative and no other or further instrument of subordination shall be required; Manager agrees, however, within ten (10) days’ of a request by Lessee or any lender or ground lessor, duly to execute and deliver any reasonable subordination agreement, estoppel certificate, or similar legal instrument requested by such party to evidence and confirm: (i) the subordination effected under this Section 14.15, including without limitation Manager’s acknowledgment that its real estate interest in and to the Hotel, if any, created by this Agreement is subordinate to the Lease and any mortgage, deed of trust, or ground lease encumbering the Hotel or the land upon which it is situated or the leasehold estate created by the Lease; or (ii) any other such information, confirmation, or representation as may reasonably be required by the party requesting the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 14.15 or in any document executed by Manager pursuant hereto shall affect, modify, diminish, or compromise the obligations of Lessee as set forth herein.
     14.16. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement.
     14.17. Liquor License. To the extent permitted by law, upon any sale of the Hotel to a third-party, Manager shall make reasonable efforts to endeavor to provide an interim liquor licenses for up to one hundred eighty (180) days to the purchaser of the Hotel (or to a third-party designated by such purchaser), provided that Manager may condition such provision on its receipt of market standard fees and a commercially reasonable indemnity from such purchaser with respect to such claims as may arise in connection with the purchaser’s sale of liquor from Hotel premises. Manager’s foregoing obligation to provide an interim liquor license upon any sale of the Hotel shall continue regardless of whether Manager or Lessee terminates this Agreement.
     14.18. Cooperation with Third Parties. Manager shall provide Lessee with reasonable assistance and cooperation in connection with Lessee’s negotiations with Franchisor, any current or prospective lender for the Hotel, or any government agency with jurisdiction over the Hotel and its operations, provided that Manager’s material costs incurred in connection with such assistance and cooperation shall be billed to the Hotel as an Operating Expense. Moreover, Manager shall not undertake any actions that would impair Lessee’s relationships with such parties.
     14.19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, which, when taken together, constitute the entire Agreement.
{signatures appear on following page}
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 22 of 23


 

Exhibit 10.9
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused this Agreement to be executed, all as of the day and year specified on Schedule I.
             
LESSEE:     MANAGER:
 
           
##       Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
 
           
By:
      By:    
 
           
Name:
      Name:    
 
           
Title:
      Title:    
 
           
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Page 23 of 23


 

SCHEDULE I
Terms of Agreement
               
1.
  DESCRIPTION OF HOTEL:         {name}
 
           
 
            {address}
 
           
 
            {city, state, zip}
 
             
 
             
2.
  DATE OF AGREEMENT:   _____________________ ___, 2010  
 
             
3.
  LEASE:   {parties and date}      
 
             
4.
  FRANCHISE AGREEMENT:   {parties and date}      
 
             
5.
  TERM:          
 
             
   
INITIAL TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE:
_____________________ ___, 2010
   
FIRST EXTENSION TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE:
_____________________ ___, 2015 (if applicable)
   
SECOND EXTENSION TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE:
_____________________ ___, 2020 (if applicable)
         
5.   AGREEMENT LIMITATIONS (per Section 3.04):
 
       
 
  Maximum Amount:   Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000)
 
  Time Period:   One (1) Year
 
       
6.
  MINIMUM BALANCE:        ## TBD##
 
       
7.
  ACCOUNTING FEE:        $1,000
 
       
8.   BASE MANAGEMENT FEE: Three percent (3%) of Gross Revenues
 
       
9.   RETURN THRESHHOLD: _________
 
       
10.   INCENTIVE MANAGEMENT FEE: Ten percent (10%) of the Hotel’s Net Operating Income less Fixed Costs, Base Management Fees, and the Return Threshold, provided that the Incentive Management Fee shall be capped at one percent (1%) of Gross Revenues for any given year of the Term.
 
       
11.   NOTICES:
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Schedule I


 

Exhibit 10.9
SCHEDULE II
Management Services Included in Management Fee
PROPERTY LEVEL
1.   Establish staffing requirements;
2.   Select key employees and department heads;
3.   Provide property level training;
4.   Establish rates and charges for the goods and services to be sold by the Hotel;
5.   Implement sales and marketing strategies;
6.   Supervise property operations; and
7. Maintain the Hotel in good order, repair, and condition;
HOME OFFICE
1.   Provide a regional director of operations to supervise property activities;
2.   Provide human resources management;
3.   Provide management information systems;
4.   Make available Manager’s legal staff to provide assistance in day-to-day property operations;
5.   Negotiate national vending contracts;
6.   Purchase all Operating Supplies and Equipment, and negotiate and sign purchase orders and service agreements on Lessee’s behalf as Lessee’s duly authorized representative.
7.   Pay all Operating Expenses incurred in the operation of the Hotel;
9.   Prepare a schedule of suggested insurance coverage and administer the purchase of insurance, if requested by Lessee; and
10.   Implement Manager’s standard administrative, accounting, budgeting, marketing, and operational policies and practices.
11.   Establish employment policies such as hiring policies, terms of employment, wage scales and vacation and benefit packages;
12. Perform accounting and revenue management services as detailed below.
ACCOUNTING SERVICES
1.   Prepare sales and use tax returns;
2.   Process accounts payable;
3.   Prepare monthly and yearly financial statements;
4.   Provide cash management services; and
5.   Process payroll and related payroll items.
Island Hospitality Management II, Inc.
Hotel Management Agreement
(Hotel Name)
Schedule II


 

Exhibit 10.9
SCHEDULE III
Sample Statement of Profit and Loss

 

exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
List of Subsidiaries of Chatham Lodging Trust
1.   Chatham Lodging, L.P.
2.   Chatham TRS Holding, Inc.
3.   Chatham Leaseco I, LLC

exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-11 of our report dated November 4, 2009 relating to the balance sheet of Chatham Lodging Trust (a development stage company), which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Fort Lauderdale, Florida
February 12, 2010

 

exv23w2
Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-11 of Chatham Lodging Trust of our report dated November 30, 2009 relating to the combined financial statements of RLJ Billerica Hotel, LLC, RLJ Brentwood Hotel, LLC, RLJ Bloomington Hotel, LLC, RLJ Dallas Hotel Limited Partnership, RLJ Farmington Hotel, LLC, and RLJ Maitland Hotel, LLC (collectively the “Initial Acquisition Hotels”), which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
McLean, Virginia
February 12, 2010

exv99w4
Exhibit 99.4
CONSENT OF PERSON ABOUT TO BE NAMED TRUSTEE
     Chatham Lodging Trust (the “Company”) intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-11 (together with any amendments or supplements, the “Registration Statement”) registering its common shares of beneficial interest for issuance in its initial public offering. As required by Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to being named in the Registration Statement as a person who has agreed to serve as a trustee of the Company beginning immediately after the closing of the offering.
         
     
Dated: February 2, 2010  /s/ Glen R. Gilbert    
  Signature   
     
 
     
  /s/ Glen R. Gilbert    
  Printed Name